0% found this document useful (0 votes)

30 views

Telit_ME910G1_AT_Commands_Reference_Guide

Uploaded by

Jean de Souza

Available Formats

Download as PDF, TXT or read online on Scribd

0% found this document useful (0 votes)

30 views

Telit_ME910G1_AT_Commands_Reference_Guide

Uploaded by

Jean de Souza

Available Formats

Download as PDF, TXT or read online on Scribd

You are on page 1/ 970

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1

AT Commands Reference
Guide

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 – 2021-02-17

Telit Technical Documentation

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

1. PRODUCT AND SAFETY INFORMATION

Copyrights and Other Notices

SPECIFICATIONS ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE

Although reasonable efforts have been made to ensure the accuracy of this document,
Telit assumes no liability resulting from any inaccuracies or omissions in this document,
or from the use of the information contained herein. The information in this document has
been carefully checked and is believed to be reliable. Telit reserves the right to make
changes to any of the products described herein, to revise it and to make changes from
time to time with no obligation to notify anyone of such revisions or changes. Telit does
not assume any liability arising from the application or use of any product, software, or
circuit described herein; neither does it convey license under its patent rights or the rights
of others.

This document may contain references or information about Telit’s products (machines
and programs), or services that are not announced in your country. Such references or
information do not necessarily mean that Telit intends to announce such Telit products,
programming, or services in your country.

1.1.1. Copyrights
This instruction manual and the Telit products described herein may include or describe
Telit’s copyrighted material, such as computer programs stored in semiconductor
memories or other media. Laws in Italy and in other countries reserve to Telit and its
licensors certain exclusive rights for copyrighted material, including the exclusive righ to
copy, reproduce in any form, distribute and make derivative works of the copyrighted
material. Accordingly, any of Telit’s or its licensors’ copyrighted material contained herein
or described in this instruction manual, shall not be copied, reproduced, distributed,
merged or modified in any manner without the express written permission of the owner.
Furthermore, the purchase of Telit’s products shall not be deemed to grant in any way,
neither directly nor by implication, or estoppel, any license.

1.1.2. Computer Software Copyrights

Telit and the 3rd Party supplied Software (SW) products, described in this instruction
manual may include Telit’s and other 3rd Party’s copyrighted computer programs stored
in semiconductor memories or other media. Laws in Italy and in other countries reserve
to Telit and other 3rd Party SW exclusive rights for copyrighted computer programs,
including – but not limited to - the exclusive right to copy or reproduce in any form the

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 2 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

copyrighted products. Accordingly, any copyrighted computer programs contained in

Telit’s products described in this instruction manual shall not be copied (reverse
engineered) or reproduced in any manner without the express written permission of the
copyright owner, being Telit or the 3rd Party software supplier. Furthermore, the purchase
of Telit products shall not be deemed to grant either directly or by implication, estoppel,
or in any other way, any license under the copyrights, patents or patent applications of Telit
or other 3rd Party supplied SW, except for the normal non-exclusive, royalty free license to
use arising by operation of law in the sale of a product.

Usage and Disclosure Restrictions

1.2.1. License Agreements

The software described in this document is owned by Telit and its licensors. It is furnished
by express license agreement only and shall be used exclusively in accordance with the
terms of such agreement.

1.2.2. Copyrighted Materials

The Software and the documentation are copyrighted materials. Making unauthorized
copies is prohibited by the law. The software or the documentation shall not be
reproduced, transmitted, transcribed, even partially, nor stored in a retrieval system, nor
translated into any language or computer language, in any form or by any means, without
prior written permission of Telit.

1.2.3. High Risk Materials

Components, units, or third-party goods used in the making of the product described
herein are NOT fault-tolerant and are NOT designed, manufactured, or intended for use
as on-line control equipment in the following hazardous environments requiring fail-safe
controls: operations of Nuclear Facilities, Aircraft Navigation or Aircraft Communication
Systems, Air Traffic Control, Life Support, or Weapons Systems (“High Risk Activities").
Telit and its supplier(s) specifically disclaim any expressed or implied warranty of fitness
eligibility for such High Risk Activities.

1.2.4. Trademarks
TELIT and the Stylized T-Logo are registered in the Trademark Office. All other product
or service names are property of their respective owners.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 3 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

1.2.5. 3rd Party Rights

The software may include 3rd Party’s software Rights. In this case the user agrees to
comply with all terms and conditions imposed in respect of such separate software rights.
In addition to 3rd Party Terms, the disclaimer of warranty and limitation of liability
provisions in this License, shall apply to the 3rd Party Rights software as well.
TELIT HEREBY DISCLAIMS ANY AND ALL WARRANTIES EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED FROM
ANY 3RD PARTY REGARDING ANY SEPARATE FILES, ANY 3RD PARTY MATERIALS
INCLUDED IN THE SOFTWARE, ANY 3RD PARTY MATERIALS FROM WHICH THE
SOFTWARE IS DERIVED (COLLECTIVELY “OTHER CODES”), AND THE USE OF ANY OR ALL
OTHER CODES IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE, INCLUDING (WITHOUT
LIMITATION) ANY WARRANTIES OF SATISFACTORY QUALITY OR FITNESS FOR A
PARTICULAR PURPOSE.

NO 3RD PARTY LICENSORS OF OTHER CODES MUST BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT,
INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
(INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION LOST OF PROFITS), HOWEVER CAUSED AND
WHETHER MADE UNDER CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHER LEGAL THEORY, ARISING IN ANY
WAY OUT OF THE USE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THE OTHER CODES OR THE EXERCISE OF
ANY RIGHTS GRANTED UNDER EITHER OR BOTH THIS LICENSE AND THE LEGAL TERMS
APPLICABLE TO ANY SEPARATE FILES, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
DAMAGES.

1.2.6. Waiwer of Liability

IN NO EVENT WILL TELIT AND ITS AFFILIATES BE LIABLE FOR AY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
SPECIAL, GENERAL, INCIDENTAL, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR EXEMPLARY
INDIRECT DAMAGE OF ANY KIND WHATSOEVER, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
REIMBURSEMENT OF COSTS, COMPENSATION OF ANY DAMAGE, LOSS OF
PRODUCTION, LOSS OF PROFIT, LOSS OF USE, LOSS OF BUSINESS, LOSS OF DATA OR
REVENUE, WHETHER OR NOT THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES COULD HAVE BEEN
REASONABLY FORESEEN, CONNECTD IN ANY WAY TO THE USE OF THE PRODUCT/S OR
TO THE INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THE PRESENT DOCUMENTATION, EVEN IF TELIT
AND/OR ITS AFFILIATES HAVE BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES
OR THEY ARE FORESEEABLE OR FOR CLAIMS BY ANY THIRD PARTY.

Safety Recommendations
Make sure the use of this product is allowed in your country and in the environment
required. The use of this product may be dangerous and has to be avoided in areas where:

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 4 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

• it can interfere with other electronic devices, particularly in environments such as

hospitals, airports, aircrafts, etc.
• there is a risk of explosion such as gasoline stations, oil refineries, etc. It is the
responsibility of the user to enforce the country regulation and the specific
environment regulation.

Do not disassemble the product; any mark of tampering will compromise the warranty
validity. We recommend following the instructions of the hardware user guides for correct
wiring of the product. The product has to be supplied with a stabilized voltage source and
the wiring has to be conformed to the security and fire prevention regulations. The product
has to be handled with care, avoiding any contact with the pins because electrostatic
discharges may damage the product itself. Same cautions have to be taken for the SIM,
checking carefully the instruction for its use. Do not insert or remove the SIM when the
product is in power saving mode.

The system integrator is responsible for the functioning of the final product. Therefore,
the external components of the module, as well as any project or installation issue, have
to be handled with care. Any interference may cause the risk of disturbing the GSM
network or external devices or having an impact on the security system. Should there be
any doubt, please refer to the technical documentation and the regulations in force. Every
module has to be equipped with a proper antenna with specific characteristics. The
antenna has to be installed carefully in order to avoid any interference with other
electronic devices and has to guarantee a minimum distance from the body (20 cm). In
case this requirement cannot be satisfied, the system integrator has to assess the final
product against the SAR regulation.

The equipment is intended to be installed in a restricted area location.

The equipment must be supplied by an external specific limited power source in

compliance with the standard EN 62368-1:2014.

The European Community provides some Directives for the electronic equipment
introduced on the market. All of the relevant information is available on the European
Community website:

https://ec.europa.eu/growth/sectors/electrical-engineering_en

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 5 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

APPLICABILITY TABLE

PRODUCTS

ME310G1-W1

ME310G1-WW

ME910G1-W1

ME910G1-WW

ME310G1-W2

ML865G1-WW

ME310G1-WWV

ME910G1-WWV

ML865G1-WW1

SOFTWARE

37.00.xx3/M0C.xx0002

1Software versions for voice and data only:

37.00.583/M0C.580002 for voice
37.00.503/M0C.500002 for data only.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 6 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

CONTENTS

1. PRODUCT AND SAFETY INFORMATION 2

Copyrights and Other Notices 2
1.1.1. Copyrights 2
1.1.2. Computer Software Copyrights 2
Usage and Disclosure Restrictions 3
1.2.1. License Agreements 3
1.2.2. Copyrighted Materials 3
1.2.3. High Risk Materials 3
1.2.4. Trademarks 3
1.2.5. 3rd Party Rights 4
1.2.6. Waiwer of Liability 4
Safety Recommendations 4

APPLICABILITY TABLE 6

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.29.2. AT#CPSMS - Power Saving Mode Setting 956

4.29.3. AT#PSMURC - Power Saving Mode URC 959
Debugging 961
4.30.1. AT#TRACE - Enable/Disable Trace 961

5. GLOSSARY 965

6. DOCUMENT HISTORY 968

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 22 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

2. INTRODUCTION

Scope
This document is aimed to provide a detailed specification and a comprehensive listing for
reference for the entire AT command set.

Audience
Readers of this document should be familiar with Telit modules and their ease of
controlling by means of AT Commands.

Contact Information, Support

For general contacts, technical support services, technical questions and report of
documentation errors, contact Telit Technical Support at:

1. [email protected]
2. [email protected]
3. [email protected]
4. [email protected]
5. [email protected]
Alternatively, use:
http://www.telit.com/support

For detailed information about where you can buy the Telit modules or for
recommendations on accessories and components visit:
http://www.telit.com
Our aim is to make this guide as helpful as possible. Keep us informed of your comments
and suggestions for improvements.

Telit appreciates the user feedback on our information

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 23 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

Symbol Convention

Danger: This information MUST be followed or catastrophic

equipment failure or personal injury may occur.

Warning: Alerts the user on important steps about the module

integration. If these points are not followed, the module and end user
equipment may fail or malfunction.

Note/Tip: This section provides all information related to the AT

command involved. Each note can provide a different level of
information: danger, caution/warning and tip/information.

Note/Tip: Provides other advices and suggestions.

Note/Tip: Provides advice and suggestions that may be useful when

integrating the module.

Electro-static Discharge: Notifies the user to take proper grounding

precautions before handling the product.

Set: This section provides all information related to SET functionality

of the AT command involved. If there is strictly and relevant SET
information, it can be found at the end of the section.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 24 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

Read:This section provides all information related to READ

functionality of the AT command involved. If there is strictly and
relevant READ information, it can be found at the end of the section.

Test: This section provides all information related to TEST

functionality of the AT command involved. If there is strictly and
relevant TEST information, these can be found at the end of the
section.

Additional info: This section provides any kind of additional and useful
information related to the AT command section as well as command
exceptions or special behavior cases

Reference: This section provides useful references (standards or

normative) related to the AT command involved.

Example: This section provides useful examples related to the AT

command involved.

Table 1: Symbol Conventions

All dates are in ISO 8601 format, that is. YYYY-MM-DD.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 25 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

3. COMMANDS
The Telit family of wireless modules can be controlled via the serial interface using the
standard AT commands1F1F. It complies with:

1. Hayes standard AT command set, to maintain the compatibility with existing SW

programs.
2. 3GPP TS 27.007 specific AT command and GPRS specific commands.

3. 3GPP TS 27.005 specific AT commands for SMS (Short Message Service) and CBS
(Cell Broadcast Service)

Moreover, the Telit family of wireless modules also supports Telit’s proprietary AT
commands for special purposes.
The following is a description of how to use the AT commands with the Telit family of
wireless modules.

Note: The AT is an ATTENTION command and is used as a prefix to

other parameters in a string. The AT command combined with other
parameters can be set up in the communications package or typed in
manually as a command line instruction combined with other
parameters can be set up in the communications package or typed in
manually as a command line instruction.

Definitions
The following syntactic definitions apply:
<CR> Carriage return character, is the command line and terminator character of the
result code, whose value, in decimal ASCII between 0 and 255, is specified within
the parameter S3. The default value is 13.

<LF> Linefeed character, is the character recognized as line feed character. Its value, in
decimal ASCII between 0 and 255, is specified within parameter S4. The default
value is 10. The line feed character is output after the carriage return character if
detailed result codes are used (V1 option used) otherwise, if numeric format result
codes are used (V0 option used) it will not appear in the result codes.
<...> Name enclosed in angle brackets is a syntactic element. They are not displayed on
the command line.
[...] The optional sub parameter of a command or an optional part of the TA information
response is enclosed in square brackets. The brackets themselves are not

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 26 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

displayed on the command line. When the sub parameter is not given in AT
commands that have a Read command, new value is equal to its previous value. In
AT commands that do not store the values of any of their sub parameters, and
therefore do not have a Read command, which are called action type commands,
an action should be performed according to the recommended default setting of
the sub parameter.

AT Command Syntax
The syntax rules followed by Telit implementation of either Hayes AT commands, GSM
commands are very similar to those of standard basic and extended AT commands

There are two types of extended command:

1. Parameter type commands. This type of commands may be "set" (to store a value
or values for later use), "read" (to determine the current value or stored values ),
or "tested" (to determine ranges of values supported). Each of them has a test
command (trailing =?) to provide information about the type of its sub parameters;
they also have a Read command (trailing?) to check the current values of sub
parameters.
2. Action type commands. This type of command may be "executed" or "tested".

1. "executed" to invoke a function of the equipment, which generally involves more

than the simple storage of a value for later use

2. "tested" to determine:

1. if sub parameters are associated with the action, the ranges of sub parameters
values that are supported; if the command has no sub parameters, issuing
the correspondent Test command (trailing =?) raises the result code
"ERROR".
Note: issuing the Read command (trailing?) causes the command to be
executed.
2. whether the equipment implements the Action Command or not (in this case
issuing the correspondent Test command - trailing =? - returns the OK
result code), and, if sub parameters are associated with the action, the
ranges of sub parameters values that are supported.

Action commands do not store the values of any of their possible sub parameters.
Moreover:
The response to the Test Command (trailing =?) may be modified in the future by Telit to
allow for the description of new values/functionalities.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 27 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

If all the sub parameters of a parameter type command +CMD are optional, issuing
AT+CMD=<CR> causes the result code to be returned to OK and the previous values of the
omitted sub parameters to be retained.

3.2.1. String Type Parameters

A string, either enclosed between quotes or not, is a valid string type parameter input.
According to V25.ter space characters are ignored on the command line and may be used
freely for formatting purposes, unless they are embedded in numeric or quoted string
constants; therefore a string containing a space character must be enclosed between
quotes to be considered a valid string type parameter (e.g. typing AT+COPS=1,0,"A1" is
the same as typing AT+COPS=1,0,A1; typing AT+COPS=1,0,"A BB" is different from typing
AT+COPS=1,0,A BB).

A string is always case-sensitive.

A small set of commands always requires to write the input string parameters in quotes:
this is explicitly reported in the specific descriptions.

3.2.2. Command Lines

A command line is made up of three elements: the prefix, the body and the termination
character.
The command line prefix consists of the characters "AT" or "at", or, to repeat the
execution of the previous command line, the characters "A/" or "a/" or AT#/ or at#/.
The termination character may be selected by a user option (parameter S3), the default
being <CR>.

The basic structures of the command line are:

1. ATCMD1<CR> where AT is the command line prefix, CMD1 is the body of a basic
command (nb: the name of the command never begins with the character "+") and
<CR> is the command line terminator character
2. ATCMD2=10<CR> where 10 is a sub parameter

3. AT+CMD1;+CMD2=, ,10<CR> These are two examples of extended commands (nb:

the name of the command always begins with the character "+"2F2F). They are
delimited by semicolon. In the second command the sub parameter is omitted.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 28 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

Note: The set of proprietary AT commands differs from the standard

one because the name of each of them begins with either "@", "#",
"$" or "*". Proprietary AT commands follow the same syntax rules as
extended commands.

1. +CMD1?<CR> This is a Read command for checking current sub parameter values
2. +CMD1=?<CR> This is a test command for checking possible sub parameter values

These commands might be performed in a single command line as shown below:

ATCMD1 CMD2=10+CMD1;+CMD2=, ,10;+CMD1?;+CMD1=?<CR>

however, it is always preferable to separate basic and extended commands in different
command lines; furthermore, it is recommended to avoid placing several action
commands in the same command line, because if one of them fails, then an error
message is received but it is not possible to claim which one of them has failed the
execution.
If command V1 is enabled (detailed responses codes) and all commands in a command
line have been performed successfully, the result code <CR><LF>OK<CR><LF> is sent
from the TA to the TE, if sub parameter values of a command are not accepted by the TA
or the command itself is invalid, or the command cannot be executed for some reason,
result code <CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF> is sent and no subsequent commands in the
command line are processed.

If command V0 is enabled (numeric responses codes), and all commands in a command

line has been executed successfully, the result code 0<CR> is sent from the TA to the TE,
if sub-parameter values of a command are not accepted by the TA or the command itself
is invalid, or command cannot be executed for some reason, result code 4<CR> and no
subsequent commands in the command line are processed.

In case of errors depending on ME operation, ERROR (or 4) response may be replaced by

+CME ERROR: <err> or +CMS ERROR: <err>.

Note: The command line buffer accepts a maximum of 400

characters. If this number is exceeded, none of the commands will
be executed and TA returns ERROR.

3.2.2.1. ME Error Result Code - +CME ERROR: <err>

This is NOT a command; it is the error response to +Cxxx 3GPP TS 27.007 commands.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 29 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

Syntax: +CME ERROR: <err>

Parameter: <err> - error code can be either numeric or detailed (see +CMEE). The
possible values of <err> are reported in the table:

Note: “Numeric Format” Not all modules support the error codes
shown in the table

Note: “Verbose Format” There could be small variations in the

message depending on the module in use

Numeric Format Verbose Format

0 phone failure

1 no connection to phone

2 phone adaptor link reserved

3 operation not allowed

4 operation not supported

5 PH-SIM PIN required

6 PH-FSIM PIN required

7 PH-FSIM PUK required

10 SIM not inserted

11 SIM PIN required

12 SIM PUK required

13 SIM failure

14 SIM busy

15 SIM wrong

16 incorrect password

17 SIM PIN2 required

18 SIM PUK2 required

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 30 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

Numeric Format Verbose Format

20 memory full

21 invalid index

22 not found

23 memory failure

24 text string too long

25 invalid characters in text string

26 dial string too long

27 invalid characters in dial string

30 no network service

31 network timeout

32 network not allowed - emergency calls only

34 numeric parameter instead of text parameter

35 text parameter instead of numeric parameter

36 numeric parameter out of bounds

37 text string too short

38 The GPIO Pin is already used

40 network personalization PIN required

41 network personalization PUK required

42 network subset personalization PIN required

43 network subset personalization PUK required

44 service provider personalization PIN required

45 service provider personalization PUK required

46 corporate personalization PIN required

47 corporate personalization PUK required

49 EAP method not supported

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 31 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

Numeric Format Verbose Format

50 Invalid EAP parameter

51 Parameter length error for all Auth commands

52 Temporary error for all Auth command

53 not verified hidden key

100 unknown

103 Illegal MESSAGE

106 Illegal ME

107 GPRS services not allowed

111 PLMN not allowed

112 Location area not allowed

113 Roaming not allowed in this location area

132 service option not supported

133 requested service option not subscribed

134 service option temporarily out of order

148 unspecified GPRS error

149 PDP authentication failure

150 invalid mobile class

257 network rejected request

258 retry operation

259 invalid deflected to number

260 deflected to own number

261 unknown subscriber

262 service not available

263 unknown class

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 32 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

Numeric Format Verbose Format

264 unknown network message

273 Minimum TFT per PDP address error

274 Duplicate TFT eval prec index

275 Invalid TFT param combination

277 Invalid number of parameters

278 Invalid Parameter

320 Call index error

321 Call state error

322 Sys state error

323 Parameters error

550 generic undocumented error

551 wrong state

552 wrong mode

553 context already activated

554 stack already active

555 activation failed

556 context not opened

557 can not setup socket

558 can not resolve DN

559 time-out in opening socket

560 can not open socket

561 remote disconnected or time-out

562 connection failed

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 33 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

Numeric Format Verbose Format

563 tx error

564 already listening

565 socket disconnection

566 can not resume socket

567 ip version type incompatible

568 ipv6 not enabled

569

600 Generic undocumented error

601 wrong state

602 Can not activate

603 Can not resolve name

604 Can not allocate control socket

605 Can not connect control socket

606 Bad or no response from server

607 Not connected

608 Already connected

609 Context down

612 Resource used by other instance

613 Data socket yet opened in cmdmode

614 FTP CmdMode data socket closed

615 FTP not connected

616 FTP disconnected

617 FTP read command closed

618 FTP read command error

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 34 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

Numeric Format Verbose Format

619 FTP write command closed

620 FTP write command error

621 FTP read data closed

622 FTP read data error

623 FTP write data closed

624 FTP write data error

625 FTP host not found

626 FTP accept failure

627 FTP listen failure

628 FTP bind failure

629 FTP file create failure

630 FTP file get failure

631 FTP file put failure

632 FTP file not found

633 FTP timed out

634 FTP login incorrect

635 FTP close error

636 FTP server not ready

637 FTP server shutdown

638 FTP unexpected reply

639 FTP user ID and password don't match

640 FTP user ID and password don't match

641 FTP user already logged in

642 FTP open channel timeout

643 FTP communication timeout

644 FTP unknown error

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 35 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

Numeric Format Verbose Format

657 Network survey error (No Carrier)

658 Network survey error (Busy)

659 Network survey error (Wrong request)

660 Network survey error (Aborted)

680 LU processing

681 Network search aborted

682 PTM mode

683 Network search terminated

684 CSG Search processing

690 Active call state

691 RR connection established

770 SIM invalid

900 No Response for AT Command

1000 SSL not activated

1001 SSL certs and keys wrong or not stored

1002 SSL generic error

1003 SSL already activated

1004 SSL error during handshake

1005 SSL socket error

1006 SSL invalid state

1007 SSL cannot activate

1008 SSL not connected

1009 SSL already connected

1010 SSL error enc/dec data

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 36 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

Numeric Format Verbose Format

1011 SSL disconnected

1100 Model not recognized

1101 Model information missing

1102 Unable to open the file

1103 Unable to close the file

1104 Unable to read the nv file

1105 Unable to write the nv file

1106 Input pattern is wrong

1113 Call establishment failed

1114 File name already exist

Table 2:

3.2.2.2. Message Service Failure Result Code - +CMS ERROR: <err>

This is NOT a command; it is the error response to +Cxxx 3GPP TS 27.005 commands.
Syntax: +CMS ERROR: <err>

Parameter: <err> - numeric error code.

The <err> values are reported in the table:

Numeric Format Meaning

According to 3GPP TS 24.011 section 8.2.5.4

0...127

According to 3GPP TS 23.040 sub clause 9.2.3.22 values

128...255

According to 3GPP TS 27.005 section 3.2.5 - Message Service Failure Result Code
+CMS ERROR

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 37 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

Numeric Format Meaning

300 ME failure

301 SMS service of ME reserved

302 operation not allowed

303 operation not supported

304 invalid PDU mode parameter

305 invalid text mode parameter

310 SIM not inserted

311 SIM PIN required

312 PH-SIM PIN required

313 SIM failure

314 SIM busy

315 SIM wrong

316 SIM PUK required

317 SIM PIN2 required

318 SIM PUK2 required

320 memory failure

321 invalid memory index

322 memory full

330 SMSC address unknown

331 no network service

332 network time-out

340 no +CNMA acknowledgement expected

500 unknown error

510 msg blocked

<err> 512 and on are manufacturer specific

512 No SM resources

513 TR1M timeout

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 38 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

Numeric Format Meaning

514 LL error

515 No response from network

Table 3:

3.2.2.3. Carriage Returns, Line Feeds and Log

Generally, the number of carriage returns <CR> and line feeds <LF> at the end of
command responses may vary. This scenario may also vary from software version to
software version. We do not have evidence of this behavior in URC lines.
Command responses examples:

AT#LWM2MMON?<CR>
<CR><LF>
#LWM2MMON: "4"<LF>#LWM2MMON: "3" missing <CR>
<CR><LF>
<CR><LF>
OK
<CR><LF>
AT#LWM2MFYACKURI=0,2<CR>
<CR><LF>
#LWM2MNFYACKURI: "/3/0/9"<LF>#LWM2MNFYACKURI: "/3/0/8" missing <CR>
<CR><LF>
<CR><LF>
OK
<CR><LF>
The user must be aware of this aspect before writing a script to parse the command lines
and the relative response lines to generate a log.

3.2.3. Information Responses and Result Codes

The TA response, in case of verbose response format enabled, for the previous examples
command line could be as shown below:

1. information response to +CMD1?

2. information response to +CMD1=?

<CR><LF>+CMD1(0-2),(0,1),(0-15)<CR><LF>
3. result code <CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Moreover, there are two other types of result codes:

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 39 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

1. result codes that inform about the progress of the TA operation (e.g. connection
establishment CONNECT)

2. result codes that indicate the occurrence of an event not directly associated with
the issuance of a command from TE (e.g. ring indication RING).
Here the basic result codes according to ITU-T V25Ter recommendation

Numeric form Verbose form

0 OK

1 CONNECT or CONNECT <text>3F3F

2 RING

3 NO CARRIER

4 ERROR

6 NO DIALTONE

7 BUSY

8 NO ANSWER

10 CONNECT 24004

11 CONNECT 48004

12 CONNECT 96004

15 CONNECT 144004

23 CONNECT 1200/754
Table 4:

Note: <text> can be"300", "1200", "2400", "4800", "9600", "14400" or

"1200/75"

3.2.4. Command Response Time-Out

Every command issued to the Telit modules returns a result response, if response codes
are enabled (default). The time required to process the given command and return the
response varies, depending on the command type. The Commands that do not interact
with the SIM or the network, and only involve internal setups or readings, have an
immediate response. The Commands that interact with the SIM or the network may take
several seconds to send a response, depending on the SIM configuration (for example,

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 40 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

number of contacts stored in the phonebook, number of stored SMS), or on the network
the command may interact with.

3.2.5. Command Issuing Timing

The chain Command -> Response must always be respected, and a new command must
not be issued before the module has finished all the ending of the response result code
(whatever it is).

This applies especially to applications that "sense" the OK text and therefore may send
the next command before the complete code <CR><LF>OK<CR><LF> is sent by the
module.

However, It is advisable to wait for at least 20ms between the end of the reception of the
response and the issue of the next AT command.

If the response codes are disabled and therefore the module does not report any response
to the command, then at least the 20ms pause time shall must be respected.

Storage

3.3.1. Factory Profile and User Profiles

The Telit wireless modules store the values, set by several commands, in the internal
non-volatile memory (NVM), allowing to remember this setting even after power off. In
NVM, these values are set either as factory or user profiles. There are two customizable
user profiles and one factory profile in the NVM of the device: by default, the device will
start with user profile 0 equal to the factory profile.

For backward compatibility, each profile is divided into two sections, one base section
which was historically the one saved and restored in early releases of code, and the
extended section which includes all remaining values.
The &W command is used to save the current values of both profile sections into the NVM
user profile.

Commands &Y and &P are both used to set the profile to be loaded at startup. &Y instructs
the device to load at startup only the base section. &P instructs the device to load at
startup the full profile: base + extended sections.
The &F command resets to factory profile values only the command of the base section
of profile, while the &F1 resets to factory profile values the full set of base + extended
section commands.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 41 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

The values set by other commands are stored in NVM outside the profile: some of them
are always stored, without issuing any &W, some others are stored by issuing specific
commands (+CSAS, #SLEDSAV, #SKTSAV, #ESAV); all these values are read at power-up.

In this document, each AT command description begins with an "AT Command short
overview table" in the following format:

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

/ see below / / /
Table 5:

This chapter focuses on the values that the saved Setting field can have and their meaning.
The meaning of the other fields will be described in the next chapter. The saved Setting
field can have one of the values listed below (for information about the AT instance
introduced hereafter, see the reference section of the #PORTCFG command):
Specific profile the parameters values set by the command are stored in the profile base
section. The stored values set is associated to the specific AT instance
used to enter the command. It is a profile used by the specific AT
instances.

Examples of the AT commands: +IPR, E, Q, V, X, &Y, etc.

The parameters values set by the command are stored in the profile
extended section. The stored values set is associated to the specific AT
instance used to enter the command. It is a profile used by the specific
AT instance.
Examples of the AT commands: +FCLASS, +CREG, +CLIP, #STIA, etc.
Common profile the parameters values set by the command are stored in the profile
extended section. The stored values set is not associated to the specific
AT instance used to enter the command. It is a profile shared between
the AT instances.

Examples of the AT commands: +CALM, #E2SLRI, #DVI, etc.

Auto the parameters values set by the command are automatically stored in
NVM, without issuing any storing AT command, and regardless of the
profile (unique values). The values are automatically restored at startup.
AT commands examples: +COPS, +CGQREQ, #SCFG, etc.

In some cases, the parameters values are stored in the file system.
AT commands examples: #TEMPCFG, #TEMPMON, etc.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 42 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

Other the parameters values set by the command are stored in NVM by issuing
a specific command and regardless of the profile.

Examples of the AT commands:

#SLED setting is saved by #SLEDSAV

#BIQUADINEX setting is saved by #PSAV

etc.

AT Command Short Overview Table

As stated before, each AT command description begins with an "AT Command short
overview table" having the following format:

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required / No - 2
Table 6:

Here are the table fields meanings:

SIM Presence indicates if the AT command to be executed needs the SIM presence.

Can be aborted indicates if the AT command can be aborted during its execution.
MAX timeout indicates the time within which the command must be executed.

SELINT indicates on which AT interface type the AT command is available.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 43 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4. AT COMMANDS REFERENCES

Call & DTMF

4.1.1. AT+CHUP - Hang Up Call

This command cancels all active and held calls

3GPP TS 27.007

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT+CHUP
Execution command cancels all active and held calls, also if a multi-
party session is running

AT+CHUP=?
Test command returns the OK result code

Modules supporting the command

ME310G1- WWV
ME910G1- WWV
ML865G1- WW voice

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 44 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.1.2. AT+VTS - DTMF Tones Transmission

The command handles the transmission of DTMF tones.

3GPP TS 27.007
TIA IS-101

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT+VTS=<dtmfChar>
Execution command allows the transmission of DTMF tones.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<dtmfChar> string - an ASCII character in the set (0 - 9),

#,*,(A-D). It allows the user to send a
DTMF tones, with a duration that was
defined through +VTD command.

Warning: the string Type must be replaced with char Type.

AT+VTS=?
Test command provides the list of supported <dtmf>s in the format:
(list of supported <dtmf>s)

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 45 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

Modules supporting the command

ME310G1- WWV
ME910G1- WWV
ML865G1- WW voice

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 46 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.1.3. AT+VTD - Tone Duration

Set command sets the length of tones transmitted with +VTS command.

3GPP TS 27.007
TIA IS-101

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Common
Required No - 2
profile

AT+VTD=<duration>
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<duration> integer 0 duration of a tone

Values:

0 : the duration of every single tone is dependent

on the network

1÷255 : duration of every single tone in 1/10 sec

AT+VTD?
Read command reports the current Tone Duration, in the format:

AT+VTD=?
Test command provides the list of supported <duration>

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 47 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

Modules supporting the command

ME310G1- WWV
ME910G1- WWV
ML865G1- WW voice

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 48 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

General Control and Config

4.2.1. Command Line Prefixes

4.2.1.1. AT - Starting a Command Line

AT is the prefix used to start a command line.

ITU-T Recommendation V.25 ter

3GPP TS 27.007

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT
The prefix AT is a two-character abbreviation ("ATtention"), always used
to start a command line to be sent from TE to TA, with the only exception
of AT#/ prefix. As a command, it can be issued just to test if the device is
responding to AT commands.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 49 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.2.1.2. A/ - Last Command Automatic Repetition

The command immediately executes the previously issued command or commands.

ITU-T Recommendation V.25 ter

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

A/
If the prefix A/ is issued, the device immediately executes once again the
body of the preceding command line. No editing is possible, and no
termination character is necessary. A command line may be repeated
multiple times through this mechanism, if desired.
If A/ is issued before any command line has been executed, the
preceding command line is assumed to have been empty (that results in
an OK result code).

This command works only at fixed IPR.

The custom prefix AT#/ has been defined: it causes the last
command to be executed again too; but it does not need a fixed
+IPR.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 50 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.2.1.3. AT#/ - Repeat Last Command

The command immediately executes the previously issued command or commands.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#/
If AT#/ is issued, the device immediately executes once again the body of
the preceding command line. No editing is possible, and no termination
character is necessary. A command line may be repeated multiple times
through this mechanism, if desired.
If AT#/ is issued before any command line has been executed, the
preceding command line is assumed to have been empty (that results in
an OK result code).

This command is the same as A/ but does not need a fixed +IPR.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 51 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.2.2. Generic Modem Control

4.2.2.1. AT#SELINT - Select Interface Style

This command sets the AT command interface style.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Auto No - 2

AT#SELINT=[<v>]
Set command sets the AT command interface style depending on
parameter.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<v> integer 2 AT command interface style

Value:

2 : standard AT parser

AT#SELINT?
Read command reports the current interface style in the format:

#SELINT: <v>

AT#SELINT=?
Test command reports the available range of values for parameter <v>.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 52 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.2.2.2. AT&F - Set to Factory-Defined Configuration

Set configuration parameters to default values.

ITU-T Recommendation V.25 ter

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT&F[<value>]
Execution command sets the configuration parameters to default values
specified by manufacturer; it takes in consideration hardware
configuration switches and other manufacturer-defined criteria.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<value> integer 0 parameters to reset

Values:

0 : only the factory profile base section parameters are

considered

1 : either the factory profile base section and the

extended section are considered (full factory profile)

If parameter <value> is omitted, the command has the same

behavior as AT&F0.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 53 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.2.2.3. ATZ - Soft Reset

Soft Reset

ITU-T Recommendation V.25 ter

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

ATZ[<n>]
Execution command loads the base section of the specified user profile
and the extended section of the default factory profile
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<n> integer N/A user profile number

Value:

0,1 : user profile number

If parameter <n> is omitted, the command has the same behavior

as ATZ0

Any active call is terminated.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 54 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.2.2.4. AT&Y - Default Reset Basic Profile Designation

Basic profile on startup.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Specific profile No - 2

AT&Y=[<n>]
Set command defines the basic profile that will be loaded on startup. The
wireless module can store 2 complete configurations (see &W).
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<n> integer 0 basic profile that will be loaded on startup.

Value:

0,1 : profile index

Differently from command Z<n>, which loads just once the desired
profile, the one chosen through command &Y will be loaded on
every startup.

If parameter is omitted the command has the same behavior as

AT&Y0.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 55 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.2.2.5. AT&P - Default Reset Full Profile Designation

Define which full profile is loaded at startup.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Auto No - 2

AT&P[<n>]
Execution command defines which full profile will be loaded at startup.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<n> integer 0 Configuration parameter

Value:

<profile> integer 0 Parameter to select the user profile

Values:

0 : user profile 0

1 : user profile 1

AT#Z=?
Test command returns OK result code.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 59 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.2.2.9. AT&V - Display some Configuration and Profile

The command displays some of the basic modem configuration settings and parameters

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT&V
Execution command returns some of the basic modem configuration
settings and parameters, one for each row, in the format:

setting/parameter : value

The row of information about CTS (C106) OPTIONS is in the output

of &V for compatibility reasons and represents only a dummy
value.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 60 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

Example of returned values.

• AT&V
COMMAND ECHO : E1=YES
RESULT MESSAGES : Q0=YES
VERBOSE MESSAGES : V1=YES
EXTENDED MESSAGES : X1=YES
LINE SPEED : F0=autodetect
CONSTANT DTE SPEED : YES
FLOW CONTROL OPTIONS : &K3=HW bidirect.
ERROR CORRECTION
: RLP
MODE
CTS (C106) OPTIONS : &B2=OFF while disc.
DSR (C107) OPTIONS : &S3=PHONE ready->ON
DTR (C108) OPTIONS : &D0=ignored
DCD (C109) OPTIONS : &C1=follows carrier
RI (C125) OPTIONS : \R1=OFF dur. off-hk
C108/1 OPERATION : &D0=NO
POWER SAVING ON DTR : +CFUN:1=NO
DEFAULT PROFILE : &Y0=user profile 1
OK

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 61 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.2.2.10. AT+GCI - Country of Installation

Set command allows to select the installation country code according to ITU-T35 Annex
A.

ITU-T Recommendation V.25 ter

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT+GCI=<code>
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<code> integer 59 installation country code

Value:

59 : it currently supports only the Italy country code

AT+GCI?
Read command reports the currently selected country code.

AT+GCI=?
Test command reports the supported values of parameter <code>.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 62 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.2.2.11. AT+GCAP - Capabilities List

This command returns the equipment supported command set list.

ITU-T Recommendation V.25 ter

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT+GCAP
Execution command returns the equipment supported command set list:

+GCAP: +CGSM
Additional info:

Supported Command Set:

4.2.2.22. AT#CGSN - Product Serial Number Identification

The execution command returns the product serial number, in form of IMEI of the
mobile, with #CGSN: command echo.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#CGSN
The command returns the following message:

AT#CGSN
#CGSN: <product serial number>
OK

AT#CGSN=?
The test command returns the OK result code.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 74 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.2.2.23. AT#CGMF - Request Product Code

Execution command returns the device product code without #CGMF: command echo.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#CGMF
The command returns the following message:

AT#CGMF
<productCode>

AT#CGMF=?
Test command returns OK result code.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 75 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.2.2.24. AT#SWPKGV - Request Software Package Version

This command shows the software, modem, production, application packages versions.
It provides two syntax formats: set and execution.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#SWPKGV=<version>
Here is the set format.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<version> string N/A selects the type of version to be shown; it

must be entered between double quotes

Values:

M : shows modem version

A : shows App version

P : shows Production version

PK : shows the full package version

Additional info:

The execution format returns the packages versions without

#SWPKGV: command echo. The response is as follows:

AT#SWPKGV
<Telit Software Package Version>-<Production Parameters
Version>
<Modem Package Version>
<Production Parameters Version>
<Application Software Version>

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 76 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

AT#SWPKGV=?
Test command returns OK result code.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 77 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.2.2.25. AT+CPAS - Phone Activity Status

Execution command reports the device status in the form shown in Additional info
section.

3GPP TS 27.007

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT+CPAS
Additional info:

Message format returned by the execution command:

+CPAS: <pas>

Name Type Default Description

<pas> integer 0 phone activity status.

Values:

0 : ready (device allows commands from TA/TE)

3 : ringing (device is ready for commands from

TA/TE, but the ringer is active)

4 : call in progress (device is ready for commands

from TA/TE, but a call is in progress)

AT+CPAS=?
Test command reports the supported range of values for <pas>.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 78 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

Although +CPAS is an execution command, 3GPP TS 27.007

requires the Test command to be defined.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 79 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.2.2.26. AT+CFUN - Set Phone Functionality

This command selects the level of functionality in the ME.

3GPP TS 27.007

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Specific profile No - 2

AT+CFUN=[<fun>[,<rst>]]
Set command selects the level of functionality in the ME.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<fun> integer 1 Power saving function

mode.

Values:

0 : NON-CYCLIC SLEEP mode, see Additional info section

1 : mobile full functionality with power saving disabled

2 : disable TX, not supported

4 : disable both TX and RX

5 : push the module in power saving, see Additional info

section

6 : module reboot

7 : OFF line mode. This mode cannot be set, can only be

read using the read command.

8 : FTM. This mode cannot be set, can only be read using

the read command.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 80 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

<rst> integer 0 reset flag

Values:

0 : do not reset the ME before setting it to <fun>

functionality level.

1 : reset the ME before setting it to <fun> functionality level,

this option works only with <fun> =1, with other it will
return an error

Additional info:

<fun>=0
NON-CYCLIC SLEEP mode, minimum functionality: the AT interface
is not accessible by UART. Consequently, once you have set <fun>=0,
do no send further characters. Otherwise these characters remain
in the input buffer and may delay the output of an unsolicited result
code. The first wake-up event stops power saving and takes the ME
back to full functionality level <fun>=1.

<fun>=5
To place the module in power saving mode set <fun>= 5 and the DTR
line to OFF. Once in power saving, the CTS line switch to the
OFF status to signal that the module is really in power saving
condition.
During the power saving condition, before sending any AT command
on the serial line, the DTR line must be set to ON to exit from power
saving and it must be waited for the CTS line to go in ON status.
Until the DTR line is ON, the module will not return in the power
saving condition.

Issuing AT+CFUN=4[,0] causes the module to perform either a

network deregistration and a SIM deactivation.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 81 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

If power saving is enabled, it reduces the power consumption

during the idle time, thus allowing a longer standby time with a
given battery capacity.

The power saving function does not affect the network behavior of
the module, even during the power save condition the module
remains registered on the network and reachable for incoming
calls or SMS. If a call incomes during the power save, then the
module will wake up and proceed normally with the unsolicited
incoming call code.

AT+CFUN?
Read command reports the current setting of <fun> in the format

+CFUN: <fun>

AT+CFUN=?
Test command returns the list of supported values for <fun> and <rst>.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 82 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.2.2.27. AT+CMER - Mobile Equipment Event Reporting

This command configures sending of unsolicited result codes from TA to TE.

3GPP TS 27.007

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Specific profile No - 2

AT+CMER=[<mode>[,<keyp>[,<disp>[,<ind>[,<bfr>]]]]]
Set command enables/disables sending of unsolicited result codes from
TA to TE in the case of indicator state changes.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<mode> integer 0 controls the

processing of
unsolicited result
codes

Values:

0 : buffer +CIEV Unsolicited Result Codes

1 : discard +CIEV Unsolicited Result Codes when TA-TE

link is reserved (e.g. on-line data mode); otherwise
forward them directly to the TE

2 : buffer +CIEV Unsolicited Result Codes in the TA when

TA-TE link is reserved (e.g. on-line data mode) and
flush them to the TE after reservation; otherwise
forward them directly to the TE

3 : forward +CIEV Unsolicited Result Codes directly to the

TE; when TA is in on-line data mode each +CIEV URC
is stored in a buffer; once the ME goes into command

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 83 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

mode (after +++ was entered), all URCs stored in the

buffer will be output

<keyp> integer 0 keypad event

reporting

Value:

0 : No keypad event reporting

<disp> integer 0 display event

reporting

Value:

0 : no display event reporting

<ind> integer 0 indicator event

reporting

Values:

0 : no indicator event reporting

2 : indicator event reporting

<bfr> integer 0 TA buffer clearing

Values:

0 : TA buffer of unsolicited result codes is cleared when

<mode> 1..3 is entered

1 : TA buffer of unsolicited result codes is flushed to the

TE when <mode> 1...3 is entered (OK response shall
be given before flushing the codes)

Sending of URCs in the case of key pressings or display changes

are currently not implemented.

After +CMER has been switched on with e.g. AT+CMER=2,0,0,2

command (i.e. <bfr> is 0), URCs for all registered indicators will be
issued only first time, if previous <mode> was 0, for backward
compatibility. Values shown by the indicators will be current

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 84 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

indicators values, not buffered ones. Subsequent +CMER

commands with <mode> different from 0 and <bfr> equal to 0 will
not flush the codes, even if <mode> was set again to 0 before. To
flush the codes, <bfr> must be set to 1.

Although it is possible to issue the command when SIM PIN is

pending, it will answer ERROR if "message" or "smsfull" indicators
are enabled in +CIND, because with pending PIN it is not possible
to give a correct indication about SMS status. To issue the
command when SIM PIN is pending you have to disable "message"
and "smsfull" indicators in +CIND first.

AT+CMER?
Read command returns the current setting of parameters, in the format:

+CMER: <mode>,<keyp>,<disp>,<ind>,<bfr>

AT+CMER=?
Test command returns the range of supported values for
parameters <mode>, <keyp>, <disp>, <ind>, <bfr>, in the format:

+CMER: (list of supported <mode>s),(list of supported <keyp>s), (list of

supported <disp>s),(list of supported <ind>s),(list of supported <bfr>s)

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 85 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.2.2.28. AT+CSVM - Set Voice Mail Number

Command to set voice mail server number.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Specific profile No - 2

AT+CSVM=<mode>[,<number>[,<type>]]
Set command is dummy. It only checks for parameters values validity; it
does not send any actual write request to SIM to update voice mail
number, nor sends any request to network to enable/disable voice mail.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<mode> integer 1 enable/disable voice mail number

Values:

0 : disable the voice mail number

1 : enable the voice mail number

<number> string - string type phone number of format

specified by <type>

<type> integer 129 type of address octet in integer

format

Values:

129 : unknown type of number and ISDN/Telephony

numbering plan

145 : international type of number and ISDN/Telephony

numbering plan (contains the character "+")

AT+CSVM?

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 86 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

Read command returns the currently selected voice mail number and the
status (i.e. enabled/disabled) in the format

+CSVM:<mode>,<number>,<type>

AT+CSVM=?
Test command reports the range for the parameters <mode> and <type>.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 87 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.2.2.29. AT#MBN - Mailbox Numbers

This command returns the mailbox numbers stored on SIM.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Auto No - 2

AT#MBN
Execution command returns the mailbox numbers stored on SIM, if this
service is provided by the SIM.
The response is in the format:

[#MBN: <index>,<number>,<type>[,<text>][,mboxtype][<CR><LF>
#MBN: <index>,<number>,<type>[,<text>][,mboxtype][...]]]
Additional info:

The response has its fields described below.

Name Type Default Description

<index> integer - record number

<number> string - string type mailbox number in

the format <type>

<type> integer N/A type of mailbox number octet in

integer format

Values:

129 : national numbering scheme

145 : international numbering scheme

(contains the character "+")

<text> string - the alphanumeric text

associated to the number; used
character set should be the one
selected with command +CSCS

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 88 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

<mboxtype> string N/A the message waiting group type

of the mailbox, if available

Values:

VOICE : voice

FAX : fax

EMAIL : electronic mail

OTHER : other

If all queried locations are empty (but available), no information

text lines will be returned.

AT#MBN=?
Test command returns the OK result code.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 89 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.2.2.30. AT#MWI - Message Waiting Indication

This command enables/disables the presentation of the Message Waiting Indicator
(MWI) URC.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Specific profile No - 2

AT#MWI=[<enable>]
Set command enables/disables the presentation of the Message Waiting
Indicator URC, it can have two formats, as show in Additional info.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<enable> integer 1 enables/disables the presentation of the

#MWI: URC

Values:

0 : disables the presentation of the #MWI: URC

1 : enables the presentation of the #MWI: URC, see

Additional info.

Additional info:

If AT#MWI=1 has been entered, the #MWI: URC is displayed each

time

1. a new message waiting indicator is received from the

network, the URC format is:

#MWI: <status>,<indicator>[,<count>]

2. the module is powered on, the URC reports the status of the
message waiting indicators, as they are currently stored on
SIM, the format is:

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 90 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

#MWI: <status>[,<indicator>[,<count>][<CR><LF>
#MWI: <status>,<indicator>[,<count>][...]]]

The parameters are described in the unsolicited fields section for

each URC format.

Unsolicited fields:

Name Type Description

<status> integer indicates clear or set action when it is received

from the network.
Values:

0 : clear: has been deleted one of the

messages related to the indicator
<indicator>.

1 : set: there is a new waiting message

related to the indicator <indicator>

<status> integer indicates the status when it is read from SIM.

Values:

0 : no waiting message indicator is currently

set. In this case no other information is
reported.

1 : there are waiting messages related to the

message waiting indicator <indicator>

<indicator> integer message indicator has the same meaning

regardless if it comes from network or it is read
from SIM.
Values:

1 : either Line 1 (CPHS context) or Voice

(3GPP context)

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 91 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

2 : Line 2 (CPHS context only)

3 : Fax

4 : E-mail

5 : Other

<count> integer network information reporting the number of

pending messages related to the message waiting
indicator <indicator>.

<count> integer number of pending messages related to the

message waiting indicator <indicator> as it is
stored on SIM

Entering AT#MWI= returns OK but has no effect.

AT#MWI?
Read command reports whether the presentation of the message waiting
indicator URC is currently enabled or not, and the status of the message
waiting indicators as they are currently stored on SIM. The format is:

#MWI: <enable>,<status>[,<indicator>[,<count>][<CR><LF>
#MWI: <enable>,<status>,<indicator>[,<count>][...]]]

AT#MWI=?
Test command returns the range of available values for parameter
<enable>.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 92 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.2.2.31. AT+CLAC - Available AT Commands

This command shows the available AT commands list.

3GPP TS 27.007

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT+CLAC
The execution command causes the ME to return one or more lines
reporting the AT commands that are available to the user. The format is:

<ATcmd1>[<CR><LF><ATcmd2>[...]]

<ATcmdn> is the AT command.

AT+CLAC=?
Test command returns the OK result code.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 93 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.2.2.32. AT#LANG - Select Language

Set command selects the currently used language for displaying different messages.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#LANG=<lan>
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<lan> string en Selected language

Values:

en : English

it : Italian

AT#LANG?
Read command reports the currently selected <lan> in the format:
#LANG: <lan>

AT#LANG=?
Test command reports the supported range of values for parameter <lan>.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 94 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.2.2.33. AT+CMEE - Report Mobile Equipment Error

The command enables the use of result code.

3GPP TS 27.007

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Specific profile No - 2

AT+CMEE=[<n>]
Set command disables/enables the use of result code +CME ERROR: <err>
as an indication of an error relating to the +Cxxx command issued. When
enabled, device related errors cause the +CME ERROR: <err> final result
code instead of the default ERROR final result code. ERROR is returned
normally when the error message is related to syntax, invalid parameters
or DTE functionality.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<n> integer 0 enables/disables +CME ERROR: <err> result

code and selects the format

Values:

0 : disable

1 : enable and use numeric<err> values

2 : enable and use verbose <err> values

The detailed description of <err> is available in section "ME Error

Result Code - +CME ERROR: <err>".

+CMEE has no effect on the final result code +CMS.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 95 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

AT+CMEE?
Read command returns the current value of parameter <n> in the format:

+CMEE: <n>

AT+CMEE=?
Test command returns the supported values of parameter <n>.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 96 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.2.2.34. AT#CEER - Extended Numeric Error Report

The command is related to extended numeric error report.

3GPP TS 24.008

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Auto No - 2

AT#CEER
Execution command causes the TA to return a numeric code in the
intermediate response format:

#CEER: <code>

which offers the user of the TA a report of the reason for

3. the last unsuccessful GPRS attach or unsuccessful PDP context

activation;
4. the last GPRS detach or PDP context deactivation.

Additional info:

Intermediate response parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<code> integer - error code. Table below show the

error codes range and the related
meanings.

Error codes table

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 97 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

Value Diagnostic
0 No error
31 Normal, unspecified
GPRS related errors
224 MS requested detach
225 NWK requested detach
226 Unsuccessful attach cause NO SERVICE
227 Unsuccessful attach cause NO ACCESS
228 Unsuccessful attach cause GPRS SERVICE
REFUSED
229 PDP deactivation requested by NWK
230 PDP deactivation cause LLC link activation Failed
231 PDP deactivation cause NWK reactivation with
same TI
232 PDP deactivation cause GMM abort
233 PDP deactivation cause LLC or SNDCP failure
234 PDP unsuccessful activation cause GMM error
235 PDP unsuccessful activation cause NWK reject
236 PDP unsuccessful activation cause NO NSAPI
available
237 PDP unsuccessful activation cause SM refuse
238 PDP unsuccessful activation cause MMI ignore
239 PDP unsuccessful activation cause Nb Max
Session Reach
256 PDP unsuccessful activation cause wrong APN
257 PDP unsuccessful activation cause unknown PDP
address or type
258 PDP unsuccessful activation cause service not
supported
259 PDP unsuccessful activation cause QOS not
accepted
260 PDP unsuccessful activation cause socket error

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 98 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

If none of the previous conditions has occurred since power up,

then <code>=0 is reported (i.e. No error, see table above)

AT#CEER=?
Test command returns OK result code.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 99 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.2.2.35. AT#PSMRI - Power Saving Mode Ring Indicator

The command enables or disables the Ring Indicator pin response to an URC message
while modem is in power saving mode.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Common
Required No - 2
profile

AT#PSMRI=<n>
Set command enables/disables the Ring Indicator pin response to an URC
message while modem is in power saving mode. If enabled, a negative
going pulse is generated, when URC message for specific event is invoked.
The duration of this pulse is determined by the value of <n>.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<n> integer 0 disables, enables/sets duration of the

generated pulse.

Values:

0 : disables RI pin response for URC message

50÷1150 : enables RI pin response for URC messages with

a duration specified in ms

When RING signal from incoming call/SMS/socket listen is

enabled, the behavior for #PSMRI will be ignored.

The behavior for #PSMRI is invoked only when modem is in sleep

mode AT+CFUN=5.

AT#PSMRI?

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 100 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

Read command reports the duration in ms of the pulse generated, in the

format:

#PSMRI: <n>

AT#PSMRI=?
Test command reports the supported range of values for parameter <n>

The value set by command is stored in the profile extended section and
doesn't depend on the specific AT instance used to enter the command.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 101 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.2.2.36. AT+CSCS - Select TE Character Set

The command purpose is to set different character sets that are used by the device.

3GPP TS 27.007

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Specific profile No - 2

AT+CSCS=[<chset>]
Set command sets the current character set used by the device.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<chset> string IRA character set

to be used by
the device.

Values:

GSM : GSM default alphabet (3GPP TS 23.038).

IRA : international reference alphabet (ITU-T T.50).

8859-1 : ISO 8859 Latin 1 character set.

PCCP437 : PC character set Code Page 437.

UCS2 : 16-bit universal multiple-octet coded

character set (ISO/IEC10646).

HEX : Character strings consist only of hexadecimal

numbers from 00 to FF; e.g. "032FE6" equals
three 8-bit characters with decimal values 3,
47 and 230; no conversions to the original MT
character set shall be done. If MT is using
GSM 7 bit default alphabet, its characters

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 102 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

shall be padded with 8th bit (zero) before

converting them to hexadecimal numbers (i.e.
no SMS style packing of 7 bit alphabet).

AT+CSCS?
Read command returns the current value of the active character set.

AT+CSCS=?
Test command returns the supported values for parameter <chset>.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 103 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.2.2.37. AT+CMUX - Multiplexing Mode

This command is used to enable/disable the multiplexing protocol control channel.

3GPP TS 27.007
3GPP TS 27.010

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT+CMUX=<mode>[,<subset>[,<port_speed>[,<N1>[,<T1>[,<N2>[,<T2>[,<T3>[,<k>]]
]]]]]]
Set command is used to enable/disable the multiplexing protocol control channel.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<mode> integer 0 basic option is currently the only

supported mode.

Value:

0 : basic option mode.

<subset> integer 0 the way in which the multiplexer

control channel is set up

Value:

0 : UIH frame

<port_speed> integer N/A transmission rate. The default value

is implementation specific.

Values:

1 : 9600 bps

2 : 19200 bps

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 104 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

3 : 38400 bps

4 : 57600 bps

5 : 115200 bps

6 : 230400 bps

<N1> integer 122 maximum frame size.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 105 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

1÷7 : window size range

AT+CMUX?
Read command returns the current value of the parameters, in the format:
+CMUX: <mode>,<subset>,<port_speed>,<N1>,<T1>,<N2>,<T2>,<T3>,<k>

AT+CMUX=?
Test command returns the range of supported values for all parameters.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 106 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.2.2.38. AT#USBCFG - USB Configuration

This command sets USB configuration on the modem device.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Auto No - 2

AT#USBCFG=<mode>
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<mode> integer 0 USB configuration mode. See

#PORTCFG command.

Values:

0 : USB Modem Ports, 1 Diag Port, 1 WWAN network

adapter (no data traffic); VID 0x1BC7 PID 0x110A

3 : USB Modem Ports, 1 Diag Port, 1 ECM network

adapter; VID 0x1BC7 PID 0x110B

To make active the configuration the module must be rebooted.

AT#USBCFG?
Read command returns the current <mode> in the following format:

#USBCFG: <mode>

AT#USBCFG=?
Test command returns the list of supported values.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 107 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

Modules supporting the command

ME310G1 -WW
ME910G1 -WW
ML865G1 -WW

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 108 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.2.2.39. AT#PORTCFG - Connect Physical Ports to Service Access Points

This command allows to connect Service Access Points (software anchorage points) to
the external physical ports.

[1] Hardware User's Guide of the used module

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Auto No - 2

AT#PORTCFG=<Variant>
Set command allows to connect Service Access Points to the external
physical ports giving a great flexibility. Examples of Service Access Points:
AT Parser Instance #1, #2, #3, etc..
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<Variant> integer 0 set port configuration. A short description,

for each <Variant> value, is reported in
test command section. The range depends
on the product.

Value:

0÷max : see test command section

To enable the set port configuration, the module must be rebooted.

AT#PORTCFG?
Read command returns the requested and the active port configuration in
the format:

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 109 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

#PORTCFG: <requested>,<active>
Additional info:

Parameters returned by the read command, in format:

#PORTCFG: <requested>,<active>

Name Type Default Description

<requested> integer - value showing the requested

configuration that will be
activated on the next power ON.

<active> integer - value showing the actual

configuration.

AT#PORTCFG=?
Test command returns a brief description of the supported ports
arrangement solutions.
For each <Variant> are reported, on one row, the logical connections
between a physical port (USIF0, USB0, etc.) and a Service Access Point
(AT#1, AT#2, etc.). Each row reports the logical connections available in
two configurations: USB cable plugged or not plugged in. To have
information about the physical ports, refer to document [1].
The test command returns, for example, the following message:

For ME310G1 family modules:

AT#PORTCFG=?
#PORTCFG: Variant=0: AT= USIF0 USB0 USB1
#PORTCFG: Variant=3: AT= USIF0 AUX USB0
#PORTCFG: Variant=8: AT= USB0 USB1
#PORTCFG: Variant=13: AT= USIF0 USB0

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 110 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

For ME910G1 family modules and ML865G1 module:

AT#PORTCFG=?
#PORTCFG: Variant=0: AT= USIF0 USB0 USB1
#PORTCFG: Variant=3: AT= USIF0 USIF1 USB0
#PORTCFG: Variant=8: AT= USB0 USB1
#PORTCFG: Variant=13: AT= USIF0 USB0

The <Variant> range depends on the product.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 111 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.2.2.40. AT#ATDELAY - AT Command Delay

Set command sets a delay in second for the execution of successive AT command.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#ATDELAY=<delay>
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<delay> integer 0 delay interval

Value:

0÷max : delay expressed in 100 milliseconds intervals; 0

means no delay. For max value refer to test
command

<delay> is only applied to first command executed after #ATDELAY

AT#ATDELAY=?
Test command returns the supported range of values for parameter
<delay>.

Set 5 seconds delay for "AT#GPIO=1,1,1" command

AT#GPIO=1,0,1;#ATDELAY=50;#GPIO=1,1,1
OK

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 112 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.2.2.41. AT&Z - Store Telephone Number in the Internal Phonebook

The command stores a telephone number in the internal phonebook.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT&Z<n>=<nr>
The module has a built in non-volatile memory where 10 telephone
numbers can be stored, each one having a maximum of 24 digits.
Execution command stores the telephone number <nr> in the record <n>.
The records cannot be overwritten; they must be cleared before rewriting.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<n> integer N/A phonebook record

Value:

0÷9 : record number

<nr> string - telephone number (maximum length 24

digits)

To delete the record <n> issue the command AT&Z<n>=<CR>.

The records in the module memory can be viewed with the

command &N.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 113 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.2.2.42. AT&V2 - Display Last Connection Statistics

The command displays last connection statistics.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT&V2
Execution command returns the last connection statistics and
connection failure reason.

Example of connection statistics get with no connection and no error.

• AT&V2

TOTAL CONNECTION TIME : 0:00:00

CONNECTION FAILURE REASON : powered off

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 114 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.2.2.43. AT+IMEISV - Request IMEI and Software Version

Execution command returns the International Mobile Station Equipment Identity and
Software Version Number (IMEISV) of the module without +IMEISV: command echo.

3GPP TS 23.003

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT+IMEISV
The command returns the following massage:

AT+IMEISV
<IMEISV>

OK
Additional info:

The IMEISV is composed of the following elements (each element

shall consist of decimal digits only):
5. Type Allocation Code (TAC). Its length is 8 digits

6. Serial Number (SNR) is an individual serial number

uniquely identifying each equipment within each TAC. Its
length is 6 digits

7. Software Version Number (SVN) identifies the software

version number of the mobile equipment. Its length is 2
digits

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 115 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

AT+IMEISV=?
Test command returns OK result code.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 116 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.2.2.44. AT#CGMM - Request Model Identification

This command returns the device model identification.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#CGMM
Execution command returns the device model identification code, with
command echo.

AT#CGMM
#CGMM: <code>
OK

AT#CGMM=?
Test command returns OK result code.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 117 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.2.2.45. AT&V0 - Display Current Configuration and Profile

The command displays current modem configuration and profile.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT&V0
Execution command returns all the modem configuration parameters
settings.

This command is the same as &V, it is included only for

backwards compatibility.

The row of information about CTS (C106) OPTIONS is in the output

of &V0 only for compatibility reasons and represents only a
dummy value.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 118 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.2.2.46. AT#FWSWITCH - Set Active Firmware Image

Set command allows enabling a specific firmware image on products embedding 2 or
more different firmware images.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Auto No - 2

AT#FWSWITCH=<imageNumber>[,<storageConf>[,<restoreUserSettings>]]
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<imageNumber> integer - To know the

<imageNumber> values
range refer to the test
command.

<storageConf> integer 1 selects storage type

Value:

1 : save the <imageNumber> value in NVM,

only this selection is available

<restoreUserSettings> integer 0 restore user settings for

enabled firmware image

Values:

0 : after firmware switch, all settings are

returned to default

1 : after firmware switch, user settings are

restored

Additional info:

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 119 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

<imageNumber> identifies the image (customization) as shown in

the following table.

<image Number>
Product Customization
default value
MEx10G1-
0 = AT&T, 1 = Verizon, 2 = ROW 2
W1
MEx10G1- 0 = AT&T, 1 = Verizon, 2 = ROW,
2
WW 3 = AU

This AT command performs a system reboot. All the parameters

are set to the factory values.
Here are two customization examples: AT#FWSWITCH=0 and
AT#FWSWITCH=1. In both cases it is mandatory to follow these
steps.

AT&T customization:
1. enter: AT#FWSWITCH=0
2. wait: system reboot
3. enter: AT#IOTBND=252582047,1048578,2058,0
4. enter: AT#REBOOT
5. wait: system reboot
now, the module is ready to operate

Verizon customization:
1. enter: AT#FWSWITCH=1
2. wait: system reboot
3. enter: AT#WS46=0
4. enter: AT#REBOOT
5. wait: system reboot
now, the module is ready to operate

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 120 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

AT#FWSWITCH?
Read command reports the current active firmware image:

#FWSWITCH: <imageNumber>

AT#FWSWITCH=?
Test command reports the range of supported values for parameters
<imageNumber>, <storageConf>,<restoreUserSettings>

Switch to image 1:
AT#FWSWITCH =1
OK

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 121 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.2.2.47. AT#IMSPDPSET - IMS PDP APN Number Set

This command sets IMS Pdp APN Name. This name should be one of the APN names set
in +CGDCONT command and appropriated context will be opened for IMS.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Auto No - 2

AT#IMSPDPSET=<pdpApnName>
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<pdpApnName> string - from 1 to 32 symbols ANSI fixed

string. It can be used with or without
quotes

AT#IMSPDPSET?
Read command reports the current setting of string parameter
<pdpApnName>, in the format:
#IMSPDPSET: <pdpApnName>

If the file containing the setting is not present in EFS, read

command returns an error:
AT#IMSPDPSET?
+CME ERROR: Unable to read the nv file

The file must be created by the set command.

AT#IMSPDPSET=?
Test command returns the maximum length for string parameter
<pdpApnName>.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 122 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.2.2.48. AT#TID - Request Telit ID

The command returns Telit ID and version number.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#TID
Execution command returns device Telit ID and version number
separated by a comma, followed by an OK at newline.

AT#TID=?
Test command returns OK result code.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 123 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.2.3. S Parameters

4.2.3.1. ATS0 - Number of Rings to Auto Answer

The command controls the automatic answering feature of the DCE.

ITU-T Recommendation V.25 ter

3GPP TS 27.007

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Specific profile No - 2

ATS0=[<n>]
Set command sets the number of rings required before device
automatically answers an incoming call.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<n> integer 0 Number of

rings

Values:

0 : auto answer disabled

1÷255 : number of rings required before automatic answer.

The DCE answers when the incoming call indication
(ring) has occurred the number of times indicated
by the value.

Data only products ignore command setting and auto answer is

disabled if incoming call is a voice call.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 124 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

ATS0?
Read command returns the current value of S0 parameter.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 125 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.2.3.2. ATS1 - Ring Counter

S1 is incremented each time the device detects the ring signal of an incoming call. S1 is
cleared as soon as no ring occur.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Specific profile No - 2

ATS1

The form ATS1 has no effect, returns OK result code.

ATS1?
Read command returns S1 value.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 126 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.2.3.3. ATS2 - Escape Character

The command manages the ASCII character used as escape character.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Specific profile No - 2

ATS2=<char>
Set command sets the ASCII character to be used as escape character.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<char> integer 43 escape character decimal ASCII

Value:

0÷255 : factory default value is '+'

The escape sequence consists of three escape characters

preceded and followed by n ms of idle (see S12 to set n).

ATS2?
Read command returns the current value of S2 parameter.

The format of the numbers in output is always 3 digits, left-filled

with 0s.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 127 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.2.3.4. ATS3 - Command Line Termination Character

The command manages the character configured as command line terminator.

ITU-T Recommendation V.25 ter

3GPP TS 27.007

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Specific profile No - 2

ATS3=[<char>]
Set command sets the value of the character either recognized by the
device as command line terminator and generated by the device as part of
the header, trailer, and terminator for result codes and information text,
along with S4 parameter.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<char> integer 13 command line termination character

(decimal ASCII)

Value:

0÷127 : command line termination character

The "previous" value of S3 is used to determine the command line

termination character for entering the command line containing
the S3 setting command. However, the result code issued shall use
the "new" value of S3 (as set during the processing of the
command line)

ATS3?

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 128 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

Read command returns the current value of S3 parameter.

The format of the numbers in output is always 3 digits, left-filled

with 0s

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 129 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.2.3.5. ATS4 - Response Formatting Character

The command manages the character generated by the device as part of the header,
trailer, and terminator for result codes and information text.

ITU-T Recommendation V.25 ter

3GPP TS 27.007

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Specific profile No - 2

ATS4=[<char>]
Set command sets the value of the character generated by the device as
part of the header, trailer, and terminator for result codes and information
text, along with the S3 parameter.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<char> integer 10 response formatting character (decimal

ASCII)

Value:

0÷127 : response formatting character

If the value of S4 is changed in a command line the result code

issued in response of that command line will use the new value of
S4.

ATS4?
Read command returns the current value of S4 parameter.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 130 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

The format of the numbers in output is always 3 digits, left-filled

with 0s.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 131 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.2.3.6. ATS5 - Command Line Editing Character

The command manages the value of the character recognized by the DCE as a request to
delete from the command line the immediately preceding character.

ITU-T Recommendation V.25 ter

3GPP TS 27.007

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Specific profile No - 2

ATS5=[<char>]
Set command sets the value of the character recognized by the device as a
request to delete from the command line the immediately preceding
character.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<char> integer 8 command line editing character (decimal

ASCII)

Value:

0÷127 : command line editing character

ATS5?
Read command returns the current value of S5 parameter.

The format of the numbers in output is always 3 digits, left-filled

with 0s.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 132 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.2.3.7. ATS7 - Connection Completion Time-Out

This set command specifies the amount of time that the DCE shall allow between either
answering a call (automatically or by the ATA command) or completion of signaling of
call addressing information to network (dialing), and establishment of a connection with
the remote DCE. If no connection is established during this time, the DCE disconnects
from the line and returns a result code indicating the cause of the disconnection.

ITU-T Recommendation V.25 ter

3GPP TS 27.007

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Specific profile No - 2

ATS7=<tout>
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<tout> integer 60 defines time interval expressed in seconds

Value:

1÷255 : available range

ATS7?
Read command returns the current value of S7 parameter.

The format of the numbers in output is always 3 digits, left-filled

with 0s.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 133 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.2.3.8. ATS12 - Escaper Prompt Delay

The command manages the prompt delay between two different escape characters.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Specific profile No - 2

ATS12=<time>
Set command sets:
6. the minimum period, before receipt of the first character of the
three escape character sequence, during which no other character
has to be detected in order to accept it as valid first character;
7. the maximum period allowed between receipt of first or second
character of the three escape character sequence and receipt of
the next;
8. the minimum period, after receipt of the last character of the three
escape character sequence, during which no other character has to
be detected in order to accept the escape sequence as a valid one.

Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<time> integer 50 delay expressed in fiftieth of a second

Value:

2÷255 : expressed in fiftieth of a second

The minimum period S12 has to pass after CONNECT result code
too, before a received character is accepted as valid first character
of the three escape character sequence.

ATS12?
Read command returns the current value of S12 parameter.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 134 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

The format of the numbers in output is always 3 digits, left-filled

with 0s

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 135 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.2.3.9. ATS25 - Delay to DTR Off

The command manages the amount of time that the device will ignore the DTR.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Specific profile No - 2

ATS25=<time>
Set command defines the amount of time, in hundredths of second, that
the device will ignore the DTR for taking the action specified by command
&D.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<time> integer 5 expressed in hundredths of a second

Value:

0÷255 : expressed in hundredths of a second

The delay is effective only if its value is greater than 5. To be

recognized as valid, the DTR transition must be greater than S25.
Low values could require a transition increased of a factor 1.5 to be
correctly handled (e.g., to be sure that S25=5 works, use a DTR
toggle of 75ms to be detected).

In power saving (e.g. +CFUN=5 with DTR low) DTR must be off at
least 3 seconds for taking the action specified by command &D,
independently of S25 parameter.

ATS25?
Read command returns the current value of S25 parameter.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 136 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

The format of the numbers in output is always 3 digits, left-filled

with 0s.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 137 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.2.3.10. AT&V1 - S Registers Display

The command displays the S registers values.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT&V1
Execution command returns the S registers values in both decimal and
hexadecimal format. The response is in the form:

DEC (value in dec. HEX (value in hex

REG (S register)
notation) notation)
<reg0> <dec> <hex>
<reg1> <dec> <hex>
... ... ...
<regN> <dec> <hex>

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 138 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

Here is a generic example showing the format.

AT&V1

REG DEC HEX

000 000 000
001 000 000
002 043 02B
003 013 00D
004 010 00A
005 008 008
007 060 03C
012 050 032
... ... ...
... ... ...

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 139 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.2.3.11. ATS10 - Carrier Off with Firm Time

The command is available only for backward compatibility

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Specific profile No - 2

ATS10=<n>
Execution command has no effect and is available only for backward
compatibility with landline modems.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<n> integer N/A dummy

Value:

1÷255 : dummy parameter

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 140 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.2.3.12. AT&V3 - Extended S Registers Display

The command displays the extended S registers values.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT&V3
Execution command returns the extended S registers values in both
decimal and hexadecimal format. The response is in the form as shown
in AT&V1 command.

Here is a generic example showing the format.

AT&V3

REG DEC HEX

000 000 000
001 000 000
002 043 02B
003 013 00D
004 010 00A
005 008 008
007 060 03C
012 050 032
025 005 005
... ... ...
... ... ...

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 141 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.2.4. DTE - Modem Interface Control

4.2.4.1. ATE - Command Echo

This command allows to enable or disable the command echo.

ITU-T Recommendation V.25 ter

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Specific profile No - 2

ATE[<n>]
The execution command allows to enable/disable the command echo.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<n> integer 1 Configuration value

Values:

0 : disables command echo

1 : enables command echo, hence command sent to the

device are echoed back to the DTE before the response
is given.

If parameter is omitted, the command has the same behavior of

ATE0

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 142 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.2.4.2. ATQ - Quiet Result Codes

This command allows to enable or disable the result code.

ITU-T Recommendation V.25 ter

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Specific profile No - 2

ATQ[<n>]
Set command enables or disables the result codes.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<n> integer 0 enables/disables result

codes

Values:

0 : enables result codes

1 : disables result codes. The commands entered after

ATQ1 do not return the result code.

2 : disables result codes (only for backward compatibility).

The commands entered after ATQ2 do not return the
result code.

If parameter is omitted, the command has the same behavior of

ATQ0.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 143 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

After issuing ATQ0 the OK result code is returned

AT+CGACT=?
+CGACT: (0-1)
OK

After issuing ATQ1 or ATQ2 the OK result code is not returned.

AT+CGACT=?
+CGACT: (0-1)

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 144 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.2.4.3. ATV - Response Format

Set command determines the contents of the header and trailer transmitted with result
codes and information responses. It also determines if result codes are transmitted in a
numeric form or an alphanumeric form (according to [1]).

[1] ITU-T Recommendation V.25 ter

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Specific profile No - 2

ATV[<n>]
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<n> integer 1 format of information responses and result

codes. See Additional info section.

Values:

0 : limited headers and trailers and numeric format of

result codes

1 : full headers and trailers and verbose format of result

codes

Additional info:

<n>=0
information responses <text><CR><LF>
result codes <numericCode><CR>

<n>=1
<CR><LF>
information responses
<text><CR><LF>

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 145 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

<CR><LF>
result codes
<verboseCode><CR><LF>

the <text> portion of information responses is not affected by this

setting.

if parameter is omitted, the command has the same behavior of

ATV0

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 146 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.2.4.4. ATI - Identification Information

This command returns identification information.

ITU-T Recommendation V.25 ter

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

ATI[<n>]
Execution command returns one or more lines of information text
followed by a result code.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<n> integer 0 information request

Values:

0 : numerical identifier

1 : module checksum

2 : checksum check result

3 : manufacturer

4 : product name

5 : DOB version

If parameter is omitted, the command has the same behavior of

ATI0

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 147 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.2.4.5. AT&C - Data Carrier Detect (DCD) Control

This set command controls the DCD output behavior of the AT commands serial port.

ITU-T Recommendation V25 ter

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT&C[<n>]
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<n> integer 1 DCD output behavior

Values:

0 : DCD remains always High

1 : DCD follows the Carrier detect status: if carrier is

detected DCD goes High, otherwise DCD is Low

2 : DCD is always High except for 1 sec "wink" when a data

call is disconnected

If parameter is omitted, the command has the same behavior of

AT&C0

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 148 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.2.4.6. AT&D - Data Terminal Ready (DTR) Control

This set command configures the behavior of the module according to the DTR control
line transitions (RS232).

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Specific profile No - 2

AT&D[<n>]
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<n> integer 0 defines the module behavior according

to the DTR control line transitions

Values:

0 : module ignores DTR control line transitions

1 : when the module is connected, the high to low transition

of DTR line sets the module in command mode, the
current connection is not closed

2 : when the module is connected, the high to low transition

of DTR line sets the module in command mode and the
current connection is closed

3 : C108/1 operation is enabled

4 : C108/1 operation is disabled

If AT&D2 has been issued, and the DTR line has been tied Low,
auto-answering is inhibited and it is possible to answer only
issuing command ATA.

If parameter is omitted, the command has the same behavior of

AT&D0.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 149 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.2.4.7. AT&K - Flow Control

Flow Control settings.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Specific profile No - 2

AT&K[<n>]
Set command controls the serial port flow control behavior.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<n> integer 3 flow control behavior

Values:

0 : no flow control

3 : hardware bi-directional flow control (both RTS/CTS

active)

If parameter is omitted, the command has the same behavior as

AT&K0

&K has no Read Command. To verify the current setting of &K,

simply check the settings of the active profile issuing AT&V.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 150 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.2.4.8. AT&S - Data Set Ready (DSR) Control

Set DSR pin behavior.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Specific profile No - 2

AT&S[<n>]
Set command controls the RS232 DSR pin behavior.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<n> integer 3 Configuration parameter

Values:

0 : always High

1 : DSR is tied High when the device receives from the

network the GSM traffic channel indication

2 : High when connected

3 : High when device is ready to receive commands

If parameter is omitted, the command has the same behavior of

AT&S0

In power saving mode the DSR pin is always tied Low.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 151 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.2.4.9. AT+IPR - UART DCE Interface Data Rate Speed

The command sets the speed of the USIF0 serial port, see document [1].

[1] Hardware User's Guide of the used module

[2] ITU-T Recommendation V25 ter

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Specific profile No - 2

AT+IPR=<rate>
The command sets the UART speed of the USIF0 port during command
mode operations.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<rate> integer 115200 speed of the serial USIF0 port expressed in

bit per second.

Values:

300 : bps

600 : bps

1200 : bps

2400 : bps

4800 : bps

9600 : bps

19200 : bps

38400 : bps

57600 : bps

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 152 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

115200 : bps

230400 : bps

460800 : bps

921600 : bps

AT+IPR?
Read command returns the current value of <rate> parameter.

AT+IPR=?
Test command returns the list of <rate> values in the format:

+IPR: (list of <rate> values)

This command has no effect if it is sent on USB interface or CMUX

instances: the DCE sends the OK result but the settings are ignored.

Test command example

AT+IPR=?
+IPR:
(300,600,1200,2400,4800,9600,19200,38400,57600,115200,230400,460800,921600)
OK

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 153 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.2.4.10. AT#DTR - Data Terminal Ready (DTR) flow control

The command configures how the outbound flow on serial ports is controlled by the DTR
signal, see document [1]

[1] Hardware User's Guide of the used module

[2] ITU-T Recommendation V25 ter

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Auto No - 2

AT#DTR=<n>
This set command configures the behavior of the outbound flow according
to the DTR control line level transitions.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<n> integer N/A DTR

outbound
flow
control
behavior

Values:

0 : DTR level transitions are ignored and cannot control the

outbound data flow. (Supported only by UART ports).

1 : DTR level transitions control the outbound data flow. If

DTR is asserted, the output data is sent; if DTR is not
asserted, the output data is blocked. (Supported only by
ports with DTR signal)

2 : Like setting 1, but receiving input data has the same

effect of a low to high level transition. Therefore, if the
DTR is not asserted, or if it is asserted but its level has

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 154 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

not been signaled by the DTE to the DCE, after receiving

input data the DTR is considered asserted. A new DTR
level transition from asserted to not asserted will block
again the outbound flow. (Supported only by USB ports)

Additional info:

For USIF ports default value of <n> is 0.

For USB ports default value of <n> is 2.

The range depends on the port.

AT#DTR?
Read command returns the current value of <n> parameter.

AT#DTR=?
Test command returns the list of <n> values in the format:
#DTR: (list of <n> values)

This command returns only the <n> values supported by the port on which it
is given;
i.e. USB ports do not support <n>=0; USIF ports without DTR pin only
support <n>=0.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 155 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

Test command example

AT#DTR=?
#DTR: (0,1)
OK

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 156 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.2.4.11. AT+IFC - DTE-Modem Local Flow Control

This set command selects the flow control of the serial port in both directions.

ITU-T Recommendation V25 ter

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Specific profile No - 2

AT+IFC=<byDTE>,<byDCE>
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<byDTE> integer 2 specifies the method used by the DTE to

control the flow of data received from the
device (DCE)

Values:

0 : no flow control

2 : flow control by RTS control line (C105, Request to

Send)

<byDCE> integer 2 specifies the method used by the device

(DCE) to control the flow of data received
from the DTE

Values:

0 : no flow control

2 : flow control by CTS control line (C105, Clear to Send)

The only possible commands are AT+IFC=0,0 and AT+IFC=2,2.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 157 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

AT+IFC?
Read command returns active flow control settings.

AT+IFC=?
Test command returns all supported values of the parameters <byDTE>
and <byDCE>.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 158 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.2.4.12. AT+ICF - DTE-Modem Character Framing

This set command defines the asynchronous character framing.

ITU-T Recommendation V.25 ter

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Specific profile No - 2

AT+ICF=<format>[,<parity>]
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<format> string 3 sets the number of Data bits and Stop bits.
Only the <format>=3 is supported.

Value:

3 : 8 Data, 1 Stop

<parity> string 0 setting this sub parameter has no meaning.

Values:

0 : odd, not supported

1 : even, not supported

AT+ICF?
Read command returns current settings for parameters <format> and
<parity>. The setting of parameter <parity> is always 0.

AT+ICF=?

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 159 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

Test command returns the ranges of values for the parameters <format>
and <parity>.

AT+ICF=3
OK

AT+ICF=?
+ICF: (3),(0,1)
OK

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 160 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.2.4.13. AT#SKIPESC - Skip Escape Sequence

This command enables/disables skipping the escape sequence.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Specific profile No - 2

AT#SKIPESC=[<mode>]
Set command enables/disables skipping the escape sequence (+++) while
transmitting during a data connection.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<mode> integer 0 enable/disable skipping the escape

sequence (+++)

Values:

0 : does not skip the escape sequence; its transmission is

enabled.

1 : skips the escape sequence; its transmission is not

enabled.

In FTP connection the escape sequence is not transmitted,

regardless of the command setting.

AT#SKIPESC?
Read command returns the current value of the parameter <mode> in the
format:

#SKIPESC: <mode>

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 161 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

AT#SKIPESC=?
Test command returns the supported values of parameter <mode>.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 162 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.2.4.14. AT#E2ESC - Escape Sequence Guard Time

This set command sets a guard time in seconds for the escape sequence in PS to be
considered a valid one, and return to on-line command mode.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Auto No - 2

AT#E2ESC=[<gt>]
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<gt> string 0 sets a guard time in seconds

Values:

0 : guard time is defined by S12 command

1÷10 : guard time in seconds. It overrides the one set with

S12 command

AT#E2ESC?
Read command returns current value of the escape sequence guard time,
in the format:

#E2ESC: <gt>

AT#E2ESC=?
Test command returns the range of supported values for parameter <gt>.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 163 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.2.4.15. ATX - Extended Result Codes

Set command selects the subset of result code messages the modem uses to reply to
the DTE upon AT commands execution.

ITU-T Recommendation V.25 ter

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Specific profile No - 2

ATX[<n>]
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<n> integer 1 configuration value

Values:

0 : when entering in dial mode a CONNECT result code is

relayed; see Additional info.

1÷4 : when entering in dial mode a CONNECT <text> result

code is relayed, see Additional info.

Additional info:

<n>=0
OK, CONNECT, RING, NO CARRIER, ERROR, NO ANSWER result
codes are enabled. Dial tone and busy detection (NO DIALTONE and
BUSY result codes) are disabled.

<n>=1÷4
all the remaining result codes are enabled.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 164 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

When the <n> parameter is omitted, the command acts like ATX0.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 165 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.2.5. Call (Voice and Data) Control

4.2.5.1. ATD - Dialup Connection

This command establishes a GPRS communication between the TE and the external
PDN, or starts a voice call to a given phone number.

3GPP TS 27.007

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No Yes - 2

ATD
The ATD execution command assumes the format shown in Additional
info section. It causes the MT to perform whatever actions are necessary
to establish communication between the TE and the external PDN or to
start a voice call to a given phone number.
Additional info:

ATD<number>;
Execution command starts a voice call to the phone number given
as parameter.

Name Type Default Description

<number> mixed - phone number to be dialed.

The numbers accepted are 0-9 and
'*', '#', 'A', 'B', 'C', 'D', '+', 'P', ','.

ATD><str>;
issues a call to phone number which corresponding alphanumeric
field is <str>; all available memories will be searched for the
correct entry.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 166 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

Name Type Default Description

<str> string - alphanumeric field corresponding to

phone number; it must be enclosed in
quotation marks.
Parameter <str> is case sensitive.

ATD><mem><n>;
Issues a call to phone number in phonebook memory storage
<mem>, entry location <n>. Available memories may be queried
with +CPBS=? command.

Name Type Default Description

<mem> string N/A phonebook memory storage; it must

not be enclosed in quotation marks

Values:

SM : SIM phonebook

FD : SIM fixed dialing-phonebook

LD : SIM last-dialing-phonebook

MC : device missed (unanswered received) calls

list

RC : ME received calls list

<n> integer - entry location; it should be in the

range of locations available in the
memory used.

ATD><n>;
issues a call to phone number in entry location <n> of the active
phonebook memory storage, see +CPBS command.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 167 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

Name Type Default Description

<n> integer - active phonebook memory storage

entry location; it should be in the
range of locations available in the
active phonebook memory storage.

ATDL
issues a call to the last number dialed.

ATDS=<nr>;
issues a call to the number stored in the module internal
phonebook position number <nr>.

Name Type Default Description

<nr> integer - internal phonebook position to be

called, see commands &N and &Z

ATD*<gprs_sc>[*<addr>][*[<L2P>][*[<cid>]]]]#

Name Type Default Description

<gprs_sc> integer N/A is the GPRS Service Code, which

identifies a request to use the
GPRS communication

Value:

99 : GPRS Service Code

<addr> string - identifies the called party in the

address space applicable to the
PDP.

<L2P> string - indicates the layer 2 protocol to

be used (see +CGDATA). For
communications software that

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 168 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

does not support arbitrary

characters in the dial string, the
following numeric equivalents
shall be used: 1 is equivalent to
PPP.

<cid> integer - PDP context definition, see

+CGDCONT command

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 169 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.2.5.2. ATA - Answer Incoming call

Execution command is used to answer to an incoming call if automatic answer is
disabled.

ITU-T Recommendation V.25 ter

3GPP TS 27.007

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

ATA

This command must be the last in the command line and must be
followed immediately by a <CR> character.

Modules supporting the command

ME310G1- WWV
ME910G1- WWV
ML865G1- WW voice

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 170 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.2.5.3. ATH - Hang Up/Disconnect the Current Call

This execution command hangs up/disconnects the current voice/data call or dial-up.

ITU-T Recommendation V.25 ter

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

ATH

When a data call or a dial-up is active the device is in on-line

mode hence, to execute ATH command the device must be
previously turned in command mode using the escape sequence
or, if &D1 option is active, tying Low the DTR pin.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 171 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.2.5.4. ATO - Return to ON-Line Mode

This execution command is used, during a suspended data conversation, to return in on-
line mode from command mode. If there is no suspended conversation, it returns NO
CARRIER.

ITU-T Recommendation V. 25 ter

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

ATO

After issuing ATO command, the device returns in on-line mode.

To enter again command-mode you must issue the escape
sequence, see register S2.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 172 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.2.5.5. AT#ATDCECHECK - ATD CE Level Check

AT command used to check CAT-M1 CE level before starting a VoLTE call

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#ATDCECHECK=<enable>
Execution command enables/disables checking of CAT-M1 CE Mode A
level before starting a VoLTE call; if check is enabled, VoLTE calls will not
be attempted when CE level is 1. There is nothing in the standards that
prevents the UE from setting up a VoLTE call while in CE mode, but in
Level 1 it will fail: the network will try to allocate resources and set up the
call, but the link will not support a bearer with the required throughput
and latency requirements for VoLTE, so even if the call setup succeeds,
voice will be unintelligible, and the link will eventually fail (drop).

Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<enable> integer 0 enables/disables checking of CAT-M1 CE

Mode A level

Values:

0 : disable check

1 : enable check

AT#ATDCECHECK?
Read command reports the current value of <enable> parameter in the
format:
#ATDCECHECK: <enable>

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 173 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

AT#ATDCECHECK=?
Test command returns the current range of values for parameter
<enable>.

Modules supporting the command

ME310G1- WWV
ME910G1- WWV
ML865G1- WW voice

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 174 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.2.5.6. AT#DIALMODE - Set Dialing Mode

Set command manages dialing modality.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Auto No - 2

AT#DIALMODE=[<mode>]
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<mode> integer 0 sets dialing modality

Values:

0 : OK result code is received as soon as it starts

remotely ringing.

1 : OK result code is received only after the called party

answers.

2 : see Additional info section.

Additional info:

<mode>=2
The following custom result codes are received, monitoring step by
step the call status:

9. DIALING, MO in progress
10. RINGING, remote ring
11. CONNECTED, remote call accepted
12. RELEASED, after ATH
13. DISCONNECTED, remote hang-up

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 175 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

AT#DIALMODE?
Read command returns current ATD dialling mode in the format:
#DIALMODE: <mode>

AT#DIALMODE=?
Test command returns the supported range of values for parameter
<mode>.

Modules supporting the command

ME310G1- WWV
ME910G1- WWV
ML865G1- WW voice

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 176 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.2.6. Modulation & Compression Control

4.2.6.1. AT%E - Line Quality and Auto Retrain

This command is used for line quality monitoring and auto retrain or fall back/fall
forward.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT%E[<n>]
Execution command has no effect and is included only for backward
compatibility with landline modems.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<n> integer - this parameter is not really used, and it is

present only for backward compatibility

If <n> parameter is not specified, the default value is considered

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 177 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

Network

4.3.1. AT+CNUM - Subscriber Number

Execution command returns the MSISDN (if the phone number of the device has been
stored in the SIM card)

3GPP TS 27.007

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT+CNUM
Execution command returns the MSISDN (if the phone number of the
device has been stored in the SIM card) using the following format:

+CNUM: <alpha>,<number>,<type>[<CR><LF>
+CNUM: <alpha>,<number>,<type>[...]]

The parameters are described in the Additional info section.

Additional info:

List of the parameters meaning.

Name Type Default Description

<alpha> string - alphanumeric string associated

to <number>; the character set
depends on the value set with
+CSCS.

<number> string - numeric string containing the

phone number in the format
<type>.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 178 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

<type> integer N/A type of number.

Values:

129 : national numbering scheme

145 : international numbering scheme

(contains the character "+")

AT+CNUM=?
Test command returns the OK result code.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 179 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.3.2. AT+COPN - Read Operator Names

This command read operator names.

3GPP TS 27.007

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Auto No - 2

AT+COPN
Execution command returns the list of operator names from the ME in
the format:

+COPN: <numeric1>,<alpha1>[<CR>
+COPN: <numeric2>,<alpha2>[…]]

The parameters are described in the Additional info section.

Additional info:

List of the parameters meaning.

Name Type Default Description

<numericn> string - operator in numeric format, see

+COPS.

<alphan> string - operator in long alphanumeric

format, see +COPS.

Each operator code <numericn> that has an alphanumeric

equivalent <alphan> in the ME memory is returned.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 180 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

AT+COPN=?
Test command returns the OK result code.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 181 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.3.3. AT+CREG - Network Registration Status

The command enables/disables the network registration unsolicited result code (URC)
and selects its presentation format.

3GPP TS 27.007

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Specific profile No - 2

AT+CREG=[<mode>]
Set command enables/disables the network registration unsolicited result
code and selects one of the two available formats:

short format: +CREG: <stat>

long format: +CREG: <stat>[,<lac>,<ci>[,<AcT>]]

The parameter meanings are shown in Unsolicited code value section.

Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

0 : disable the network registration unsolicited result

code

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 182 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

1 : enable the network registration unsolicited result

code, and selects the short format

2 : enable the network registration unsolicited result

code, and selects the long format (includes the
network cell identification data)

Unsolicited fields:

Name Type Description

<stat> integer network registration status of the module

Values:

0 : not registered, terminal is not currently

searching a new operator to register to

1 : registered, home network

2 : not registered, but terminal is currently

searching a new operator to register to

3 : registration denied

4 : unknown

5 : registered, roaming

<lac> string the parameter reports:

16. Local Area Code when <AcT>=0
17. Tracking Area Code when <AcT>=8 or 9
<ci> string Cell Id for the currently registered on cell

<AcT> integer access technology of the registered network

Values:

0 : GSM

8 : CAT M1

9 : NB IoT

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 183 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

<lac>, <ci> and <AcT> network information is reported by URC only

if <mode>=2, and the module is registered on some network cell.

AT+CREG?
Read command returns the current value of <mode>, the registration
status <stat>, and the network information (<lac>, <ci> and <AcT>)
according to the used <mode> parameter value.

+CREG: <mode>,<stat>[,<lac>,<ci>[,<AcT>]]

<lac>, <ci>, and <AcT> network information is reported only if <mode>=2

and the module is registered on some network cell.

AT+CREG=?
Test command returns supported values for parameter <mode>.

Check the registration status of the module.

AT+CREG?
+CREG: 0,2
OK
The module is in network searching state
...
...
Check again module status
AT+CREG?
+CREG: 0,1
OK
The module is registered

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 184 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.3.4. AT+COPS - Operator Selection

The command selects a network operator and registers the module.

3GPP TS 27.007

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Auto No - 2

AT+COPS=[<mode>[,<format>[,<oper>[,<act>]]]]
The set command attempts to select a network operator and registers the
module on the just chosen operator; the selection can be automatic or
manual.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<mode> integer 0 defines the operator

selection: automatic or manual.

Values:

0 : automatic selection, the parameter <oper> is ignored

1 : manual selection, the parameter <oper> must be

present

2 : deregister from network. The module is unregistered

until a +COPS with <mode>=0, 1 or 4 is issued

3 : set only <format> parameter, the parameter <oper>

is ignored

4 : manual/automatic, <oper> parameter must be

present. If manual selection fails, the module will
tray automatic mode (<mode>=0)

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 185 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

<format> integer 0 specifies the operator name

format, see <oper> parameter

Values:

0 : alphanumeric long form (max length 16 digits)

1 : alphanumeric short form

2 : numeric 5 or 6 digits [country code (3) + network

code (2 or 3)]

<oper> mixed - network operator in format

defined by <format> parameter

<act> integer N/A selects access technology.

Values:

0 : GSM

8 : CAT M1

9 : NB IoT

<mode> parameter setting is stored in NVM and available at next

reboot. <mode>=3 is not saved.
If <mode>=1 or 4, the selected network is stored in NVM too and is
available at next reboot (this will happen also after inserting
another SIM).

<format> parameter setting is never stored in NVM.

If AT+COPS=0 is issued after the switch-on, it causes a new

attempt to select a network operator and registers the module on
the selected operator.

AT+COPS?

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 186 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

Read command returns current value of <mode>, <format>, <oper> and

<AcT> in format <format>. If no operator is selected, <format>, <oper> and
<AcT> are omitted.

+COPS: <mode>[, <format>, <oper>,< act>]

If the module is deregistered, <format>, <oper>, and <act> parameters are

omitted.

AT+COPS=?
Test command returns a list of quadruplets, each representing an
operator present in the network. The quadruplets list is ended with the
range values of the <mode> and <formats> parameters.
The quadruplets in the list are closed between round brackets, separated
by commas, the <oper> parameter is returned in both formats.

+COPS: [quadruplets list (<stat>,<oper (in <format>=0)>,,<oper (in

<format>=2)>,< act>),
(<stat>,<oper (in <format>=0)>,,<oper (in <format>=2)>,< act>), ...]
[,,(range of <mode>),(range of <format>)]

<stat> parameter is described in the Additional info section.

Additional info:

Meaning of the <stat> parameter.

Name Type Default Description

<stat> integer N/A operator availability

Values:

0 : unknown

1 : available

2 : current

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 187 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

3 : forbidden

Since with this command a network scan is done, this command

may require some seconds before the output is given.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 188 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.3.5. AT+CLCK - Facility Lock/Unlock

This command is used to lock or unlock a ME on a network facility.

3GPP TS 27.007

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT+CLCK=<fac>,<mode>[,<password>[,<class>]]
Set command is used to lock, unlock or interrogate a modem or a network
lock facility. Password is normally needed to do such actions
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<fac> string N/A facility to lock, unlock or interrogate

Values:

"SC" : SIM (PIN request) (device asks SIM password

at power-up and when this lock command
issued)

"FD" : SIM fixed dialing memory feature (if PIN2

authentication has not been done during the
current session, PIN2 is required as
<passwd>)

<mode> integer N/A defines the operation to be done on the

facility

Values:

0 : unlock facility

1 : lock facility

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 189 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

2 : query status

<password> string - shall be the same as password

specified for the facility from the DTE
user interface or with command
Change Password +CPWD

<class> integer N/A is a sum of integers, each representing

an information class of which the
command refers to; default is 7 (voice +
data + fax).

Values:

1 : voice (telephony)

2 : data (refers to all bearer services)

4 : fax (facsimile services) (not supported by LTE)

8 : short message service

16 : data circuit sync

32 : data circuit async

64 : dedicated packet access

128 : dedicated PAD access

Additional info:

When <mode>=2 and command is successful, it returns:

+CLCK: <status>

Name Type Default Description

<status> integer N/A the current status of the facility

Values:

0 : not active

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 190 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

1 : active

AT+CLCK=?
Test command reports all the facilities supported by the device.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 191 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.3.6. AT+CPWD - Change Facility Password

This command changes the password for the facility lock function defined by command
Facility Lock +CLCK command.

3GPP TS 27.007

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Other Yes 180 s 2

AT+CPWD=<fac>,<oldpwd>,<newpwd>
Execution command changes the password for the facility lock function
defined by command Facility Lock +CLCK command.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<fac> string N/A facility lock function.

Values:

"SC" : SIM (PIN request)

"P2" : SIM PIN2

<oldpwd> string - it shall be the same as password specified

for the facility from the ME user interface
or with command +CPWD.

<newpwd> string - new password.

Parameter <oldpwd> is the old password while <newpwd> is the

new one.

The password can be changed only if PIN request is enabled (see

+CLCK command).

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 192 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

AT+CPWD=?
Test command returns a list of pairs (<fac>,<pwdlength>) which
represents the available facilities and the maximum length of their
password (<pwdlength>).

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 193 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.3.7. AT+CLIR - Calling Line Identification Restriction

The command manages the CLIR service.

3GPP TS 27.007
3GPP TS 22.081

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Specific profile No - 2

AT+CLIR=[<n>]
Set command overrides the CLIR subscription when temporary mode is
provisioned as a default adjustment for all following outgoing calls. This
adjustment can be revoked by using the opposite command. This
command refers to CLIR service that allows a calling subscriber to enable
or disable the presentation of the Calling Line Identification to the called
party when originating a call.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<n> integer 0 setting of CLIR service

Values:

0 : CLIR facility according to CLIR service network status

1 : CLIR facility active (CLI not sent)

2 : CLIR facility not active (CLI sent)

This command sets the default behavior of the device in all

outgoing calls.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 194 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

AT+CLIR?
Read command gives the default adjustment for all outgoing calls (<n>)
and also triggers an interrogation of the provision status of the CLIR
service (<m>), in the form
+CLIR: <n>,<m>

Additional info:

Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<n> integer 0 facility status in the Mobile

Values:

0 : CLIR facility according to CLIR service network

status

1 : CLIR facility active (CLI not sent)

2 : CLIR facility not active (CLI sent)

<m> integer N/A facility status in the Network

Values:

0 : CLIR service not provisioned

1 : CLIR service provisioned permanently

2 : unknown (e.g. no network present)

3 : CLI temporary mode presentation restricted

4 : CLI temporary mode presentation allowed

AT+CLIR=?
Test command reports the supported values of parameter <n>

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 195 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

Modules Supporting the command

ME310G1- WWV
ME910G1- WWV
ML865G1- WW voice

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 196 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.3.8. AT+CCWA - Call Waiting

This command allows control of the supplementary service Call Waiting. Activation,
deactivation and status query are supported.

3GPP TS 27.007

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Specific profile No - 2

AT+CCWA=[<n>[,<cmd>[,<class>]]]
Set command allows to enable/disable of the presentation of the URC to
the TE when call waiting service is enabled; it also permits to activate,
deactivate and query the status of the call waiting service.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<n> integer 0 Enables/disables the presentation of an

unsolicited result code

Values:

0 : disable

1 : enable

<cmd> integer 0 Enables/disables or queries the service at

network level

Values:

0 : disable

1 : enable

2 : query status

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 197 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

<class> integer - sum of integers each representing a class

of information which the command refers
to; default is 1 (voice)
18. 1 voice(telephony)
Additional info:

The response to the query command is in the format:

+CCWA: <status>,<class1>[<CR><LF>
+CCWA: <status>,<class2>[ ... ]]

Name Type Default Description

<status> integer N/A represents the status of the service

Values:

0 : inactive

1 : active

<classn> integer - same as <class>

The URC has the following format:

+CCWA: <number>,<type>,<class>[,<alpha>][,<cli_validity>]

Unsolicited fields:

Name Type Description

<number> string Phone number of calling address in format

specified by <type>

<type> integer Type of address in integer format

<class> integer See before

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 198 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

<alpha> string Alphanumeric representation of <number>

corresponding to the entry found in phonebook;
used character set should be the one selected
with +CSCS.

<cli_validity> integer see field value

Values:

0 : CLI valid

1 : CLI has been withheld by the originator

2 : CLI is not available due to interworking

problems or limitations of originating
network

If parameter <cmd> is omitted, then network is not interrogated.

In the query command the class parameter must not be issued.

The difference between call waiting report disabling (AT+CCWA =

0,1) and call waiting service disabling (AT+CCWA = 0,0) is that in
the first case the call waiting indication is sent to the device by
network but this last one does not report it to the modem; instead
in the second case the call waiting indication is not generated by
the network. Hence the device results busy to the third party in the
second case, while in the first case a ringing indication is sent to
the third party.

AT+CCWA?
Read command reports the current value of the parameter <n> in the
format

+CCWA: <n>

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 199 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

AT+CCWA=?
Test command reports the supported values for the parameter <n>.

Modules Supporting the command

ME310G1- WWV
ME910G1- WWV
ML865G1- WW voice

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 200 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.3.9. AT+CLCC - List Current Calls

This command returns the list of current calls and their characteristics

3GPP TS 27.007

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT+CLCC
Execution command returns the list of current calls and their characteristics in
the format:
[+CLCC:<id1>,<dir>,<stat>,<mode>,<mpty>,<number>,<type>,<alpha>[<CR><LF>
+CLCC:<id2>,<dir>,<stat>,<mode>,<mpty>,<number>,<type>,<alpha>[...]]]

The parameters are described in the Additional info section.

Additional info:

List of the parameters meaning.

Name Type Default Description

<idn> integer - call identification number

<dir> integer N/A call direction

Values:

0 : mobile originated call

1 : mobile terminated call

<stat> integer N/A state of the call

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 201 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

Values:

0 : active

1 : held

2 : dialing (MO call)

3 : alerting (MO call)

4 : incoming (MT call)

5 : waiting (MT call)

<mode> integer N/A call type

Values:

0 : voice

1 : data

9 : unknown

<mpty> integer N/A multiparty call flag

Values:

0 : call is not one of multiparty (conference) call

parties

1 : call is one of multiparty (conference) call parties

<number> string - phone number in format specified by

<type>

<type> integer N/A type of phone number octet in integer

format

Values:

129 : national numbering scheme

145 : international numbering scheme (contains the

character "+")

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 202 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

<alpha> string - alphanumeric representation of

<number> corresponding to the entry
found in phonebook; used character set
should be the one selected with +CSCS

If no call is active then only OK message is sent.

AT+CLCC=?
Test command returns OK result code

Modules supporting the command

ME310G1- WWV
ME910G1- WWV
ML865G1- WW voice

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 203 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.3.10. AT+CPOL - Preferred Operator List

The command is used to edit or update the UICC preferred list of networks. The list is
read in the UICC file selected by the command +CPLS.

3GPP TS 27.007

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT+CPOL=[<index>]
[,<format>[,<oper>[,<GSM_AcT>,<GSM_Compact_AcT>,
<UTRAN_AcT>,<E_UTRAN_AcTn>]]]
Execution command writes an entry in the UICC list of preferred
operators.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<index> integer N/A the order number of operator

in the UICC preferred
operator list.

Value:

1÷n : order number in the list

<format> integer 2 format for <oper> parameter.

Value:

2 : numeric. Only 2 is allowed up to now

<oper> string - Operator Identifier.

<GSM_AcT> integer N/A GSM access technology.

Values:

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 204 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

0 : access technology not selected

1 : access technology selected

<GSM_Compact_AcT> integer N/A GSM compact access

technology. Currently the
parameter is not supported
but set value is accepted.

Values:

0 : access technology not selected

If <oper> is used, and <index> is not used, <oper> is put in the next
free location.

If only <format> is entered, the format of the <oper> in the read

command is changed.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 205 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

AT+CPOL?
Read command returns all used entries from the UICC list of preferred
operators.

AT+CPOL=?
Test command returns the <index> range supported by the UICC and the
range for the <format> parameter.

Entry 3 in the preferred list of the operators is deleted.

AT+CPOL=3
OK

Operator identifier 22603 is inserted in the next free location of the list.
AT+CPOL=,2,22603
OK

Format of <oper> in the read command is changed (only 2 is allowed up to

now).
AT+CPOL=,2
OK

Operator Identifier 22603 is inserted in the 4th position of the list.

AT+CPOL=4,2,22603
OK

Available range for <index> is 1 to 20, for <format>= 2.

AT+CPOL=?
+CPOL: (1-20),(2)

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 206 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.3.11. AT+CPLS - Selection of Preferred PLMN List

The command is used to select a list of preferred PLMNs in the SIM/USIM card.

3GPP TS 27.007

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Auto No - 2

AT+CPLS=<list>
Set command select one PLMN selector with Access Technology list in the
SIM card or active application in the UICC (GSM or USIM), that is used by
+CPOL command.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<list> integer 0 PLMNs list

selector

Values:

0 : User controlled PLMN selector with Access Technology

EFPLMNwAcT, if not found in the SIM/UICC then PLMN
preferred list EFPLMNsel (this file is only available in
SIM card or GSM application selected in UICC)

1 : Operator controlled PLMN selector with Access

Technology EFOPLMNwAcT

2 : HPLMN selector with Access Technology

EFHPLMNwAcT

The value set by command is directly stored in NVM and doesn't

depend on the specific CMUX instance.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 207 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

AT+CPLS?
Read command returns the selected PLMN selector <list> from the
SIM/USIM.

AT+CPLS=?
Test command returns the whole index range supported <list>s by the
SIM/USIM.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 208 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.3.12. AT+CSQ - Signal Quality

Execution command returns received signal strength indication <rssi> and channel bit
error rate <ber> from the MT.

[1] 3GPP TS 27.007

[2] 3GPP TS 07.07
[3] 3GPP TS 25.133

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT+CSQ
See Additional info sections.
Additional info:

2G Networks

The execution command returns the following message:

+CSQ: <rssi>,<ber>

Name Type Default Description

<rssi> integer N/A measurements of the radio signal

power, expressed in dBm, are
mapped to <rssi> as shown below

Values:

0 : -113 dBm or less

1 : -111 dBm

2÷30 : -109 dBm ... -53 dBm; 2 dBm per step

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 209 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

31 : -51 dBm or greater

99 : not known or not detectable

<ber> integer N/A measurements of the channel bit

error rate, expressed in %, are
mapped to <ber> as shown below

Values:

0 : less than 0.2%

1 : 0.2% to 0.4%

2 : 0.4% to 0.8%

3 : 0.8% to 1.6%

4 : 1.6% to 3.2%

5 : 3.2% to 6.4%

6 : 6.4% to 12.8%

7 : more than 12.8%

99 : not known or not detectable

4G Networks

The execution command returns the following message:

+CSQ: <rssi>,<rsrq>

Name Type Default Description

<rssi> integer N/A Received Signal Strength Indication.

For <rssi> to be compliant with 3GPP
TS27.007 specification, levels are
mapped to range 0...31.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 210 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

Values:

0 : -113 dBm or less

1 : -111 dBm

2÷30 : -109...-53 dBm

31 : - 51 dBm or greater

99 : not known or not detectable

<rsrq> integer N/A Reference Signal Received Quality.

For <rsrq> levels are mapped to
range 0...7.

Values:

0 : -4...-3 dB

1 : -6...-5 dB

2 : -8...-7 dB

3 : -10...-9 dB

4 : -13...-11 dB

5 : -15...-14 dB

6 : -17...-16 dB

7 : -19...-18 dB

99 : not known or not detectable

AT+CSQ=?
Test command returns values supported as compound values.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 211 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.3.13. AT#SERVINFO - Serving Cell Information

This command reports information about the serving cell.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#SERVINFO
Execution command reports information about serving cell. The information and
the format of the returned message depends on the network type.

GSM network
#SERVINFO:<BARFCN>,<dBM>,[<NetNameAsc>],<NetCode>,<BSIC>,<LAC>,<TA>,<
GPRS>[,[<PBARFCN>],[<NOM>],<RAC>,[PAT]]

LTE network
#SERVINFO:<EARFCN>,<dBM>,[<NetNameAsc>],<NetCode>,<PhysicalCellId>,<TA
C>,<DRX>,<SD>,<RSRP>

The parameters are described in the Additional info sections.

Additional info:

Parameters meaning.

Name Type Default Description

<dBM> integer - received signal strength in dBm.

<NetNameAsc> string - operator name, quoted string or "" if

network name is unknown.

<NetCode> hex - country code and operator code.

<LAC> integer - Localization Area Code

<BSIC> string - Base Station Identification Code

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 212 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

<TA> integer - Time Advance: it is available only if a

GSM or GPRS is running.

<GPRS> integer 0 GPRS supported in the cell

Values:

0 : not supported

1 : supported

<BARFCN> integer - BCCH ARFCN of the serving cell

Parameters meaning.

Name Type Default Description

<NOM> string N/A Network Operator Mode.

Values:

I : Network Mode I

II : Network Mode II

III : Network Mode III

<RAC> integer - Routing Area Color Code.

Parameters meaning.

Name Type Default Description

<DRX> integer - Discontinuous reception cycle length.

<SD> integer N/A Service Domain

Values:

0 : No Service

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 213 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

1 : CS only

2 : PS only

3 : CS & PS

<RSCP> integer - Received Signal Code Power in dBm.

<EARFCN> integer - LTE Assigned Radio Channel

<PhysicalCellId> integer - Physical Cell ID

<TAC> integer - Tracking Area Code

<RSRP> integer - Reference Signal Received Power

Parameters meaning.

Name Type Default Description

<PBARFCN> integer - Not supported by 3GPP. PBCCH ARFCN

of the serving cell; it is printed only if
PBCCH is supported by the cell,
otherwise the label "hopping" will be
printed

<PAT> integer N/A Priority Access Threshold.

Values:

0 : Priority Access Threshold

3÷6 : Priority Access Threshold

AT#SERVINFO=?
Test command returns OK result code.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 214 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.3.14. AT#BCCHLOCK - Lock to Single BCCH ARFCN

This command enables/disable the single BCCH ARFCN locking.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Auto No - 2

AT#BCCHLOCK=<LockedBcch>[,<LockedUarfcn>[,<LockedPsc>[,<LockedEarfcn>
[,<LockedPci>]]]]
This command allows to set the single BCCH ARFCN (also UARFCN and
EARFCN) the device must be locked to, selectable within those allowed for the
specific product.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<LockedBcch> integer 1024 enable/disable 2G BCCH locking

Value:

1024 : disable

<LockedUarfcn> integer 0 enable/disable 3G BCCH locking

Value:

0 : disable

<LockedPsc> integer 65535 enable/disable 3G BCCH locking

Primary Scrambling Code
selection

Value:

65535 : disable

<LockedEarfcn> integer 0 a number representing the earfcn

to be locked. If <LockedPci> is
FFFF, this value must be 0

Value:

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 215 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

0÷70545 : enable lock on downlink EARFCN in

LTE bands (some values are not
supported according to product band
configuration).

<LockedPci> hex FFFF E-UTRAN physical cell ID in

hexadecimal format. Valid range 0
- 1F7. The value FFFF will remove
the lock.

Values:

0÷1F7 : physical cell id

FFFF : disable

The values set by command are directly stored in NVM. The lock feature
is effective at the next attach. Reboot is required for unlock function and
when the lock is set on a different cell than the current one.

AT#BCCHLOCK?
Read command reports the currently stored parameters in the format:

#BCCHLOCK:
<LockedBcch>,<LockedUarfcn>,<LockedPsc>,<LockedEarfcn>,<LockedPci>

AT#BCCHLOCK=?
Test command reports the supported range of values for parameter:

<LockedBcch>,<LockedUarfcn>,<LockedPsc>,<LockedEarfcn> and <LockedPci>

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 216 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.3.15. AT#NWEN - Network Emergency Number Update

This command enables the unsolicited result code of emergency number update.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Specific profile No - 2

AT#NWEN=[<en>]
Set command enables/disables the URC for emergency number update.
The URC format is:

#NWEN: <type>

The parameter is described in the Unsolicited field section.

Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<en> integer 0 enables/disables unsolicited indication of

emergency number update

Values:

0 : disable

1 : enable

Unsolicited field:

Name Type Description

<type> integer unsolicited indication of emergency number update

Values:

1 : number list update from internal ME

2 : number list update from SIM

3 : number list update from network

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 217 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

Entering AT#NWEN= returns OK but has no effect.

AT#NWEN?
Read command reports whether the unsolicited indication of network
emergency number update is currently enabled or not, in the format:

#NWEN: <en>

AT#NWEN=?
Test command reports the range for the parameter <en>

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 218 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.3.16. AT#PLMNUPDATE - Update PLMN List

This set command adds a new entry, or updates an already present one, in the module
PLMN list stored in file system.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Auto No - 2

AT#PLMNUPDATE[<action>,<MCC>,<MNC>[,<PLMNname>]]
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<action> integer 0 remove/update PLMN list items

Values:

0 : remove the entry with selected <MCC> and

<MNC>. Parameter <PLMNname> is ignored

1 : update the entry with selected <MCC> and

<MNC> if it is already present, otherwise add it

<MCC> integer - Mobile Country Code

<MNC> integer - Mobile Network Code

<PLMNname> string - name of the PLMN; string value,

max length 30 characters.

#PLMNUPDATE command is accepted only if #PLMNMODE is set

to 2.

AT#PLMNUPDATE?
Read command returns the list of entries added or updated with set
command, in the format:

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 219 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

#PLMNUPDATE: <MCC>,<MNC>,<PLMNname>
#PLMNUPDATE: <MCC>,<MNC>,<PLMNname>
...
OK

The entries are listed in increasing order by MCC and MNC.

AT#PLMNUPDATE=?
Test command returns the range of <action> parameter and the maximum
length of <MCC>, <MNC> and <PLMNname> parameters.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 220 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.3.17. AT#PLMNMODE - PLMN List Selection

Set command is used to select the list of operator names to be used in +COPN
command, and in internal researches for operator name matching given MCC and MNC.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Auto No - 2

AT#PLMNMODE=<mode>
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<mode> integer 1 list of operator names to be used for

internal search

Values:

1 : internal hard coded list

2 : list is retrieved from a file in the file system

AT#PLMNMODE?
Read command reports whether the currently used list of PLMN names is
fixed or not, in the format:

#PLMNMODE: <mode>

AT#PLMNMODE=?
Test command returns the supported range of values for parameter
<mode>.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 221 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.3.18. AT#FPLMN - Periodical FPLMN Cleaning

Periodically delete the Forbidden PLMN list stored inside the SIM card, clear it or list it.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Auto No - 2

AT#FPLMN=<action>[,<period>]
The set command is used to manage the Forbidden PLMN List file
(FPLMN) stored in the SIM card.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<action> integer 0 kind of action for FPLMN file

Values:

0 : disable periodic FPLMN cleaning

1 : enable periodic FPLMN cleaning with period <period>

2 : clear FPLMN file contents (one shot)

3 : list contents of FPLMN file

<period> integer 60 interval in minutes for FPLMN clearing

Value:

1÷60 : interval in minutes

AT#FPLMN?
Read command reports whether the periodic deletion is currently enabled
or not, and the deletion period, in the format:

#FPLMN: <action>,<period>

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 222 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

AT#FPLMN=?
Test command reports available values for parameters <action> and
<period>

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 223 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.3.19. AT#BND - Select Band

This command selects RF bands

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Auto No - 2

AT#BND=<band>[,<UMTS_band>[,<LTE_band>[,<TDSCDMA_band>[,<LTE_band_o
ver_64>]]]]
Set command selects the current GSM and LTE (CATM and NBIot) bands. CATM
and NBIot bands are set to the same <LTE_band> and <LTE_band_over_64>
values.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<band> integer - GSM band selection.

For 4G only products:

<band> /
0 dummy parameter

For 4G/2G products

supporting GSM 900 MHz,
DCS 1800 MHz, PCS 1900 MHz
and GSM 850 MHz:

<band> GSM bands

GSM 900MHz +
0
DCS 1800MHz
GSM 900MHz +
1
PCS 1900MHz
GSM 850MHz +
2
DCS 1800MHz

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 224 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

GSM 850MHz +
3
PCS 1900MHz
GSM 900MHz +
4 DCS 1800MHz +
PCS 1900MHz
GSM 900MHz +
DCS 1800MHz +
5
PCS 1900MHz +
GSM 850MHz

<UMTS_band> integer 0 this parameter is used for

backward compatibility.

0 : for both 4G only and 4G/2G products

<LTE_band_over_64> integer N/A indicates the LTE high

supported bands expressed
as the sum of Band number
(1+2+8 ...) calculated as shown
in the table (mask of 32 bits):

Band number Band i

1 B65
2 B66
4 B67
8 B68
... ...
(2exp(i-1)) Bi
... ...
2147483648 B128

Values:

0 : no high band selected

1÷4294967295 : range of the sum of Band

number (1+2+8 ...)

AT#BND?
Read command returns the current selected bands in the format:
#BND: <band>,<UMTS_band>,<LTE_band>,< TDSCDMA_band>,<
LTE_band_over_64>

AT#BND=?
Test command returns the supported range of values of parameters <band>,
<UMTS_band>,<LTE_band>,< TDSCDMA_band> and < LTE_band_over_64>.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 226 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

Test command
AT#BND=?
#BND: (0-5),(0),(4-524420),(1-252655775),(0),(0,2-1048642)
OK

Read command
AT#BND?
#BND: 5,0,524420,252655775,0,1048642
OK

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 227 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.3.20. AT#BNDPRIEXT - Band Priority Setting

Set command configures the CAT-M1 and NB-IoT bands scanning priority in dedicated
EFS file.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Auto No - 2

AT#BNDPRIEXT=<high_priority_bands_CATM>[,<high_priority_bands_NB>]
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<high_priority_bands_CATM> string - hexadecimal string

indicating a sequence
of maximum 43 bands,
each one two bytes
long; a special value of
0 is used to indicate
that file must be
deleted

<high_priority_bands_NB> string - hexadecimal string

indicating a sequence
of maximum 43 bands,
each one two bytes
long; a special value of
0 is used to indicate
that file must be
deleted

Command needs a reboot to be effective.

AT#BNDPRIEXT?
Read command returns the current parameters setting for #BNDPRIEXT
command in the format:

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 228 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

#BNDPRIEXT: <high_priority_bands_CATM>,<high_priority_bands_NB>

AT#BNDPRIEXT=?
Test command returns OK result code.

Examples of #BNDPRIEXT usage

• AT#BNDPRIEXT=0C0004000200,0C0004000200
OK

• AT#BNDPRIEXT=0,0C0004000200
OK

• AT#BNDPRIEXT=0C0004000200,0
OK

• AT#BNDPRIEXT=0,0
OK

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 229 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.3.21. AT#AUTOBND - Automatic Band Selection

This command has no effect and is included only for backward compatibility.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Auto No - 2

AT#AUTOBND=[<value>]
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<value> integer 0 only for backward compatibility.

Values:

0 : only for backward compatibility.

1 : only for backward compatibility.

2 : only for backward compatibility.

AT#AUTOBND?
Read command returns the current value of the parameter <value> in the
format:

#AUTOBND: <value>

AT#AUTOBND=?
Test command returns the supported values for parameter <value>.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 230 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.3.22. AT#SNUM - Subscriber Number

This set command writes the MSISDN information related to the subscriber (own
number) in the EFmsisdn SIM file.

3GPP TS 51.011

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT#SNUM=<index>[,<number>[,<alpha>]]
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<index> integer - the number of the record in the

EFmsisdn file in SIM where the number
must be stored; its range goes from 1 to
a maximum value that varies from SIM to
SIM. If only <index> value is given, then
the EFmsisdn record in location <index>
is deleted.

<number> string - string containing the phone number

<alpha> string - alphanumeric string associated to

<number>; its maximum length varies
from SIM to SIM. Default value is empty
string (""), otherwise the used character
set should be the one selected with
+CSCS. The string could be written
between quotes; the number of
characters depends on the SIM. If empty
string is given (""), the corresponding
<alpha> will be an empty string.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 231 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

The command returns ERROR if EFmsisdn file is not present in the

SIM, or if MSISDN service is not allocated and activated in the SIM
Service Table, see 3GPP TS 51.011.

AT#SNUM=?
Test command returns the OK result code

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 232 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.3.23. AT#CODECINFO - Codec Information

This command returns information about the channels codecs.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#CODECINFO[=<format>[,<mode>]]
This command is a set or an execution command. It enables/disables
unsolicited channel codec information reports, or returns the channel
codec info, in both case according to the specified format.

Set command format:

AT#CODECINFO=<format>,<mode>
Execution command format:
AT#CODECINFO
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<format> integer 0 select the return information format:

numeric or textual

Values:

0 : numeric format, see info section

1 : textual format, see info section

<mode> integer 0 enable/disable unsolicited channels

codecs information

Values:

0 : disable the URC of the channels codecs information,

see info section

1 : enable the URC of the channels codecs information

only if the codec changes, see info section

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 233 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

2 : enable the short URC of the channels codecs

information only if the codec changes, see info
section

Additional info:

<mode>=1, the URC of the channels codecs information is displayed

according to the <format> parameter value:

if <format>=0, the URC is:

#CODECINFO: <codec_used>,<codec_set>
if <format>=1, the URC is:
#CODECINFO:
<codec_used>,<codec_set1>[,<codec_set2>[..[,codec_setn]]]

<mode>=2 the short URC of the channels codecs information is

displayed as shown below:

#CODECINFO: <codec_used>
The <codec_used> format dependes on the <format> parameter
value.

Execution command (AT#CODECINFO<CR>) returns immediately

channels codecs information according to the previous setting of
<format> parameter.

if <format>=0, the return message is:

#CODECINFO: <codec_used>,<codec_set>
if <format>=1, the return message is:
#CODECINFO:
<codec_used>,<codec_set1>[,<codec_set2>[..[,codec_setn]]]
The parameters and their format is described in the Unsolicited
code values section.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 234 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

Unsolicited fields:

Name Type Description

<codec_used> string <format>=0, <codec_used> is displayed in

numeric format
Values:

0 : no TCH

1 : full rate speech 1 on TCH

2 : full rate speech 2 on TCH

4 : half rate speech 1 on TCH

8 : full rate speech 3 – AMR on TCH

16 : half rate speech 3 – AMR on TCH

128 : full data 9.6

129 : full data 4.8

130 : full data 2.4

131 : half data 4.8

132 : half data 2.4

133 : full data 14.4

134 : full rate AMR wide band

135 : UMTS AMR version 2

136 : UMTS AMR wide band

<codec_set> string <format>=0, <codec_set> is displayed in

numeric format. It is the sum of integers each
representing a specific channel codec.
channel codec:
1 - FR, full rate mode enabled
2 - EFR, enhanced full rate mode enabled
4 - HR, half rate mode enabled

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 235 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

8 - FAMR, AMR full rate mode enabled

16 - HAMR, AMR half rate mode enabled
32 - FR-AMR-WB, full rate AMR wide band
64 - UMTS-AMR-V2, UMTS AMR version 2
128 - UMTS-AMR-WB, UMTS AMR wide band
Value:

1..255 : sum of integers each representing

a specific channel codec

<codec_used> string <format>=1, <codec_used> is displayed in

textual format
Values:

None : no TCH

FR : full rate speech 1 on TCH

EFR : full rate speech 2 on TCH

HR : half rate speech 1 on TCH

FAMR : full rate speech 3 – AMR on TCH

HAMR : half rate speech 3 – AMR on TCH

FD96 : full data 9.6

FD48 : full data 4.8

FD24 : full data 2.4

HD48 : half data 4.8

HD24 : half data 2.4

FD144 : full data 14.4

FAWB : full rate AMR wide band

UAMR2 : UMTS AMR version 2

UAWB : UMTS AMR wide band

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 236 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

<codec_setn> string <format>=1, <codec_setn> are displayed in

textual format

Values:

FR : full rate mode enabled

EFR : enhanced full rate mode enabled

HR : half rate mode enabled

FAMR : AMR full rate mode enabled

HAMR : AMR half rate mode enabled

FAWB : full rate AMR wide band

UAMR2 : UMTS AMR version 2

UAWB : UMTS AMR wide band

The command refers to codec information in speech call, and to

channel mode in data call.

If AT#CODEC=0, the reported channels codecs set, for <format>=0,

is 255 (all codecs).

AT#CODECINFO?
Read command reports <format> and <mode> parameter values in the
format:

#CODECINFO: <format>,<mode>

AT#CODECINFO=?
Test command returns the range of supported <format> and <mode>
parameters values.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 237 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

Modules supporting the command

ME310G1- WWV
ME910G1- WWV
ML865G1- WW voice

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 238 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.3.24. AT#CEERNET - Extended Numeric Error Report for Network Reject Cause
The command is related to extended numeric error report.

3GPP TS 24.008
3GPP TS 24.301

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Auto No - 2

AT#CEERNET
Execution command causes the TA to return a numeric code in the
intermediate response format:

#CEERNET: <code>

which should offer the user of the TA a report for the last mobility
management (MMGMM/EMM) or session management (SM/ESM)
procedure not accepted by the network.
Additional info:
19. The following error codes are valid for mobility
management (MM/GMM) or session management (SM), i.e.
for 2G and 3G networks.

20. In 4G network the <code>s meanings are included in tables

9.9.4.4.1 (for ESM causes) and 9.9.3.9.1 (for EMM cause) of
3GPP TS 24.301 Release 9.

Name Type Default Description

<code> integer N/A error code

Values:

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 239 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

2 : IMSI unknown in HLR

3 : illegal MS

4 : IMSI unknown in VISITOR LR

5 : IMEI not accepted

6 : illegal ME

7 : GPRS not allowed

8 : Operator determined barring (SM cause

failure)/ GPRS and not GPRS not allowed
(GMM cause failure)

9 : MS identity cannot be derived by network

10 : implicitly detached

11 : PLMN not allowed

12 : LA not allowed

13 : roaming not allowed

14 : GPRS not allowed in this PLMN

15 : no suitable cells in LA

16 : MSC TEMP not reachable

17 : network failure

20 : MAC failure

21 : SYNCH failure

22 : congestion

23 : GSM authentication unacceptable

24 : MBMS bearer capabilities insufficient for the

service

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 240 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

25 : LLC or SNDCP failure

26 : insufficient resources

27 : missing or unknown APN

28 : unknown PDP address or PDP type

29 : user authentication failed

30 : activation rejected by GGSN

31 : activation rejected unspecified

32 : service option not supported

33 : req. service option not subscribed

34 : serv. option temporarily out of order

35 : NSAPI already used

36 : regular deactivation

37 : QOS not accepted

38 : call cannot be identified (MM cause failure) /

SMN network failure (SM cause failure)

39 : reactivation required

40 : no PDP context activated (GMM cause

failure) / feature not supported (SM cause
failure)

41 : semantic error in TFT operation

42 : syntactical error in TFT operation

43 : unknown PDP context

44 : semantic err in PKT filter

45 : syntactical err in PKT filter

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 241 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

46 : PDP context without TFT activated

47 : multicast group membership timeout

48 : retry on new cell begin (if MM cause failure) /

activation rejected BCM violation (if SM
cause failure)

50 : PDP type IPV4 only allowed

51 : PDP type IPV6 only allowed

52 : single address bearers only allowed

63 : retry on new cell end

81 : invalid transaction identifier

95 : semantically incorrect message

96 : invalid mandatory information

97 : MSG type non-existent or not implemented

98 : MSG type not compatible with protocol state

99 : IE non-existent or not implemented

100 : conditional IE error

101 : MSG not compatible with protocol state

111 : protocol error unspecified

112 : APN restriction value incompatible with

active PDP context

Telit recommends that the host controlling the modem defines

the proper retry/reboot scheme for reject causes 2, 7, 11, 14, 30,
33, 34, 38.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 242 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

AT#CEERNET=?
Test command returns OK result code.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 243 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.3.25. AT#CEERNETEXT - Extended Error Report for Network Reject Cause

This command is both a set and an execution command.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#CEERNETEXT[=[<func>]]
Set command enables/disables the URC presentation or delates the last
network information. The execution command
(AT#CEERNETEXT<CR><LF>) gets the last reject error information from
the network and returns the following message:

#CEERNETEXT: <code>,<AcT>,<MCC>,<MNC>

If no error information is present, the execution command returns OK

When URC is enabled, it will occur every time a mobility management
(MM/GMM/EMM) or session management (SM/ESM) procedure is not
accepted by the network.
The URC message is equal to the message returned by the execution
command.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<func> integer 0 enable/disable the URC or delete the last

network info

Values:

0 : disable the #CEERNETEXT URC

1 : enable the #CEERNETEXT URC

2 : delete last info of <code>, <AcT>, <MCC> and <MNC>

Unsolicited fields:

Name Type Description

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 244 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

<code> integer last numeric Network Reject Cause from network,

see <code> in #CEERNET

<AcT> integer access technology of the registered network

Values:

0 : GSM

8 : CAT-M

9 : NB-IoT

<MCC> string Mobile Country Code of the used network when last
numeric code was received

<MNC> string Mobile Network Code of the used network when last
numeric code was received

AT#CEERNETEXT?
The read command returns the current value of parameter <func> in the
format:
#CEERNETEXT: <func>
Additional info:

Parameters returned by the read command.

Name Type Default Description

<func> integer N/A can assume the following values:

Values:

0 : #CEERNETEXT URC is disabled

1 : #CEERNETEXT URC is enabled

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 245 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

AT#CEERNETEXT=?
Test command reports the supported range of values for the <func>
parameter.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 246 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.3.26. AT#CIPHIND - Ciphering Indication

This command enables/disables unsolicited result code for cipher indication.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Auto No - 2

AT#CIPHIND=[<mode>]
Set command enables/disables unsolicited result code for cipher
indication. The ciphering indicator feature allows to detect that ciphering
is not switched on and to indicate this to the user. The ciphering indicator
feature may be disabled by the home network operator setting data in the
SIM/USIM. If this feature is not disabled by the SIM/USIM, then whenever a
connection is in place, which is unenciphered, or changes from ciphered to
unenciphered or vice versa, an unsolicited indication shall be given to the
user. The format is:

#CIPHIND: <mode>
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<mode> integer 0 enable/disable #CIPHIND: unsolicited

result code

Values:

0 : disable

1 : enable

AT#CIPHIND?
Read command reports the <mode>,<cipher> and <SIM/USIM flag>:

#CIPHIND: <mode>,<cipher>,<SIM/USIM flag>

Additional info:

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 247 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

Here is the list of the parameters meaning returned by the read

command.

Name Type Default Description

<cipher> integer 0 shows cipher status

Values:

0 : cipher off

1 : cipher on

2 : unknown (missing network information)

<SIM/USIM integer 0 SIM/USIM cipher status

flag> indication

Values:

0 : disabled

1 : enabled

2 : unknown (flag not read yet)

AT#CIPHIND=?
Test command reports the range for the parameter <mode>

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 248 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.3.27. AT#PSNT - Packet Service Network Type

The command enables/disables unsolicited result code for packet service network type
(PSNT)

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Auto No - 2

AT#PSNT=[<mode>]
Set command enables/disables unsolicited result code for packet service
network type (PSNT) having the following format:

#PSNT:<nt>

Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<mode> integer 0 enables/disables PSNT unsolicited

result code.

Values:

0 : disables PSNT unsolicited result code

1 : enables PSNT unsolicited result code

2 : PSNT unsolicited result code is enabled, and read

command returns the message shown in the read
section.

Unsolicited field:

Name Type Description

<nt> integer network type

Values:

0 : GPRS network

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 249 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

1 : EGPRS network

4 : LTE network

5 : unknown or not registered

AT#PSNT?
If <mode> is set to 0 or 1, read command returns the current values of the
<mode> and <nt> parameters in the format:
#PSNT: <mode>,<nt>

If <mode> is set to 2, read command returns the current values of <mode>

and <nt> parameters followed by four dummy parameters set to 0.
#PSNT:<mode>,<nt>,0,0,0,0

AT#PSNT=?
Test command reports the range for the parameter <mode>

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 250 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.3.28. AT#CPSMSCFG - PSM State Configuration

This command configures PSM state

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Auto No - 2

AT#CPSMSCFG=<psm_inactivity_timeout>[,<psm_duration_due_to_inactivity>]
Set command selects PSM inactivity timeout and PSM duration due to inactivity
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<psm_inactivity_timeout> integer 0 PSM inactivity

timeout in
seconds

Values:

0 : disabled

10÷120 : PSM inactivity timeout

in seconds

<psm_duration_due_to_inactivity> integer 0 PSM duration

due to inactivity
in seconds

Values:

0 : disabled

120÷7200 : PSM duration due

to inactivity in
seconds

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 251 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

AT#CPSMSCFG?
Read command reports the current value of parameters
<psm_inactivity_timeout> and <psm_duration_due_to_inactivity>.

AT#CPSMSCFG=?
Test command returns the range of values for parameters
<psm_inactivity_timeout> and <psm_duration_due_to_inactivity>.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 252 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.3.29. AT#ENCALG - Set Encryption Algorithm

This command enables or disables the GSM and/or GPRS encryption algorithms
supported by the module.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Auto No - 2

AT#ENCALG=[<encGSM>][,<encGPRS]
Set command enables or disables the GSM and/or GPRS encryption
algorithms supported by the module.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<encGSM> integer 5 The <encGSM> (one byte long) is a bit

mask where each bit, when set,
indicates the corresponding GSM
encryption algorithm
21. bit 0 = A5/1
22. bit 1 = A5/2
23. bit 2 = A5/3
24. bits 3 - 7 = reserved for future
use
Values:

0 : no GSM encryption algorithm

1÷7 : sum of integers each representing a specific

GSM encryption algorithm: 1 – A5/1 2 – A5/2 4 –
A5/3

255 : reset the default values

<encGPRS> integer 7 The <encGPRS> (one byte long) is a bit

mask where each bit, when set,
indicates the corresponding GPRS
encryption algorithm
25. bit 0 = GEA1

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 253 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

26. bit 1 = GEA2

27. bit 2 = GEA3
28. bits 3 - 7 = reserved for future
use

Values:

0 : no GPRS encryption algorithm

1÷7 : sum of integers each representing a specific

GPRS encryption algorithm: 1 – GEA1 2 – GEA2
4 – GEA3

255 : reset the default values

The values are stored in NVM and available on following reboot.

For possible <encGSM> and <encGPRS> encryptions see test

command response.

If no parameter is issued, the set command returns ERROR.

AT#ENCALG?
Read command reports the currently selected <encGSM> and <encGPRS>,
and the last used <usedGSM> and <usedGPRS> in the format:

#ENCALG: <encGSM>,<encGPRS>,<usedGSM>,<usedGPRS>
Additional info:

Last used <useGSM> and <useGPRS> are expressed in the format:

Name Type Default Description

<usedGSM> integer 1 GSM encryption algorithm

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 254 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

Values:

0 : no GSM encryption algorithm

1 : A5/1

2 : A5/2

3 : A5/3

255 : not available

<usedGPRS> integer 3 GPRS encryption algorithms

Values:

0 : no GPRS encryption algorithm

1,2 : GEA1, GEA2

4 : GEA3

255 : not available

AT#ENCALG=?
Test command reports the supported range of values for parameters in
the format:
<encGSM> and <encGPRS>.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 255 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

AT#ENCALG?
#ENCALG: 5,2,1,1
OK

AT#ENCALG=5,1
OK

Sets the GSM encryption algorithm A5/1 and A5/3, and the GPRS encryption
algorithm GEA1. It will be available at the next reboot.

AT#ENCALG?
#ENCALG: 5,2,1,1

The last two values indicate that the last used GSM encryption algorithm is
A5/1 and the last used GPRS encryption algorithm is GEA1

After reboot
AT#ENCALG?
#ENCALG: 5,1,1,1

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 256 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.3.30. AT+CEMODE - Set Mode of Operation for EPS

This set command configures the mode of operation for EPS.

[1] 3GPP TS 24.301

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Auto No - 2

AT+CEMODE=<mode>
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<mode> integer N/A mode of operation. The default value

depends on product and the support of
VoLTE. Default value is 1 for VoLTE
supporting variants, 2 for the others
UE modes of operation can be found in
standard [1]. Other values are reserved and
will result in an ERROR response to the set
command.

Values:

0 : PS mode 2 of operation

1 : CS/PS mode 1 of operation

2 : CS/PS mode 2 of operation

3 : PS mode 1 of operation

AT+CEMODE?
Read command returns the current value of parameter <mode> in the
format:

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 257 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

+CEMODE: < mode >

The read command will return right values after set command, but
effectively the mode of operation changes after power cycle.

AT+CEMODE=?
Test command returns the supported range of values of parameters
<mode>.

Set EPS mode

AT+CEMODE=1
OK

Check EPS mode

AT+CEMODE?
+CEMODE: 1
OK

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 258 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.3.31. AT+CESQ - Extended Signal Quality

Execution command returns received signal quality parameters according to the
network on which the module is registered.

[1] 3GPP TS 27.007

[2] 3GPP TS 45.008
[3] 3GPP TS 25.133
[4] 3GPP TS 36.133

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT+CESQ
See Additional info section for networks on which the module can be
registered.
Additional info:

The execution command returns the following message. Its format

depends on the network on which the module is registered.

2G Networks

+CESQ: <rxlev>,<ber>,255,255,255,255

LTE Networks

+CESQ: 99,99,255,255,<rsrq>,<rsrp>

Name Type Default Description

<rxlev> integer N/A received signal strength level, see

3GPP TS 45.008 subclause 8.1.4.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 259 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

Values:

0 : rssi < -110 dBm

1 : -110 dBm ≤ rssi < -109 dBm

2 : -109 dBm ≤ rssi < -108 dBm

... : ...

61 : - 50 dBm ≤ rssi < - 49 dBm

62 : - 49 dBm ≤ rssi < -48 dBm

63 : - 48 dBm ≤ rssi

99 : not known or not detectable or if the current

serving cell is not a GERAN cell

<ber> integer N/A channel bit error rate.

Values:

0÷7 : as RXQUAL values, see 3GPP TS 45.008

subclause 8.2.4

99 : not known or not detectable or if the current

serving cell is not a GERAN cell

<rsrq> integer N/A reference signal received quality,

see 3GPP TS 36.133 subclause 9.1.7.

Values:

0 : rsrq < -19.5 dB

1 : -19.5 dB ≤ rsrq < -19.0 dB

2 : -19.0 dB ≤ rsrq < -18.5 dB

... : ...

32 : -4 dB ≤ rsrq < -3.5 dB

33 : -3.5 dB ≤ rsrq < -3 dB

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 260 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

34 : -3 dB ≤ rsrq

255 : not known or not detectable or if the current

serving cell is not a E-UTRA cell

<rsrp> integer N/A reference signal received power,

see 3GPP TS 36.133 subclause 9.1.4.

Values:

0 : rsrp < -140 dBm

1 : -140 dBm ≤ rsrp < -139 dBm

2 : -139 dBm ≤ rsrp < -138 dBm

... : ...

95 : -46 dBm ≤ rsrp < -45 dBm

96 : -45 dBm ≤ rsrp < -44 dBm

97 : -44 dBm ≤ rsrp

255 : not known or not detectable or if the current

serving cell is not a E-UTRA cell

AT+CESQ=?
Test command returns values supported as compound values.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 261 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.3.32. AT#ENS - Enhanced Network Selection

Set command is used to activate the Enhanced Network Selection (ENS) functionality.

Cingular Wireless LLC Requirement

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Auto No - 2

AT#ENS=[<mode>]
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<mode> integer 0 enable/disable ENS functionality

Values:

0 : disable

1 : enable

Additional info:

If AT#ENS=1 has been issued, at every next power-up SIM

Application Toolkit will be enabled on user interface 0 if not
previously enabled on a different user interface (AT#STIA=2).

The new setting will be available at the next power-up.

AT#ENS?
Read command reports whether the ENS functionality is currently enabled
or not, in the format:

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 262 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

#ENS: <mode>

AT#ENS=?
Test command reports the available range of values for parameter
<mode>

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 263 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.3.33. AT+WS46 - PCCA STD-101 Select Wireless Network

This command selects the cellular network (Wireless Data Service, WDS).

3GPP TS 27.007

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Auto No - 2

AT+WS46=[<n>]
Set command selects the cellular network (Wireless Data Service, WDS) to
operate with the TA (WDS-Side Stack Selection).
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<n> integer N/A WDS-Side Stack to be used by the TA.

29. 4G/2G products support <n> parameter

values 12, 28 and 30. 30 is factory
default

30. 4G only products support <n>

parameter value 28
Values:

12 : GSM Digital Cellular Systems, GERAN only

28 : E-UTRAN only

30 : GERAN and E-UTRAN

<n> parameter setting is stored in NVM, and available at next

reboot.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 264 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

For NA (North America) products supporting AT&T requirement

13340 about RAT Balancing and EF-RAT Mode, the value <n>
stored with +WS46 command can be changed and overwritten in
case of full SIM read, examples: power on; AT+CFUN=4,
AT+CFUN=1 sequence; SIM ejection, SIM insertion sequence.

AT+WS46?
Read command reports the currently selected cellular network, in the
format:

+ WS46: <n>

AT+WS46=?
Test command reports the range for the parameter <n>.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 265 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.3.34. AT+CEDRXS - eDRX Setting

This command controls the setting of the UEs eDRX parameters.

3GPP TS 27.007
3GPP TS 24.008

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Auto No - 2

AT+CEDRXS=[<mode>[,<AcTtype>[,<Req_eDRX>]]]
Set command controls the setting of the UEs eDRX parameters. The
command controls whether the UE wants to apply eDRX or not, as well as
the requested eDRX value for each specified type of access technology.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<mode> integer 0 disable or enable the use of eDRX in

the UE. This parameter is applicable to
all specified types of access
technology, i.e. the most recent setting
of <mode> will take effect for all
specified values of <AcTtype>.

Values:

0 : disable the use of eDRX

1 : enable the use of eDRX

2 : enable the use of eDRX and enable the

unsolicited result code, see Additional info.

3 : disable the use of eDRX and discard all

parameters for eDRX or, if available, reset to the
manufacturer specific default values

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 266 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

<AcTtype> integer N/A type of access technology.

Values:

0 : Access technology is not using eDRX. This

parameter value is only used in the unsolicited
result code, it cannot be used in the set
command.

2 : GSM (A/Gb mode)

4 : E-UTRAN (CAT M1 mode)

5 : E-UTRAN (NB1 mode)

<Req_eDRX> string - half a byte in a 4-bit format. The eDRX

value refers to bit 4 to 1 of octet 3 of
the Extended DRX parameters
information element (see subclause
10.5.5.32 of 3GPP TS 24.008). For the
coding and the value range, see
Extended DRX parameters information
element in 3GPP TS 24.008, Table
10.5.5.32/3GPP TS 24.008. Default
value is "0000".

Additional info:

If <mode>=2 and there is a change in the eDRX parameters provided

by the network, the unsolicited result code reports:

+CEDRXS:
<AcTtype>[,<Req_eDRX>[,<NW_prove_DRX>[,<PagTimeWindow>]]]

Name Type Default Description

<NW_prove_DRX> string - half a byte in a 4-bit format.

The eDRX value refers to
bit 4 to 1 of octet 3 of the
Extended DRX parameters
information element (see
subclause 10.5.5.32 of

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 267 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

3GPP TS 24.008). For the

coding and the value range,
see Extended DRX
parameters information
element in 3GPP TS 24.008
Table 10.5.5.32/3GPP TS
24.008.

<PagTimeWindow> string - half a byte in a 4-bit format.

The paging time window
refers to bit 8 to 5 of octet 3
of the Extended DRX
parameters information
element (see subclause
10.5.5.32 of 3GPP TS
24.008). For the coding and
the value range, see the
Extended DRX parameters
information element in
3GPP TS 24.008 Table
10.5.5.32/3GPP TS 24.008.

AT+CEDRXS?
Read command returns the current settings for each defined value of
<AcTtype>, in format:

+CEDRXS: <AcTtype>,<Req_eDRX>[<CR><LF>
+CEDRXS: <AcTtype>,<Req_eDRX>[...]]

AT+CEDRXS=?
Test command returns the supported <mode>s and the value ranges for
the access technology and the requested eDRX value as compound values.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 268 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

AT+CEDRXS?
+CEDRXS: 4,"0000"
+CEDRXS: 5,"0000"
OK

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 269 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.3.35. AT+CEDRXRDP - eDRX Read Dynamic Parameters

This command returns a message related to Extended Discontinuous Reception (eDRX).

3GPP TS 27.007
3GPP TS 24.008

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT+CEDRXRDP
Execution command returns the following message if eDRX is used for the
cell that the MS is currently registered to, in the format:

+CEDRXP:<AcTtype>[,<Req_eDRX>[,<NW_prov_eDRX>[,<PagTimeWindow>]]]

If the cell that the MS is currently registered to is not using eDRX,

<AcTtype>=0 is returned.
Additional info:

Here is the list of the meanings of the parameter returned by the

+CEDRXRDP command.

Name Type Default Description

<AcTtype> integer 0 type of access technology.

Values:

0 : access technology is not using eDRX

2 : see +CEDRXS.

4 : see +CEDRXS.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 270 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

5 : see +CEDRXS.

<Req_eDRX> string - see +CEDRXS.

<NW_prov_eDRX> string - see +CEDRXS.

<PagTimeWindow> string - see +CEDRXS.

AT+CEDRXRDP=?
Test command returns OK result code.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 271 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.3.36. AT+CEREG - EPS Network Registration Status

This command monitors the Evolved Packet System (EPS) network registration status in
LTE.

[1] 3GPP TS 24.008

[2] 3GPP TS 24.301
[3] 3GPP TS 25.331

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Specific profile No - 2

AT+CEREG=[<mode>]
Set command enables/disables the EPS network registration unsolicited
result code (URC) in LTE, and selects one of the available formats:

short format: +CEREG: <stat>

long format: +CEREG: <stat>[,[<tac>],[<ci>],[<AcT>]]

<tac>, <ci>, and <AcT> are reported by the command only if available.

In case of error, possible response(s): +CME ERROR: <err>

Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<mode> integer 0 enables/disables the network registration

unsolicited result code (URC), and selects
one of the available formats.
The following events triggers the URC:
31. URC short format is displayed every
time there is a change in the EPS
network registration status

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 272 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

32. URC long format is displayed every

time there is a change of network
cell in LTE
Values:

0 : disable the network registration unsolicited result

code

1 : enable the network registration unsolicited result

code, and select the short format

2 : enable the network registration unsolicited result

code, and selects the long format (includes the
network cell identification data)

Unsolicited fields:

Name Type Description

<stat> integer EPS registration status

Values:

0 : not registered, terminal is not currently

searching a new operator to register to

1 : registered, home network

2 : not registered, but terminal is currently

searching a new operator to register to

3 : registration denied

4 : unknown. Example, out of LTE coverage

5 : registered, roaming

6 : registered for "SMS only", home network (not

applicable)

7 : registered for "SMS only", roaming (not

applicable).

8 : attached for emergency bearer services only.

3GPP TS 24.008 [8] and 3GPP TS 24.301 [83]

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 273 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

specify the condition when the MS is

considered as attached for emergency bearer
services.

9 : registered for "CSFB not preferred", home

network (not applicable).

10 : registered for "CSFB not preferred", roaming

(not applicable).

<tac> string tracking area code (two bytes) in hexadecimal format

(e.g. "00C3" equals 195 in decimal)

<ci> string LTE cell ID (four bytes) in hexadecimal format

<AcT> integer indicates the access technology of the serving cell.

Values:

0 : GSM

8 : CAT M1

9 : NB IoT

AT+CEREG?
Read command returns the current value of <mode>, the registration
status <stat>, and the information <tac>, <ci>, <AcT> according to the
current <mode> parameter value.

+CEREG: <mode>,<stat>[,[<tac>],[<ci>],[<AcT>]]

AT+CEREG=?
Test command returns supported values for parameter <mode>.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 274 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.3.37. AT#RFSTS - Read Current Network Status

Command reads current network status.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT#RFSTS
Execution command returns the current network status. The format of the
returned message is according to the network on which the module is registered.

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

3 CS+PS

Parameter/values Description
<ABND> Active Band
1 GSM 850
2 GSM 900
3 DCS 1800
4 PCS 1900

LTE network

#RFSTS:<PLMN>,<EARFCN>,<RSRP>,<RSSI>,<RSRQ>,<TAC>,<RAC>,[<TXPWR>],<
DRX>,
<MM>,<RRC>,<CID>,<IMSI>,[<NetNameAsc>],<SD>,<ABND>,<T3402>,<T3412>,<SI
NR>

Parameters Description
<PLMN> Country code and operator code(MCC, MNC)
<EARFCN> E-UTRA Assigned Radio Channel
<RSRP> Reference Signal Received Power
<RSSI> Received Signal Strength Indication
<RSRQ> Reference Signal Received Quality
<TAC> Tracking Area Code
<RAC> Routing Area Code
<TXPWR> Tx Power (In traffic only)
<DRX> Discontinuous reception cycle Length (cycle length in ms)

Parameter/values Description
<MM> Mobility Management state (for debug purpose only)
0 NULL
1 DEREGISTERED
2 REGISTRATION INITIATED
3 REGISTERED
4 TRACKING AREA UPDATE INITIATED

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 278 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

5 SERVICE REQUEST INITIATED

6 DEREGISTRATION INITIATED

Parameters Description
<RRC> Radio Resource state (for debug purpose only; see above)
<CID> Cell ID

Parameter/values Description
<IMSI> International Mobile Station ID<SD> - Service Domain
0 No Service
1 CS only
2 PS only
3 CS+PS

Parameters/values Description
<ABND> Active Band
1..63 According to 3GPP TS 36.101

Parameters Description
<T3402> Timer T3402 in seconds
<T3412> Timer T3412 in seconds
<SINR> Signal-to-Interface plus Noise Ratio

AT#RFSTS=?
Test command tests for command existence.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 279 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.3.38. AT#SPN - Read SIM Field SPN

This command reads SIM fields SPN.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Auto No - 2

AT#SPN
Execution command returns the service provider string contained in the
SIM field SPN, in the format:

#SPN: <spn>
Unsolicited field:

Name Type Description

<spn> string service provider string contained in the SIM field SPN,
represented in the currently selected character set,
see +CSCS.

If the SIM field SPN is empty, the command returns the OK result
code.

AT#SPN=?
Test command returns the OK result code.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 280 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.3.39. AT#CEDRXS - Extended eDRX Setting

This command controls the setting of the UEs eDRX parameters.

3GPP TS 27.007
3GPP TS 24.008

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Auto No - 2

AT#CEDRXS=[<mode>[,<AcTtype>[,<Req_eDRX>[,<ReqPagTimeWindow>]]]]
Set command controls the setting of the UEs eDRX parameters. The command
controls whether the UE wants to apply eDRX or not, as well as the requested eDRX
value for each specified type of access technology.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<mode> integer 0 disable or enable the use of

eDRX in the UE. This
parameter is applicable to
all specified types of access
technology, i.e. the most
recent setting of <mode> will
take effect for all specified
values of <AcT>.

Values:

0 : disable the use of eDRX

1 : enable the use of eDRX

2 : enable the use of eDRX and enable the

unsolicited result code, see Additional
info.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 281 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

3 : disable the use of eDRX and discard all

parameters for eDRX or, if available,
reset to the manufacturer specific
default values

<AcTtype> integer N/A type of access technology.

Values:

0 : Access technology is not using eDRX.

This parameter value is only used in
the unsolicited result code, it cannot be
used in the set command.

2 : GSM (A/Gb mode)

4 : E-UTRAN (CAT M1 mode)

5 : E-UTRAN (NB1 mode)

<Req_eDRX> string - half a byte in a 4 bit format.

The eDRX value refers to bit-
4 to 1 of octet 3 of the
Extended DRX parameters
information element (see
subclause 10.5.5.32 of 3GPP
TS 24.008). For the coding
and the value range, see
Extended DRX parameters
information element in 3GPP
TS 24.008, Table
10.5.5.32/3GPP TS 24.008.
Default value is "0000"

<ReqPagTimeWindow> string - half a byte in a 4-bit format.

The paging time window
refers to bit 8 to 5 of octet 3
of the Extended DRX
parameters information
element (see subclause
10.5.5.32 of 3GPP TS 24.008).
For the coding and the value
range, see the Extended DRX
parameters information

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 282 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

element in 3GPP TS 24.008

Table 10.5.5.32/3GPP TS
24.008. Default value is
"0000"

Additional info:

If <mode>=2 and there is a change in the eDRX parameters provided by the

network, the unsolicited result code reports:

#CEDRXP:<AcTtype>[,<Req_eDRX>[,<NW_prov_eDRX>[,<ReqPagTimeWindow>
[,<NW_prov_PagTimeWindow>]]]]

Name Type Default Description

<NW_prov_eDRX> string - half a byte in a 4-bit format.

The eDRX value refers to bit
4 to 1 of octet 3 of the
Extended DRX parameters
information element (see
subclause 10.5.5.32 of
3GPP TS 24.008). For the
coding and the value range,
see Extended DRX
parameters information
element in 3GPP TS 24.008
Table 10.5.5.32/3GPP TS
24.008.

<NW_prov_PagTimeWindow> string - half a byte in a 4-bit format.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 283 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

3GPP TS 24.008 Table

10.5.5.32/3GPP TS 24.008

AT#CEDRXS?
Read command returns the current settings for each defined value of <AcTtype> in
the format:

#CEDRXS:<AcTtype>,<eDRX_act_state>,<Req_eDRX>,<ReqPagTimeWindow>,<mod
e>[<CR><LF>
#CEDRXS:<AcTtype>,<eDRX_act_state>,<Req_eDRX>,<ReqPagTimeWindow>,<mod
e>[...]]]

If <AcTtype> is the same the device is registered to, the format is

#CEDRXS:<AcTtype>,<eDRX_act_state>,<Req_eDRX>,<ReqPagTimeWindow>,<eDR
X_nw_state>,<NW_prov_eDRX>,<NW_prov_PagTimeWindow>,<mode>

Additional info:

Meaning of the <eDRX_act_state> parameter.

Name Type Default Description

<eDRX_act_state> integer 0 eDRX status

Values:

0 : eDRX disabled

1 : eDRX enabled

Meaning of the <eDRX_nw_state> parameter.

Name Type Default Description

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 284 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

<eDRX_nw_state> integer 0 eDRX status in the network

Values:

0 : eDRX disabled

1 : eDRX enabled

AT#CEDRXS=?
Test command returns the supported <mode>s and the value ranges for the access
technology, requested eDRX value and requested Paging Time Window as
compound values.

AT#CEDRXS?
#CEDRXS: 2,0,"0000","0000"
#CEDRXS: 4,0,"0000","0000"
#CEDRXS: 5,0,"0000","0000"
OK

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 285 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.3.40. AT#MONI - Cell Monitor

This command is both a set and an execution command.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT#MONI[=[<number>]]
Set command sets one cell out of seven, in a neighbor list of the serving
cell including it, from which extract GSM/LTE related information.

After entering the set command, enter the execution command

AT#MONI<CR> to get the GSM/LTE related information for the selected
cell and dedicated channel (if exists) in the format shown, for each
network, in the Additional info section.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<number> integer - the parameter meaning depends on the

network, see Additional info section.

Additional info:

GSM network

Name Type Default Description

<number> integer 0 GSM

network

Values:

0÷6 : it is the ordinal number of the cell, in the

neighbor list of the serving cell.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 286 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

7 : it is a special request to obtain GSM-

related information from the whole set of
seven cells in the neighbor list of the
serving cell

LTE network

Name Type Default Description

<number> integer 0 LTE network

Values:

0 : it is the serving cell

1 : it is the intra-frequency cells

2 : it is the inter-frequency cells

3 : it is the W-CDMA neighbor cells, the report

message is empty.

4 : it is the GSM neighbor cells

5,6 : it is not available

7 : it is a special request to obtain LTE-related

information from the all available neighbor
cells.

Execution command AT#MONI<CR> reports GSM/LTE related

information for selected cell and dedicated channel (if exists) in the
following formats:

a) When extracting data for the serving cell and the network name is
known the format is:

GSM network

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 287 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

#MONI: <netname> BSIC:<bsic> RxQual:<qual> LAC:<lac> Id:<id>

ARFCN:<arfcn> PWR:<dBm> dBm TA: <timadv>

LTE network
#MONI: <netmame> RSRP:<rsrp> RSRQ:<rsrq> TAC:<tac> Id:<id>
EARFCN:<earfcn> PWR:<dBm> DRX:<drx> pci:<physicalCellId>
QRxLevMin:<QRxLevMin>

b) When the network name is unknown, the format is:

GSM network
#MONI: <cc> <nc> BSIC:<bsic> RxQual:<qual> LAC:<lac> Id:<id>
ARFCN:<arfcn> PWR:<dBm> dBm TA: <timadv>

LTE network
#MONI: Cc:<cc> Nc:<nc> RSRP:<rsrp> RSRQ:<rsrq> TAC:<tac>
Id:<id> EARFCN:<earfcn> PWR:<dBm> DRX:<drx>
pci:<physicalCellId> QRxLevMin:<QRxLevMin>

c) When extracting data for an adjacent cell, the format is:

GSM network
#MONI: Adj Cell<n> [LAC:<lac> Id:<id>] ARFCN:<arfcn>
PWR:<dBm>

LTE network

LTE intra-frequency and inter-frequency cells

#MONI: RSRP:<rsrp> RSRQ:<rsrq> PhysCellId:<physicalCellId>
EARFCN:<earfcn> PWR:<dBm>

LTE GSM neighbor cells

#MONI: Adj Cell<n> BSIC:<bsic> ARFCN:<arfcn> PWR:<dBm>

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 288 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

Name Type Default Description

<netname> string - name of network operator

<cc> string - country code

<nc> string - network operator code

<n> integer - progressive number of

adjacent cell

<bsic> string - base station identification

code

<qual> integer - quality of reception: 0..7

<lac> string - localization area code

<id> integer - cell identifier

<arfcn> integer - assigned radio channel

<dBm> integer - received signal strength in

dBm.

<timadv> integer - timing advance

<rscp> integer - Received Signal Code Power

in dBm.

<drx> string - Discontinuous reception

cycle length

<physicalCellId> integer - physical cell identifier

<rsrp> integer - Reference Signal Received

Power

<rsrq> integer - Reference Signal Received

Quality

<tac> integer - Tracking Area Code

<earfcn> integer - E-UTRA Assigned Radio

Channel

<QRxLevMin> integer - minimum required RX level

in the cell

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 289 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

TA: <timadv> reported only for the serving cell.

When AT#MONI=7 is the last setting entered, the execution

command AT#MONI<CR> reports the information previously listed
for each of the cells in the neighbor of the serving cell. The
information is formatting in a sequence of <CR><LF>-terminated
strings.

The timing advance value is meaningful only during calls or GPRS

transfers active.

AT#MONI=?
Test command reports the maximum number of cells, in a neighbor of the
serving cell excluding it, from which we can extract GSM/LTE related
information, along with the ordinal number of the current selected cell, in
the format:

#MONI: (<MaxCellNo>,<CellSet>)
Additional info:

Parameters meaning.

Name Type Default Description

<MaxCellNo> integer - maximum number of cells in a

neighbor of the serving cell and
excluding it from which we can
extract GSM/LTE related
information. This value is
always 6.

<CellSet> integer - last setting done with command

#MONI.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 290 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 291 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.3.41. AT#LTESFN - LTE Frame Information

The command returns system frame number and subframe number of LTE network.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT#LTESFN?
Read command returns system frame number <sysfn> and subframe
number <subfn> of LTE network in the following format:

#LTESFN: < sysfn >,< subfn >

Additional info:

Here are the parameters meanings.

Name Type Default Description

<sysfn> integer - system frame number

<subfn> string - subframe number.

If module is not registered in LTE network, the command returns

ERROR.

AT#LTESFN=?
Test command returns OK result code.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 292 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.3.42. AT+CRCES - Reading Coverage Enhancement Status

This execution command returns the coverage enhancement status of the MT. The
terminal can consider the coverage enhancement status prior to deciding to transmit.
Depending on the coverage enhancement status the terminal can refrain from
transmitting data.
The coverage enhancement status is only provided by the MT if the access technology of
the serving cell is CAT M1 or NB-IoT. If the access technology of the serving cell is
different, <Act>=0 is indicated.

[1] 3GPP TS 27.007

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT+CRCES
Additional info:

The execution command returns the following message.

+CRCES: <AcT>,<CE_level>,<CC>

Name Type Default Description

<AcT> integer N/A access technology of the serving

cell

Values:

0 : Serving cell has no coverage enhancement

1 : CAT M1

3 : NB-IoT

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 293 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

<CE_level> integer N/A Coverage Enhancement (CE)

level of the MT in the serving
cell.

Values:

0 : No Coverage Enhancement in the serving

cell

1 : Coverage Enhancement level 0

2 : Coverage Enhancement level 1

3 : Coverage Enhancement level 2

4 : Coverage Enhancement level 3

<CC> integer N/A Coverage Class (CC) of the MT in

the serving cell. Currently not
supported.

Value:

0 : No Coverage Class in the serving cell

AT+CRCES=?
Test command returns OK result code.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 294 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.3.43. AT#SNRSET - SNR Set Level

Set command manages EFS file SNR_level_scan_scope.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Auto No - 2

AT#SNRSET=[<level>]
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<level> integer 2 sets the SNR level to be used in scanning

networks

Value:

1÷3 : levels

AT#SNRSET?
Read command reports the current value for <level>, in the format:

#SNRSET: <level>

AT#SNRSET=?
Test command reports the range for the parameter <level>.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 295 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.3.44. AT#IOTBND - CAT-M1 & NB-IoT Band Setting

Set command configures the CAT-M1 and NB-IoT bands.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Auto No - 2

AT#IOTBND=[<lte_m1_band_pref.bits_1_64>][,[<lte_m1_band_pref.bits_65_128>]
[,<lte_nb1_band_pref.bits_1_64>[,<lte_nb1_band_pref.bits_65_128>]]]
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<lte_m1_band_pref.bits_1_64> integer - indicates the

lower (1-64) CAT-
M1 supported
bands, expressed
as the sum of
Band number (0
meaning "no low
band selected");
see #BND
command

<lte_m1_band_pref.bits_65_128> integer - indicates the

higher (65-128)
CAT-M1
supported bands,
expressed as the
sum of Band
number (0
meaning "no high
band selected");
see #BND
command

<lte_nb1_band_pref.bits_1_64> integer - indicates the

lower (1-64) NB-
IoT supported
bands, expressed

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 296 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

as the sum of
Band number (0
meaning "no low
band selected");
see #BND
command

<lte_nb1_band_pref.bits_65_128> integer - indicates the

higher (65-128)
NB-IoT supported
bands, expressed
as the sum of
Band number (0
meaning "no high
band selected");
see #BND
command

The command needs a reboot to be effective.

AT#IOTBND?
Read command returns the current parameters setting for #IOTBND command in
the format:

#IOTBND:
<lte_m1_band_pref.bits_1_64>,<lte_m1_band_pref.bits_65_128>,<lte_nb1_band_p
ref.bits_1_64>,<lte_nb1_band_pref.bits_65_128>

AT#IOTBND=?
Test command reports the supported range of values for parameters:

<lte_m1_band_pref.bits_1_64>,<lte_m1_band_pref.bits_65_128>,
<lte_nb1_band_pref.bits_1_64>,<lte_nb1_band_pref.bits_65_128>

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 297 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.3.45. AT#IRATTIMER - Inter RAT Timer Setting

Set command configures the IRAT timer and search alignment timer in dedicated EFS
file

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Auto No - 2

AT#IRATTIMER=<irat_timer>,<search_alignment>
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<irat_timer> integer - IRAT timer to move to higher

priority RAT for CIoT device in
minutes. If the device camps
on the non-preferred system, it
performs periodic searches for
the priority system in the
foreground.
Foreground PLMN search:
NAS runs a dedicated timer to
search for a more preferable
RAT. Once the timer expires,
NAS reads the dedicated EFS
to establish if the UE is camped
on a less preferred system. If
so, a service request is sent to
search the relevant RAT.

Default value is usually 60, but

it could vary based on single
operator request. You should
check using read command.

<search_alignment> integer 20 timer in minutes to specify if

the modem can proceed with
the BPLMN search or not.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 298 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

Value:

20 : timer of 20 minutes

AT#IRATTIMER?
Read command returns the current parameters setting for #IRATTIMER
command in the format:

#IRATTIMER: <irat_timer>,<search_alignment>

AT#IRATTIMER=?
Test command returns the supported range of values for <irat_timer> and
<search_alignment>.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 299 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.3.46. AT#NB2ENA - Enable/Disable NB2 mode

This execution command enables/disables NB2 mode.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Auto No - 2

AT#NB2ENA=<ena>
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<ena> integer 0 Enable/Disable NB2 mode

Values:

0 : Disable

1 : Enable

AT#NB2ENA?
Read command reports the current NB2 enabling status in the format:
#NB2ENA: <ena>

AT#NB2ENA=?
Test command returns the current range of values for parameter <ena>.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 300 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.3.47. AT+CLIP - Calling Line Identification Presentation

This command refers to the supplementary service CLIP (Calling Line Identification
Presentation) that enables a called subscriber to get the calling line identity (CLI) of the
calling party when receiving a mobile terminated call.

3GPP TS 27.007

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Specific profile No - 2

AT+CLIP=[<enable>]
Set command enables/disables the presentation of the CLI (Calling Line
Identity).
If enabled the device reports after each RING the response:

+CLIP: <number>,<type>,"",128,<alpha>,<CLI_validity>
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<enable> integer 0 enable flag

Values:

0 : disables CLI indication

1 : enables CLI indication

Unsolicited fields:

Name Type Description

<number> string phone number of format specified by <type>

<type> integer type of address octet

Values:

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 301 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

128 : both the type of number and the

numbering plan are unknown

129 : unknown type of number and

ISDN/Telephony numbering plan

145 : international type of number and

ISDN/Telephony numbering plan
(contains the character "+")

<alpha> string alphanumeric representation of <number>

corresponding to the entry found in phonebook;
used character set should be the one selected
with command +CSCS

1 : CLIP provisioned

2 : unknown (e.g. no network is present)

This command issues a status request to the network, hence it

may take a few seconds to give the answer due to the time needed
to exchange data with it.

AT+CLIP=?
Test command returns the supported values of parameter <enable>

Modules Supporting the command

ME310G1- WWV
ME910G1- WWV
ML865G1- WW voice

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 303 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.3.48. AT#WS46 - Select IoT Technology

This command selects the IoT technology.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Auto No - 2

AT#WS46=[<n>]
Set command selects the IoT technology to operate with.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<n> integer - select the technology to be used.

The default value depends on the LTE
technology supported by the module

LTE technology
<n> value
supported
CAT-M1 0
NB-IoT 1
CAT-M1 (preferred) and
2
NB-IoT
CAT-M1 and NB-IoT
3
(preferred)

The command takes effect after the module reboot.

AT#WS46?
Read command reports the currently selected technology, in the format:

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 304 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

#WS46: <n>

AT#WS46=?
Test command reports the range for the parameter <n>.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 305 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

SIM

4.4.1. AT+CPIN - Enter the PIN

The command sends to the device a password which is necessary before it can be
operated.

3GPP TS 27.007

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Other No - 2

AT+CPIN=<pin>[,<newpin>]
Set command sends to the device a password which is necessary before it
can be operated (SIM PIN, SIM PUK, PH-SIM PIN, etc.).
If the PIN required is SIM PUK or SIM PUK2, the <newpin> is required.
This <newpin>, will replace the old pin in the SIM.
The command may be used to change the SIM PIN by sending it with both
parameters <pin> and <newpin>.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<pin> string - PIN required or old PIN if the command is

used to change the SIM PIN

<newpin> string - new PIN that will replace old pin

AT+CPIN?
Read command reports the PIN/PUK/PUK2 request status of the device in
the form:

+CPIN: <code>

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 306 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

Additional info:

Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<code> string N/A PIN/PUK/PUK2

request status code

Values:

READY : ME is not pending for any

password

SIM PIN : ME is waiting SIM PIN to be

given

SIM PUK : ME is waiting SIM PUK to be

given

PH-SIM PIN : ME is waiting phone-to-SIM card

password to be given

PH-FSIM PIN : ME is waiting phone-to-very first

SIM card password to be given

PH-FSIM PUK : ME is waiting phone-to-very first

SIM card unblocking password
to be given

SIM PIN2 : ME is waiting SIM PIN2 to be

given; this <code> is returned
only when the last executed
command resulted in PIN2
authentication failure (i.e. +CME
ERROR: 17)

SIM PUK2 : ME is waiting SIM PUK2 to be

given; this <code> is returned
only when the last executed
command resulted in PUK2

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 307 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

authentication failure (i.e. +CME

ERROR: 18)

PH-NET PIN : ME is waiting network

personalization password to be
given

PH-NET PUK : ME is waiting network

personalization unblocking
password to be given

PH-NETSUB PIN : ME is waiting network subset

personalization password to be
given

PH-NETSUB PUK : ME is waiting network subset

personalization unblocking
password to be given

PH-SP PIN : ME is waiting service provider

personalization password to be
given

PH-SP PUK : ME is waiting service provider

personalization unblocking
password to be given

PH-CORP PIN : ME is waiting corporate

personalization password to be
given

PH-CORP PUK : ME is waiting corporate

personalization unblocking
password to be given

Pin pending status at startup depends on PIN facility setting; to

change or query the default power up setting use the command
AT+CLCK.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 308 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

AT+CPIN=?
Test command returns OK result code.

AT+CMEE=1
OK

AT+CPIN?
+CME ERROR: 10
error: you have to insert the SIM

AT+CPIN?
+CPIN: READY
OK
you inserted the SIM and module is not waiting for PIN

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 309 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.4.2. AT#PCT - Display PIN Counter

This command reports the PIN/PUK or PIN2/PUK2 input remaining attempts, if +CPIN
password is required.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#PCT
Execution command reports the PIN/PUK or PIN2/PUK2 input remaining
attempts, depending on +CPIN requested password, in the format:

#PCT: <n>
Additional info:

Here is shown the parameter meaning.

Name Type Default Description

<n> integer N/A remaining attempts.

Values:

0 : the SIM is blocked

1÷3 : if the device is waiting either SIM PIN or SIM

PIN2 to be given.

1÷10 : if the device is waiting either SIM PUK or SIM

PUK2 to be given.

AT#PCT=?
Test command returns the OK result code.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 310 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

AT+CPIN?
+CPIN: SIM PIN
OK

AT#PCT Check PIN remained counter

#PCT: 3
OK

AT+CPIN=1111 Input incorrect PIN number

+CME ERROR: incorrect password

AT#PCT
#PCT: 2
OK

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 311 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.4.3. AT+CCID - Read ICCID

Execution command reads on SIM the Integrated Circuit Card Identification (ICCID). It is
the card identification number that provides a unique identification number for the SIM.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Other No - 2

AT+CCID
The command returns the following message:

+CCID: <ICCID>
OK

AT+CCID=?
Test command returns the OK result code.

AT+CCID
+CCID: 89861109091740011006
OK

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 312 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.4.4. AT+CIMI - International Mobile Subscriber Identity (IMSI)

This command returns the International Mobile Subscriber Identity (IMSI number).

3GPP TS 27.007

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT+CIMI
Execution command returns the value of the International Mobile
Subscriber Identity stored in the SIM, the returned message has the
following format (with command no echoed):

<IMSI value>
OK

If the SIM is not inserted, the command returns ERROR.

AT+CIMI=?
Test command returns OK result code

AT+CIMI
22201701202507
OK

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 313 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.4.5. AT#CIMI - International Mobile Subscriber Identity (IMSI)

This command returns the International Mobile Subscriber Identity (IMSI number).

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT#CIMI
Execution command returns the value of the International Mobile
Subscriber Identity stored in the SIM, the returned message has the
following format (with command echoed):

#CIMI: <IMSI value>

If the SIM is not inserted, the command returns ERROR.

AT#CIMI=?
Test command returns the OK result code.

AT#CIMI
#CIMI: 450050209516643
OK

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 314 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.4.6. AT#SIMDET - SIM Detection Mode

The command manages the SIM Detection mode.

[1] Telit Hardware Design Guide of the used module.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Common
Not required No - 2
profile

AT#SIMDET=<mode>
Set command simulates the SIM status or selects the automatic SIM
Detection status. This command is used: by modules providing the SIMIN
pin, dedicated or set through #SIMINCFG command; by modules without
SIMIN pin, forcing SIM presence or absence.
Refer to document [1] to have information on dedicated SIMIN pin.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<mode> integer N/A the <mode> parameter can be used as

shown in Values section.

<mode> default
Family
value
ME910G1 2
ML865G1 2
ME310G1 1

Values:

0 : ignores dedicated SIMIN pin, and simulate the status

"SIM Not Inserted"

1 : ignores dedicated SIMIN pin, and simulate the status

"SIM Inserted"

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 315 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

2 : selects automatic SIM detection using dedicated

SIMIN Pin

When #SIMDET=1 (that simulates "SIM Inserted") is issued, a

query to detect the presence of the SIM is forced, regardless of
SIMIN pin status. If SIM is correctly answering to queries then SIM
status becomes SIM READY

AT#SIMDET?
Read command returns the currently selected Sim Detection Mode in the
format:
#SIMDET: <mode>,<simIn>
Additional info:

The values for <simIn> are:

Name Type Default Description

<simIn> integer 0 SIMIN pin status.

Values:

0 : SIM not inserted

1 : SIM inserted

The <simIn> parameter is meaningless in absence of the SIMIN

pin.

AT#SIMDET=?
Test command reports the supported range of values for parameter
<mode>.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 316 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 317 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.4.7. AT#CCID - Read ICCID

Execution command reads on SIM the Integrated Circuit Card Identification (ICCID). It is
the card identification number that provides a unique identification number for the SIM.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT#CCID
The command returns the following message:

#CCID: <ICCID>
OK

AT#CCID=?
Test command returns the OK result code.

AT#CCID
#CCID: 89861109091740011006
OK

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 318 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.4.8. AT#SIMPR - SIM Presence Status

The command enables/disables the SIM Presence Status unsolicited indication.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Specific profile No - 2

AT#SIMPR=[<mode>]
Set command enables/disables the SIM Presence Status unsolicited
indication in the ME. This command reports also the status of the remote
SIM, if the SIM Access Profile (SAP) functionality is supported and has
been enabled.
If notification is enabled, the ME informs about every (local and remote)
SIM status change through the following URC:

#SIMPR: <SIM>,<status>
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<mode> integer 0 Specifies if notification must be enabled or

disabled.

Values:

0 : notification disabled

1 : notification enabled

Unsolicited fields:

Name Type Description

<SIM> integer Reports local or remote SIM

Values:

0 : local SIM

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 319 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

1 : remote SIM

<status> integer Reports current SIM status

Values:

0 : SIM not inserted

1 : SIM inserted

<status> parameter is meaningless for local SIM in absence of the

SIMIN pin, see #SIMDET command.

Entering AT#SIMPR= returns OK but has no effect.

AT#SIMPR?
Read command reports whether the unsolicited indication #SIMPR: is
currently enabled or not, along with the local and remote SIM status, in
the format:

#SIMPR: <mode>,<SIM>,<status><CR><LF>
#SIMPR: <mode>,<SIM>,<status>

If SAP functionality is not supported or enabled the remote SIM

status will always be 0

AT#SIMPR=?
Test command reports the range for the parameter <mode>

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 320 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.4.9. AT#QSS - Query SIM Status

Query SIM Status.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Specific profile No - 2

AT#QSS=[<mode>]
Enables/disables the Query SIM Status unsolicited indication in the ME.
The format of the unsolicited indication is the following:

#QSS: <status>
The parameter is described in the Unsolicited field section.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<mode> integer 0 Type of notification

Values:

0 : disabled. It is only possible to query the current SIM

status through read command AT#QSS?

1 : enabled. The ME informs at every SIM status change

through the basic unsolicited indication where
<status> range is 0...1

2 : enabled. The ME informs at every SIM status change

through the basic unsolicited indication where
<status> range is 0...3

Unsolicited field:

Name Type Description

<status> integer current SIM status

Values:

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 321 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

0 : SIM not inserted

1 : SIM inserted

2 : SIM inserted, and PIN unlocked

3 : SIM inserted and READY (SMS and

Phonebook access are possible)

AT#QSS?
Read command reports whether the unsolicited indication #QSS is
currently enabled or not, along with the SIM status, in the format:

#QSS: <mode>,<status>
The parameters are described in the previous sections.

AT#QSS=?
Test command returns the supported range of values for parameter
<mode>.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 322 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.4.10. AT+CRSM - Restricted SIM access

The command transmits to the UICC some specific commands and their required
parameters.

3GPP TS 11.11
3GPP TS 31.101
3GPP TS 31.102

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT+CRSM=<command>[,<fileId>[,<P1>[,<P2>[,<P3>[,<data>]]]]]
Set command transmits to the UICC the specific command and its
required parameters. The command response shows the status words and
response data returned by the UICC in the format:

+CRSM: <sw1>,<sw2>[,<response>]

For parameters meanings see Additional info section.

Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<command> integer 176 command passed on to the UICC

Values:

176 : READ BINARY

178 : READ RECORD

192 : GET RESPONSE

214 : UPDATE BINARY

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 323 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

220 : UPDATE RECORD

242 : STATUS

<fileId> integer - identifier of an elementary data file on

UICC; mandatory for every command
except STATUS

<P1> integer 0 parameter passed on to the UICC; it is

mandatory for every command except
GET RESPONSE and STATUS

Value:

0÷255 : parameter P1 passed on to the UICC in a

command APDU

<P2> integer 0 parameter passed on to the UICC; it is

mandatory for every command except
GET RESPONSE and STATUS

Value:

0÷255 : parameter P2 passed on to the UICC in a

command APDU

<P3> integer 0 parameter passed on to the UICC; it is

mandatory for every command except
GET RESPONSE and STATUS

[2] 3GPP TS 31.101
[3] 3GPP TS 31.102

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT+CSIM=<length>,<command>
Set command transmits to the MT the <command>, it then shall send as it
is to the UICC. As response to the command, MT sends back the actual
UICC <response> to the TA as it is. The response message of the
command is in the format:

+CSIM: <length>,<response>

Error case:
+CME ERROR: <err>

The response messages parameters are described in the Additional info

section.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<length> integer - characters number of the <command>

sent to UICC (two times the actual
length of the command)

<command> string - command passed on by the MT to the

UICC in the format as described in
standard [1] or [2] (hexadecimal
character format, refer to +CSCS)

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 327 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

Additional info:

List of the meaning of the response messages parameters.

Name Type Default Description

<length> integer - characters number of the

<response> sent to TE (two times
the actual length of the response)

<response> string - response to the command passed

on by the UICC to the TE in the
format as described in standard
[1] or [2] (hexadecimal character
format)

<err> string - error values (numeric format

followed by verbose format)

AT+CSIM=?
Test command returns the OK result code.

AT+CSIM=<lock>
This special form of the command has no effect and is kept only for
backward compatibility.

Parameters:
<lock>=1 locking of the interface
<lock>=0 unlocking of the interface

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 328 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

• 2G SIM, see standard [1]:

STATUS
AT+CSIM=10,A0F2000016
+CSIM:48,"000002A87F20020000000000099300220800838A838A9000"
OK

SELECT EF 6F07
AT+CSIM=14,A0A40000026F07
+CSIM: 4,"9F0F"
OK

GET RESPONSE
AT+CSIM=10,A0C000000F
+CSIM: 34,"000000096F0704001A001A010200009000"
OK

SELECT EF 6F30
AT+CSIM=14,A0A40000026F30
+CSIM: 4,"9F0F"
OK

READ BINARY
AT+CSIM=10,A0B00000FC
+CSIM:508,"FFFFFF1300831300901300541300301300651300381300801301801
3000113110913013013009813007713005913004313008113009513014013002313
0016330420130041FFFFFFFFFFFF21436542F41922F28822F201FFFFFFFFFFFF
FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF9000"
OK

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 329 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.4.12. AT+CCHO - Open Logical Channel

Open Logical Channel

3GPP TS 31.101

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT+CCHO=<dfname>
Execution of the command causes the MT to return <sessionId> to allow
the TE to identify a channel that is being allocated by the currently
selected UICC, which is attached to ME.
The currently selected UICC will open a new logical channel; select the
application identified by the <dfname> received with this command and
return a <sessionId> as the response.
The ME shall restrict the communication between the TE and the UICC to
this logical channel.

The response message of the command is in the format:

+CCHO: < sessionId >

The <sessionId> is described in the Additional info section.

Error case:
+CME ERROR: <err>

Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<dfname> string - all selectable applications in the UICC are

referenced by a DF name coded on 1 to 16
bytes (hexadecimal character format; refer
+CSCS).

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 330 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

Additional info:

<sessionId> returned by the +CCHO command.

Name Type Default Description

<sessionId> integer - session Id to be used to target a

specific application on the smart
card (e.g. (U)SIM, WIM, ISIM)
using logical channels
mechanism.
Session Id is used when sending
commands with Restricted UICC
Logical Channel access
+CRLA, or Generic UICC Logical
Channel access
+CGLA commands.

The logical channel number is contained in the CLASS byte of an

APDU command, thus implicitly contained in all APDU commands
sent to a UICC.
In this case it will be up to the MT to manage the logical channel
part of the APDU CLASS byte and to ensure that the chosen logical
channel is relevant to the <sessionId> indicated in the AT
command. Refer to 3GPP TS 31.101.

AT+CCHO=?
Returns the OK result code.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 331 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.4.13. AT+CCHC - Close Logical Channel

Close a communication session.

3GPP TS 31.101

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT+CCHC=<sessionId>
Set command asks the ME to close a communication session with the active
UICC. The ME shall close the previously opened logical channel. The TE will
no longer be able to send commands on this logical channel. The UICC will
close the logical channel when receiving this command.

Error case:
+CME ERROR: <err>
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<sessionId> integer - a session Id to be used to target a

specific application on the smart card
(e.g. (U)SIM, WIM, ISIM) using logical
channels mechanism.
<sessionId> is returned by the +CCHO
command.

AT+CCHC=?
Test command returns the OK result code.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 332 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.4.14. AT+CGLA - Generic UICC Logical Channel Access

This command is used to control the currently selected UICC on the TE.

[1] 3GPP TS 11.11

[2] 3GPP TS 31.101
[3] 3GPP TS 31.102

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT+CGLA=<sessionId>,<length>,<command>
Set command transmits to the MT the <command> it then shall send as it
is to the selected UICC. In the same manner the UICC <response> shall be
sent back by the MT to the TA as it is. This command allows a direct control
of the currently selected UICC by a distant application on the TE. The TE
shall then take care of processing the received UICC information. The
response of the command is in the format:

+CGLA: <length>,<response>

Error case:
+CME ERROR: <err>

The response messages parameters are described in the Additional info

section.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<sessionId> integer - this parameter is the identifier of the

session to be used in order to send the
APDU commands to the UICC. It is
mandatory to send commands to the

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 333 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

UICC when targeting applications on the

smart card using a logical channel other
than the default channel (channel "0").
<sessionId> is returned by the +CCHO
command.

<length> integer - characters number of the <command>

sent to UICC (two times the actual
length of the command)

<command> string - command passed on by the MT to the

UICC in the format as described in
standard [1] or [2] (hexadecimal
character format; refer to +CSCS).

Additional info:

List of the meaning of the response messages parameters.

Name Type Default Description

<length> integer - characters number of the

<response> sent to TE (two times
the actual length of the response)

<response> string - response to the command passed

on by the UICC to the TE in the
format as described in standard
[1] or [2] (hexadecimal character
format)

<err> string - error values (numeric format

followed by verbose format)

AT+CGLA=?
Test command returns the OK result code.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 334 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.4.15. AT+ICCID - Read ICCID

Execution command reads on SIM the Integrated Circuit Card Identification (ICCID). It is
the card identification number that provides a unique identification number for the SIM.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT+ICCID
The command returns the following message:

+ICCID: <ICCID>

AT+ICCID=?
Test command returns the OK result code.

AT#CCID
#CCID: 89861109091740011006
OK

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 335 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.4.16. AT#SIMINCFG - SIMIN Pin Configuration

This command configures a GPIO pin as SIMIN pin.

[1] Telit Hardware Design Guide of the used module

[2] SIM Integration Design Guide, 80000NT10001A

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Auto No - 2

AT#SIMINCFG=<GPIOPin>,<siminDetMode>
Set command allows to configure either a General Purpose I/O pin (GPIO)
as SIMIN pin to detect the SIM presence, and its status according to the
used SIM holder. Refer to document [1] to have information on the GPIO
pins, see also document [2].

Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<GPIOPin> integer 0 number of the GPIO pin used as

SIMIN pin. The GPIO pin range
starts from 1; 0 is used to reset
#SIMINCFG settings, it is the
default value.
0 is the only value allowed for
ME910G1 family

Value:

0 : reset #SIMINCFG settings

<siminDetMode> integer 0 status of SIMIN pin for SIM

detection

Values:

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 336 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

0 : SIMIN pin LOW means SIM inserted, HIGH

means SIM removed (for normal SIM holder).

1 : SIMIN pin LOW means SIM removed, HIGH

means SIM inserted (for micro and nano SIM
holder)

SIMIN pin works only if #SIMDET is set to 2 (Automatic SIM

Detection).

On ML865G1 and ME310G1 families there is no dedicated SIMIN pin

and AT#SIMDET=1 is the default value.
To use a TGPIO as SIMIN pin it has to be configured with:
AT#SIMINCFG (stored in NVM) and AT#SIMDET=2 (stored in the
extended profile AT&P).

On ME910G1 family there is a dedicated SIMIN pin. So parameter

<GPIOPin> is meaningless and can be set only to 0

AT#SIMINCFG?
Read command reports the parameters values in the format:

#SIMINCFG: <GPIOPin>, <siminDetMode>

AT#SIMINCFG=?
Test command reports supported values of parameters <GPIOPin> and
<siminDetMode>.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 337 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

Modules supporting the command

ME310G1- W1, WW
ML865G1- WW
ME910G1- W1, WW

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 338 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.4.17. AT#SIMSELGPIOCFG - SIM Select

If the module has the SIM on Chip, this command allows to select SIM on Chip (eSIM) or
external (plastic) SIM.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Auto No - 2

AT#SIMSELGPIOCFG=<type>
Set command allows to activate eSIM or plastic SIM.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<type> integer 1 SIM type

Values:

0 : eSIM

1 : plastic SIM

AT#SIMSELGPIOCFG?
Read command reports the activated SIM, in the format:

#SIMSELGPIOCFG: <type>

AT#SIMSELGPIOCFG=?
Test command reports the supported range of values for parameter
<type>.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 339 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.4.18. AT#FWAUTOSIM - Automatic Switch of Firmware Image by SIM

This command allows to set automatically the active firmware image in accordance with
the inserted SIM.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Auto No - 2

AT#FWAUTOSIM=<mode>
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<mode> integer 0 disable/enable automatic setting of active

firmware image switch by SIM

Values:

0 : disable

1 : enable

When automatic setting of active firmware image switch by SIM

has been enabled (<mode>=1), system reboot is automatic only if
active image must be changed to be in accordance with the
inserted SIM. The #FWAUTOSIM command supports AT&T and
Verizon SIMs.
See also #FWSWITCH command.

AT#FWAUTOSIM?
Read command returns the current setting in the format:

#FWAUTOSIM: <mode>

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 340 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

AT#FWAUTOSIM=?
Test command returns the supported range of values for parameter
<mode>.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 341 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.4.19. AT#FIRSTNET - APN Automatic Switch by SIM

This command is the functionality to enable or disable APN automatic switch.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Auto No - 2

AT#FIRSTNET=<mode>
This command allows to set APN automatic switch mode by SIM.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<mode> integer 1 Enable / Disable APN automatic switch by

SIM

Values:

0 : Disable APN automatic switch by SIM

1 : Enable APN automatic switch by SIM

This command is for AT&T (fwswitch 0); it allows to view an APN

table for firstnet SIM that is different from showed APN table in
case of a AT&T normal SIM.

AT#FIRSTNET?
Read command reports the current stored parameter:
#FIRSTNET: <mode>

AT#FIRSTNET=?
Test command reports the supported range of values for parameter:

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 342 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

#FIRSTNET: (0,1)

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 343 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

SIM Toolkit

4.5.1. AT#STIA - SIM/USIM Toolkit Interface Action

The SIM/USIM Application Toolkit (SAT/USAT) provides an interface to the applications
existing in the SIM/USIM device. The module must support the mechanisms required by
the SIM/USIM applications.

[1] 3GPP TS 23.038

[2] 3GPP TS 31.111
[3] Telit SIM/USIM Application Toolkit Application Note

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Specific profile No - 2

AT#STIA=[<mode>[,<timeout>]]
Set command is used to enable/disable the SIM/USIM Application Toolkit
(SAT/USAT). In addition, the command can enable the URCs sending.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<mode> integer 1 enables/disables SAT/USAT.

In addition, <mode> parameter enables
the:

33. #STN URCs notifying the user that

the SIM/USIM application has
issued a proactive command.
Some proactive commands require
a user response

34. #STN URCs that are the SIM/USIM

device responses concerning

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 344 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

actions initiated by the user, refer

to Additional info section.

If <mode>=2, the URC format depends on

the <cmdType> as described in the
Additional info sections. For <cmdType>,
and all other URC parameters refer to
#STGI command. The <mode> parameter
values are listed below.

Values:

0 : disable SAT/USAT

1 : enable SAT/USAT without #STN URC

2 : enable SAT/USAT and extended #STN URC

3 : enable SAT/USAT and reduced #STN URC

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

from user". In addition, the following URC

is sent on the AT interface. For parameter
meaning of the URC refer to Unsolicited
fields section.
#STN:<cmdTerminateValue>

Follows the <timeout> range.

Value:

1,2 : timeout expressed in minutes

Additional info:

<mode>=3, the URC has the following reduced format: #STN: <cmdType>

<mode>=2, and <cmdType>=1 (REFRESH proactive command), the URC has the
following extended format:
#STN: 1,<refreshType>

<mode>=2, and <cmdType>=5 (SET UP EVENT LIST proactive command), the

URC has the following extended format:
#STN: 5[,<eventListMask>]

<mode>=2, and <cmdType>=16 (SET UP CALL proactive command), the URC has
the following extended format:
#STN: 16,<cmdDetails>,[<confirmationText>],<calledNumber>

<mode>=2, and one of the following proactive command:

<cmdType>=17 (SEND SS)
<cmdType>=18 (SEND USSD)
<cmdType>=19 (SEND SHORT MESSAGE)
<cmdType>=20 (SEND DTMF)

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 346 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

<cmdType>=32 (PLAY TONE)

<cmdType>=52 (RUN AT COMMAND)
<cmdType>=64 (OPEN CHANNEL)
<cmdType>=65 (CLOSE CHANNEL)
<cmdType>=66 (RECEIVE DATA)
<cmdType>=67 (SEND DATA)

the URC has the following extended format:

#STN: <cmdType>[,<alphaIdentifier>]
If <cmdType>=19 (SEND SHORT MESSAGE proactive command) fails, the #STN:
119 URC is sent to the module.

<mode>=2, and <cmdType>=33 (DISPLAY TEXT proactive command), the URC is

sent if allowed by SIM/USIM, the extended format is:
#STN: 33[,<cmdDetails>[,<alphaIdentifier>]]
If bit 7 of <cmdDetails>=1, the response with the #STSR command is required.

<mode>=2, and <cmdType>=34 (GET INKEY proactive command), the URC has
the following extended format:
#STN: 34,<cmdDetails>,<text>

<mode>=2, and <cmdType>=35 (GET INPUT proactive command), the URC has
the following extended format:
#STN: 35,<cmdDetails>,<text>,<responseMin>,<responseMax>[,<defaultText>]

<mode>=2, and <cmdType>=36 (SELECT ITEM proactive command), the URC

has the following extended format:
the first line of output is:
#STN: 36,<cmdDetails>,<numOfItem>[,<titleText>]<CR><LF>
one line follows for every item, repeated <numOfItems> times:
#STN: 36,<itemId>,<itemText>[,<nextActionId>]

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 347 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

<mode>=2, and <cmdType>=37 (SET UP MENU proactive command), the URC

has the following extended format:
the first line of output is:
#STN: 37,<cmdDetails>,<numOfItem>,<titleText><CR><LF>
one line follows for every item, repeated for <numOfItems>:
#STN: 37,<itemId>,<itemText>[,<nextActionId>]

<mode>=2, and <cmdType>=40 (SET UP IDLE MODE TEXT proactive command),

the URC has the following extended format:
#STN: 40[,<idleModeTextString>]

This Additional info section deals with the action initiated by the user (no
proactive commands activated by the SIM/USIM device).
If the call control or SMS control facility present in the SIM/USIM device is
activated, when the user application makes an outgoing call, or sends a SS or
USSD, or a SMS, the following #STN URC could be sent to indicate whether the
outgoing call has been accepted, rejected or modified by the SIM, or if the SMS
service center address or destination has been changed. For parameters
meaning refer to Unsolicited fields section.
#STN:
<cmdControlResponse>,<Result>[,<alphaIdentifier>[,<Number>[,<MODestAddr
>]]]

Unsolicited fields:

Name Type Description

<cmdTerminateValue> integer is defined as <cmdType> + terminate offset.

Terminate offset = 100

<cmdControlResponse> integer response of the SIM/USIM device

Values:

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 348 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

150 : SMS control response

160 : call/SS/USSD response

<Result> integer identify the result of the Call or SMS control

performed by SIM/USIM device
Values:

0 : Call/SMS not allowed

1 : Call/SMS allowed

2 : Call/SMS allowed with modification

<alphaIdentifier> string optional text provided by the SIM/USIM

device in ASCII format

<Number> string Called number, Service Center Address or

SS String in ASCII format

<MODestAddr> string MO destination address in ASCII format

The settings are saved on user profile and available on following reboot.
SIM/USIM Toolkit activation/deactivation is only performed at power on
according to the saved setting.

If AT#ENS=1, the <mode> parameter is set to 2.

Just one instance at a time, the one which first issued AT#STIA=<mode>
(with <mode> not equal to 0), is allowed to issue SAT/USAT commands,
and this is valid till the same instance issues AT#STIA=0. After reboot,
SAT/USAT can be used on another instance.

AT#STIA?
Read command can be used to get information about the SAT/USAT interface. The
message format is:
#STIA: <state>,<mode>,<timeout>,<SatProfile>
Additional info:

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 349 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

Returned parameters.

Name Type Default Description

<state> integer N/A state of the sending of the SET UP

MENU proactive command (37)

Values:

0 : SIM/USIM has not sent the SET UP MENU

proactive command (37)

1 : SIM/USIM has sent the SET UP MENU proactive

command (37)

<mode> integer - refer to Set section

<timeout> integer - refer to Set section

<SatProfile> string - SAT/USAT Terminal Profile. Is the list of

SIM/USIM Application Toolkit facilities
supported by the ME. The profile cannot
be changed by the TA.

In SAT/USAT applications an SMS message is usually sent to the network

provider containing service requests, e.g. to send the latest news. The
provider returns a message with the requested information. Before
activating SAT/USAT, it is recommended to set the SMS text mode with the
AT+CMGF=1 command and enable URC for incoming SMS messages with
+CNMI command.

AT#STIA=?
Test command returns the range of available values for the parameters <mode>
and <timeout>.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 350 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.5.2. AT#STGI - SIM Toolkit Get Information

The #STGI command interfaces to the SIM/USIM Application Toolkit to get information
on the ongoing proactive command.

3GPP TS 31.111
Telit SIM/USIM Application Toolkit Application Note

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#STGI=[<cmdType>]
Set command gets parameters of the ongoing proactive command. The
command can be used after the reception of the #STN: <cmdType> URC. If
no proactive command is ongoing, #STGI returns an ERROR message.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<cmdType> integer N/A proactive command code. For each

proactive command listed below, its
#STGI response format is described in
the Additional info sections.

Values:

1 : REFRESH

5 : SET UP EVENT LIST

16 : SET UP CALL

17 : SEND SS

18 : SEND USSD

19 : SEND SHORT MESSAGE

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 351 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

20 : SEND DTMF

32 : PLAY TONE

33 : DISPLAY TEXT

34 : GET INKEY

35 : GET INPUT

36 : SELECT ITEM

37 : SET UP MENU

40 : SET UP IDLE MODE TEXT

Additional info:

<cmdType>=1 (REFRESH proactive command)

#STGI response format:
#STGI: 1,<refreshType>

Name Type Default Description

<refreshType> integer N/A identifies the refresh type

Values:

0 : SIM Initialization and Full File Change

Notification

1 : File Change Notification

2 : SIM Initialization and File Change

Notification

3 : SIM Initialization

4 : SIM Reset

5 : NAA Application Reset

6 : NAA Session Reset

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 352 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

7 : Steering of Roaming

8 : Steering of Roaming WLAN

<cmdType>=5 (SET UP EVENT LIST proactive command)

#STGI response format:
#STGI: 5,<eventListMask>

Name Type Default Description

<eventListMask> hex N/A identifies the list of events to

monitor.
The <eventListMask> (two bytes
long) is a bit mask where each
bit, when set, indicates that the
corresponding event must be
monitored (e.g. if
<eventListMask> is 0x0001, it
means that MT call must be
monitored).
35. bit 0 = MT call
36. bit 1 = Call connected
37. bit 2 = Call disconnected
38. bit 3 = Location status
39. bit 4 = User activity
40. bit 5 = Idle screen
available
41. bit 6 = Card reader status
(if class "a" is supported)
42. bit 7 = Language selection
43. bit 8 = Browser
Termination (if class "c" is
supported)
44. bit 9 = Data available (if
class "e" is supported)
45. bit 10 = Channel status (if
class "e" is supported)
46. bits 11 - 15 = reserved for
future use

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 353 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

Value:

0x0001÷0x01FF : mask

<cmdType>=16 (SET UP CALL proactive command)

#STGI response format:
#STGI: 16,<cmdDetails>,[<confirmationText>],<calledNumber>

Name Type Default Description

<cmdDetails> integer N/A identifies the command

details

Values:

0 : set up call, but only if not currently

busy on another call

1 : set up call, but only if not currently

busy on another call, with redial

2 : set up call, putting all other calls (if

any) on hold

3 : set up call, putting all other calls (if

any) on hold, with redial

4 : set up call, disconnecting all other calls

(if any)

5 : set up call, disconnecting all other calls

(if any), with redial

<confirmationText> string - string for user

confirmation stage

<calledNumber> string - string containing called

numbers

This section is dedicated to the following proactive commands:

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 354 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

<cmdType>=17 (SEND SS)

<cmdType>=18 (SEND USSD)
<cmdType>=19 (SEND SHORT MESSAGE)
<cmdType>=20 (SEND DTMF)
<cmdType>=32 (PLAY TONE)
#STGI response format:
#STGI: <cmdType>[,<alphaIdentifier>]

Name Type Default Description

<alphaIdentifier> string - optional text provided by the

SIM/USIM device in ASCII format

<cmdType>=33 (DISPLAY TEXT proactive command)

#STGI response format:
#STGI: 33,<cmdDetails>[,<text>]

Name Type Default Description

<cmdDetails> hex N/A a bit mask where each bit position,

according to its value, has a specific
meaning:
bit 0:
0 - normal priority
1 - high priority
bits 1-6:
reserved for future use
bit 7:
0 - clear message after a delay
1 - wait for user to clear message

Value:

0x00÷0xFF : mask

<text> string - text provided by the SIM/USIM

device in ASCII format

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 355 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

<cmdType>=34 (GET INKEY proactive command)

#STGI response format:
#STGI: 34,<cmdDetails>,<text>

Name Type Default Description

<cmdDetails> hex N/A a bit mask where each bit position,

according to its value, has a specific
meaning:
bit 0:
0 - digits only (0-9, *, # and +)
1 - alphabet set
bit 1:
0 - SMS default alphabet (GSM
character set)
1 - UCS2 alphabet
bit 2:
0 - character sets defined by bit 0
and bit 1 are enabled
1 - character sets defined by bit 0
and bit 1 are disabled and the
"Yes/No" response is requested
bits 3-6:
0
bit 7:
0 - no help information available
1 - help information available

Value:

0x00÷0x87 : mask

<text> string - string as prompt for test

<cmdType>=35 (GET INPUT proactive command)

#STGI response format:
#STGI:
35,<cmdDetails>,<text>,<responseMin>,<responseMax>[,<defaultText>]

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 356 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

Name Type Default Description

<cmdDetails> hex N/A a bit mask where each bit

position, according to its value,
has a specific meaning:
bit 0:
0 - digits only (0-9, *, #, and +)
1 - alphabet set
bit 1:
0 - SMS default alphabet (GSM
character set)
1 - UCS2 alphabet
bit 2:
0 - ME may echo user input on
the display
1 - user input shall not be
revealed in any way. Hidden
entry mode is only available
when using digit input. In hidden
entry mode only characters ('0'-
'9', '*' and '#') are allowed.
bit 3:
0 - user input to be in unpacked
format
1 - user input to be in SMS
packed format
bits 4-6:
0
bit 7:
0 - no help information available
1 - help information available

Value:

0x00÷0x8F : mask

<text> string - string as prompt for text

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 357 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

<responseMin> integer N/A minimum number of characters

of the user input

Value:

0÷255 : minimum length of user input.

<responseMax> integer N/A maximum number of characters

of the user input.

Value:

0÷255 : maximum length of user input

<defaultText> string - string supplied as default

response text

<cmdType>=36 (SELECT ITEM proactive command)

#STGI response format:
the first line of output is:
#STGI: 36,<cmdDetails>,<numOfItem>[,<titleText>]<CR><LF>
one line follows for every item, repeated <numOfItems> times:
#STGI: 36,<itemId>,<itemText>[,<nextActionId>]

Name Type Default Description

<cmdDetails> hex N/A a bit mask where each bit

position, according to its value,
has a specific meaning:
bit 0:
0 - presentation type is not
specified
1 - presentation type is specified
in bit 1
bit 1:
0 - presentation as a choice of
data values if bit 0 = 1
1 - presentation as a choice of
navigation options if bit 0 is 1

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 358 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

bit 2:
0 - no selection preference
1 - selection using soft key
preferred
bits 3-6:
0
bit 7:
0 - no help information available
1 - help information available

Value:

0x00÷0x87 : mask

<numOfItems> integer - number of items in the list

<titleText> string - menu title string

<itemId> integer N/A item identifier

Value:

1÷numOfItems : item identifier range

<itemText> string - item title string

<nextActionId> integer - is the code of next proactive

command to be issued upon
execution of the menu item.
If <nextActionId>=0, no next
action information available.

<cmdType>=37 (SET UP MENU proactive command)

#STGI response format:
the first line of output is:
#STGI: 37,<cmdDetails>,<numOfItem>,<titleText><CR><LF>
one line follows for every item, repeated for <numOfItems>:
#STGI: 37,<itemId>,<itemText>[,<nextActionId>]

Name Type Default Description

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 359 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

<cmdDetails> hex N/A a bit mask where each bit

position, according to its value,
has a specific meaning:
bit 0:
0 - no selection preference
1 - selection using soft key
preferred
bit 1-6:
0
bit 7:
0 - no help information available
1 - help information available

Value:

0x00÷0x81 : mask

<numOfItems> integer - number of items in the list

<titleText> string - menu title string

<itemId> integer N/A item identifier

Value:

1÷numOfItems : item identifier range

<itemText> string - item title

<nextActionId> integer - numerical code of next proactive

command type to be issued upon
execution of the menu item.
If <nextActionId>=0, no next
action information available.

<cmdType>=40 (SET UP IDLE MODE TEXT proactive command)

#STGI response format:
#STGI: 40,<idleModeTextString>

Name Type Default Description

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 360 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

<idleModeTextString> string - text provided by the

SIM/USIM device in ASCII
format

The proactive commands are only those command types that use
the AT interface. SAT/USAT commands which are not using the AT
interface (not MMI related SAT commands, e.g. PROVIDE LOCAL
INFORMATION) are executed without sending any indication to the
user.

AT#STGI?
The read command returns the ongoing proactive command and the
SAT/USAT state. The message format is:
#STGI: <state>,<cmdType>
Additional info:

Returned parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<state> integer - state of the sending of the SET UP

MENU proactive command (37),
refer to AT#STIA? command

<cmdType> integer - ongoing proactive command code

AT#STGI=?
Test command returns the supported values of parameters <state> and
<cmdType>.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 361 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

• A typical SAT/USAT session, running on AT interface, starts when the

user receives the #STN: 37 URC. The unsolicited result code must
be previously enabled by the #STIA command. The #STN: 37 notifies
the user that the main menu of the SIM/USIM Application has been
sent to TA, and TA has stored the just received menu. Later, at any
time, you can type in the AT#STGI=37 command to display the main
menu of the SIM/USIM Application on TE.
Upon receiving the #STGI response, you must enter the #STSR
command to confirm the execution of the proactive command and
provide any required user response. In this case, you must enter
the AT#STSR=37,0,x command to select the x item of the SIM/USIM
Application menu.
The #STN: 237 URC indicates that the main menu of the SIM/USIM
Application has been removed from TA, and it is no longer available.
In this case, AT#STGI=37 command returns ERROR message.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 362 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.5.3. AT#STSR - SIM Toolkit Send Response

This command allows the user to provide a response to confirm the execution of the
ongoing proactive command.

3GPP TS 31.111
Telit SIM/USIM Toolkit Application Note

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT#STSR=[<cmdType>[,<userAction>[,<data>]]]
The set command allows the user to provide a response action to the
ongoing proactive command when the action is required by the command
itself.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<cmdType> integer - proactive command code, refer to

#STGI command to have information
on the <cmdType>

<userAction> integer 0 identify the user action

Values:

0 : the user accepts the ongoing proactive

command

16 : proactive SIM/USIM session terminated by user

17 : backward move in the proactive SIM/USIM

session requested by the user

18 : no response from user

19 : help information required by the user

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 363 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

20 : USSD/SS Transaction terminated by user

32 : TA currently unable to process command

34 : user has denied SIM/USIM call setup request

35 : user cleared down SIM/USIM call before

connection or network release

<data> string - data entered by user, see Additional

info section

Additional info:

<data> parameter is used according to <cmdType>, and when

<userAction>=0:

47. <cmdType>=34 (GET INKEY proactive command)

<data> contains the key pressed by the user. The character
set is selected by +CSCS command.

If the ongoing proactive command requires to the user a

binary choice (yes/no), the valid content of <data> is:

- "Y" or "y" (positive answer) and "N" or "n" (negative answer)

for "IRA", "8859-1",
"PCCP437" character sets

- "0079" or "0059" (positive answer) and "006E" or "004E"

(negative answer)
for UCS2 alphabet

The ongoing proactive command to require a binary choice

sets bit 2 of the <cmdDetails> parameter to 1, see #STGI
command.

48. <cmdType>=35 (GET INPUT proactive command).

<data> contains the string of characters entered by the user.

49. <cmdType>=36 (SELECT ITEM proactive command).

<data> contains the item identifier selected by the user.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 364 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

<userAction>=0 is used, for example, to

50. accept a call when the ongoing proactive command is SET

UP CALL, <cmdType>=16

51. start a connection when the ongoing proactive command is

OPEN CHANNEL, <cmdType>=64

Use of icons is not supported. All icon related actions will respond
with no icon available.

AT#STSR?
The read command returns the ongoing proactive command and the
SAT/USAT interface state. The format message is:
#STSR: <state>,<cmdType>

If there is no ongoing proactive command, an ERROR message is returned.

Additional info:

Returned parameters.

Name Type Default Description

<state> integer - state of the sending of the SET UP

MENU proactive command (37),
refer to AT#STIA? command

<cmdType> integer - proactive command code, refer to

#STGI command to have
information on the <cmdType>

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 365 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

AT#STSR=?
The test command returns the range for the parameters <state> and
<cmdType>.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 366 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

SMS & CB

4.6.1. AT+CSMS - Select Message Service

Set command selects messaging service <service>

3GPP TS 27.005
3GPP TS 23.040
3GPP TS 23.041

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Auto No - 2

AT+CSMS=[<service>]
Set command selects messaging service <service>. It returns the types of
messages supported by the ME:

+CSMS: <mt>,<mo>,<bm>

For parameters meaning see Additional info section.

Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<service> integer 0 Select

Message
Service

Values:

0 : 3GPP TS 23.040 and 3GPP TS 23.041. The syntax of

SMS AT commands is compatible with 3GPP TS
27.005

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 367 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

1 : 3GPP TS 23.040 and 3GPP TS 23.041. The syntax of

SMS AT commands is compatible with 3GPP TS
27.005. The requirement of <service> setting 1 is
mentioned under corresponding command
descriptions

Additional info:

Parameters meaning of the returned message.

Name Type Default Description

AT+CSMS?
Read command reports current service setting along with supported
message types in the format:

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 368 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

+CSMS: <service>, <mt>, <mo>, <bm>

AT+CSMS=?
Test command reports the supported value of the parameter <service>

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 369 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.6.2. AT+CPMS - Preferred Message Storage

The command selects the memory storage used by SMs (Short Messages).

3GPP TS 27.005

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Auto No - 2

AT+CPMS=<memr>[,<memw>[,<mems>]]
Set command selects memory storages <memr>, <memw> and <mems>
to be used for reading, writing, sending and storing SMs

The command returns the memory storage status in the format:

+CPMS: <usedr>,<totalr>,<usedw>,<totalw>,<useds>,<totals>

The returned parameters are described in the Additional info section.

Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<memr> string SE memory from which messages are read

and deleted

Values:

ME : SMS memory storage in Flash

SE : SIM SMS memory storage

<memw> string SM memory to which writing and sending

operations are made

Values:

ME : SMS memory storage in Flash

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 370 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

SM : SIM SMS memory storage

<mems> string SM memory to which received SMs are

preferred to be stored

Values:

ME : SMS memory storage in Flash

SM : SIM SMS memory storage

Additional info:

Here is the meaning of the parameters returned by the command.

Name Type Default Description

<usedr> integer - number of SMs stored in <memr>

<totalr> integer - max number of SMs that <memr>

can contain

<usedw> integer - number of SMs stored in <memw>

<totalw> integer - max number of SMs that <memw>

can contain

<useds> integer - number of SMs stored in <mems>

<totals> integer - max number of SMs that <memw>

can contain

AT+CPMS?
Read command reports the message storage status.
+CPMS:<memr>,<usedr>,<totalr>,<memw>,<usedw>,<totalw>,<mems>,
<useds>,<totals>

The parameters are described in previous sections.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 371 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

AT+CPMS=?
Test command reports the supported values for parameters <memr>,
<memw> and <mems>.

AT+CPMS="SM","ME","SM"
+CPMS: 1,20,27, 50,1,20
OK

AT+CPMS?
+CPMS: "SM",1,20,"ME",27, 50,"SM",1,20
OK
You have 1 out of 20 SMS SIM positions occupied

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 372 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.6.3. AT+CMGF - Message Format

Selects the format of SMS messages to be used in following SMS commands.

• 3GPP TS 27.005

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Specific profile No - 2

AT+CMGF=[<mode>]
Set command selects the format of SMS messages used with send, list,
read and write commands.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<mode> integer 0 format to use for SMS operations

Values:

0 : PDU mode

1 : text mode

AT+CMGF?
Read command reports the current value of the parameter <mode> in the
format:

+CMGF: <mode>

AT+CMGF=?
Test command returns the supported values of parameter <mode>.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 373 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 374 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.6.4. AT+CSCA - Service Center Address

This command allows to set the Service Center Address for SMS transmissions.

3GPP TS 27.005

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Other No - 2

AT+CSCA=<number>[,<type>]
Set command sets the Service Center Address to be used for mobile
originated SMS transmissions
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<number> string - String type phone number of forwarding

address in format specified by <type>
parameter

<type> integer 145 The type of number

Values:

129 : National numbering scheme

145 : International numbering scheme (contains the

character "+")

AT+CSCA?
Read command reports the current value of the SCA in the format:

+CSCA: <number>,<type>

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 375 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

If SCA is not present the device reports an error message.

AT+CSCA=?
Test command returns the OK result code.

To use the SM service, is mandatory to set a Service Center Address

at which service requests will be directed.

In Text mode, this setting is used by send and write commands; in

PDU mode, setting is used by the same commands, but only when
the length of the SMSC address coded into the <pdu> parameter
equals zero.

The current settings are stored through +CSAS

AT+CSCA="821029190903",145
OK

AT+CSCA?
+CSCA: "+821029190903",145
OK

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 376 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.6.5. AT+CSMP - Set Text Mode Parameters

This command is used to select values for additional parameters for storing and sending
SMS when the text mode is used (AT+CMGF=1).

3GPP TS 27.005
3GPP TS 03.40/23.040
3GPP TS 03.38/23.038

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Other No - 2

AT+CSMP=[<fo>[,<vp>[,<pid>[,<dcs>]]]]
Set command is used to select values for additional parameters for
storing and sending SMS when the text mode is used (AT+CMGF=1).
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<fo> integer - depending on the command or result code:

first octet of 3GPP TS 03.40/23.040 SMS-
DELIVER, SMS-SUBMIT (default 17), SMS-
STATUS-REPORT, or SMS-COMMAND
(default 2) in integer format.

<vp> mixed - depending on SMS-SUBMIT <fo> setting:

3GPP TS 03.40/23.040 TP-Validity-Period
either in integer format (default 167) or in
quoted time-string format.

<pid> integer - 3GPP TS 03.40/23.040 TP-Protocol-Identifier

in integer format.

<dcs> integer - depending on the command or result

code:
3GPP TS 03.38/23.038 SMS Data Coding
Scheme (default 0), or Cell Broadcast Data
Coding Scheme.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 377 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

AT+CSMP?
Read command returns the current setting in the format:

+CSMP: <fo>,<vp>,<pid>,<dcs>

AT+CSMP=?
Test command returns the OK result code.

The current settings are stored through +CSAS

Set the parameters for an outgoing message with 24 hours of validity period
and default properties:
AT+CSMP=17,167,0,0
OK

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 378 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.6.6. AT+CSDH - Show Text Mode Parameters

This command controls whether detailed header information is shown in text mode.

3GPP TS 27.005

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Specific profile No - 2

AT+CSDH=[<show>]
Set command controls whether detailed header information is shown in
text mode (AT+CMGF=1) result codes.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<show> integer 0 control the display of the result codes.

Values:

0 : see Additional info section

1 : show the values in result codes

Additional info:

If <show>=0
do not show header values defined in commands +CSCA and +CSMP
(<sca>,<tosca>, <fo>, <vp>, <pid> and <dcs>) nor <length>, <toda> or
<tooa> in +CMT, +CMGL, +CMGR result codes for SMS-DELIVERs
and SMS-SUBMITs in text mode.
For SMS-COMMANDs in +CMGR result code do not show <pid>,
<mn>, <da>, <toda>, <length> or <cdata>

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 379 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

AT+CSDH?
Read command reports the current setting in the format:

+CSDH: <show>

AT+CSDH=?
Test command reports the supported range of values for parameter
<show>.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 380 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.6.7. AT+CSCB - Select Cell Broadcast

The command selects which types of Cell Broadcast Messages are to be received by the
device.

3GPP TS 27.005
3GPP TS 23.041
3GPP TS 23.038

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Common
Required No - 2
profile

AT+CSCB=[<mode>[,<mids>[,<dcss>]]]
Set command selects which types of Cell Broadcast Messages are to be
received by the device
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<mode> integer 0 select which types of Cell Broadcast

messages are to be received

Values:

0 : the message types defined by <mids> and <dcss> are

accepted

1 : the message types defined by <mids> and <dcss> are

rejected

<mids> string - message Identifiers: all different possible

combinations of the CBM message
identifiers; default is empty string ("").

<dcss> string - Data Coding Schemes: all different possible

combinations of CBM data coding schemes;
default is empty string ("").

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 381 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

The current settings are stored also by +CSAS command

AT+CSCB?
Read command reports the current value of parameters <mode>, <mids>
and <dcss>

AT+CSCB=?
Test command returns the range of values for parameter <mode>

Modules supporting the command

ME310G1- WWV
ME910G1- WWV
ML865G1- WW voice

All CBMs are accepted, none is rejected

AT+CSCB?
+CSCB: 1,"",""
OK
Select a range
AT+CSCB=0,"0,1,300-315,450","0-3"
OK

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 382 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.6.8. AT+CSAS - Save Settings

Execution command saves settings which have been made by the +CSCA, and +CSMP
commands in local non-volatile memory.

3GPP TS 27.005

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT+CSAS[=<profile>]
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<profile> integer 0 Index of the profile where the settings are

saved

Values:

0 : it saves the settings to NVM

1÷n : SIM profile number; the value of <n> depends on

the SIM.

Certain settings may not be supported by the SIM and therefore

they are always saved to NVM, regardless the value of <profile>.

If parameter is omitted (AT+CSAS<CR> is given) the settings are

saved in the non-volatile memory.

AT+CSAS=?
Test command returns the possible range of values for the parameter
<profile>.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 383 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 384 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.6.9. AT+CRES - Restore Settings

Execution command restores message service settings saved by +CSAS command from
either NVM or SIM.

3GPP TS 27.005

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT+CRES[=<profile>]
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<profile> integer N/A Defines which message service

profiles to restore.

Values:

0 : restores message service settings from NVM

1÷n : restores message service settings from SIM. The n

value depends on the SIM.

Certain settings may not be supported by the SIM and therefore

they are always restored from NVM, regardless the value of
<profile>

If parameter is omitted the command restores message service

settings from NVM.

AT+CRES=?

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 385 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

Test command returns the possible range of values for the parameter
<profile>.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 386 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.6.10. AT+CMMS - More Message to Send

Set command controls the continuity of SMS relay protocol link. When feature is enabled
(and supported by network) multiple messages can be sent much faster as link is kept
open.

3GPP TS 27.005

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT+CMMS=[<n>]
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<n> integer 0 enables/disables the

relay protocol link
continuity.

Values:

0 : disable

1 : keep enabled until the time between the response of the

latest message send command (+CMGS, +CMSS, etc.)
and the next send command exceeds 5 seconds, then
the link is closed and the parameter <n> is
automatically reset to 0

2 : enable (if the time between the response of the latest

message send command and the next send command
exceeds 5 seconds, the link is closed but the parameter
<n> remains set to 2)

Entering AT+CMMS= returns OK but has no effect.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 387 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

AT+CMMS?
Read command reports the current value of the parameter <n> in the
format:

+CMMS: <n>

AT+CMMS=?
Test command returns the range of supported <n>

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 388 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.6.11. AT+CNMI - New Message Indications to Terminal Equipment

This command sets the parameters for receiving SMS messages.

3GPP TS 27.005

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Specific profile No - 2

AT+CNMI=[<mode>[,<mt>[,<bm>[,<ds>[,<bfr>]]]]]
Set command selects the behavior of the device on how the receiving of new
messages from the network is indicated to the DTE.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<mode> integer 0 unsolicited result

codes buffering option.

Values:

0 : Buffer unsolicited result codes in the TA. If TA result

code buffer is full, indications can be buffered in some
other place or the oldest indications may be discarded
and replaced with the new received indications.

1 : Discard indication and reject new received message

unsolicited result codes when TA-TE link is reserved,
otherwise forward them directly to the TE.

2 : Buffer unsolicited result codes in the TA in case the

DTE is busy and flush them to the TE after reservation.
Otherwise forward them directly to the TE.

3 : if <mt> is set to 1, it enables the hardware ring line for

1 sec.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 389 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

<mt> integer 0 result code indication

reporting for SMS-
DELIVER.

Values:

0 : No SMS-DELIVER indications are routed to the TE and

message is stored.

1 : If SMS-DELIVER is stored into ME/TA, indication of the

memory location is routed to the TE using the URC
described in Additional info section.

2 : SMS-DELIVERs (except class 2 messages and

messages in the message waiting indication group)
are routed directly to the TE using the URC described
in the Additional info section.

3 : Class 3 SMS-DELIVERs are routed directly to TE using

unsolicited result codes defined in <mt>=2. Messages
of other data coding schemes result in indication as
defined in <mt>=1.

<bm> integer 0 broadcast reporting

option

Values:

0 : Cell Broadcast Messages are not sent to the DTE

2 : New Cell Broadcast Messages are sent to the DTE

with the URC described in Additional info section.

<ds> integer 0 SMS-STATUS-

REPORTs reporting
option

Values:

0 : status report receiving is not reported to the DTE and

is not stored

1 : the status report is sent to the DTE with the URC

described in the Additional info section.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 390 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

2 : if a status report is stored, then the unsolicited result

code, described in Additional info section, is sent.

<bfr> integer 0 buffered result codes

handling method

Values:

0 : TA buffer of unsolicited result codes defined within

this command is flushed to the TE when <mode>=1..3
is entered (OK response shall be given before flushing
the codes)

1 : TA buffer of unsolicited result codes defined within

this command is cleared when <mode>=1..3 is
entered.

Additional info:

<mt>=1:

+CMTI: <mems>,<index>

<mt>=2:

PDU mode
+CMT: <alpha>,<length><CR><LF><PDU>

TEXT mode
+CMT:<oa>,<alpha>,<scts>[,<tooa>,<fo>,<pid>,<dcs>,<sca>,<tosca>,<length>]<C
R><LF> <data>

The parameters written in italics will be present depending on +CSDH last

setting.

Class 2 messages and messages in the message waiting indication group

(stored message) result in indication as defined in <mt>=1.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 391 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

Acknowledge for the received SMS-DELIVER SM is sent to network immediately

when +CSMS <service> is set to '0' or when +CSMS <service> is set to
'1', acknowledge is sent via +CNMA command during predefine time-out, an
error is sent to network in case timeout expire, next +CMT response is depend
on acknowledge of current received +CMT response in case +CSMS <service>
parameter set to '1'.

<bm>=2:

PDU mode
+CBM: <length><CR><LF><PDU>

Text mode
+CBM:<sn>,<mid>,<dcs>,<pag>,<pags><CR><LF><data>

<ds>=1:

PDU mode
+CDS: <length><CR><LF><PDU>

TEXT mode
+CDS: <fo>,<mr>,<ra>,<tora>,<scts>,<dt>,<st>

Acknowledge for the received SMS-STATUS-REPORT SM is sent to network

immediately when +CSMS <service> is set to '0' or when +CSMS <service> is set
to '1', acknowledge is sent via +CNMA command during pre-defined timeout, an
error is sent to network in case timeout expire, next +CDS response is depend
on acknowledge of current received +CDS response in case +CSMS <service>
parameter set to '1'.

<ds>=2:

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 392 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

+CDSI: <mems>,<index>

Unsolicited fields:

Name Type Description

<mems> string memory storage where the new message is stored: "SM",
"ME".

<index> integer location on the memory where SMS is stored.

<alpha> string alphanumeric representation of originator/destination

number corresponding to the entry found in MT phonebook;
used character set should be the one selected with
command +CSCS.

<lenght> integer PDU length

<PDU> string PDU message

<oa> string originating address, string type converted in the currently

selected character set (see +CSCS)

<alpha> string alphanumeric representation of <oa>; used character set

should be the one selected with command +CSCS.

<scts> string arrival time of the message to the SC

<tooa> integer type of number <oa>:

129 - number in national format
145 - number in international format (contains the "+")

<fo> string first octet of message PDU, see 3GPP TS 03.40/23.040

<pid> string Protocol Identifier

<dcs> string Data Coding Scheme

<sca> string Service Centre address, string type, converted in the

currently selected character set (see +CSCS)

<tosca> integer type of number <sca>:

129 - number in national format
145 - number in international format (contains the "+")

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 393 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

<length> integer text length

<data> string TP-User-Data

52. If <dcs> indicates that GSM 03.38 default alphabet is
used and <fo> indicates that GSM 03.40 TP-User-
Data-Header-Indication is not set (bit 6 of <fo> is 0),
each character of GSM alphabet will be converted
into current TE character set (see +CSCS).

53. If <dcs> indicates that 8-bit or UCS2 data coding

scheme is used or <fo> indicates that GSM 03.40 TP-
User-Data-Header-Indication is set (bit 6 of <fo> is
1), each 8-bit octet will be converted into two IRA
character long hexadecimal number (e.g. octet 0x2A
will be converted as two characters 0x32 0x41).

Class 2 messages and messages in the "store" message

waiting indication group result in indication as defined in
<mt>=1.

<sn> integer message serial number

<mid> integer message ID

<dcs> string Data Coding Scheme

<pag> integer page number

<pags> integer total number of pages of the message

<data> string CBM Content of Message

54. If <dcs> indicates that GSM 03.38 default alphabet is
used, each character of GSM alphabet will be
converted into current TE character set (see +CSCS)

55. If <dcs> indicates that 8-bit or UCS2 data coding

scheme is used, each 8-bit octet will be converted
into two IRA character long hexadecimal number
(e.g. octet 0x2A will be converted as two characters
0x32 0x41)

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 394 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

<mr> integer message reference number; 3GPP TS 23.040 TP-Message-

Reference in integer format

<ra> string recipient address, string type, represented in the currently

selected character set (see +CSCS)

<tora> integer type of number <ra>:

129 - number in national format
145 - number in international format (contains the "+")

<scts> string arrival time of the message to the SC

<dt> string sending time of the message

<st> string message status as coded in the PDU

DTR signal is ignored, hence the indication is sent even if the DTE is
inactive (DTR signal is Low). In this case the unsolicited result code may be
lost so if MODULE remains active while DTE is not, at DTE startup is
suggested to check whether new messages have reached the device
meanwhile with command AT+CMGL=0 that lists the new messages
received.

AT+CNMI?
Read command returns the current parameter settings for +CNMI command in
the form:
+CNMI: <mode>,<mt>,<bm>,<ds>,<bfr>

AT+CNMI=?
Test command reports the supported range of values for the +CNMI command
parameters

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 395 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

AT+CMGF=1
OK
AT+CNMI=1,2,0,1,0
OK

Received message from network

+CMT: "+821020955219",,"07/07/26,20:09:07+36"
TEST MESSAGE

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 396 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.6.12. AT+CNMA - New Message Acknowledgement

This command is used to confirm the correct reception of a new message.

3GPP TS 27.005

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT+CNMA
Execution command confirms correct reception of a new message (SMS-
DELIVER or SMS-STATUS-REPORT) which is routed directly to the TE.
Acknowledge with +CNMA is possible only if the +CSMS parameter is set
to 1 (+CSMS=1) when a +CMT or +CDS indication is shown.
If no acknowledgement is given within the network timeout (17 seconds),
an RP-ERROR is sent to the network, the <mt> and <ds> parameters of
the +CNMI command are then reset to zero (do not show new message
indication).
If command is executed, but no acknowledgement is expected, or some
other ME related error occurs, result code +CMS ERROR: <err> is
returned.

The AT command syntax and functionalities are different between SMS

PDU Mode and SMS Text Mode, as explained in Additional info sections.
Additional info:

PDU Mode

AT+CNMA[=<n>[,<length>[<CR>PDU is given<ctrl-Z/ESC>]]]
Either positive (RP-ACK) or negative (RP-ERROR)
acknowledgement to the network is possible. Parameter <n>
defines which one will be sent. Optionally (when <length> is
greater than zero) an acknowledgement TPDU (SMS-DELIVER-
REPORT for RP-ACK or RP-ERROR) may be sent to the network.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 397 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

The entering of PDU is done similarly as specified in command

Send Message +CMGS, except that the SMSC address field is not
present.

Name Type Default Description

<n> integer N/A type of acknowledgement in PDU

mode

Values:

0 : send RP-ACK without PDU (same as TEXT

mode)

1 : send RP-ACK with optional PDU message

2 : send RP-ERROR with optional PDU message

<length> integer - length of the PDU message

Text Mode

AT+CNMA
Only positive acknowledgement to network (RP-ACK) is possible.

AT+CNMA=?
Test command returned information are different between SMS PDU
Mode and SMS Text Mode, as explained below.
Additional info:

PDU Mode
Test command returns the possible range of values for the
parameter <n>.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 398 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

Text Mode
Test command returns the OK result code.

In case that a directly routed message must be buffered in ME/TA

(possible when +CNMI parameter <mode> equals 0 or 2) or AT
interpreter remains too long in a state where result codes cannot be
sent to TE (e.g. user is entering a message using +CMGS),
acknowledgement (RP-ACK) is sent to the network without waiting
+CNMA command from TE.

It has been necessary to take the following decision to get over any
incoherence problem, due to the possibility to have
contemporaneous different settings of parameter <mt> and <ds> of
the +CNMI command in different sessions (see #PORTCFG and
+CMUX): only the <mt> and <ds> setting for session "0" are
considered as valid to decide if +CNMA acknowledgment is expected
or not.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 399 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

• PDU Mode

AT+CSMS=1
+CSMS: 1,1,1
OK

Set PDU mode.

AT+CMGF=0
OK

AT+CNMI=2,2,0,0,0
OK

Message is received from network.

+CMT: "",70
06816000585426000480980600F170110370537284...

Send positive acknowledgement to the network.

AT+CNMA=0
OK

Message is received from network.

+CMT: "",70
06816000585426000480980600F170110370537284...

Send negative acknowledgment (Unspecified error) to the network.

AT+CNMA=2,3<CR>
> 00FF00 <Ctrl-Z>
OK

• Text Mode

AT+CSMS=1
+CSMS: 1,1,1
OK

Set Text mode.

AT+CMGF=1
OK

AT+CNMI=2,2,0,0,0
OK

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 400 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

Message is received from network.

+CMT: "+821020955219",,"07/07/26,20:09:07+36"
TEST MESSAGE

Send positive acknowledgement to the network.

AT+CNMA
OK

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 401 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.6.13. AT+CMGL - List Messages

This command is used to list the messages.

3GPP TS 27.005
3GPP TS 23.040
3GPP TS 23.038

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT+CMGL[=<stat>]
Execution command reports the list of all the messages with status value
<stat> stored into <memr> message storage (<memr> is the message
storage for read and delete SMs as last settings of command +CPMS).
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<stat> mixed - <stat> parameter type and the command

output depend on the last settings of the
+CMGF command (message format to be
used). There are two modes:
56. PDU mode
57. Text mode
See the following Additional info sections.

Additional info:

When message format is PDU mode, the <stat> parameter is:

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 402 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

Name Type Default Description

<stat> integer N/A status value

Values:

0 : new message

1 : read message

2 : stored message not sent yet

3 : stored message already sent

4 : all messages

In case of PDU mode the representation format (see +CMGF) is:

+CMGL: <index>,<stat>,<alpha>,<length><CR><LF><pdu>[<CR><LF>
+CMGL: <index>,<stat>,<alpha>,<length><CR><LF><pdu>[...]]

Name Type Default Description

<index> integer - message position in the storage list.

<stat> integer - message status. See the above <stat>

parameter description.

<alpha> string - String type alphanumeric representation

of <da> or <oa>, corresponding to an
entry found in the phonebook; used
character set is the one selected with
command +CSCS.

<length> integer - PDU length in bytes

<pdu> string - message in PDU format, according to

3GPP TS 23.040

When message format is TEXT mode, the <stat> parameter is:

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 403 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

Name Type Default Description

<stat> string N/A status value

Values:

"REC : new message

UNREAD"

"REC READ" : read message

"STO UNSENT" : stored message not sent yet

"STO SENT" : stored message already sent

"ALL" : all messages

In case of TEXT mode, the representation format for stored messages

(either sent or unsent) or received messages (either read or unread, not
message delivery confirm) is:

+CMGL:
<index>,<stat>,<oa/da>,<alpha>,<scts>[,<tooa/toda>,<length>]<CR><LF>
<data>[<CR><LF>
+CMGL:
<index>,<stat>,<oa/da>,<alpha>,<scts>[,<tooa/toda>,<length>]<CR><LF>
<data>[...]]

The information written in italics will be present depending on +CSDH

last setting.

Name Type Default Description

<index> integer - message position in the storage list.

<stat> string - message status. See the above <stat>

parameter description.

<oa/da> string - originator/destination address,

represented in the currently selected
character set (see +CSCS).

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 404 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

<alpha> string - The alphanumeric representation of

<da> or <oa>, corresponding to an
entry found in the phonebook; used
character set is the one selected with
command +CSCS.

<scts> string - TP-Service Centre Time Stamp in

Time String Format.

<tooa/toda> integer N/A type of number <oa/da>

Values:

129 : number in national format

145 : number in international format (contains the

"+")

<length> integer - text length

<data> string - TP-User-Data

If <dcs> indicates that 3GPP TS
23.038 default alphabet is used, each
character of GSM alphabet will be
converted into current TE character
set (see +CSCS)
If <dcs> indicates that 8-bit or UCS2
data coding scheme is used, each 8-
bit octet will be converted into two
IRA character long hexadecimal
number (e.g. octet 0x2A will be
converted as two characters 0x32
0x41)
If <fo> indicates that a UDH is
present each 8-bit octet will be
converted into two IRA character long
hexadecimal number. The <length>
indicates text length in characters
without UDH length.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 405 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

In case of TEXT mode, the representation format for delivery confirm

messages is:

+CMGL:
<index>,<stat>,<fo>,<mr>,<ra>,<tora>,<scts>,<dt>,<st>[<CR><LF>
+CMGL: <index>,<stat>,<fo>,<mr>,<ra>,<tora>,<scts>,<dt>,<st>[...]]

Name Type Default Description

<index> integer - message position in the storage list.

<stat> string - Message status. See the last <stat>

parameter description.

<fo> integer - first octet of the message PDU

<mr> integer - message reference number; 3GPP TS

23.040 TP-Message-Reference in integer
format

<ra> string - recipient address, represented in the

currently selected character set (see
+CSCS)

<tora> string - type of number <ra>

<scts> string - arrival time of the message to the SC

<dt> string - sending time of the message

<st> integer - message status as coded in the PDU

If parameter is omitted the command returns the list of SMS with

"REC UNREAD" status.

The order in which the messages are reported by

+CMGL corresponds to their position in the memory storage

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 406 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

AT+CMGL=?
Test command returns a list of supported <stat>s

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 407 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.6.14. AT+CMGR - Read Message

This command is used to read a message.

3GPP TS 27.005
3GPP TS 23.040
3GPP TS 23.038

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT+CMGR=<index>
Execution command reports the message with location value <index> from
<memr> message storage (<memr> is the message storage for read and
delete SMs as last settings of command +CPMS).

Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<index> integer - message index. The command output

depends on the last settings of command
+CMGF (message format to be used). There
are two modes:
58. PDU mode
59. Text mode

See the following Additional info sections.

Additional info:

In case of PDU mode, if there is a message in location <index>, the output

has the following format:

+CMGR: <stat>,<alpha>,<length><CR><LF><pdu>

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 408 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

Name Type Default Description

<stat> integer N/A status of the message

Values:

0 : new message

1 : read message

2 : stored message not yet sent

3 : stored message already sent

<alpha> string - string type alphanumeric representation

of <da> or <oa>, corresponding to an entry
found in the phonebook; used character
set is the one selected with command
+CSCS

<length> integer - PDU length in bytes

<pdu> string - message in PDU format, according to

3GPP TS 23.040

In case of Text mode, if there is a received message in location <index>,

the output has the following format (the information written in italics will
be present depending on +CSDH last setting):

+CMGR:<stat>,<oa>,<alpha>,<scts>
[,<tooa>,<fo>,<pid>,<dcs>,<sca>,<tosca>,<length>]<CR><LF><data>

If there is either a sent or an unsent message in location <index> the

output format is:

+CMGR:<stat>,<da>,<alpha>
[,<toda>,<fo>,<pid>,<dcs>,[<vp>],<sca>,<tosca>,<length>]<CR><LF><data>

If there is a Message Delivery Confirm message in location <index> the

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 409 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

output format is:

+CMGR: <stat>,<fo>,<mr>,,,<scts>,<dt>,<st>

Name Type Default Description

<stat> string N/A status of the message

Values:

"REC : new received message

UNREAD"

"REC READ" : received message read

"STO UNSENT" : message stored not yet sent

"STO SENT" : message stored already sent

<fo> integer - first octet of the message PDU

<mr> integer - message reference number; 3GPP TS

23.040 TP-Message-Reference in integer
format

<scts> string - arrival time of the message to the SC

<dt> string - sending time of the message

<st> integer - message status as coded in the PDU

<pid> integer - Protocol Identifier

<dcs> integer - Data Coding Scheme

<vp> mixed - Validity Period; its format depends on

SMS-SUBMIT <fo> setting (see +CPMS):
1. Not present: if <fo> tells that
Validity Period Format is not
present
2. Integer: if <fo> tells that Validity
Period Format is relative

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 410 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

3. Quoted time-string type: if <fo>

tells that Validity Period Format is
absolute
4. Quoted hexadecimal
representation of 7 octets: if <fo>
tells that Validity Period Format is
enhanced

<oa> string - Originator address, represented in the

currently selected character set (see
+CSCS).

<da> string - Destination address, represented in the

currently selected character set (see
+CSCS).

<alpha> string - The alphanumeric representation of

<da> or <oa>, corresponding to an entry
found in the phonebook; used character
set is the one selected with command
+CSCS.

<sca> string - Service Centre Address

<tooa> integer N/A type of number of <oa>

Values:

129 : number in national format

145 : number in international format (contains the "+")

<toda> integer N/A type of number of <da>

Values:

129 : number in national format

145 : number in international format (contains the "+")

<tosca> integer N/A type of number of <sca>

Values:

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 411 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

129 : number in national format

145 : number in international format (contains the "+")

<length> integer - text length

<data> string - TP-User-Data

In both cases (in PDU or Text mode) if status of the message is

'received unread', status in the storage changes to 'received read'.

AT+CMGR=?
Test command returns the OK result code

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 412 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

AT+CMGF=0
OK

AT+CMGR=1
+CMGR:2,,21
079128019291903011640A8110516529700000A709027A794E77B95C2E
OK

AT+CMGF=1
OK

AT+CMGR=3
+CMGR:"REC READ","+821020955219",,"07/07/19,10:06:34+36" test
message/.....
OK

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 413 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.6.15. AT+CMGS - Send Short Message

The command is related to sending short messages.

3GPP TS 27.005
3GPP TS 23.040
3GPP TS 23.038

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Auto No - 2

AT+CMGS
Execution command sends a short message to the network. It can have
two syntax formats according to the SMS format: PDU or Text mode (see
+CMGF command). If short message is successfully sent to the network,
the result is shown with the following URC:

+CMGS: <mr>[,<scts>]
Additional info:

In PDU mode the +CMGS command has the following syntax:

AT+CMGS=<length>

After command line is terminated with <CR>, the module responds

sending a four-character sequence prompt:

<CR><LF><greater_than><space> (IRA 13, 10, 62, 32)

and waits for the specified number of bytes. the PDU shall be
hexadecimal format (each octet of the PDU is given as two IRA
character long hexadecimal number) and given in one line.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 414 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

To send the message issue Ctrl-Z char (0x1A hex). To exit without
sending the message issue ESC char (0x1B hex).

Name Type Default Description

<length> integer N/A length in bytes of the PDU to be

sent (excluding the SMSC address
octets)

Value:

7÷164 : number of bytes

In Text mode the +CMGS command has the following syntax:

AT+CMGS=<da>[,<toda>]

After command line is terminated with <CR>, the module responds

sending a four-character sequence prompt:

<CR><LF><greater_than><space> (IRA 13, 10, 62, 32)

After this prompt, you can enter text that should be formatted as
follows:

5. if current <dcs> (see +CSMP) indicates that GSM03.38

default alphabet is used and current <fo> (see +CSMP)
indicates that 3GPP TS 23.040 TP-User-Data-Header-
Indication is not set, then ME/TA converts the entered text
into GSM alphabet, according to 3GPP TS 27.005, Annex A;
backspace can be used to delete last character and
carriage returns can be used; after every <CR> entered by
the user the sequence <CR><LF><greater_than><space> is
sent to the TE.

6. if current <dcs> (see +CSMP) indicates that 8-bit or UCS2

data coding scheme is used or current <fo> (see +CSMP)
indicates that 3GPP TS 23.040 TP-User-Data-Header-

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 415 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

Indication is set, the entered text should consist of two IRA

character long hexadecimal numbers which ME/TA
converts into 8-bit octet (e.g. the 'asterisk' will be entered
as 2A (IRA50 and IRA65) and this will be converted to an
octet with integer value 0x2A)

To send the message issue Ctrl-Z char (0x1A hex). To exit without
sending the message issue ESC char (0x1B hex).

Name Type Default Description

<da> string - destination address, string type

represented in the currently selected
character set (see +CSCS).

<toda> string 129 type of destination address

Values:

129 : number in national format

145 : number in international format (contains the

"+")

Unsolicited fields:

Name Type Description

<mr> integer TP-Message-Reference number as per 3GPP TS

23.040

<scts> string TP-Service Centre Time Stamp in Time String

Format.
<scts> is returned when +CSMS <service> value is 1
and network supports.

The DCD signal shall be in ON state while data is entered. The

echoing of data is controlled by echo command E.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 416 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

in PDU mode: when the length of the SMSC address equals 0,

then the SMSC address set with command +CSCA is used; in this
case the SMSC Type of Address octet shall not be present in the
data.

To ensure that during the command execution, which may take

several seconds, no other SIM interacting commands issued,
care must take.

It is possible to send a concatenation of at most 10 SMs; the

maximum number of chars depends on the <dcs>:
7. 2448 chars
8. 2144 chars if 8-bit is used
9. 1072 chars if UCS2 is used

If message sending fails for some reason, then an error code is

reported.

AT+CMGS=?
Test command returns the OK result code.

To avoid malfunctions is suggested to wait for the +CMGS: <mr>

or +CMS ERROR: <err> response before issuing further
commands.

To avoid malfunctions it is suggested to wait for the +CMGS: <mr> or +CMS

ERROR: <err> response before issuing further commands.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 417 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

Set PDU mode

AT+CMGF=0
AT+CMGS=18
> 088128010099010259115507811020905512F90000A704F4F29C0E
+CMGS: 124
OK

Set text mode

AT+CMGF=1
AT+CSMP=17,167,0,0
AT+CMGS="01090255219",129
>TEST MESSAGE
+CMGS:125
OK

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 418 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.6.16. AT+CMSS - Send Message from Storage

This command sends to the network a message which is already stored in the <memw>
storage.

3GPP TS 27.005

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT+CMSS=<index>[,<da>[,<toda>]]
Execution command sends to the network a message which is already
stored in the <memw> storage (see +CPMS) at the location <index>.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<index> string - location value in the message storage

<memw> of the message to send

<da> string - destination address, string type

represented in the currently selected
character set (see +CSCS); if it is given it
shall be used instead of the one stored with
the message.

<toda> integer N/A type of destination address

Values:

129 : number in national format

145 : number in international format (contains the "+")

Additional info:

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 419 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

If message is successfully sent to the network then the result is

sent in the format:
+CMSS: <mr>
where:
<mr> - message reference number.
If message sending fails for some reason, an error code is reported:
+CMS ERROR:<err>

To store a message in the <memw> storage see command +CMGW.

Care must be taken to ensure that during the command execution,

which may take several seconds, no other SIM interacting
commands are issued.

AT+CMSS=?
Test command returns the OK result code.

To avoid malfunctions is suggested to wait for the +CMSS: <mr> or

+CMS ERROR: <err> response before issuing further commands.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 420 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.6.17. AT+CMGW - Write Short Message to Memory

The command is related to writing short messages.

3GPP TS 27.005
3GPP TS 23.040
3GPP TS 23.038

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Auto No - 2

AT+CMGW
Execution command writes a new short message in the <memw>
memory storage (see +CPMS). It can have two syntax formats according
to the SMS format: PDU or Text mode (see +CMGF command). If short
message is successfully written the following URC is displayed:

+CMGW: <index>
Additional info:

In PDU mode the +CMGW command has the following syntax:

AT+CMGW=<length>[,<stat>]

After command line is terminated with <CR>, the module responds

sending a four-character sequence prompt:

<CR><LF><greater_than><space> (IRA 13, 10, 62, 32)

and waits for the specified number of bytes.

To write the message issue Ctrl-Z char (0x1A hex). To exit without
sending the message issue ESC char (0x1B hex).

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 421 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

Name Type Default Description

<length> integer N/A length in bytes of the

PDU to be written

Value:

7÷164 : number of bytes

<stat> integer N/A message status

Values:

0 : new message new message (received unread

message; default for DELIVER messages
(3GPP TS 23.040 SMS-DELIVER messages))

1 : read message

2 : stored message not sent yet (default for

SUBMIT messages (3GPP TS 23.040 SMS-
SUBMIT messages))

3 : stored message already sent

<data> hex - PDU bytes, given in

online mode

In Text mode the +CMGW command has the following syntax:

AT+CMGW[=<da>[,<toda>[,<stat>]]]

After command line is terminated with <CR>, the module responds

sending a four-character sequence prompt:

<CR><LF><greater_than><space> (IRA 13, 10, 62, 32)

After this prompt, you can enter text that should be formatted as
follows:

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 422 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

10. if current <dcs> (see +CSMP) indicates that

GSM03.38/23.038 default alphabet is used and current <fo>
(see +CSMP) indicates that 3GPP TS 03.40/23.040 TP-User-
Data-Header-Indication is not set, then ME/TA converts the
entered text into GSM alphabet, according to 3GPP TS
27.005, Annex A; backspace can be used to delete last
character and carriage returns can be used..

11. if current <dcs> (see +CSMP) indicates that 8-bit or UCS2

data coding scheme is used or current <fo> (see +CSMP)
indicates that 3GPP TS 23.040 TP-User-Data-Header-
Indication is set, the entered text should consist of two IRA
character long hexadecimal numbers which ME/TA
converts into 8-bit octet (e.g. the 'asterisk' will be entered
as 2A (IRA50 and IRA65) and this will be converted to an
octet with integer value 0x2A)

The command waits for the specified number of bytes.

To write the message issue Ctrl-Z char (0x1A hex). To exit without
writing the message issue ESC char (0x1B hex).

Name Type Default Description

<da> string - destination address, string type

represented in the currently selected
character set (see +CSCS).

<toda> integer N/A type of destination address

Values:

129 : number in national format

145 : number in international format (contains the

character "+")

<stat> string N/A message status

Values:

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 423 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

"REC : new received message unread

UNREAD"

"REC READ" : received message read

"STO UNSENT" : message stored not yet sent

(default)

"STO SENT" : message stored already sent

Unsolicited field:

Name Type Description

<index> integer message location index in the memory <memw>

(see +CPMS). If message storing fails for some
reason, an error code is reported.

The DCD signal shall be in ON state while <data> is entered. The

echoing of <data> is controlled by echo command E.

In PDU mode, not only SUBMIT messages can be stored in SIM,

but also DELIVER and STATUS REPORT messages (3GPP TS
23.040 SMS-STATUS-REPORT messages). SUBMIT messages can
only be stored with status 2 or 3; DELIVER and STATUS REPORT
messages can only be stored with status 0 or 1.

Care must be taken to ensure that during the command

execution, which may take several seconds, no other SIM
interacting commands are issued.

It is possible to save a concatenation of at most 10 SMs; the

maximum number of chars depends on <dcs>:

12. 2448 chars

13. 2144 chars if 8-bit is used
14. 1072 chars if UCS2 is used

In text mode, not only SUBMIT messages can be stored in SIM,

but also DELIVER messages.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 424 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

The type of saved message depends upon the current <fo>

parameter (see +CSMP). For a DELIVER message, current <vp>
parameter (see +CSMP) is used to set the message Service
Centre Time Stamp <scts>, so it must be an absolute time string,
e.g. "09/01/12,11:15:00+04".

SUBMIT messages can only be stored with status "STO UNSENT"

or "STO SENT"; DELIVER messages can only be stored with
status "REC UNREAD" or "REC READ".

If message writing fails for some reason, then an error code is

reported.

AT+CMGW=?
Test command returns the OK result code.

To avoid malfunctions it is suggested to wait for the +CMGW: <index> or

+CMS ERROR: <err> response before issuing further commands.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 425 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

AT+CMGF=0 set PDU mode

AT+CMGW=18
> 088128010099010259115507811020905512F90000A704F4F29C0E
+CMGW: 29
OK

AT+CMGF=1 set text mode

AT+CSMP=17,167,0,0
OK

AT+CSCA="821029190903",145
OK

AT+CMGW="0165872928"
> test message...
+CMGW: 28

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 426 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.6.18. AT+CMGD - Delete Message

This command allows to delete from memory messages.

3GPP TS 27.005

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT+CMGD=<index>[,<delflag>]
Execution command deletes SMS message(s) from a selected memory
storage. Storage is selected by command +CPMS.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<index> integer - Message index in the selected storage; it

can have values form 1 to N, where N
depends on the available space in the
selected storage (see +CPMS)

<delflag> integer 0 Type of multiple message deletion

Values:

0 : delete message specified in <index>

1 : delete all read messages from selected storage,

leaving unread messages and stored mobile
originated messages (whether sent or not)
untouched

2 : delete all read messages from selected storage and

sent mobile originated messages, leaving unread
messages and unsent mobile originated messages
untouched

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 427 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

3 : delete all read messages from selected storage, sent

and unsent mobile originated messages, leaving
unread messages untouched

4 : delete all messages from selected storage.

If <delflag> is present and not set to 0 then, if <index> is greater

than 0, <index> is ignored and the command follows the rules for
<delflag> shown above.

AT+CMGD=?
Test command shows the valid memory locations <index> and the
supported values of <delflag>.

AT+CMGD=?
+CMGD: (1,2,3,6,7,17,18,19,20,37,38,39,47),(0-4)
OK

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 428 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.6.19. AT+CGSMS - Select Service for MO SMS Messages

Set command is used to specify the service or service preference that the MT will use to
send MO SMS messages.

3GPP TS 27.005

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Auto No - 2

AT+CGSMS=[<service>]
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<service> integer 1 indicates the service or service

preference to be used

Values:

0 : GPRS

1 : circuit switched

2 : GPRS preferred. Use circuit switched if SMS via

GPRS service not available or GPRS not registered.

3 : circuit switched preferred. Use GPRS if SMS via

circuit switched not available.

Entering AT+CGSMS= returns OK but has no effect.

AT+CGSMS?

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 429 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

The read command returns the currently selected service or service

preference in the format:

+CGSMS: <service>

AT+CGSMS=?
Test command reports the supported list of currently available <service>.

The <service> value is saved on NVM as global parameter.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 430 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.6.20. AT#SMSMODE - SMS Commands Operation Mode

SMS Commands Operation Mode.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Auto No - 2

AT#SMSMODE=<mode>
Set command enables/disables the check for presence of SMS Service
Centre Address (SCA) in the Fixed Dialing Number (FDN) phonebook.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<mode> integer 1 Enables/disables the check for

presence of SCA in FDN
phonebook.

Values:

1 : Disables the check for presence of SCA in FDN

phonebook.

2 : Enables the check for presence of SMS SCA in the

FDN phonebook when FDN are enabled. If the SMS
SCA is not present a SMS cannot be sent.

AT#SMSMODE?
Read command reports whether the check of SMS SCA in FDN phonebook
is enabled or not, in the format:

#SMSMODE: <mode>

AT#SMSMODE=?
Test command reports the range of <mode> parameter values.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 431 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 432 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.6.21. AT#CMGLCONCINDEX - Report Concatenated SMS Indexes

The command reports list of all concatenated SMS

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT#CMGLCONCINDEX
The command reports a line for each concatenated SMS containing:

#CMGLCONCINDEX: <N>,<i>,<j>,<k>,...

If no concatenated SMS is present on the SIM, only OK result code will be

returned.
The parameters are described in the Additional info section.
Additional info:

Here is the meaning of the parameters returned by the command.

Name Type Default Description

<N> integer - Number of segments that form the

whole concatenated SMS.

<i> integer - index of the first SMS segment.

0 if segment has not been received.

<j> integer - index of the second SMS segment.

0 if segment has not been received.

<k> integer - index of the third SMS segment

0 if segment has not been received

<...> integer - index of the next SMS segment ...

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 433 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

AT#CMGLCONCINDEX=?
Test command returns OK result code.

• Example of 2 concatenated SMS:

First composed by 3 segments: 1,2,3, but segment 0 not received yet.
Secondo composed by segments: 4,5,6,7,8, but segment 7 not
received yet.
AT#CMGLCONCINDEX
#CMGLCONCINDEX: 3,0,2,3
#CMGLCONCINDEX: 5,4,5,6,0,8
OK

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 434 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.6.22. AT#E2SMSRI - SMS Ring Indicator

This set command enables/disables the Ring Indicator pin response to an incoming SMS
message. If enabled, a negative going pulse is generated when receiving an incoming
SMS message.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Common
Required No - 2
profile

AT#E2SMSRI=[<n>]
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<n> integer 0 RI enabling

Values:

0 : disables RI pin response for incoming SMS

messages

50÷1150 : enables RI pin response for incoming SMS. The

value of <n> is the duration in ms of the pulse
generated on receipt of an incoming SMS.

If +CNMI=3,1 command is issued, and the module is in a GPRS

connection, a 100 ms break signal is sent and a 1 sec. pulse is
generated on RI pin, no matter if the RI pin response is either
enabled or not.

AT#E2SMSRI?
Read command reports the duration in ms of the pulse generated on
receipt of an SMS, in the format:

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 435 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

#E2SMSRI: <n>

<n>=0 means that the RI pin response to an incoming SMS is

disabled

AT#E2SMSRI=?
Reports the range of supported values for parameter <n>

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 436 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.6.23. AT#SMOV - SMS Overflow

The command is used to enable the SMS overflow signaling functionality.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Specific profile No - 2

AT#SMOV=[<mode>]
Set command enables the SMS overflow signaling function. If enabled,
URC code is:

#SMOV: <memo>
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<mode> integer 0 signaling functionality mode

Values:

0 : disables SMS overflow signaling function

1 : enables SMS overflow signaling function

Unsolicited field:

Name Type Description

<memo> string <memo> is a string indicating the SMS storage that

has reached the maximum capacity
Values:

"SM" : SIM Memory

"ME" : NVM SMS Storage

When the maximum storage capacity has been reached, if enabled,

a network-initiated notification is sent.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 437 of 970 2021-02-17

Name Type Default Description

<curr_mem> string N/A current memory, selected

by +CPMS command

Values:

SM : SIM SMS memory storage

ME : NVM SMS storage

<used_curr_mem> integer - number of SMs stored in

the current memory

<total_curr_mem> integer - max number of SMs that

the current memory can
contain

<dest_mem> string SM destination memory

Values:

SM : SIM memory

ME : device memory

<used_dest_mem> integer - number of SMs stored in

the destination memory

<total_dest_mem> integer - max number of SMs that

the destination memory
can contain

AT#SMSMOVE=?
Test command reports the supported values for parameter <index>

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 440 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

AT#SMSMOVE?
#SMSMOVE: "ME",3,100,"SM",0,50
OK
The current memory is ME where 3 SMs are stored; the destination memory
is SIM that is empty
AT+CMGL=ALL
+CMGL: 1,"STO UNSENT","32XXXXXXXX","",
Test 1
+CMGL: 2,"STO UNSENT","32XXXXXXXX","",
Test 2
+CMGL: 3,"STO UNSENT","32XXXXXXXX","",
Test 3
OK
List the SMs to discover the memory index
AT#SMSMOVE=1
OK
Move the SM in the first position of ME to SIM
AT#SMSMOVE?
#SMSMOVE: "ME",2,100,"SM",1,50
OK
Now we have 2 SMs in ME and 1 in SIM

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 441 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

Phonebook

4.7.1. AT+CPBS - Select Phonebook Memory Storage

This set command selects phonebook memory storage, which will be used by other
phonebook commands.

3GPP TS 27.007

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Specific profile No - 2

AT+CPBS=<storage>[,<password>]
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<storage> string "SM" specify the phonebook memory storage

Values:

"SM" : SIM phonebook

"FD" : SIM fixed dialing-phonebook (FDN)(only phase

2/2+ SIM)

"LD" : SIM last-dialing-phonebook (+CPBF is not

applicable for this storage)

"MC" : device missed (unanswered received) calls list

(+CPBF is not applicable for this storage)

"RC" : ME received calls list (+CPBF is not applicable

for this storage)

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 442 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

"MB" : mailbox numbers stored on SIM; it is possible

to select this storage only if the mailbox
service is provided by the SIM (see #MBN)

"DC" : ME last-dialing-phonebook (+CPBF is not

applicable for this storage)

"ME" : ME phonebook

"EN" : SIM emergency numbers phonebook (+CPBW

and +CPBF not applicable for this storage)

"ON" : SIM own numbers (MSISDNs) phonebook

(+CPBF is not applicable for this storage)

"SD" : SIM Service Dialing Numbers (SDN)

phonebook (+CPBW is not applicable for this
storage)

<password> string - string type value representing the PIN2-

code required when selecting PIN2-code
locked <storage> above "FD".
if <password> parameter is given,
PIN2 will be verified, even if it is not
required, i.e. PIN2 is verified even if it it
has already been inserted and verified
during current session.

If "SM" is the currently selected phonebook, selecting "FD"

phonebook with AT+CPBS="FD" command simply selects the FDN
as the phonebook upon which all subsequent +CPBW, +CPBF and
+CPBR commands act.
The command does not deactivate "SM" phonebook, and does not
activate FDN.

AT+CPBS?
Read command returns the actual values of the parameter <storage>, the
number of occupied records <used> and the maximum index number
<total>, in the format:

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 443 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

+CPBS: <storage>,<used>,<total>

For <storage>="MC": if there are more than one missed calls from
the same number the read command will return only the last call.

AT+CPBS=?
Test command returns the supported range of values for the parameter
<storage>

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 444 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.7.2. AT+CPBR - Read Phonebook Entries

The command reads phonebook entries.

3GPP TS 27.007

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT+CPBR=<index1>[,<index2>]
Execution command returns phonebook entries in location number range
<index1>..<index2> from the current phonebook memory storage selected
with +CPBS. If <index2> is omitted, only location <index1> is returned.

The intermediate response format is:

[+CPBR:<index1>,<number>,<type>,<text>[,<hidden>][,<group>]
[,<adnumber>][,<adtype>][,<secondtext>][,<email>]]
...
[<CR><LF> +CPBR:<index2>,<number>,<type>,<text>[,<hidden>]
[,<group>][,<adnumber>] [,<adtype>][,<secondtext>][,<email>]]]

Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<index1> integer - value in the range of location numbers of

the currently selected phonebook memory
storage (see +CPBS).

<index2> integer - value in the range of location numbers of

the currently selected phonebook memory
storage (see +CPBS).

Additional info:

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 445 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

Intermediate response parameters

Name Type Default Description

<indexn> integer - the location number of the

phonebook entry

<number> string - phone number of format <type>

<type> integer N/A type of phone number octet

Values:

129 : national numbering scheme

145 : international numbering scheme

(contains the character "+")

<test> string - the alphanumeric text

associated to the number;
character set as specified by
command Select TE Character
Set +CSCS

<hidden> integer 0 indicates if the entry is hidden

or not

Values:

0 : phonebook entry not hidden

1 : phonebook entry hidden

<group> string - the group the entry may belong

to; character set as specified by
command Select TE Character
Set +CSCS

<adnumber> string - additional phone number of

format <adtype>

<adtype> integer - type of address octet

<secondtext> string - second text field associated

with the number; character set

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 446 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

as specified by command Select

TE Character Set +CSCS

<email> string - email address; character set as

specified by command Select TE
Character Set +CSCS

If "MC" is the currently selected phonebook memory storage, a

sequence of missed calls coming from the same number will be
saved as one missed call and +CPBR will show just one line of
information.

If all queried locations are empty (but available), no information

text lines will be returned, while if listing fails in an ME error,
+CME ERROR: <err> is returned.

AT+CPBR=?
Test command returns the supported range of values for parameters
<indexn> and the maximum lengths of <number>, <text>, <group>,
<secondtext> and <email> string parameters, in the format:
+CPBR: (<minIndex> -
<maxIndex>),<nlength>,<tlength>,<glength>,<slength>,<elength>

Additional info:

Test command response parameters

Name Type Default Description

<minIndex> integer - the minimum <index> number

<maxIndex> integer - the maximum <index> number

<nlength> integer - maximum <number> field length

<tlength> integer - maximum <name> field length

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 447 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

<glength> integer - maximum <group> field length

<slength> integer - maximum <secondtext> field

length

<elength> integer - maximum <email> field length

The value of <nlength> could vary, depending on the availability of

Extension service, in the following situations:
1. if "SM" memory storage has been selected (see +CPBS) and
the SIM supports the Extension1 service
2. if "FD" memory storage has been selected (see +CPBS) and
the SIM supports the Extension2 service
3. if "MB" memory storage has been selected (see +CPBS) and
the SIM supports the Extension6 service

Remember to select the PB storage with +CPBS command before

issuing PB commands.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 448 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.7.3. AT+CPBF - Find Phonebook Entries

This command returns phonebook entries.

3GPP TS 27.007

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Other No - 2

AT+CPBF=<findtext>
Execution command returns phonebook entries (from the current phonebook
memory storage selected with +CPBS) which alphanumeric field start with
string <findtext>.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<findtext> string - string to be searched among the

phonebook entries; used character set
should be the one selected with command
+CSCS.

Additional info:

The command returns a report in the form:

[+CPBF:<index1>,<number>,<type>,<text>[,<hidden>][,<group>][,<adnumber>]
[,<adtype>][,<secondtext>][,<email>]<CR><LF>
+CPBF:<index2>,<number>,<type>,<text>[,<hidden>][,<group>][,<adnumber>]
[,<adtype>][,<secondtext>][,<email>][...]]]

Name Type Default Description

<indexn> integer - The location number of the phonebook

entry

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 449 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

<number> string - Phone number of format <type>

<type> integer N/A type of phone number octet

Values:

129 : national numbering scheme

145 : international numbering scheme (contains the

character "+")

<text> string - The alphanumeric text associated to the

number; the character set used should be
the one selected with command +CSCS

<group> string - Field of maximum length <glength>

indicating a group the entry may belong
to; character set as specified by
command Select TE Character Set +CSCS

<adnumber> string - additional number; phone number of

format <adtype>

<adtype> integer - type of address octet

<secondtext> string - Field of maximum length <slength>

indicating a second text field associated
with the number; character set as
specified by command Select TE
Character Set +CSCS

<email> string - field of maximum length <elength>

indicating an email address; character set
as specified by command Select TE
Character Set +CSCS

<hidden> string N/A indicates if the entry is hidden or not

Values:

0 : phonebook entry not hidden

1 : phonebook entry hidden

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 450 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

+CPBF is not applicable if the current selected storage (see +CPBS) is

either "MC", "RC" or "LD".

If <findtext>="" the command returns all the phonebook records.

If no PB records satisfy the search criteria then an ERROR message is

reported.

AT+CPBF=?
Test command reports the maximum lengths of <number> and <text> fields, in
the format:

+CPBF: <nlength>,<tlength>,<glength>,<slength>,<elength>
Additional info:

Test command response fields

Name Type Default Description

<nlength> integer - Maximum length of field <number>

<tlength> integer - Maximum length of field <text>

<glength> integer - Maximum length of field <group>

<slength> integer - Maximum length of field <secondtext>

<elength> integer - Maximum length of field <email>

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 451 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

The value of <nlength> could vary, depending on the availability of

Extension service, in the following situations:
1. if "SM" memory storage has been selected (see +CPBS) and the
SIM supports the Extension1 service
2. if "FD" memory storage has been selected (see +CPBS) and the
SIM supports the Extension2 service
3. if "MB" memory storage has been selected (see +CPBS) and the
SIM supports the Extension6 service

Remember to select the PB storage with +CPBS command before

issuing PB commands.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 452 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.7.4. AT+CPBW - Write Phonebook Entry

This command writes phonebook entry in the current phonebook memory.

3GPP TS 27.007

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Other No - 2

AT+CPBW=[<index>][,<number>[,<type>[,<text>[,<group>[,<adnumber>[,<adtype>
[,<secondtext>[,<email>[,<hidden>]]]]]]]]]
Execution command writes phonebook entry in location number <index> in the
current phonebook memory storage selected with +CPBS.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<index> integer - value in the range of location numbers

of the currently selected phonebook
memory storage (see +CPBS)

<number> string - phone number in the format <type>

<type> integer 129 type of number

Values:

129 : national numbering scheme

145 : international numbering scheme (contains the

character "+")

<text> string - text associated to the number; used

character set should be the one
selected with command +CSCS

<group> string - string type field of maximum length

<glength> indicating a group the entry
may belong to; character set as

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 453 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

specified by command Select TE

Character Set +CSCS

<adnumber> string - additional number; string type phone

number of format <adtype>

<adtype> integer - type of address octet

<secondtext> string - string type field of maximum length

<slength> indicating a second text
field associated with the number;
character set as specified by
command Select TE Character Set
+CSCS

<email> string - field of maximum length <elength>

indicating an email address; character
set as specified by command Select TE
Character Set +CSCS

<hidden> integer 0 indicates if the entry is hidden or not

Values:

0 : phonebook entry not hidden

1 : phonebook entry hidden

If record number <index> already exists, it will be overwritten.

If either <number>, <type> and <text> are omitted, the phonebook entry in
location <index> is deleted.

If either "LD", "MC" or "RC" memory storage has been selected (see
+CPBS) it is possible just to delete the phonebook entry in location
<index>, therefore parameters <number>, <type> and <text> must be
omitted.

Before defining <group> string, it is recommended to check, with

#CPBGR command, the predefined group names, that could be already
stored in USIM in Grouping information Alpha String (GAS) file. If all
records in such file are already occupied, +CPBW command will return
ERROR when trying to use a new group name that is not in the predefined
GAS names. To define a new custom group string, it is necessary to

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 454 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

overwrite with it one of the old predefined strings, using #CPBGW

command.

AT+CPBW=?
Test command returns location range supported by the current storage as a
compound value, the maximum length of <number> field, supported number
format of the storage and maximum length of <text> field. The format is:

+CPBW: (list of supported <index>s),<nlength>,(list of

supported <type>s),<tlength>, <glength>,<slength>,<elength>
Additional info:

Test command response fields

Name Type Default Description

<nlength> integer - Maximum length of field <number>

<tlength> integer - Maximum length of field <text>

<glength> integer - Maximum length of field <group>

<slength> integer - Maximum length of field <secondtext>

<elength> integer - Maximum length of field <email>

the value of <nlength> could vary, depending on the availability of

Extension service, in the following situations:
1. if "SM" memory storage has been selected (see +CPBS) and the
SIM supports the Extension1 service
2. if "FD" memory storage has been selected (see +CPBS) and the
SIM supports the Extension2 service
3. if "MB" memory storage has been selected (see +CPBS) and the
SIM supports the Extension6 service

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 455 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

Remember to select the PB storage with +CPBS command before issuing

PB commands.

if <index> is omitted or <index>=0, the number <number> is stored in the

first free phonebook location.

AT+CPBW=0,"+39040X192YZ1",129,"Text"
AT+CPBW=,"+39040X192YZ1",129,"Text"

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 456 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.7.5. AT#CPBGR - Read Group Entries

This command returns Grouping information Alpha String (GAS) USIM file entries.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT#CPBGR=<indexFirst>[,<indexLast>]
Set command returns Grouping information Alpha String (GAS) USIM file
entries in location number range <indexFirst>...<indexLast>. If
<indexLast> is omitted, only location <indexFirst> is returned. The
response, for each location, is a string. This string is a name used for a
group the ADN entries can belong to.

The response format is:

[#CPBGR: <index1>,<text1>[<CR><LF>
#CPBGR: <index2>,<text2>[…]]]

Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<indexFirst> integer NA first location to be

read

Value:

minIndex÷maxIndex : range of location numbers of

GAS, where "minIndex" and
"maxIndex" can be obtained by
issuing the test command

<indexLast> integer NA last location to be

read

Value:

minIndex÷maxIndex : range of location numbers of

GAS, where "minIndex" and

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 457 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

"maxIndex" can be obtained by

issuing the test command

Additional info:

Response parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<index> integer N/A location number of the GAS

entry

Value:

indexFirst÷indexLast : range of location numbers

of GAS returned in the
response

<text> string - alphanumeric text associated to

the entry

AT#CPBGR=?
Test command returns the supported values of the parameters <indexn>
and the maximum length of <textn> field, in the format:

#CPBGR: (<minIndex> - <maxIndex>),<tlength>

Additional info:

Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<minIndex> integer - minimum <index> number

<maxIndex> integer - maximum <index> number

<tlength> integer - maximum <text> field length

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 458 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 459 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.7.6. AT#CPBGW - Write Group Entry

Set command writes the name of a phonebook group <text> in the Grouping information
Alpha String (GAS) USIM file in a specified location number <index>.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT#CPBGW=<index>,<text>
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<index> integer - number of the record in the GAS file to be

written; value ranges from 1 to the number
of records of the GAS file, that varies from
USIM to USIM

<text> string - text to be stored in the record

If record number <index> already exists, it will be overwritten

AT#CPBGW=?
Test command returns location range supported by the current storage as
a compound value, and maximum length of <text> field. The format is:

+CPBGW: (list of supported <index>s),<tlength>

Additional info:

Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 460 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

<tlength> integer - maximum length of field <text> in

bytes; actual maximum number of
characters that can be stored
depends upon <text> coding (see
+CSCS)

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 461 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.7.7. AT#CPBD - Delete All Phonebook Entries

This command deletes all phonebook entries.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Auto No - 2

AT#CPBD
This execution command deletes all phonebook entries in the current
phonebook memory storage selected with +CPBS.

AT#CPBD=?
Test command returns OK result code.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 462 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

Time & Alarm

4.8.1. AT+CCLK - Clock Management

The command is related to real time clock management.

3GPP TS 27.007

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Auto No - 2

AT+CCLK=<time>
Set command sets the real-time clock of the module.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<time> string N/A Current time as quoted

string in the format:
"yy/MM/dd,hh:mm:ss±zz"

Values:

yy : year (two last digits are mandatory), range is 00..99

MM : month (two digits are mandatory), range is 01..12

dd : day (two digits are mandatory) The range for dd(day)

depends either on the month and on the year it
refers to. Available ranges are: (01..28) (01..29)
(01..30) (01..31). Trying to enter an out of range value
will raise an ERROR message.

hh : hour (two digits are mandatory), range is 00..23

mm : minute (two digits are mandatory), range is 00..59

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 463 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

ss : seconds (two digits are mandatory), range is 00..59

±zz : time zone (indicates the difference, expressed in

quarter of an hour, between the local time and GMT;
two digits are mandatory), range is -96...+96

AT+CCLK?
Read command returns the current setting <time> of the real-time clock,
in the format:

+CCLK: <time>

The three last characters of <time>, i.e. the time zone information,
are returned by AT+CCLK? only if the #NITZ URC 'extended' format
has been enabled (see #NITZ).

AT+CCLK=?
Test command returns the OK result code.

Set date and time:

AT+CCLK="02/09/07,22:30:00+00"
OK
Read date and time:
AT+CCLK?
+CCLK: "02/09/07,22:30:25"
OK

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 464 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.8.2. AT+CALA - Alarm Management

This command is related to the alarm management.

3GPP TS 27.007

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Auto No - 2

AT+CALA=<time>[,<n>[,<type>[,<text>[,<recurr>[,<silent>]]]]]
Set command stores in the internal Real Time Clock of the module an
alarm time with respective settings.

It is possible to set up a recurrent alarm for one or more days in the week.
4. Currently just one alarm can be set.
5. Alarms are not supported after disconnecting from power. Coin cell
are supported. In case of a power cut, alarm will be deleted and
needs to be re-set.

When the RTC time reaches the alarm time then the alarm starts, the
behavior of the module depends on the setting <type> and if the module
was already ON at the moment when the alarm time had come.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<time> string - current alarm time as quoted string in

the format:

"yy/MM/dd,hh:mm:ss±zz"

Refer to +CCLK for the string meaning.

Empty string (+CALA="") deletes the
current alarm and resets all the +CALA

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 465 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

parameters to the factory default

configuration.
"hh:mm:ss±zz" string must be used only
when issuing +CALA with parameter
<recurr>.

<n> integer 0 index of the alarm

Value:

0 : the only value supported

<type> integer 1 alarm behavior type

Values:

0 : reserved

1 : the module wakes up fully operative as if the

ON/OFF button has been pressed. If the module is
already ON when the alarm times out, then it does
nothing.

2÷8 : see Additional info section.

<text> string - alarm code text string used in the URC

+CALA. It has meaning only if <type> is
equal to 2, 5 or 6.

<recurr> string N/A sets a recurrent alarm for one or more

days in the week in the following format:

"<1..7>[,<1..7>[, ... ]]"

Values:

0 : all days in the week

1 : Monday

2 : Tuesday

3 : Wednesday

4 : Thursday

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 466 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

5 : Friday

6 : Saturday

7 : Sunday

<silent> integer N/A indicates if the alarm is silent or not

Values:

0 : the alarm is not silent

1 : the alarm is silent

Additional info:

<type>=2
The module wakes up in "alarm mode" if at the alarm time it was
powered OFF, otherwise it remains fully operative. In both cases the
module issues an unsolicited code every 3 s:
+CALA: <text>
Where <text> is the +CALA optional parameter previously set.
The module keeps on sending the unsolicited code every 3 s until a
#WAKE or #SHDN command is received or a 90 seconds timer
expires. If the module is in "alarm mode" and it does not receive the
#WAKE command within 90s then it shuts down.

<type>=3
The module wakes up in "alarm mode" if at the alarm time it was
powered OFF, otherwise it remains fully operative. In both cases the
module starts playing the alarm tone on the selected path for the
ringer (see command #SRP).
The module keeps on playing the alarm tone until a #WAKE or
#SHDN command is received or a 90 s time-out occurs. If the device
is in "alarm mode" and it does not receive the #WAKE command
within 90s then it shuts down.
If alarm expires during a call alarm sound will stop when the call is
disconnected.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 467 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

<type>=4
The module wakes up in "alarm mode" if at the alarm time it was
off, otherwise it remains fully operative. In both cases the module
brings the alarm pin high, provided that one has been set (using
#ALARMPIN or #GPIO) and keeps it in this state until a #WAKE or
#SHDN command is received or a 90 seconds timer expires. If the
device is in "alarm mode" and it does not receive the #WAKE
command within 90s then it shuts down.

<type>=5
The module will make both the actions as for <type>=2 and
<type>=3.

<type>=6
The module will make both the actions as for <type>=2 and <type>=4.

<type>=7
The module will make both the actions as for <type>=3 and <type>=4.

<type>=8
The module wakes up in "alarm mode" if at the alarm time it was off,
otherwise it remains fully operative. In both cases the module sets
high the RI output pin. The RI output pin remains high until next
#WAKE issue or until a 90s timer expires. If the device is in "alarm
mode" and it does not receive the #WAKE command within 90s. After
that it shuts down.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 468 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

The "alarm mode" is indicated by hardware pin CTS to the ON

status and DSR to the OFF status, while the "power saving" status
is indicated by a CTS - OFF, DSR - OFF and USB_VBUS - OFF
status. The normal operating status is indicated by DSR - ON or
USB_VBUS - ON status.
During the "alarm mode" the device will not make any network
scan and will not register to any network and therefore is not able
to dial or receive any call or SMS.
The only commands that can be issued to the module in this state
are the #WAKE and #SHDN, every other command must not be
issued during this state.

AT+CALA?
Read command returns the list of current active alarm settings in the
device, in the following format:

[+CALA: <time>,<n>,<type>,[<text>],<recurr>,<silent>]

Note: on READ command <time> does not include the time zone.

AT+CALA=?
Test command returns the list of supported index values, alarm types,
maximum length of the text to be displayed in the URC +CALA, maximum
length of <recurr> and supported <silent>s, in the format:

+CALA: (list of supported <n>s),(list of supported

<type>s),<tlength>,<rlength>,(list of supported <silent>s)
Additional info:

Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 469 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

<tlength> string - maximum length of <text>

parameter

<rlength> string - maximum length of <recurr>

parameter

AT+CALA="02/09/07,23:30:00+00"
OK

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 470 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.8.3. AT+CAPD - Postpone Alarm

Set command postpones or dismisses a currently active alarm.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Specific profile No - 2

AT+CAPD=[<sec>]
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<sec> integer 0 time in seconds to postpone the alarm.

Values:

0 : alarm is dismissed

1÷60 : postpone time

Entering AT+CAPS= returns OK but has no effect.

AT+CAPD=?
Test command reports the supported range of values for parameter
<sec>.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 471 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.8.4. AT+CSDF - Setting Date Format

This command sets the date format of the date information presented to the user.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Specific profile No - 2

AT+CSDF=[<mode>[,<auxmode>]]

This command sets the date format of the date information presented to
the user, which is specified by use of the <mode> parameter. The <mode>
affects the date format on the phone display and doesn't affect the date
format of the AT command serial interface, so it has no effect on our
device.

The command also sets the date format of the TE-TA interface, which is
specified by use of the <auxmode> parameter (i.e., the <auxmode> affects
the <time> of +CCLK and +CALA).

Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<mode> integer 1 phone display data format.

Values:

1 : DD-MMM-YYYY

2 : DD-MM-YY

3 : MM/DD/YY

4 : DD/MM/YY

5 : DD.MM.YY

6 : YYMMDD

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 472 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

7 : YY-MM-DD

<auxmode> integer 1 TE-TA interface data format.

Values:

1 : yy/MM/dd

2 : yyyy/MM/dd

The <time> format of +CCLK and +CALA is:

6. "yy/MM/dd,hh:mm:ss+zz" when <auxmode>=1
7. "yyyy/MM/dd,hh:mm:ss+zz" when <auxmode>=2

If the parameters are omitted (AT+CSDF=), then this command sets

the default value of <mode>.

AT+CSDF?
Read command reports the currently selected <mode> and <auxmode> in
the format:

+CSDF: <mode>,<auxmode>

AT+CSDF=?
Test command reports the supported range of values for parameters
<mode> and <auxmode>.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 473 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

• AT+CSDF?
+CSDF: 1,1
OK

AT+CCLK?
+CCLK: "00/01/02,03:42:08+00"
OK

• AT+CSDF=1,2
OK

AT+CCLK?
+CCLK: "2000/01/02,03:42:23+00"
OK

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 474 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.8.5. AT+CTZR - Time Zone Reporting

This command enables and disables the time zone change event reporting.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Specific profile No - 2

AT+CTZR=<onoff>
Set command permits to enable/disable the time zone change event
reporting.
If the reporting is enabled and whenever the time zone is changed, the MT
returns the unsolicited result code:

+CTZV: <tz>

Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<onoff> string 0 enable/disable the time zone change event

reporting.

Values:

0 : Disable time zone change event reporting

1 : Enable time zone change event reporting

Unsolicited field:

Name Type Description

<tz> string New time zone.

AT+CTZR?
Read command reports the currently selected <onoff> in the format:

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 475 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

+CTZR: <onoff>

AT+CTZR=?
Test command reports the supported range of values for parameter
<onoff>

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 476 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.8.6. AT+CTZU - Automatic Time Zone Update

Set command enables/disables the automatic time zone update via NITZ.

3GPP TS 27.007

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Specific profile No - 2

AT+CTZU=<onoff>
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<onoff> integer 0 enables/disables the automatic time zone

update via NITZ

Values:

0 : disable

1 : enable

The command +CTZU is the ETSI standard equivalent of Telit

custom command #NITZ (for the date and time update
functionality).

Despite of the name, the command +CTZU enables automatic

update of the date and time set by +CCLK command (not only time
zone). This happens when a Network Identity and Time Zone (NITZ)
message is sent by the network.
If the automatic date and time update functionality has been
enabled by +CTZU or #NITZ (or both), NITZ message will cause a
date and time update.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 477 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

AT+CTZU?
Read command reports the current setting of <onoff> in the format:

+CTZU: <onoff>

AT+CTZU=?
Test command returns the supported values of parameter <onoff>.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 478 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.8.7. AT#NITZ - Network Identity and Time Zone

This command handles Network Identity and Time Zone.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Other No - 2

AT#NITZ=[<val>[,<mode>]]
Set command enables/disables the automatic date/time updating and the
Full Network Name applying. It enables also the #NITZ URC in the format:

#NITZ: <datetime>

and permits to change its format.

Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<val> integer 7 identifies the functionalities to enable.

The <val> parameter is a sum of integer
values, where every value corresponds to a
functionality:
8. 1 - enables automatic date/time
updating
9. 2 - enables Full Network Name
applying
10. 4 - sets the #NITZ URC 'extended'
format (see <datetime> below)
11. 8 - sets the #NITZ URC 'extended'
format with Daylight Saving Time
(DST) support (see <datetime>
below)
Values:

0 : disables every functionality

1÷15 : sum of integer values

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 479 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

<mode> integer 0 enables/disables the #NITZ URC

Values:

0 : disables the URC

1 : enables the URC

Unsolicited field:

Name Type Description

<datetime> string string format depends on parameter <val>

12. "yy/MM/dd,hh:mm:ss" - 'basic' format, if

<val> is in (0..3)
13. "yy/MM/dd,hh:mm:ss±zz" - 'extended'
format, if <val> is in (4..7)
14. "yy/MM/dd,hh:mm:ss±zz,d" -
'extended' format with DST support, if <val>
is in (8..15)

For the meaning of the <datetime> subfields,

please check +CCLK and #CCLK commands

If the DST information isn't sent by the network, then the

<datetime> parameter will have the format
"yy/MM/dd,hh:mm:ss±zz".

Date and time information can be sent by the network after GSM
registration or after PS attach.

AT#NITZ?
Read command reports whether
15. automatic date/time updating
16. Full Network Name applying
17. #NITZ URC (as well as its format)
are currently enabled or not in the format:

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 480 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

#NITZ: <val>,<mode>

AT#NITZ=?
Test command returns supported values of parameters <val> and <mode>.

The command parameters are stored in two different profiles:

18. <val> must be valid for all AT instances, so its value is entered in
Common profile (extended section).

19. <mode> must be valid only for the AT instance where it has been set,
so its value is entered in Specific profile (extended section).

Use the #W[<n>] command to store the updated profiles in NVM.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 481 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.8.8. AT#CCLK - Clock Management

The command is related to real time clock management.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Auto No - 2

AT#CCLK=<time>
Set command sets the real-time clock of the module.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<time> string N/A Current time as quoted

string in the format:
"yy/MM/dd,hh:mm:ss±zz,d"

Values:

yy : year (two last digits are mandatory), range is 00..99

MM : month (two digits are mandatory), range is 01..12

dd : day (two digits are mandatory) The range for dd(day)

depends either on the month and on the year, it
refers to. Available ranges are: (01..28) (01..29)
(01..30) (01..31). Trying to enter an out of range value
will raise an ERROR message.

hh : hour (two digits are mandatory), range is 00..23

mm : minute (two digits are mandatory), range is 00..59

ss : seconds (two digits are mandatory), range is 00..59

±zz : time zone (indicates the difference, expressed in

quarter of an hour, between the local time and GMT;
two digits are mandatory), range is: -96..+96

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 482 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

d : number of hours added to the local TZ because of

Daylight Saving Time (summertime) adjustment;
range is 0-2.

AT#CCLK?
Read command returns the current setting of the real-time clock, in the
format <time>.
If the time is set by the network but the DST information is missing, or the
time is set by +CCLK command, then the <time> format is:

"yy/MM/dd,hh:mm:ss±zz"

If the time is set by the network but the Daylight-Saving Time (DST)
information is missing, or the time is set by +CCLK command, then
the <time> format is:

"yy/MM/dd,hh:mm:ss±zz"

AT#CCLK=?
Test command returns the OK result code.

Set command:
AT#CCLK="02/09/07,22:30:00+04,1"
OK

Read command:
AT#CCLK?
#CCLK: "02/09/07,22:30:25+04,1"
OK

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 483 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.8.9. AT#CCLKMODE - Clock Mode

This command allows to enable the local time or the UTC time.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Auto No - 2

AT#CCLKMODE=<mode>
Set command enables the local time or the UTC time in +CCLK and #CCLK
commands and in #NITZ URC
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<mode> integer 0 Time and date mode

Values:

0 : Local time + local time zone offset

1 : UTC time + local time zone offset

AT#CCLKMODE?
Read command reports whether the local time or the UTC time is enabled,
in the
format:

#CCLKMODE: <mode>

AT#CCLKMODE=?
Test command reports the supported range of values for parameter
<mode>

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 484 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

Example of the two clock mode settings:

AT#CCLKMODE?
#CCLKMODE: 0
OK
#NITZ: 13/03/05,15:20:33+04,0
AT+CCLK?
+CCLK: "13/03/05,15:20:37+04"
OK
AT#CCLKMODE=1
OK
AT+CCLK?
+CCLK: "13/03/05,14:20:45+04"
OK
AT#CCLKMODE?
#CCLKMODE: 1
OK
#NITZ: 13/03/05,14:20:53+04,0
AT+CCLK?
+CCLK: "13/03/05,14:20:55+04"
OK
AT#CCLKMODE=0
OK
AT+CCLK?
+CCLK: "13/03/05,15:20:59+04"
OK

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 485 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.8.10. AT#WAKE - Wake from Alarm Mode

Stop any alarm activity

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#WAKE=<opmode>
Execution command stops any eventually present alarm activity and, if the
module is in alarm mode, it exits the alarm mode and enters the normal
operating mode.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<opmode> integer 0 operating

mode

Value:

0 : normal operating mode; the module exits the alarm

mode and enters the normal operating mode, any
alarm activity is stopped (e.g. alarm tone playing)
and an OK result code is returned.

If #WAKE=0 command is issued after an alarm has been set with

+CALA command, but before the alarm has expired, it will answer
OK but have no effect.

AT#WAKE?
Read command returns the operating status of the device in the format:
#WAKE: <status>
where:
<status>

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 486 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

0 - normal operating mode

1 - alarm mode or normal operating mode with some alarm activity.

AT#WAKE=?
Test command returns OK result code.

The alarm mode is indicated by status ON of hardware pin CTS and

by status ON of pin DSR; the power saving status is indicated by a
CTS - OFF and DSR - OFF status; the normal operating status is
indicated by DSR - ON.

During the alarm mode the device will not make any network scan
and will not register to any network and therefore is not able to dial
or receive any call or SM, the only commands that can be issued to
the MODULE in this state are the #WAKE and #SHDN, every other
command must not be issued during this state.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 487 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.8.11. AT+CSTF - Setting Time Format

Set command sets the time format of the time information presented to the user, which
is specified by use of the <mode> parameter.

3GPP TS 27.007

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Specific profile No - 2

AT+CSTF=[<mode>]
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<mode> integer 1 <mode> affects the time format on the

phone display and doesn't affect the time
format of the AT command serial interface,
so it not actually not used

Values:

1 : [hh]:[mm] (24 hour clock)

2 : [hh]:[mm] (a.m./p.m.)

Entering AT+CSTF= returns OK but has no effect.

AT+CSTF?
Read command reports the currently selected <mode> in the format:

+CSTF: <mode>.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 488 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

AT+CSTF=?
Test command reports the supported range of values for parameter
<mode>.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 489 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.8.12. AT+CALD - Delete Alarm

This command deletes an alarm in the ME.

3GPP TS 27.007

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT+CALD=<n>
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<n> integer N/A alarm index

Value:

0 : alarm index

AT+CALD=?
Test command reports the range of supported values for <n> parameter.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 490 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

Audio

4.9.1. Audio Basic Configuration

4.9.1.1. AT+CRSL - Ringer Sound Level

This command is used to select the incoming call ringer sound level of the device.

3GPP TS 27.007

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Common
Not required No - 2
profile

AT+CRSL=<level>
Set command is used to select the incoming call ringer sound level of the
device.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<level> integer 2 Incoming call ringer sound level.

Values:

0 : Level: Off

1 : Level: Low

2 : Level: Middle

3 : Level: High

4 : Level: Progressive

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 491 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

AT+CRSL?
Read command reports the current <level> setting of the call ringer in the
format:

+CRSL: <level>

AT+CRSL=?
Test command reports <level> supported values as compound value.

+CRSL: (0-4)

Modules supporting the command

ME310G1- WWV
ME910G1- WWV
ML865G1- WW voice

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 492 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.9.1.2. AT+CMUT - Microphone Mute Control

This command enables/disables the muting of the uplink audio line during a voice call.

• 3GPP TS 27.007

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT+CMUT=<n>
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<n> integer 0 controls the muting of the uplink audio line

Values:

0 : mute off, microphone active

1 : mute on, microphone muted

Set command is operative only during a voice call and it returns

ERROR in all other cases.

AT+CMUT?
Read command reports whether the muting of the uplink audio line during
a voice call is enabled or not, in the format:

+CMUT:<n>

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 493 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

AT+CMUT=?
Test command reports the supported values for <n> parameter.

Modules supporting the command

ME310G1- WWV
ME910G1- WWV
ML865G1- WW voice

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 494 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.9.1.3. AT#ACDB - Audio Configuration

Injection of Audio Configuration.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#ACDB[=<mode>]
This execution command starts injection of Audio configuration (ACDB)
into the device. Once command is issued, the device will print the
"connect" reply and will wait for data to be received.
+++ sequence can be used for end of data transmission (which will result
in OK response).

Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<mode> integer 0 Inject mode

Value:

0 : Cold mode Injection. Audio Configuration is injected

into FLASH. In order to be effective a reboot is
required

AT#ACDB=?
Test command returns OK result code

Modules supporting the command

ME310G1- WWV
ME910G1- WWV
ML865G1- WW voice

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 495 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 496 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.9.1.4. AT#OAP - Open Audio Loop

This set command enables/disables the Open Audio Path.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#OAP=[<mode>]
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<mode> integer 0 enables/disables the Open Audio Path

Values:

0 : disable

1 : enable

AT#OAP?
Read command reports the current value of the parameter <mode> in the
format:

#OAP: <mode>

AT#OAP=?
Test command returns the supported values of parameter <mode>.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 497 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

Modules Supporting the command

ME310G1- WWV
ME910G1- WWV
ML865G1- WW voice

#OAP is intended for testing purposes only. Thus, care must be

taken to ensure that during the command execution no other audio
interacting commands are issued.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 498 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.9.2. Digital Voice Interface

4.9.2.1. AT#DVI - Digital Voiceband Interface

Digital Voiceband Interface handling.

[1] Hardware User's Guide of the used module

[2] 3G/4G Digital Voice Interface Application Note, 80000NT10050A

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#DVI=<mode>[,<dviport>,<clockmode>]
Set command enables/disables the Digital Voiceband Interface. To have
information about the pins used by the interface, refer to document [1].
See also document [2].
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<mode> integer 0 enables/disables the DVI

Values:

0 : disable DVI

1 : enable DVI: audio is forwarded to the DVI block

<dviport> integer 2 select DVI port

Value:

2 : DVI port, the only available.

<clockmode> integer - reserved for backward compatibility.

Default value 1.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 499 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

AT#DVI?
Read command reports last setting, in the format:

#DVI: <mode>,<dviport>,<clockmode>

AT#DVI=?
Test command reports the range of supported values for parameters
<mode>,<dviport> and <clockmode>.

Modules Supporting the command

ME310G1- WWV
ME910G1- WWV
ML865G1- WW voice

Configure DVI as master using the DVI Port #2 (the only available)
AT#DVI=1,2,1
OK

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 500 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

HW and Radio Control

4.10.1. AT#CBC - Battery and Charger Status

This command returns the current Battery and Charger state.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Auto No - 2

AT#CBC
Execution command returns the current Battery and Charger state. The
response is in the format:

#CBC: <ChargerState>,<BatteryVoltage>
Additional info:

The response has its fields described below.

Name Type Default Description

<ChargerState> integer 0 Battery charger state

Values:

0 : charger not connected

1 : charger connected and charging

2 : charger connected and charge

completed

<BatteryVoltage> integer - battery voltage in units of

10 mV: it is the real
battery voltage only if
charger is not connected;
if the charger is connected

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 501 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

this value depends on the

charger voltage

AT#CBC=?
Test command returns the OK result code.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 502 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.10.2. AT#TEMPCFG - Temperature Monitor Configuration

Set command sets the temperature zones shown in Note section. Use #TEMPMON
command to get the current internal temperature of the module.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Auto No - 2

AT#TEMPCFG=<etlz_clr>,<etlz>,<etlz_act_in>,<otlz_clr>,<otlz>,<otlz_act_in >,
<otnz_clr>,<otnz>,<otnz_act_in>,<otuz_clr>,<otuz>,<otuz_act_in>,
<etuz_clr>,<etuz>,<etuz_act_in>
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<etlz_clr> integer - extreme low zone temperature

threshold clear. It has only one valid
value: -273 °C. See note.

<etlz> integer - extreme low zone temperature

threshold. Default value -33 °C.

<etlz_act_in> integer - extreme low zone action info. Default

value 0.

<otlz_clr> integer - operate low zone temperature

threshold clear. Default value -35 °C.

<otlz> integer - operate low zone temperature

threshold. Default value -28 °C.

<otlz_act_in> integer - operate low zone action info. Default

value 0.

<otnz_clr> integer - operate normal zone temperature

threshold clear. Default value -30 °C.

<otnz> integer - operate normal zone temperature

threshold. Default value 95 °C.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 503 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

<otnz_act_in> integer - operate normal zone action info.

Default value 0.

<otuz_clr> integer - operate up zone temperature

threshold clear. Default value 93 °C.

<otuz> integer - operate up zone temperature

threshold. Default value 100 °C.

<otuz_act_in> integer - operate up zone action info. Default

value 3.

<etuz_clr> integer - extreme up zone temperature

threshold clear. Default value 98 °C.

<etuz> integer - extreme up zone temperature

threshold. It has only one valid value:
528 °C. See note.

<etuz_act_in> integer - extreme up zone action info. Default

value 3.

The temperature correctly set are saved in a configuration file in the

module file system.

etlz_clr: extreme low zone threshold clear is enforced to have value of -

273 °C. Module doesn't operate in such temperature, but this value is
logically set to define clearly 'thermal state' to temperatures below -40 °C.

etuz: extreme up zone threshold is enforced to have value of 528 °C.

Module doesn't operate in such temperature, but this value is logically set
to define clearly 'thermal state' to temperatures above 100 °C.

The user must not set <otnz_act_in>=5 (Operate normal zone). This comes
to prevent setting "automatic shutdown" by mistake to the normal
operating temperature range. Error will be received as a response:

+CME ERROR: operation not supported

AT#TEMPCFG?
Read command reports the current parameter setting for #TEMPCFG command
in the format:

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 504 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

#TEMPCFG:<etlz_clr>,<etlz>,<etlz_act_in>,<otlz_clr>,<otlz>,<otlz_act_in>,<otnz_
clr>,
<otnz>,<otnz_act_in>,<otuz_clr>,<otuz>,<otuz_act_in>,<etuz_clr>,<etuz>,<etuz_ac
t_in>

AT#TEMPCFG=?
Test command reports the supported range values for parameters <x_clr>,<x>,
<x_act_in>, where "x" is substitute for etlz, otlz, otnz, otuz, etuz.

Values are:

#TEMPCFG: (-40-100),(-40-100),(0-5)

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 505 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

Thermal mitigation mechanism

After setting new values, the mitigation algorithm operates with them if a
power cycle or a #REBOOT command is executed. Thermal mitigation
mechanism works like this:
1. the whole temperature scale is divided into 5 states (zones).
2. each measured temperature should belong to a state called the current
state.

Each state is defined by the following fields:

threshold upper temperature boundary of the state. Values are in
Celsius degrees.
threshold_clr lower temperature boundary of the state. Values are in
Celsius degrees.
action_in indicator that indicates if an action should be taken or not in
the current state.

action_in can be none or mitigate, their values are shown in the table below.

none mitigate mitigation action

0 no mitigation
1 data throttling (reducing uplink baud rate)
2 TX back off (reducing MTPL - Max Tx Power Limit)
3 emergency calls only
RF OFF. RX and TX circuits automatically disabled
4
(using +CFUN=4)
5 automatic shutdown. Module is powered OFF

When temperature exceeds the current state threshold, the thermal

mitigation algorithm searches the next state when this temperature is lower
than threshold. After it finds it, the current state is updated to that state and
then it checks whether action is mitigate. If yes, then it activates the mitigation
according to the action_in of the current state.
When temperature decreases below threshold_clr then it does the same
algorithm as above, but in the opposite direction. It searches the next state
when this temperature is greater than threshold_clr, updates the current
state to that state, and activates mitigation as described above.

In the state definitions there are the following two rules:

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

• AT#TEMPCFG= -273,-33,3,-35,-28,2,-30,80,0,78,90,3,88,528,3
OK

Rules 1 and 2 are respected.

zone thr_clr thr action_in

Extreme low zone -273 -33 3: emergency call only
Operate low zone -35 -28 2: TX back off
Operate normal zone -30 80 0: no mitigation
Operate up zone 78 90 3: emergency call only
Extreme up zone 88 528 3: emergency call only

• AT#TEMPCFG=-273,-33,3,-35,-28,2,-30,80,0,79,90,3,88,528,3
+CME ERROR: operation not supported

Rule 1 is not respected:

(thr of Operate normal zone) - (thr_clr of Operate up zone) = 1 < 2

zone thr_clr thr action_in

Extreme low zone -273 -33 3: emergency call only
Operate low zone -35 -28 2: TX back off
Operate normal zone -30 80 0: no mitigation
Operate up zone 79 90 3: emergency call only
Extreme up zone 88 528 3: emergency call only

• AT#TEMPCFG=-273,-33,3,-35,-28,2,-30,80,0,78,90,3,81,528,3
+CME ERROR: operation not supported

Rule 2 is not respected:

(thr_clr of Extreme up zone) - (thr of Operate normal zone) = 1 < 2

zone thr_clr thr action_in

Extreme low zone -273 -33 3: emergency call only
Operate low zone -35 -28 2: TX back off
Operate normal zone -30 80 0: no mitigation

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 509 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

Operate up zone 78 90 3: emergency call only

Extreme up zone 81 528 3: emergency call only

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 510 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.10.3. AT#TEMPMON - Temperature Monitor

This command is used to retrieve internal temperature information of the module.

[1] Hardware User's Guide of the used module

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Auto No - 2

AT#TEMPMON=<mod>[,<urcMode>[,<action>[,<hystTime>[,<GPIO>]]]]
Set command sets the internal temperature monitoring mode of the
module, reads it, and enables/disables/triggers the presentation of the
temperature monitoring message, that can be respectively an URC or an
intermediate message according to the selected mode.

#TEMPMEAS: <level>,<value>

The temperature monitoring message parameters are described in the

Unsolicited fields section.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<mod> integer 0 select the temperature monitoring

mode.

Values:

0 : only if <mod>=0 optional parameters of the

command have meaning

1 : triggers the measurement of the module internal

temperature, reporting the result using the format
shown above

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 511 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

<urcMode> integer 0 URC presentation mode

Values:

0 : disables the presentation of the temperature

monitoring URC.

1 : enables the presentation of the temperature

monitoring URC, whenever the module internal
temperature reaches either operating or extreme
levels.

<action> integer 0 sum of integers, each representing

the action to be done whenever the
module internal temperature
reaches either operating or
extreme levels.

Values:

0 : no action

1 : (01) activating of thermal mitigation according to

thermal configuration file, see #TEMPCFG
command

2 : (10) output pin <GPIO> is tied HIGH when

operating temperature bounds are reached;
when the temperature is back to normal the
output pin <GPIO> is tied LOW. If this <action> is
required, it is mandatory to set the <GPIO>
parameter too

3 : (11) this value contains <action=1> and

<action=2>, i.e. activate thermal mitigation and a
GPIO indication. If this <action> is required, it is
mandatory to set the <GPIO> parameter too.

4 : same as 2

5÷7 : same as 3

<hystTime> integer - dummy parameter in the range

0..255

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 512 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

<GPIO> integer - GPIO number. Valid range is any

GPIO pin as described in #GPIO
command. This parameter is
needed and required only if
<action> 2 or 3 is enabled.
To have hardware information
about GPIO refer to document [1].

Unsolicited fields:

Name Type Description

<level> integer threshold level

Values:

-2 : extreme low zone, see #TEMPCFG

command

-1 : operate low zone, see #TEMPCFG command

0 : operate normal zone, see #TEMPCFG

command

1 : operate up zone, see #TEMPCFG command

2 : extreme up zone, see #TEMPCFG command

<value> integer current temperature expressed in Celsius degrees.

#TEMPCFG command sets the thresholds levels. See there, also

the description of the thermal mitigation configuration and its
mechanism.

Last <action> and <GPIO> settings are saved in the file system.

AT#TEMPMON?
Read command reports the current parameter settings for the command
in the format:

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 513 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

#TEMPMON: <urcMode>,<action>[,<hystTime> [,<GPIO>]]

AT#TEMPMON=?
Test command reports the supported range of values for parameters
<mod>, <urcMode>, <action>, <hystTime>, and <GPIO>.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 514 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 515 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.10.4. AT#GPIO - General Purpose Input/Output Pin Control

Set the value of the general-purpose input/output GPIO pins.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Other No - 2

AT#GPIO=[<pin>,<mode>[,<dir>[,<save>]]]
Execution command sets the value of the general purpose GPIO pin.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<pin> integer N/A GPIO pin number. The supported range

goes from 1 to Max value that is hardware
dependent. Use AT#GPIO=? test command
to know Max value.

Value:

1÷Max : GPIO pin identifier

<mode> integer 0 sets GPIO pin configuration, its action

depends on <dir> value. Refer to Additional
info sections.

Value:

0÷4 : mode identifier

<dir> integer 0 sets the GPIO pin in input, output, or

alternate functions. Refer to Additional info
sections.

Values:

0 : pin set as input

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 516 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

1 : pin set as output

2÷10 : pin set in alternate functions.

<save> integer 0 GPIO pin save configuration. If <save> is

omitted, the configuration is stored in NVM
only if user set ALTx function.

Values:

0 : GPIO pin configuration is not saved

1 : GPIO pin configuration is saved

Additional info:

This table shows the GPIOs configurations set by <dir>=0 and

<mode> values ranging from 0 to 4.

AT#GPIO=<pin>,<mode>,0

<mode> Description
0 Set INPUT, any internal pull up/pull down removed.
1 Set INPUT, any internal pull up/pull down removed.
Read mode, <dir> can be omitted, see Additional info
2
section below
3 Set INPUT, and internal pull up.
4 Set INPUT, and internal pull down.

This table shows the GPIOs configurations set by <dir>=1 and

<mode> values ranging from 0 to 4.

AT#GPIO=<pin>,<mode>,1

<mode> Description
0 Set OUTPUT, and GPIO logical value to zero (Low).
1 Set OUTPUT, and GPIO logical value to one (High).

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 517 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

Read mode, <dir> can be omitted, see Additional

2
info section below
3 <mode> has no meaning.
4 <mode> has no meaning.

<mode>=2 selects the read mode. In read mode, <dir> can be

omitted.
AT#GPIO=<pin>,2

Name Type Default Description

<stat> integer - the parameter can be:

20. logic value read from pin
GPIO<pin> in the case the pin
<dir> is set to input.

21. logic value present in output of

the pin GPIO<pin> in the case
the pin <dir> is currently set to
output.

22. no meaning value for the pin

GPIO<pin> in the case the pin
<dir> is set to alternate function
or tristate pull down.

<dir> values from 2 to 12 select an alternate function ranging

respectively from ALT1 to ALT11. <mode> must be set to 0 or 1
when an alternate function is selected. The table shows the
relationship between ALTx, <dir> and the name of the associated
function.

AT#GPIO=<pin>,0,<dir>

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 518 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

Functions names (between quotes) associated

ALTx
to ALTx
#GPIO maps "STAT_LED" on:
GPIO_01 for ME910G1 family: AT#GPIO=1,0,2
ALT1 (<dir>=2) GPIO_08 for ML865G1 family: AT#GPIO=8,0,2
see #SLED to configure the STAT_LED GPIO_x
behavior.
#GPIO or #ALARMPIN can map "ALARM" on
ALT2 (<dir>=3) one of the available GPIO.
Example: AT#GPIO=<pin>,0,3
#GPIO maps "TEMPMON" on one of the
ALT3 (<dir>=4) available GPIO.
Example: AT#GPIO=<pin>,0,4
ALT4 (<dir>=5) Reserved
ALT5 (<dir>=6) Reserved
#GPIO maps "FASTSHDN" on one of the
ALT6 (<dir>=7) available GPIO.
Example: AT#GPIO=4,0,7
ALT7 (<dir>=8) Reserved
#GPIO maps "DTR" on GPIO_01 or GPIO_05 for
ALT8 (<dir>=9)
ME310G1 family
#GPIO maps "RING" on GPIO_02 or GPIO_06 for
ALT9 (<dir>=10)
ME310G1 family
#GPIO maps "SIMIN" on one of the available
GPIOs for ME310G1 and ML865G1 families. The
ALT10
same function can be set through #SIMINCFG
(<dir>=11)
command.
Example: AT#GPIO=5,0,11
ALT11
Reserved
(<dir>=12)

While using the pins in the alternate function, the GPIO read/write
access to that pin is not accessible and must be avoided.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 519 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

AT#GPIO?
Read command reports, for any GPIO pin, a row showing the current
parameters values. Row one shows GPIO pin one, row two shows GPIO pin
two, and so on.
#GPIO: <dir>,<stat><CR><LF>
#GPIO: <dir>,<stat><CR><LF>
...
If GPIO was previously set to <mode>= 3 or 4, the format of the returned
message is:
#GPIO:<dir>,<stat>,<mode><CR><LF>
#GPIO:<dir>,<stat>,<mode><CR><LF>
...

AT#GPIO=?
Test command reports the supported range of values of the command
parameters <pin>, <mode>, <dir>, and <save>.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 520 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

Check the available values ranges

AT#GPIO=?
#GPIO: (1-6),(0-4),(0-1),(0,1)
OK

Set GPIO_3 in output, and set logical value HIGH

AT#GPIO=3,1,1
OK

Set GPIO_4 as output, value HIGH a save setting

AT#GPIO=4,1,1,1
#GPIO: 1,0
OK

Report GPIO_3 state

AT#GPIO=3,2
#GPIO: 1,1
OK

Read command
AT#GPIO?
#GPIO: 1,1 GPIO_1 is output, value is HIGH
#GPIO: 0,0
#GPIO: 1,1
#GPIO: 0,0
#GPIO: 0,1 GPIO_5 is input, value is HIGH
#GPIO: 1,0
OK

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 521 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.10.5. AT#ALARMPIN - Alarm Pin Configuration

This command allows to configure the ALARM Pin.

[1] Hardware User's Guide of the used module

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Auto No - 2

AT#ALARMPIN=<pin>
Set command allows to set a GPIO pin as ALARM pin.

Configuring a GPIO pin as ALARM pin is equivalent to setting it up with the

ALT2 alternate function. Therefore, a GPIO pin can be configured as
ALARM pin also through the #GPIO command. To have information on
GPIO pins refer to document [1].
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<pin> integer 0 GPIO pin number.

Max is the number of GPIO pins provided by
the module. For information on the available
GPIO pins use the test command.

Values:

0 : no ALARM pin set

1÷Max : GPIO pin number

AT#ALARMPIN?
Read command returns the current value of the parameter <pin> in the
format:

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 522 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

#ALARMPIN: <pin>

AT#ALARMPIN=?
Test command returns the supported values of parameter <pin>.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 523 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.10.6. AT#SLED - STAT_LED GPIO Setting

The command configures the behavior of the STAT_LED status.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Other No - 2

AT#SLED=<mode>[,<onDuration>[,<offDuration>]]
STAT_LED is mapped on a GPIO for ME910G1 and ML865G1 families, but it
is on a dedicated pin for ME310G1 family.

To configure a GPIO pin as STAT_LED GPIO, the user must enter

AT#GPIO=x,0,2 command to set the GPIO_x pin as ALT1 alternate function.
At the next power ON, the GPIO pin is low until the control reads the saved
setting in NVM and configures the GPIO_x as STAT_LED GPIO. Not all
GPIOs can be configured as STAT_LED pin. See #GPIO description to know
the available GPIOs for this function.
In case of a dedicated pin for STAT_LED function, there is no GPIO to set in
ALT1 function.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<mode> integer N/A defines the STAT_LED pin behavior.

"pin" indicates the GPIO or the
dedicated pin according to the family
of modules used.

<mode> default
Family
value
ME910G1 2
ML865G1 2
ME310G1 5

Values:

0 : pin tied low

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 524 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

1 : pin tied high

2 : pin is handled with specific timings. See

Additional info section

3 : pin is turned ON/OFF alternatively, with period

defined by the sum <onDuration> +
<offDuration>

4 : pin is handled with specific timings. See

Additional info section

5 : status led disabled

<onDuration> integer 10 duration of period in which

STAT_LED pin is tied high while
<mode>=3

Value:

1÷100 : in tenth of seconds

<offDuration> integer 10 duration of period in which STAT_LED

pin is tied low while <mode>=3

Value:

1÷100 : in tenth of seconds

Additional info:

<mode>=2, the timings of STAT_LED pin are:

23. not registered: always ON

24. registered in idle: blinking 1 s ON and 2 s OFF
25. registered in idle with power saving: blinking time depends
on network condition to minimize power consumption

<mode>=4, the timings of STAT_LED pin are:

26. not registered: blinking 0,5 s ON and 0,5 s OFF

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 525 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

27. registered in idle: blinking 300 ms ON and 2,7 s OFF

28. registered in idle with power saving: blinking time depends
on network condition to minimize power consumption

AT#SLED?
Read command returns the STAT_LED pin current setting, in the format:
#SLED: <mode>,<onDuration>,<offDuration>

AT#SLED=?
Test command returns the range of available values for parameters
<mode>, <onDuration> and <offDuration>.

The setting is saved using the #SLEDSAV command.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 526 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.10.7. AT#SLEDSAV - Save STAT_LED GPIO Setting

This command allows to save the current STAT_LED GPIO setting.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#SLEDSAV
Execution command saves the STAT_LED GPIO setting in NVM.

AT#SLEDSAV=?
Test command returns OK result code.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 527 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.10.8. AT#ADC - Read Analog/Digital Converter Input

This command returns the current voltage value of the specified ADC inputs, expressed
in mV.

[1] Hardware User's Guide of the used module

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#ADC=[<adc>,<mode>[,<dir>]]
Execution command reads selected <adc> pin voltage, converts it by
baseband internal ADC and prints outs the result as shown in Additional
info section.

Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<adc> integer 1 index of input pin

Value:

1÷n : input pin index. For the number of available ADCs

see document [1]

<mode> integer 2 required action

Value:

2 : query ADC value

<dir> integer 0 direction. Its interpretation is currently not

implemented.

Value:

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 528 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

0 : no effect

Additional info:

Format of the message printed out by the execution command:

#ADC:<value>

Name Type Default Description

<adc> integer - pin voltage expressed in mV.

The command returns the last valid measure.

AT#ADC?
Read command reports all pins input voltage in the format:

#ADC:<value>[<CR><LF>#ADC:<value>[...]]

AT#ADC=?
Test command reports the supported range of values of the command
parameters <adc>, <mode> and <dir>.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 529 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.10.9. AT#V24CFG - V24 Output Pins Configuration

This command sets the AT commands serial port interface output pins mode.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#V24CFG=<pin>,<mode>
Set command sets the AT commands serial port interface output pins
mode.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<pin> integer 0 AT commands serial port interface

hardware pin

Values:

0 : DCD (Data Carrier Detect)

1 : CTS (Clear To Send)

2 : RI (Ring Indicator)

3 : DSR (Data Set Ready)

<mode> integer 0 AT commands serial port interface

hardware pins mode

Values:

0 : AT commands serial port mode: the V24 pins are

controlled by the serial port device driver

1 : GPIO mode: the V24 output pins can be managed

through the #V24 command

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 530 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

Changing V24 pins configuration may affect the cellular module

functionality set through +CFUN.

After being set the CTS pin as output pin, its functionality as CTS
can be restored only through a reboot

AT#V24CFG?
Read command returns the current configuration for all the pins (both
output and input) in the format:

#V24CFG: <pin1>,<mode1>[<CR><LF><CR><LF>
#V24CFG: <pin2>,<mode2>[...]]

AT#V24CFG=?
Test command reports supported range of values for parameters <pin>,
and <mode>.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 531 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.10.10. AT#V24 - V24 Output Pins Control

This command sets the state of the output pins of the AT commands serial port
interface.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#V24=<pin>[,<state>]
Set command sets the AT commands serial port interface output pins
state.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<pin> integer 0 AT commands serial port interface

hardware pin:

Values:

0 : DCD (Data Carrier Detect)

1 : CTS (Clear To Send)

2 : RI (Ring Indicator)

3 : DSR (Data Set Ready)

<state> integer 0 State of AT commands serial port interface

output hardware pins (0, 1, 2, 3) when pins
are in GPIO mode (see #V24CFG):

Values:

0 : Low state

1 : High state

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 532 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

If <state> is omitted the command returns the actual state of the

pin <pin>.

AT#V24?
Read command returns actual state for all the available pins in the
format:

#V24: <pin1>,<state1>[<CR><LF>
#V24: <pin2>,<state2>[...]]

AT#V24=?
Test command returns the supported values of parameters <pin> and
<state>.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 533 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.10.11. AT#I2CWR - Write to I2C

This command is used to send data to an I2C peripheral connected to module.

[1] Hardware User's Guide of the used module

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#I2CWR=<sdaPin>,<sclPin>,<deviceId>,<registerId>,<len>
Execution command sends data to an I2C peripheral connected to module
GPIOs. After the writing activity has been accomplished, the GPIOs will not
be restored to the original setting. Use #GPIO command to see the status
of the used GPIOs. To have information on GPIO pins refer to document [1].
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<sdaPin> integer - GPIO number for SDA. To know the

range use #I2CWR test command.

<sclPin> integer - GPIO number for SCL. To know the

range use #I2CWR test command.

<deviceId> hex N/A address of the I2C device (7 bits). The

Least Significant Bit is used for
read/write command, but in this
#I2CWR implementation, it doesn't
matter if the LSB is set to 0 or 1.
Address must be written in
hexadecimal form without 0x.
10 bit address is also supported.

Value:

0÷3FF : addressing range extended to 10 bit

<registerId> hex N/A register to write data to

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 534 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

Value:

0÷FF : value must be written in hexadecimal form

without 0x

<len> integer N/A number of data to send

Value:

1÷254 : number of data to send

Additional info:

After entering the command, the module returns the prompt ">"
and waits for the data to send. To complete the operation, send Ctrl-
Z char (0x1A hex); to exit without writing the message send ESC
char (0x1B hex). Data must be written in hexadecimal form.

If data are successfully sent, the response is OK, otherwise an error

code is reported.

AT#I2CWR=?
Test command returns the range of available values for parameters
<sdaPin>, <sclPin>, <deviceId>, <registerId>, <len>.

Set GPIO_2 as SDA, and GPIO_3 as SCL. Device I2C address is 0x20; 0x10 is
the address of the first register where to write I2C data; 14 data bytes will
be written starting from register 0x10.

AT#I2CWR=2,3,20,10,14
> 00112233445566778899AABBCCDD<ctrl-z>
OK

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 535 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.10.12. AT#I2CRD - Read from I2C

This command is used to read data from an I2C peripheral connected to module.

[1] Hardware User's Guide of the used module

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#I2CRD=<sdaPin>,<sclPin>,<deviceId>,<registerId>,<len>
Execution command reads data from an I2C peripheral connected to
module GPIOs. After the reading activity has been accomplished, the
GPIOs will not be restored to the original setting. Use #GPIO command to
see the status of the used GPIOs. To have information on GPIO pins refer
to document [1].
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<sdaPin> integer - GPIO number for SDA. To know the

range use #I2CRD test command.

<sclPin> integer - GPIO number for SCL. To know the

range use #I2CRD test command.

<deviceId> hex N/A address of the I2C device (7 bits). The

Least Significant Bit is used for
read/write command, but in this
#I2CCF implementation, it doesn't
matter if the LSB is set to 0 or 1.
Address must be written in
hexadecimal form without 0x.
10 bit address is also supported

Value:

0÷3FF : addressing range extended to 10 bit

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 536 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

<registerId> hex N/A Register to read data from

Value:

0÷FE : value must be written in hexadecimal form

without 0x

<len> integer N/A Number of data to receive

29. Data Read from I2C will be
dumped in hexadecimal format

30. If data requested are more than

data available in the device,
dummy data (normally 0x00 or
0xff) will be dumped
Value:

1÷254 : number of data to receive

AT#I2CRD=?
Test command returns the range of available values for parameters
<sdaPin>, <sclPin>, <deviceId>, <registerId>, <len>.

Read 12 bytes from I2C device with address 0x20, starting from register
address 0x10. SDA is mapped on GPIO_02, SCL is mapped on GPIO_03.

AT#I2CRD=2,3,20,10,12
#I2CRD: 00112233445566778899AABBCC
OK

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 537 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.10.13. AT#I2CCF - Combined Format for I2C Writing and Reading

This command is used to write and read data to/from an I2C device using the I2C
Combined Format. The module acts as an I2C master.

[1] Hardware User's Guide of the used module

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Auto No - 2

AT#I2CCF=<sdaPin>,<sclPin>,<deviceId>,<lenwr>,<lenrd>
The module, as master, transmits data to the slave and then, reads
data from it through two GPIOs. Transfer direction is changed when
writing section is ended. After the write/read activity has been
accomplished, the GPIOs will not be restored to the original setting. Use
#GPIO command to see the status of the used GPIOs. To have information
on GPIO pins refer to document [1].
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<sdaPin> integer - GPIO number for SDA. To know the range

use #I2CCF test command.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 539 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

• Set GPIO_2 as SDA, GPIO_3 as SCL; Device I2C address is 0x20;

First is send data 0x0a; after a "RESTART", 4 data bytes are read.

AT#I2CCF=2,3,20,1,4
>0a<ctrl-z>
#I2CCF: abcdef12
OK

The sequence is the following:

START - 0x20- 0x0a -RESTART - 0X21 - data read 1 -...- data read 4 -
STOP

• Set GPIO_2 as SDA, GPIO_3 as SCL; Device I2C address is 0x20;

read data:

AT#I2CCF=2,3,20,0,2
#I2CCF: abcd
OK

The sequence is the following:

START - 0x21- - data read 1 - data read 2 - STOP

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 540 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.10.14. AT#TESTMODE - Test Mode Configuration

Set module in Test Mode for configuring and testing the POWER level (not signaling
mode).

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Auto No - 2

AT#TESTMODE=<cmd>
The Test Mode is entered using the following commands according to the
network technology:

AT#TESTMODE="TM" followed by AT#TESTMODE="INIT2G" for 2G

networks
AT#TESTMODE="TM" followed by AT#TESTMODE="INIT4G" for 4G
networks

Only after this set, AT#TESTMODE can be used with the other allowed
commands. To exit from Test Mode and go back to Operative Mode, enter
the command AT#TESTMODE="OM".
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<cmd> string N/A identifies one of the commands listed in the

Values: section. The command is a quoted
string.

PL4G and PL2G commands must be followed

by the value of the <pwr> power transmission
in tenths of dBm:
AT#TESTMODE="PL4G -100"
AT#TESTMODE="PL2G 300"

CH4G command must be followed by the

<earfcn> channel and <bw> bandwidth:
AT#TESTMODE="CHG4 20000 0"

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 541 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

CH2G command must be followed by the <ch>

channel and <band> band:
AT#TESTMODE="CH2G 100 1"

Values:

"TM" : forces the module in Test Mode and

reboot module

"OM" : forces the module in Operative Mode

and reboot module

“INIT4G” : 4G command: initialize Radio for 4G

transmission

"CH4G earfcn bw" : 4G command: set the earfcn UL or DL

channel for transmitting and receiving
and set the bandwidth

"PL4G pwr" : 4G command: change the transmission

power. Range is: -400 ÷ 200 in tenths
of dBm

“TX4G" : 4G command: starts the non-stop

module transmission

"RL4G" : 4G command: reads Rx power level.

The value read is in tenths of dBm

"DEINIT4G" : 4G command: de-initialize Radio for 4G

transmission and reboot module

“INIT2G” : 2G command: initialize Radio for 2G

transmission

“CH2G ch band” : 2G command: set the channel and

band

"PL2G pwr" : 2G command: change the transmission

power. Range is: -400 ÷ 330 in tenths
of dBm

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 542 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

"TX2G" : 2G command: starts the non-stop

module transmission

"RL2G" : 2G command: reads Rx power level.

The value read is in tenths of dBm

"DEINIT2G" : 2G command: de-initialize Radio for 2G

operations and reboot module

“ESC" : stop the transmission. This command

is valid for both 4G and 2G
technologies

Additional info:

<earfcn> UL Band
18000 - 18599 1
18600 - 19199 2
19200 - 19949 3
19950 - 20399 4
20400 - 20649 5
21450 - 21799 8
23010 - 23179 12
23180 - 23279 13
23280 - 23379 14
23850 - 23999 18
24000 - 24149 19
24150 - 24449 20
26040 - 26689 25
26690 - 27039 26
27040 - 27209 27
27210 - 27659 28
131972 - 132671 66
133122 - 133471 71
134002 - 134181 85

<earfcn> DL Band
0 - 599 1
600 - 1199 2

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 543 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

1200 - 1949 3
1950 - 2399 4
2400 - 2649 5
3450 - 3799 8
5010 - 5179 12
5180 - 5279 13
5280 - 5379 14
5850 - 5999 18
6000 - 6149 19
6150 - 6449 20
8040 - 8689 25
8690 - 9039 26
9040 - 9209 27
9210 - 9659 28
66436 - 67335 66
68586 - 68935 71
70366 - 70545 85

<bw> Band (MHz)

0 1.4
1 3
2 5

<band> Band Channels

0 GSM-850 128-251
1 E-GSM-900 0-124, 955-1023
2 DCS-1800 512-885
3 PCS-1900 512-810

Bands support varies depending on the product

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 544 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

2G support varies depending on the product

It is not possible to read RX power level during an ongoing TX

operation. If a read power level command is issued, transmission
is stopped.

For RL4G power level test, use a CW (continuous wave) signal with
a frequency offset equal to the 40% of the selected bandwidth.
e.g.
Band 1 – BW=1.4MHz - ARFCN 400 (downlink) – 2150.000MHz
CW signal must be set to 2150.560MHz
LTE signal can be also used.
e.g.
Settings: Band 1, BW=1.4MHz, ARFCN 400 (downlink)
corresponding to 2150.000MHz
LTE signal must be set to 2150.000MHz and BW must be set to
1.4MHz

The RL4G power level readout is valid in the -90dBm to -30dBm

range

The tolerance of the power value set with PL4G or read with RL4G
is +/-2dB

It is recommended to save CFUN=1 in NVM, before issuing

#TESTMODE

AT#TESTMODE?
Read command reports the currently selected <command> in the format:

#TESTMODE: <testModeStatus>
Additional info:

Parameter meaning:

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 545 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

Name Type Default Description

<testModeStatus> integer 0 status

Values:

0 : module is in Operative Mode

1 : module is in Test Mode

AT#TESTMODE=?
Test command returns the OK result code

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 546 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

Set Test Mode

AT#TESTMODE="TM"
OK
Reboot
Initialize Test Mode for 4G operations
AT#TESTMODE="INIT4G"
OK
set B2 with 1.4 MHz bandwidth, download
AT#TESTMODE="CH4G 900 0"
OK
read power level
AT#TESTMODE="RL4G"
#TESTMODE: -711
OK
set B4 with 1.4 MHz bandwidth, upload
AT#TESTMODE="CH4G 20000 0"
OK
start transmission
AT#TESTMODE="TX4G"
OK
stop transmission
AT#TESTMODE="ESC"
OK
exit from Test Mode
AT#TESTMODE="OM"
OK
Reboot

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 547 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

Power Down

4.11.1. AT#REBOOT - Module Reboot

Immediate module reboot.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#REBOOT
Execution command reboots immediately the unit.
It can be used to reboot the system after a remote update of the script in
order to have the new one running.

If #REBOOT follows an AT command that stores some

parameters in NVM, it is recommended to insert a delay of at
least 5 seconds before to issue #REBOOT, to permit the complete
NVM storing.

#REBOOT is an obsolete AT command; please refer to #ENHRST

to perform a module reboot.

AT#REBOOT=?
Test command returns OK result code.

• Reboot the module

AT#REBOOT
OK
(the module reboots)

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 548 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.11.2. AT#ENHRST - Periodic Reset

Enable or Disable the one shot or periodic unit reset

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Auto No - 2

AT#ENHRST=<mode>,<delay>
Set commands enables/disables the unit reset after the specified <delay>
in minutes
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<mode> integer 0 Enable\Disable mode

Values:

0 : disables the unit reset

1 : enables the unit reset only one time (one shot reset)

2 : enables periodically unit reset

<delay> integer - time interval in minutes after that the unit

reboots

The settings are saved automatically in NVM only if old or new

<mode> value is 2, i.e. unit set in periodic reset mode. Therefore,
any change from 0 to 1 or conversely is not stored in NVM.

The command AT#ENHRST=1,0 causes the immediate module

reboot. If it follows an AT command that stores some parameters
in NVM, it is strongly recommended to insert a delay of at least 5
sec before issuing it, to permit the complete NVM storing process.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 549 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

AT#ENHRST?
Read command reports the current parameter settings in the following
format:
#EHNRST: <mode>[,<delay>,<remainingTime>]
Additional info:

Read command parameter for <mode> =1 or 2.

Name Type Default Description

<remainingTime> integer - time in minutes remaining

before next reset

AT#ENHRST=?
Test command reports supported range of values for parameters <mode>
and <delay>.

Example of #ENHRST usage and expected unit behavior.

• AT#ENHRST=1,60
...
Module reboots after 60 minutes

• AT#ENHRST=1,0
Module reboots immediately

• AT#ENHRST=2,40
...
Module reboots after 40 minutes, and after every following power on,
it will continue to reboot always after 40 minutes.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 550 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.11.3. AT#SHDN - Software Shutdown

This command turns the module OFF.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#SHDN
Execution command causes device to detach from the network and
shut down. Before definitive shut down an OK response is returned.
When issuing the command any previous activity terminated and the
device will not respond to any further command.
To turn it on again hardware pin ON/OFF must be tied low.
The maximum time to shut down the device, completely is 25 seconds.

AT#SHDN=?
Test command returns OK result code.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 551 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.11.4. AT#SYSHALT - System Turn-Off

The execution command sets the module in SYSHALT state. To power down the module,
the serial port (ASC0) must have the control signals CTS, DTR, DCD and RING low.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#SYSHALT?
Read command returns the current stored parameters in the following
format:

# SYSHALT: <GPIORestore>,<DTRWakeUpEn>,<RebootEn>
Additional info:

Here are the parameters meanings.

Name Type Default Description

<GPIORestore> integer 0 select the

GPIOs and
serial ports
pins setting

Values:

0 : GPIOs and serial ports pins are left

unchanged

1 : GPIO and serial pins are set in input

with pull down

<DTRWakeUpEn> integer 0 select the DTR

behavior

Values:

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 552 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

0 : DTR has no effect on module turned

OFF by #SYSHALT

1 : DTR transition from low to high

turns on again the module turned off
by #SYSHALT command

<RebootEn> integer 1 select how the

module exits
SYSHALT

Values:

0 : module exits from SYSHALT and

stays in detached mode like CFUN=4
status. To restore normal behavior,
the user shall set CFUN=1

1 : module exits from SYHALT

performing a total reboot

The parameters are not settable.

AT#SYSHALT=?
Test command returns the supported range of parameters values in the
format:

# SYSHALT: (0-1),(0-1),(0-1)

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 553 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.11.5. AT#FASTSHDN - Fast Shutdown Configuration

This command can be used as a set command to configure a GPIO pin performing a fast
shutdown when on it is forced a High to Low level transition. Or can be used as an
execute command to force immediately a fast shutdown.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Auto No - 2

AT#FASTSHDN[=<enable>[,<GPIO>]]
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<enable> integer 0 enable/disable the fast shutdown

execution via a GPIO pin.

Values:

0 : disabled

1 : enabled

<GPIO> integer - selects the GPIO to execute the fast

shutdown. When the selected <GPIO> pin
goes from High to Low level and the
<enable> is set to 1, the module execute
immediately the fast shutdown.

Additional info:

The execution command #FASTSHDN<CR><LF> forces the module

to execute immediately the fast shutdown.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 554 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

The GPIO pin selected by the #FASTSHDN command must be used

for this purpose only. If you need to use the selected GPIO pin for
different activities, it must be free with the following command:

#FASTSHDN=0,<GPIO>

AT#FASTSHDN?
Read command reports the currently selected configuration in the format:

AT#FASTSHDN: <enable>,<GPIO>

AT#FASTSHDN=?
Test command returns the supported range of values for all the
parameters.

Enable fast shutdown on GPIO_05

AT#FASTSHDN=1,5
OK

AT#FASTSHDN?
#FASTSHDN: 1,5
OK

Force immediate fast shutdown

AT#FASTSHDN
OK

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 555 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.11.6. AT#DGEN - Dying GASP Configuration

This command enables/disables the Dying GASP configuration, configures a GPIO pin
to perform a specific behavior at dying gasp of module, can also be used to read the
last dying event.

[1] Hardware User's Guide of the used module

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Auto No - 2

AT#DGEN=<mode>[,<GPIO>,<Trigger>,<Action>,<URC>[,<text>,<text_format>[,<S
MS_Num>] [,<cid>,<IPProtocol>[,<IPAddr:Port>]]]]
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<mode> integer 0 enable/disable dying GASP behavior

or read report

Values:

0 : disable dying GASP

1 : set the command parameters

2 : read dying GASP statistics

<GPIO> integer N/A GPIO pin number. Max is the number

of GPIO pins provided by the module.
For information on the available GPIO
pins use the test command.

Value:

1÷Max : GPIO pin identifier

<Trigger> integer 0 GPIO Trigger used for event

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 556 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

Values:

0 : activate dying gasp when GPIO translates from

high to low

1 : activate dying gasp when GPIO translates from

low to high

<Action> string 0 Dying GASP Action

Values:

0 : disable both SMS and IP (TCP or UDP)

connection

1 : send SMS

2 : use IP (TCP or UDP) connection

3 : send SMS and use IP (TCP or UDP) connection

<URC> integer 0 URC presentation mode

Values:

0 : disables the presentation of the notification URC

1 : enables the presentation of the notification URC

when GPIO interrupt is triggered

<text> string - the format of text is determined by

<text_format>.
When <text_format> = 0 (text),
content of <text> is a string of 8-bit
ASCII text character. Max 160 chars.
When <text_format> = 1 (binary),
every 8-bit octet of the message must
be written as two IRA character long
hexadecimal numbers, e.g. an octet
with integer value 30 (i.e. 0x1E) must
be written as a string of two
characters "1E" (IRA 49 and 69) it
must be enter in uppercase.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 557 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

<text_format> integer 0 format of the <text> parameter

Values:

0 : text

1 : binary

<SMS_Num> string - SMS Destination Number as string of

8-bit ASCII Characters. Max 20 chars.
International format is requested
(without '+'). This value is not
mandatory if Action = 2

<cid> string - specifies a PDP context definition. To

know the range, see
+CGDCONT command

<IPProtocol> integer 0 IP protocol used for socket

connection.

Values:

0 : disable IP (both TCP and UDP) connection

1 : TCP protocol

2 : UDP protocol

<IPAddr:Port> string - IPv4 server address with the socket

port. Number as string of 8bit ASCII
Characters. Max 25chars. If
IPProtocol = 2 (UDP) local socket port
will be the same of server socket
port.

Additional info:
31. If <Action>=1 parameters <cid>, <IPProtocol>, and <IPAddr:Port> are
not mandatory
32. If <Action>=2 parameter <SMS_Num> is not mandatory
33. If <Action>=3, SMS has always more priority than IP connection
34. If <IPProtocol>=0 paremeter <IPAddr:Port> is not mandatory

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 558 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

If <mode>=2 the command returns the following report:

#DGSTAT: <TimeStamp>, <SMSAttemptedFlag>

If no report is present the result is:

#DGSTAT: 0,0

Any additional parameter will report an error.

Name Type Default Description

<TimeStamp> string - timestamp of the last time

power loss was detected and
Dying Gasp feature was
triggered.

<SMSAttemptedFlag> integer N/A indicates whether device

attempted to send message (by
SMS, IP or both) in the last
power loss event, does not
guarantee network delivery.

Values:

0 : message not attempted

1 : message attempted

If <URC>=1 the module returns the following unsolicited message in the

format:
#DGEN: <GPIO>, <text>

If parameter <Action>=0, not activated:

#DGEN: <GPIO>

Full configuration is stored in NVM.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 559 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

AT#DGEN?
Read command reports the current settings of parameters, in the format:
#DGEN: <mode>,<GPIO>, <Trigger>, <Action>, <URC>, <text> , <text_format>,
<SMS_Num>,<cid>,<IPProtocol>,<IPAddr:Port>

At the very first boot no settings are present so read command will report a
default message:
#DGEN: 0

AT#DGEN=?
Test command reports the supported range of the parameters values.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 560 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

Set command (SMS only)

AT#DGEN=1,2,0,1,1,"shutdown",0,"01012345678"
OK

Set command (IP-TCP only)

AT#DGEN=1,2,0,2,1,"shutdown",0,,1,1,"192.168.0.10:8080"
OK

Set command (SMS and IP-UDP)

AT#DGEN=1,2,0,3,1,"shutdown",0,"01012345678",1,2,"192.168.0.10:8080"
OK

Read command
AT#DGEN?AT#DGEN=1,2,0,3,1,"shutdown",0,"01012345678",1,2,"192.168.0.10:8080"
OK

Set command (active on PGIO=3 without sending messages)

AT#DGEN=1,3,0,0,1
OK

Set command (disable feature)

AT#DGEN=0
OK

Set command (activate with last valid configuration)

AT#DGEN=1
OK

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 561 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

Easy Scan

4.12.1. AT#CSURV - Network Survey

The command performs a survey on the selected band channels.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT#CSURV[=[<s>,<e>]]
Execution command performs a quick survey on channels belonging to the
band selected by last #BND command issue, starting from channel <s> to
channel <e>.
Network registration is required.
Issuing AT#CSURV<CR>, a full band scan is performed. The command
responds with the following string:
Network survey started...

After a while, a list of network survey information text lines, one for each
received carrier, is reported. The format of network survey information
text lines depends on technology (2G or 4G) and BCCH (BCCH-Carrier or
non BCCH-Carrier).

The #CSURV output ends in two ways, depending on the last #CSURVF
setting.
If AT#CSURVF=0 or AT#CSURVF=1 the output will end with the string:
35. Network survey ended
If AT#CSURVF=2 the output will end with the string:
36. Network survey ended (Carrier: <NoARFCN> BCCh: <NoBCCh>)

The network survey information text lines are described in the Additional
info sections.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 562 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

<s> integer - starting channel, see note section.

<e> integer - ending channel, see note section.

Additional info:

2G Networks, for BCCH-Carrier

Network survey information text lines:

arfcn: <arfcn> bsic: <bsic> rxLev: <rxLev> ber: <ber> mcc: <mcc>
mnc: <mnc>
lac: <lac> cellId: <cellId> cellStatus: <cellStat> numArfcn:
<numArfcn> arfcn:
<CR><LF><CR><LF><CR><LF>

Name Type Default Description

<arfcn> integer - C0 carrier assigned radio

channel (BCCH - Broadcast
Control Channel)

<bsic> integer - base station identification code;

if #CSURVF last setting is 0,
<bsic> is a decimal number, else
it is at the most a 2-digits octal
number

<rxLev> integer - decimal number; it is the

reception level (in dBm)

<ber> integer - always 0, dummy parameter

<mcc> hex - hexadecimal 3-digits number; it

is the mobile country code

<mnc> hex - hexadecimal 2-digits number; it

is the mobile network code

<lac> integer - location area code; if #CSURVF

last setting is 0, <lac> is a
decimal number, else it is a 4-
digits hexadecimal number

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 563 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

<cellId> integer - cell identifier; if #CSURVF last

setting is 0, <cellId> is a decimal
number, else it is a 4-digits
hexadecimal number

<cellStat> string N/A cell status

Values:

CELL_SUITABLE : C0 is a suitable cell

CELL_LOW_PRIORITY : the cell is low priority

based on the received
system information

CELL_FORBIDDEN : the cell is forbidden

CELL_BARRED : the cell is barred

based on the received
system information

CELL_LOW_LEVEL : the cell <rxLev> is low

CELL_OTHER : none of the above (e.g.

exclusion timer
running, no BCCH
available, etc.)

<numArfcn> integer - always 0, dummy parameter

2G Networks, for non BCCH-Carrier

Network survey information text lines:

arfcn: <arfcn> rxLev: <rxLev>
<CR><LF><CR><LF><CR><LF>

Name Type Default Description

<arfcn> integer - decimal number; it is the RF channel

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 564 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

<rxLev> integer - decimal number; it is the reception

level (in dBm)

4G Networks

Network survey information text lines for CATM:

earfcn: <earfcn> rxLev: <rxLev> mcc: <mcc> mnc: <mnc> cellId:
<cellId> tac: <tac> cellIdentity: <cellIdentity>
or for NBIoT
earfcn: <earfcn> rxLev: <rxLev> mcc: <mcc> mnc: <mnc>
NBIoTcellid: <cellId> tac: <tac> cellIdentity: <cellIdentity>
earfcn: <earfcn> rxLev: <rxLev> cellId: <cellId>

Name Type Default Description

<earfcn> integer - E-UTRA Assigned Radio

Channel

<tac> string - Tracking Area Code. If

#CSURVF last setting is 0,
<cellId> is a decimal number,
else it is a 4-digits hexadecimal
number

<cellId> integer - Physical cell identifier, if

#CSURVF last setting is 0,
<cellId> is a decimal number,
else it is a hexadecimal number

<cellIdentity> integer - Cell identifier, if #CSURVF last

setting is 0, <cellIdentity> is a
decimal number, else it is a
hexadecimal number

#CSURV end output parameters if AT#CSURVF=2:

Network survey ended (Carrier: <NoARFCN> BCCh: <NoBCCh>)

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 565 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

Name Type Default Description

<NoARCFN> integer - number of scanned frequencies

<NoBCCH> integer - number of found BCCH

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 566 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

2G Network

<s> and <e> parameters can assume the values shown in the Channels
Ranges column, according to the module in use.

Channels Ranges GSM Bands

0,124 GSM900
975,1023 GSM900
512,885 DCS1800
128,251 GSM850
512,810 PCS1900

4G Network

<s> and <e> parameters can assume the values shown in the Channels
Ranges column, according to the module in use.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 567 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

• 2G Network, for BCCH-Carrier

AT#CSURV
Network survey started ...

arfcn: 1018 bsic: 21 rxLev: -71 ber: 0.00 mcc: 222 mnc: 01 lac: 54717
cellId: 14887 cellStatus: CELL_SUITABLE numArfcn: 0 arfcn:

arfcn: 1009 bsic: 10 rxLev: -85 ber: 0.00 mcc: 222 mnc: 01 lac: 54717
cellId: 21093 cellStatus: CELL_SUITABLE numArfcn: 0 arfcn:
...
Network survey ended
OK

• 4G Network

AT#CSURV
Network survey started ...
earfcn: 5110 rxLev: -73 mcc: 136 mnc: 19A cellId: 10D tac: 2700
cellIdentity: BBA7211
earfcn: 5110 rxLev: -73 mcc: 139 mnc: 064 cellId: 10D tac: 2700
cellIdentity: BBA7211
earfcn: 5110 rxLev: -70 cellId: 009B
Network survey ended (Carrier: 2 BCCh: 2)
OK

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 568 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.12.2. AT#CSURVC - Network Survey (Numeric Format)

This command performs a survey on the selected band channels. The return message
uses only the numeric format.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#CSURVC[=[<s>,<e>]]
Execution command performs a quick survey on channels belonging to the band
selected by last #BND command issue, starting from channel <s> to channel <e>.
The information provided by this command is the same as that provided by
#CSURV command. The difference is that the output of #CSURV is in numeric
format only, the parameters names are not reported
Issuing AT#CSURC<CR>, a full band scan is performed. The command responds
with the following string:
Network survey started...

After a while, a list of network survey information text lines in numeric format,
one for each received carrier, is reported. The format of network survey
information text lines depends on technology (2G or 4G) and BCCH (BCCH-Carrier
or non BCCH-Carrier).

The #CSURVC output ends in two ways, depending on the last #CSURVF setting.
If AT#CSURVF=0 or AT#CSURVF=1 the output will end with the string:
37. Network survey ended
If AT#CSURVF=2 the output will end with the string:
38. Network survey ended (Carrier: <NoARFCN> BCCh: <NoBCCh>)

The network survey information text lines are described in the Additional info
sections.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<s> integer - starting channel, see #CSURV command.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 569 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

<e> integer - ending channel, see #CSURV command.

Additional info:

2G Networks, for BCCH-Carrier

Network survey information text lines:

Name Type Default Description

<arfcn> integer - C0 carrier assigned radio channel (BCCH -

Broadcast Control Channel)

<bsic> integer - base station identification code; if #CSURVF

last setting is 0, <bsic> is a decimal number,
else it is at the most a 2-digits octal number

<rxLev> integer - decimal number; it is the reception level (in

dBm)

<ber> integer - always 0, dummy parameter

<mcc> hex - hexadecimal 3-digits number; it is the

mobile country code

<mnc> hex - hexadecimal 2-digits number; it is the

mobile network code

<lac> integer - location area code; if #CSURVF last setting

is 0, <lac> is a decimal number, else it is a 4-
digits hexadecimal number

<cellId> integer - cell identifier; if #CSURVF last setting is 0,

<cellId> is a decimal number, else it is a 4-
digits hexadecimal number

<cellStat> string N/A cell status

Values:

CELL_SUITABLE : C0 is a suitable cell

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 570 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

CELL_LOW_PRIORITY : the cell is low priority based on

the received system information

CELL_FORBIDDEN : the cell is forbidden

CELL_BARRED : the cell is barred based on the

received system information

CELL_LOW_LEVEL : the cell <rxLev> is low

CELL_OTHER : none of the above (e.g. exclusion

timer running, no BCCH available,
etc.)

<numArfcn> integer - always 0, dummy parameter

2G Networks, for non BCCH-Carrier

Network survey information text lines:

Name Type Default Description

<arfcn> integer - decimal number; it is the RF channel

<rxLev> integer - decimal number; it is the reception level (in dBm)

4G Networks

Network survey information text lines:

Name Type Default Description

<earfcn> integer - E-UTRA Assigned Radio Channel.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 571 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

<tac> integer - Tracking Area Code. If #CSURVF last

setting is 0, <cellId> is a decimal number,
else it is a 4-digits hexadecimal number.

<cellId> integer - Physical cell identifier, if #CSURVF last

setting is 0, <cellId> is a decimal number,
else it is a hexadecimal number

<cellIdentity> integer - Cell identifier, if #CSURVF last setting is 0,

<cellIdentity> is a decimal number, else it
is a hexadecimal number

#CSURVC end output parameters if AT#CSURVF=2:

Network survey ended (Carrier: <NoARFCN> BCCh: <NoBCCh>)

Name Type Default Description

<NoARCFN> integer - number of scanned frequencies

<NoBCCH> integer - number of found BCCH

2G Network, for BCCH-Carrier

AT#CSURVC
Network survey started ...

1018,21,-73,0.00,222,01,54717,14887,0,0

1023,50,-78,0.00,222,01,54717,14886,0,0

1009,10,-85,0.00,222,01,54717,21093,0,0
...
Network survey ended
OK

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 572 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.12.3. AT#CSURVF - Network Survey Format

The command configures the numbers format used in the messages related to the
surveying of the network bands channels.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#CSURVF=[<format>]
Set command configures the numbers format in each information text line
of the network survey message (Easy Scan®).
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<format> integer 0 format of some numbers (see #CSURV

and #CSURVC) in each network survey
information text line

Values:

0 : Decimal

1 : Hexadecimal

2 : Hexadecimal and extended network survey end

message format

AT#CSURVF?
Read command reports the current format of the numbers in each
network survey information text line, as follows:
#CSURVF: <format>

AT#CSURVF=?

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 573 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

Test command reports the supported range of values for the parameter
<format>.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 574 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.12.4. AT#CSURVNLF - Network Survey CR LF Removing

This command enables/disables the automatic <CR><LF> removing from each network
survey information text line.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#CSURVNLF=[<value>]
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<value> integer 0 enables/disables the automatic <CR><LF>

removing from each network survey
information text line

Values:

0 : disables <CR><LF> removing; they will be present in

the information text line

1 : enables <CR><LF> removing from information text line

AT#CSURVNLF?
Read command reports whether the automatic <CR><LF> removing from
each network survey information text line is currently enabled or not, in
the format:
<value>

AT#CSURVNLF=?
Test command reports the range of values for parameter <value>.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 575 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.12.5. AT#CSURVEXT - Extended Network Survey

The command is present only for backward compatibility.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#CSURVEXT=[<value>]
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<value> integer 0 dummy parameter

Values:

0 : dummy value

1 : dummy value

2 : dummy value

AT#CSURVEXT?
Read command reports current dummy value.
#CSURVEXT: <value>

AT#CSURVEXT=?
Test command reports the range of values for dummy parameter <value>.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 576 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

Jamming Detection and Report

4.13.1. AT#JDRENH2 - Enhanced Jamming Detection and Report

This command enables/disable jamming detection, and reports the relative result to the
user.

[1] Hardware User's Guide of the used module

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Auto No - 2

AT#JDRENH2=<mode>[,<sat2G>,<unused>,<carrNum2G>,<pRxLevT2G>,<unused
>, <unused>,<unused>[,<P_RSSI_T4G>[,<P_RSRQ_T4G>[,<unused>]]]]
The set command performs the following activities:
39. enables/disables the detection of the presence of jamming in the module
coverage.

40. selects one of the following two reports mode or both: on dedicated GPIO,
by means of the URC, or GPIO + URC.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<mode> integer 0 enable/disable jamming detection

and select reporting mode

Values:

0 : disable jamming detection

1 : enable jamming detection, and report its

condition on a GPIO pin, see Additional info
section

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 577 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

2 : enable jamming detection, and report its

condition with an URC, see Additional info
section

3 : enable jamming detection, and report its

condition as <mode>=1 and <mode>=2

4 : enable jamming detection, and report its

condition with an URC every 3 sec, see
<mode>=2

5 : enable jamming detection, and report its

condition as <mode>=1 and <mode>=4

6 : not used

<sat2G> integer 45 is the starting absolute threshold of

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

<pRxLevT2G> integer 15 set the threshold of RxLev in 2G

Network. The RxLev_Thr threshold
is calculated as shown below:

RxLev_Thr = RxLev_Av * (1 +
(<pRxLevT2G>/100))
where RxLev_Av is the average of
the last 10 RxLev measures.

Value:

0÷100 : values used to compute RxLev_Thr

threshold

<unused> integer N/A unused parameter

Value:

0 : dummy value

<unused> integer N/A unused parameter

Value:

0 : dummy value

<unused> integer N/A unused parameter

Value:

0 : dummy value

<P_RSSI_T4G> integer 20 Set the threshold of RSSI. The

threshold
(T_RSSI_MAX/T_RSSI_MIN) is
calculated as:

T_RSSI_MAX =
RSSI_Avg*(1+(<P_RSSI_T4G>/100))

T_RSSI_MIN = RSSI_Avg*(1-
(<P_RSSI_T4G>/100))

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 579 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

where RSSI_Avg is the average of

the last 50 RSSI measures.

Value:

0÷100 : RSSI threshold values

<P_RSRQ_T4G> integer 20 Set the threshold of RSRQ. The

threshold (RSRQ_Thr) is calculated
as
RSRQ_Thr = RSRQ_Avg*(1-
(<P_RSRQ_T4G>/100))

where RSRQ_Avg is the average of

the last 50 RSRQ measures.

Value:

0÷100 : RSRQ threshold values

<unused> integer 0 unused parameter

Value:

0 : dummy value

Additional info:

<mode>=1
The jamming condition is reported on pin GPIO_02 (JDR):
41. GPIO_02 (JDR) = Low, Normal Operating Condition
42. GPIO_02 (JDR) = High, Jammed Condition

To have information on GPIO_02 pin, refer to document [1]. GPIO_02 pin

can be used also by other functionality, see #GPIO command.

<mode>=2
the jamming condition is reported with a single URC on serial line, in the
format:

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 580 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

#JDR: <status>

Unsolicited field:

Name Type Description

<status> string jamming condition status, <mode>=2

Values:

JAMMED RAT : jamming condition detected, <RAT> is

the Radio Access Technology for
operates: GSM or LTE.

OPERATIVE RAT : Normal Operating condition restored.

Status shown only after a jamming
condition has occurred.

AT#JDRENH2?
Read command reports the current parameters values, in the format:
#JDRENH2:<mode>,<sat2G>,0,<carrNum2G>,<pRxLevT2G>,0,0,0,<P_RSSI_T4G>,
<P_RSRQ_T4G>,0

AT#JDRENH2=?
Test command reports the supported range of the parameters values.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 581 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.13.2. AT#JDR4GCFG - LTE Jamming Detection Threshold Configuration

The command configures the LTE Jamming Detection thresholds.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Auto No - 2

AT#JDR4GCFG=<P_RSRP_T4G>,<P_RSRQ_T4G>,<Initial_Delay>[,<Sampling_Nu
mber>
[,<P_RSSI_S4G>[,<UNUSED_4>[,<UNUSED_5>[,<UNUSED_6>[,<UNUSED_7>]]]]]]
Set command allows to configure the LTE Jamming Detection thresholds. After
configuration, use the #JDRENH2 command to enable/disable LTE jamming
detection and select reporting mode.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<P_RSRP_T4G> integer 20 set the threshold of RSRP. The

threshold (RSRP_Thr) is calculated
as:
RSRP_Thr =
RSRP_Av*(1+(<P_RSRP_T4G>/100))
where RSRP_Av is the average of
the last 8 RSRP measures

Value:

0÷100 : threshold of RSRP

<P_RSRQ_T4G> integer 20 set the threshold of RSRQ. The

threshold (RSRQ_Thr) is calculated
as:
RSRQ_Thr= RSRQ_Av*(1-
(<P_RSRQ_T4G>/100))
where RSRQ_Av is the average of
the last 8 RSRQ measures

Value:

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 582 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

-120÷-20 : Value of RSSI Threshold

<UNUSED_4> mixed - reserved for future use

<UNUSED_5> mixed - reserved for future use

<UNUSED_6> mixed - reserved for future use

<UNUSED_7> mixed - reserved for future use

AT#JDR4GCFG?
Read command returns the current settings in the format:
#JDR4GCFG:
<P_RSRP_T4G>,<P_RSRQ_T4G>,>,<Initial_Delay>,<Sampling_Number>,
<P_RSSI_S4G>,0,0,0,0

Regardless the values used for parameters <UNUSED_4> ... <UNUSED_7>, the
read command returns always 0.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 583 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

AT#JDR4GCFG=?
Test command returns the range of supported values for all the parameters.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 584 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

Packet Domain

4.14.1. AT+CGDCONT - Define PDP Context

Define PDP Context.

3GPP TS 27.007

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Auto No - 2

AT+CGDCONT=[<cid>[,<PDP_type>[,<APN>[,<PDP_addr>[,<d_comp>[,<h_comp>[,<I
Pv4AddrAlloc>[,<emergencyIndication>]]]]]]]]
Set command specifies PDP context parameter values for a PDP context identified
by the (local) context identification parameter, <cid>.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<cid> integer - (PDP Context Identifier)

numeric parameter which
specifies a particular PDP
context definition.
1..max - where the value of
max is returned by the Test
command.

<PDP_type> string N/A (Packet Data Protocol type)

a string parameter which
specifies the type of packet
data protocol.

Values:

"IP" : Internet Protocol

"IPV6" : Internet Protocol version 6

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 585 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

"IPV4V6" : Virtual introduced to handle

dual IP stack UE capability.

Non-IP : Transfer of Non-IP data to

external packet data network

<APN> string - (Access Point Name) a

string parameter which is a
logical name that is used to
select the GGSN or the
external packet data
network. If the value is
empty ("") or omitted, then
the subscription value will
be requested.

<PDP_addr> string - A string parameter that

identifies the terminal in the
address space applicable to
the PDP. The allocated
address may be read using
the +CGPADDR command.

<d_comp> integer 0 Numeric parameter that

controls PDP data
compression.

Values:

0 : PDP data compression off (default if

value is omitted)

1 : PDP data compression on

2 : V.42bis (applicable only for products

supporting GSM)

<h_comp> integer 0 Numeric parameter that

controls PDP header
compression.

Values:

0 : PDP header compression off (default if

value is omitted)

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 586 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

1 : PDP header compression on

2 : RFC1144 (applicable only for products

supporting GSM; applicable for SNDCP
only)

3 : RFC2507 (applicable only for products

supporting GSM)

4 : RFC3095 (applicable only for products

supporting GSM; applicable for PDCP
only)

<IPv4AddrAlloc> integer 0 a numeric parameter that

controls how the MT/TA
requests to get the IPv4
address information.

Value:

0 : IPv4 Address Allocation through NAS

Signaling (default)

<emergencyIndication> integer 0 a numeric parameter used

to indicate whether the PDP
context is for emergency
bearer services or not.

Value:

0 : PDP context is not for emergency

bearer services (default)

To erase all params for a <cid> give as follows:

AT+CGDCONT=<cid>,<pdp_type>,""

AT+CGDCONT?
Read command returns the current settings for each defined context in the format:

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 587 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

+CGDCONT: <cid>,<PDP_type>,<APN>,<PDP_addr>,<d_comp>,<h_comp>,0,0<CR><
LF>
+CGDCONT: <cid>,<PDP_type>,<APN>,<PDP_addr>,<d_comp>,<h_comp>,0,0[...]

AT+CGDCONT=?
Test command returns values supported as a compound value.

AT+CGDCONT=1,"IP","APN","10.10.10.10",0,0
OK
AT+CGDCONT?
+CGDCONT: 1,"IP","APN","10.10.10.10",0,0,0,0
OK
AT+CGDCONT=?
+CGDCONT: (1-6),"IP",,,(0-2),(0-4),0,0
+CGDCONT: (1-6),"IPV6",,,(0-2),(0-4),0,0
+CGDCONT: (1-6),"IPV4V6",,,(0-2),(0-4),0,0
OK

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 588 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.14.2. AT+CGPADDR - Show PDP Address

This command returns a list of PDP addresses for the specified context identifiers.

3GPP TS 27.007

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT+CGPADDR=[<cid>[,...]]
Execution command returns a list of PDP addresses for the specified
context identifiers.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<cid> integer - specifies a PDP context definition, see

+CGDCONT command. If no <cid> specified,
the addresses for all defined contexts are
returned.

Additional info:

The command returns a row of information for every <cid> whose

context has been defined. No row is returned for a <cid> whose
context has not been defined. Here is the response format:
+CGPADDR: <cid>,<PDP_addr><CR><LF>
+CGPADDR: <cid>,<PDP_addr><CR><LF>
...

Name Type Default Description

<PDP_addr> string - identifies the terminal in an

address space applicable to the

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 589 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

PDP. The address may be static

or dynamic:

43. for a static address, it will

be the one set by the
+CGDCONT command
when the context was
defined

44. for a dynamic address it

will be the one assigned
during the last PDP context
activation that used the
context definition referred
to by <cid>; <PDP_addr> is
omitted if none is available

AT+CGPADDR=?
Test command returns a list of defined <cid>.

AT#SGACT=3,1
#SGACT: xxx.yyy.zzz.www
OK

AT+CGPADDR=3
+CGPADDR: 3,”xxx.yyy.zzz.www”
OK

AT+CGPADDR=?
+CGPADDR: (3)
OK

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 590 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.14.3. AT#AUTOATT - Auto-Attach Property

Execution command has no effect and is included only for backward compatibility.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Auto No - 2

AT#AUTOATT=[<auto>]
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<auto> integer 0 dummy parameter

Values:

0 : dummy parameter

1 : dummy parameter

Entering AT#AUTOATT= returns OK but has no effect.

AT#AUTOATT?
Read command reports <auto> value, in the format:

#AUTOATT: <auto>

AT#AUTOATT=?
Test command reports available values for parameter <auto>.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 591 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.14.4. AT#BSRCFG - Buffer Status Reporting (BSR) Configuration

This command configures the Buffer Status reporting timers.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Specific profile No - 2

AT#BSRCFG=<idleTo>
Execution command sets the idle timeout value of Buffer Status Reporting.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<idleTo> integer N/A Timer value in seconds

Value:

1÷1800 : Timer value in seconds

The BSR setting has only effect on LTE Cat.M and NB-IoT (User
Plane) technologies.

AT#BSRCFG?
Read command returns the current <idleTo> time in the format:
#BSRCFG: <idleTo>

AT#BSRCFG=?

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 592 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

Test command reports the supported range of values of <idleTo> in

seconds.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 593 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.14.5. AT#MSCLASS - Multislot Class Control

Set command sets the GPRS multislot class.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Auto No - 2

AT#MSCLASS=[<class>[,<autoattach>]]
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<class> integer 33 GPRS multislot class.

Values:

1÷12 : class

30÷33 : class

<autoattach> integer 0 specify when the new

multislot class will be
enabled.

Values:

0 : the new multislot class is enabled only at the

next detach/attach or after a reboot.

1 : the new multislot class is enabled immediately,

automatically forcing a detach / attach procedure
only in case of GSM network registered

AT#MSCLASS?
Read command reports the current value of the multislot class in the
format:
#MSCLASS: <class>

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 594 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

AT#MSCLASS=?
Test command reports the range of available values for both parameters
<class> and <autoattach>.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 595 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.14.6. AT#GAUTH - PPP Data Connection Authentication Type

This command sets the authentication type used in PDP Context Activation during PPP-
PS connections.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT#GAUTH=[<type>]
Set command sets the authentication type used in PDP Context Activation
during PPP-PS connections.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<type> integer 3 authentication type used in PDP Context

Activation during PPP-PS connections

Values:

0 : no authentication

1 : PAP authentication

2 : CHAP authentication

3 : AUTO authentication (PAP or CHAP or no authentication

according to host application)

if the settings on the server side (the host application) of the PPP
are not compatible with the #GAUTH setting, then the PDP Context
Activation will use no authentication.

AT#GAUTH?
Read command reports the current authentication type, in the format:
#GAUTH: <type>

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 596 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

AT#GAUTH=?
Test command returns the range of supported values for parameter
<type>.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 597 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.14.7. AT+CGAUTH - Define PDP Context Authentication Parameters

This command allows the TE to specify authentication parameters for a PDP context.

3GPP TS 27.007

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Auto No - 2

AT+CGAUTH=<cid>,<auth_type>,<username>,<password>
Set command allows the TE to specify authentication parameters for a
PDP context identified by the (local) context identification parameter <cid>,
used during the PDP context activation and the PDP context modification
procedures.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<cid> integer - specifies a particular PDP context

definition, see the +CGDCONT
command.

<auth_type> integer 0 selects the authentication protocol

used for this PDP context.

Values:

0 : no authentication

1 : PAP authentication

2 : CHAP authentication

<username> string - User name for access to the IP

network

<password> string - Password for access to the IP network

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 598 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

AT+CGAUTH?
Read command returns the PDP authentication parameters, excluding
<password>, for every defined PDP context, in the format:

+CGAUTH: <cid1>,< auth_type1 >,<username1><CR><LF>

...
+CGAUTH:<cidmax>,<auth_typemax >,<usernamemax><CR><LF>

AT+CGAUTH=?
Test command reports the supported range of values for parameters
<cid>, <auth_type> and the maximum lengths for parameters <username>
and <password>.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 599 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.14.8. AT+CGCONTRDP - PDP Context Read Dynamic Parameters

The execution command returns the relevant information for a PDP Context established
by the network.

3GPP TS 27.007

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Auto No - 2

AT+CGCONTRDP[=<cid>]
The execution command returns the relevant information on a PDP Context
established by the network with the context identifier <cid>. If the parameter
<cid> is omitted, the information for all established PDP contexts is returned.
The response message has the following format:

+CGCONTRDP:<cid>,<bearerId>,<apn>[,<ip&subnet>[,<gw_addr>[,<DNS_prim>
[,<DNS_sec>[, <P_CSCF_prim>[,<P_CSCF_sec>]]]]]][<CR><LF>
+CGCONTRDP:<cid>,<bearerId>,<apn>[,
<ip&subnet_mask>[,<gw_addr>[,<DNS_prim>
[,<DNS_sec>[, <P_CSCF_prim>[,<P_CSCF_sec>]]]]]] [...]]

If the context cannot be found an ERROR response is returned.

The response message parameters are described in the Additional info
section.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<cid> integer - identifies a non secondary PDP context

definition. The parameter is local to the TE-
MT interface and is used in other PDP
context-related commands.

Additional info:

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 600 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

List of the meaning of the response message parameters.

Name Type Default Description

<berrerId> integer - identifies the bearer, EPS Bearer

in EPS and NSAPI in
UMTS/GPRS.

<apn> string - logical name used to select the

GGSN or the external packet data
network.

<ip&subnet> string - IP address and subnet mask of

the MT. The string is given as
dot-separated numeric (0-255)
parameters on the form. For
more information, see next
Additional info section.

<gw_addr> string - Gateway address of the MT. The

string is given as dot-separated
numeric (0-255) parameters.

<DNS_prim> string - IP address of the primary DNS

Server.

<DNS_sec> string - IP address of the secondary DNS

Server.

<P_CSCF_prim> string - IP address of the primary P-

CSCF Server.

<P_CSCF_sec> string - IP address of the secondary P-

CSCF Server.

Referring to <ip&subnet> parameter:

the string is given as dot-separated numeric (0-255) parameters. The
format is:

for IPv4:
"a1.a2.a3.a4.m1.m2.m3.m4"

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 601 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

for IPv6:
"a1.a2.a3.a4.a5.a6.a7.a8.a9.a10.a11.a12.a13.a14.a15.a16.
m1.m2.m3.m4.m5.m6.m7.m8.m9.m10.m11.m12. m13.m14.m15.m16"

When +CGPIAF is supported, its settings can influence the format of this
parameter returned with the execute form of +CGCONTRDP.

The dynamic part of the PDP context will only exist if established by the
network. The test command returns a list of <cid>s associated with
active contexts.

If the MT has dual stack capabilities, two lines of information are

returned per <cid>. First one line with the IPv4 parameters followed by
one line with the IPv6 parameters.

AT+CGCONTRDP=?
Return the list of <cid>s associated with active contexts.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 602 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.14.9. AT+CGPIAF - Printing IP Address Format

This command selects the printout format of the IPv6 address.

3GPP TS 27.007

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT+CGPIAF=[<IPv6_AddressFormat>[,<IPv6_SubnetNotation>[,<IPv6_LeadingZer
os> [,<Pv6_CompressZeros>]]]]
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<IPv6_AddressFormat> integer 0 selects the IPv6 address

format. Relevant for all AT
command parameters that
can hold an IPv6 address.

Values:

0 : use IPv4-like dot-notation. IP

addresses, and subnetwork mask if
applicable, are dot-separated.

1 : use IPv6-like colon-notation. IP

address, and subnetwork mask if
applicable and when given explicitly,
are separated by a space.

<IPv6_SubnetNotation> integer 0 selects the subnet-notation

for remote address and
subnet mask. Setting does
not apply if IPv6 address
format
<IPv6_AddressFormat>=0.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 603 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

Values:

0 : both IP address, and subnet mask are

started explicitly, separated by a
space.

1 : the printout format is applying

/(forward slash) subnet-prefix
Classless Inter-Domain Routing (CIDR)
notation.

<IPv6_LeadingZeros> integer 0 selects whether leading

zeros are omitted or not.
Setting does not apply if
IPv6 address format
<IPv6_AddressFormat>=0.

Values:

0 : leading zeros are omitted.

1 : leading zeros are included.

<Pv6_CompressZeros> integer 0 selects whether 1-n

instances of 16-bit- zero
values are replaced by only
"::". This applies only once.
Setting does not apply if
IPv6 address format
<IPv6_AddressFormat>=0.

Values:

0 : no zero compression.

1 : use zero compression.

AT+CGPIAF?
Read command returns the current parameter setting.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 604 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

AT+CGPIAF=?
Test command returns values supported as compound values.

AT+CGPIAF=0,0,0,0
OK

AT#SGACT=1,1
#SGACT: 252.1.171.171.205.205.239.224.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.1
OK

AT+CGPIAF=1,0,0,0
OK

AT#SGACT=1,1
#SGACT: FC01:ABAB:CDCD:EFE0:0:0:0:1
OK

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 605 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.14.10. AT+CGACT - PDP Context Activate or Deactivate

This command activates or deactivates the specified PDP context(s).

3GPP TS 27.007

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT+CGACT=[<state>[,<cid>[,<cid>][,...]]]]
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<state> integer N/A activate/deactivate the PDP context

Values:

0 : deactivate

1 : activate

<cid> integer - specifies a PDP context definition (see

+CGDCONT command)

Only three <cid>s can be activated at the same time.

if no <cid>s are specified, the activation form of the command

activates the first three defined contexts. The deactivation form
deactivates all the active contexts.

AT+CGACT?

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 606 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

Read command returns the current activation state for all the defined PDP
contexts in the format:
+CGACT: <cid>,<state>[<CR><LF>
+CGACT: <cid>,<state>[...]]

AT+CGACT=?
Test command reports information on the supported PDP context
activation states <state>.

AT+CGACT=1,1
OK

AT+CGACT?
+CGACT: 1,1
OK

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 607 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.14.11. AT+CGEREP - Packet Domain Event Reporting

This command enables or disables the presentation of unsolicited result codes.

3GPP TS 27.007

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Specific profile No - 2

AT+CGEREP=[<mode>[,<bfr>]]
Set command enables/disables sending of unsolicited result codes in case
of certain events occurring in the module or in the network. The URC
formats and related events are shown in the Additional info sections.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<mode> integer 0 controls the processing of

URCs specified with this
command.

Values:

0 : buffer unsolicited result codes in the TA. If TA result

code buffer is full, the oldest one can be discarded. No
codes are forwarded to the TE.

1 : discard unsolicited result codes when TA-TE link is

reserved (e.g. in on-line data mode); otherwise
forward them directly to the TE.

2 : buffer unsolicited result codes in the TA when TA-TE

link is reserved (e.g. in on-line data mode) and flush
them to the TE when TA-TE link becomes available;
otherwise forward them directly to the TE.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 608 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

<bfr> integer 0 controls the effect on

buffered codes when <mode>
1 or 2 is entered.

Values:

0 : TA buffer of unsolicited result codes defined within

this command is cleared when <mode> 1 or 2 is
entered.

1 : TA buffer of unsolicited result codes defined within

this command is flushed to the TE when <mode> 1 or 2
is entered (OK response shall be given before flushing
the codes)

Unsolicited fields:

Name Type Description

<PDP_type> string Packet Data Protocol type, which specifies the

type of packet data protocol

<PDP_addr> string identifies the terminal in the address space

applicable to the PDP

<cid> integer PDP Context Identifier

AT+CGEREP?
Read command returns the current <mode> and <bfr> settings, in the
format:

+CGEREP: <mode>,<bfr>

AT+CGEREP=?
Test command reports the supported range of values for the +CGEREP
command parameters.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 609 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

Here are some examples:

• A network request for PDP context activation occurred when the TA

was unable to report it to the TE with a +CRING unsolicited result
code and was automatically rejected.

+CGEV: REJECT <PDP_type>, <PDP_addr>

• The network has requested a context reactivation. The <cid> that

was used to reactivate the context is provided if known to TA.

+CGEV: NW REACT <PDP_type>, <PDP_addr>, [<cid>]

• The network has forced a context deactivation. The <cid> that was
used to activate the context is provided if known to TA.

+CGEV: NW_DEACT <PDP_type>, <PDP_addr>, [<cid>]

• The mobile equipment has forced a PS detach. This implies that all
active contexts have been deactivated. These are not reported
separately.

+CGEV: ME_DETACH

• The network has forced a PS detach. This implies that all active
contexts have been deactivated. These are not reported separately.

+CGEV: NW_DETACH

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 610 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.14.12. AT#PPPCFG - PPP Configuration

This command configures the PPP mode.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Auto No - 2

AT#PPPCFG=<mode>
Set command sets the active/passive PPP mode
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<mode> integer 1 sets PPP mode

Values:

0 : passive mode

1 : active mode

AT#PPPCFG?
Read command returns the current <mode>, in the format:

#PPPCFG: <mode>

AT#PPPCFG=?
Test command returns the range of available values for parameters
<mode> .

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 611 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.14.13. AT+CGREG - GPRS Network Registration Status

Set command controls the presentation of the +CGREG: unsolicited result code

3GPP TS 27.007
3GPP TS 24.008

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT+CGREG=[<mode>]
Set command enables/disables the +CGREG: unsolicited result code, and selects
one of the available formats:

short format:
+CGREG:<stat>
long format:
+CGREG:<stat>[,<lac>,<ci>[,<AcT>,<rac>]]
extra long format:
+CGREG:<stat>[,[<lac>],[<ci>],[<AcT>],[<rac>][,,[,[<ActiveTime>],[<PeriodicRAU>],
[<GPRSREADYtimer>]]]]

Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<mode> integer 0 enables/disables the network registration

unsolicited result code (URC), and selects
one of the available formats.
The following events triggers the URC:
45. URC short format is displayed every
time there is a change in the network
registration status

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 612 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

46. URC long or extra long format is

displayed, according to <mode>
value, every time there is a change of
the network cell.
Values:

0 : disable the network registration unsolicited result

code

1 : enable the network registration unsolicited result

code, and selects the short format

2 : enable the network registration unsolicited result

code, and selects the long format (includes the
network cell identification data)

4 : enable the network registration and location

information unsolicited result code (extra long format)

Unsolicited fields:

Name Type Description

<stat> integer registration status of the module

Values:

0 : not registered, terminal is not

currently searching a new operator to
register to

1 : registered, home network

2 : not registered, but terminal is

currently searching a new operator to
register to

3 : registration denied

4 : unknown

5 : registered, roaming

<lac> string the parameter reports:

47. Local Area Code when <AcT>=0

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 613 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

48. Tracking Area Code when <AcT>=8 or 9

<ci> string cell ID in hexadecimal format

<AcT> integer access technology of the registered network.

Values:

0 : GSM

8 : CAT M1

9 : NB IoT

<rac> string routing area code (one byte) in hexadecimal

format

<ActiveTime> string one byte in an 8 bit format. Indicates the Active

Time value (T3324) allocated to the UE. The
Active Time value is coded as one byte (octet 3)
of the GPRS Timer 2 information element
coded as bit format (e.g. "00100100" equals 4
minutes). For the coding and the value range,
see the GPRS Timer 2 IE in 3GPP TS 24.008.

<PeriodicRAU> string one byte in an 8 bit format. Indicates the

extended periodic RAU value (T3312) allocated
to the UE. The extended periodic RAU value s
coded as one byte (octet 3) of the GPRS Timer
3 information element coded as bit format (e.g.
"01000111" equals 70 hours). For the coding
and the value range, see the GPRS Timer 3 IE
in 3GPP TS 24.008.

<GPRSREADYtimer> string one byte in an 8 bit format. Indicates the GPRS

READY timer value (T3314) allocated to the UE.
The GPRS READY timer value is coded as one
byte (octet 2) of the GPRS Timer information
element coded as bit format (e.g. "01000011"
equals 3 decihours or 18 minutes). For the
coding and the value range, see the GPRS
Timer IE in 3GPP TS 24.008.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 614 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

<lac>, <ci>, <AcT>, and <rac> network information is reported by URC

only if <mode>=2 or 4, and the module is registered on some network
cell.

AT+CGREG?
Read command returns the current value of <mode>, the registration status
<stat>, and the network information (<lac>, <ci>, <AcT>, and <rac> ) according to
the used <mode> parameter value.

+CGREG: <mode>,<stat>[,<lac>,<ci>[,<AcT>,<rac>]]

<lac>, <ci>, <AcT>, and <rac> network information is reported only if <mode>=2
or 4 and the module is registered on some network cell.

AT+CGREG=?
Test command returns supported values for parameter <mode>.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 615 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.14.14. AT+CGATT - PS Attach or Detach

This execution command is used to register (attach) the terminal to or deregister
(detach) the terminal from the Packet Domain service.

3GPP TS 27.007

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT+CGATT=<state>
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<state> integer N/A state of PS attachment

Values:

0 : detached

1 : attached

AT+CGATT?
Read command returns the current PS state in the format:
+CGATT: <state>

AT+CGATT=?
Test command returns the values range of the <state> parameter.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 616 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

AT+CGATT?
+CGATT: 0
OK

AT+CGATT=?
+CGATT: (0,1)
OK

AT+CGATT=1
OK

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 617 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.14.15. AT+CSODCP - Sending of Originating Data Via the Control Plane

The set command is used by the TE to transmit data over control plane to network via
MT. Context identifier <cid> is used to link the data to particular context.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT+CSODCP=<cid>,<cpdataLength>,<cpdata>,<RAI>[,<typeOfUserData>]
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<cid> integer - specifies a particular PDP

context or EPS bearer context
definition. The <cid> parameter is
local to the TE-MT interface and
identifies the PDP or EPS bearer
contexts which have been setup
via AT command (see the
+CGDCONT and +CGDSCONT
commands)

<cpdataLength> integer - indicates the number of octets of

the <cpdata> information
element. When there is no data to
transmit, the value shall be set to
zero.

<cpdata> string - is a string of octets. Contains the

user data container contents.
When there is no data to
transmit, the <cpdata> shall be
an empty string (""). This
parameter shall not be subject to
conventional character
conversion as per +CSCS. The
coding format of the user data
container and the maximum

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 618 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

length of <cpdata> are

implementation specific.

<RAI> integer 0 indicates the value of the release

assistance indication

Values:

0 : no information available

1 : the MT expects that exchange of data will be

completed with the transmission of the ESM
DATA TRANSPORT message

2 : the MT expects that exchange of data will be

completed with the receipt of an ESM DATA
TRANSPORT Message

<typeOfUserData> integer 0 indicates whether the user data

that is transmitted is regular or
exceptional

Values:

0 : regular data

1 : exception data

AT+CSODCP=?
Test command reports the supported range of values for parameters:
<cid>,<cpdataLength>, <RAI> and <typeOfUserData>.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 619 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.14.16. AT+CRTDCP - Reporting of Terminating Data Via the Control Plane

The set command is used to enable and disable reporting of data from the network to
the MT that is transmitted via the control plane in downlink direction.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT+CRTDCP=[<reporting>]
If reporting is enabled, the MT returns the following unsolicited result
code when data is received from the network.
+CRTDCP: <cid>,<cpdataLength>,<cpdata>
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<reporting> integer 0 controlling reporting of mobile

terminated control plane data events

Values:

0 : disable reporting of MT control plane data

1 : enable reporting of MT control plane data by the

unsolicited result code +CRTDCP

Unsolicited fields:

Name Type Description

<cid> integer specifies a particular PDP context or EPS

bearer context definition. The <cid>
parameter is local to the TE-MT interface
and identifies the PDP or EPS bearer
contexts which have been setup via AT
command (see the +CGDCONT and
+CGDSCONT commands)

<cpdataLength> integer indicates the number of octets of the

<cpdata> information element

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 620 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

<cpdata> string is a string of octets. Contains the user data

container contents. This parameter shall not
be subject to conventional character
conversion as per +CSCS. The coding format
of the user data container and the maximum
length of <cpdata> are implementation
specific

AT+CRTDCP?
Read command returns the current parameter setting for
+CRTDCP command in the format:
+CRTDCP: <reporting>

AT+CRTDCP=?
Test command reports the supported range of values for parameter
<reporting>, and range of supported <cid> and <cpdataLength>.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 621 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

IPEasy

4.15.1. AT#SGACT - Context Activation

This command enables/disables the PDP context activation.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT#SGACT=<cid>,<stat>[,<userId>[,<pwd>]]
Execution command is used to activate the specified PDP context, followed
by binding data application to the PS network. Also, it is used to deactivate
the PDP context and unbind data application from PS network.

Execution command returns a list of IP addresses for the specified context

identifiers in the format:

for IP or IPV6 PDP context: #SGACT: <ipAddr>

for DUAL STACK IPV4V6 PDP context: #SGACT: [<ipAddrV4>],[<ipAddrV6>]

Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<cid> integer - specifies a particular PDP context

definition. To know the range see
+CGDCONT command.

<stat> integer 0 activates/disactivates the PDP context

specified

Values:

0 : deactivate the context

1 : activate the context

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 622 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

<userId> string - user identifier, used only if the context

requires it

<pwd> string - password, used only if the context requires

Additional info:

Meaning of the parameters returned by the command.

Name Type Default Description

<ipAddr> string - ip address ipv4 or ipv6

<ipAddrV4> string - ip address ipv4 (if v4 PDP context

activated)

<ipAddrV6> string - ip address ipv6 (if v6 PDP context

activated)

Context activation/deactivation returns ERROR if there is not any

socket associated to it, see #SCFG.

In LTE network, default PDP context (<cid>=1) is activated by

piggybacking on LTE attach procedure and maintained until
detached from network. This command with <cid>=1 is just binding
or unbinding application to the default PDP context.

If the unsolicited result code for obtaining IP address was enabled

(urcmode value) using #SGACTCFG command, on start up and due
to USB enumeration timing the unsolicited may not appear, user
should manually use +CGPADDR command to see the IP address.

AT#SGACT?
Read command returns the state of all the contexts that have been defined
in the format:

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 623 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

#SGACT: <cid1>,<stat1><CR><LF>
...
#SGACT: <cidn>,<statn>

Each row in the read command's answer is optional.

AT#SGACT=?
Test command reports the range for the parameters <cid> and <stat>.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 624 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.15.2. AT#SGACTAUTH - PDP Context Authentication Type

This command sets the authentication type for IP Easy

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT#SGACTAUTH=<type>
Set command sets the authentication type for IP Easy, it has effect on the
authentication mode used by #SGACT command.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<type> integer 1 authentication type for IP Easy

Values:

0 : no authentication

1 : PAP authentication

2 : CHAP authentication

AT#SGACTAUTH?
Read command reports the current IP Easy authentication type, in the
format:

#SGACTAUTH: <type>

AT#SGACTAUTH=?
Test command returns the supported values for parameter <type>.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 625 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.15.3. AT#SGACTCFG - PDP Automatic Context Activation-Reactivation

This command configures the automatic activation/reactivation of the specified PDP
context

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Auto No - 2

AT#SGACTCFG=<cid>,<retry>[,<delay>[,<urcmode>]]
Set command enables/disables the automatic activation/reactivation of the
specified PDP context, sets the maximum number of attempts and the
delay between an attempt and the next one. The context is automatically
activated after every PS attach or after a network PDP context deactivation
if at least one IPEasy socket is configured for that context, see #SCFG
command.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<cid> integer - PDP context identifier. To know the

range see +CGDCONT command.

<retry> integer 0 specifies the maximum number of

context activation attempts in case of
activation failure.
0 disables the automatic
activation/reactivation of the context. It
is the default value if the set command
is not used, see Example section.

Value:

1÷15 : number of attempts.

<delay> integer 180 specifies the delay in seconds between

an attempt and the next one.
180 is the default value if the set
command is not used, see Example
section.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 626 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

Value:

180÷3600 : delay in seconds

<urcmode> integer 0 URC presentation mode.

Values:

0 : disables URC

1 : enables URC, see Additional info section.

Additional info:

<urcmode>=1
enables the URC after an automatic activation/reactivation of the
local IP address obtained from the network. It has meaning only if
<retry>=/=0.
The format of the URC message is:

#SGACT: <ip_address>

Unsolicited field:

Name Type Description

<ip_address> string local IP address obtained from the network.

The URC presentation mode <urcmode> is related to the current

AT instance only. Last <urcmode> setting is saved for every
instance as extended profile parameter, thus it is possible to
restore it even if the multiplexer control channel is released and
set up, back and forth.

< retry > and <delay> setting are global parameters saved in NVM.

If the automatic activation is enabled on a context, then it is not

allowed to modify by the command #SCFG the association between
the context itself and the socket connection identifier; all the other

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 627 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

parameters of command #SCFG are modifiable while the socket is

not connected.

AT#SGACTCFG?
Read command reports the states of all configured PDP contexts, in the
format:

#SGACTCFG: <cid1>,<retry1>,<delay1>, < urcmode >CR><LF>

...
#SGACTCFG: <cidn>,<retryn>,<delayn>,< urcmode >

AT#SGACTCFG=?
Test command reports the values ranges of the parameters.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 628 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

• AT+CGDCONT=1,"IP","Access_Point_Name"
OK

AT+CGDCONT?
+CGDCONT: 1,"IP","Access_Point_Name","",0,0
OK

AT#SCFG=6,1,300,90,600,50
OK

AT#SCFG?
#SCFG: 1,1,300,90,600,50
#SCFG: 2,1,300,90,600,50
#SCFG: 3,1,300,90,600,50
#SCFG: 4,2,300,90,600,50
#SCFG: 5,2,300,90,600,50
#SCFG: 6,1,300,90,600,50
OK

AT#SGACTCFG?
#SGACTCFG: 1,0,180,0
OK

AT#SGACTCFG=1,15,3600,1
OK

AT#SGACTCFG?
#SGACTCFG: 1,15,3600,1
OK

Reboot the module

AT#SGACTCFG?
#SGACTCFG: 1,15,3600,0
OK

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 629 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.15.4. AT#SGACTCFGEXT - Extended PDP Context Configuration

This command manages the extended configuration of context activation.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Auto No - 2

AT#SGACTCFGEXT=<cid>,<abortAttemptEnable>[,<unused>[,<unused>[,<unused>
]]]
Set command is used to enable new features related to context activation.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<cid> integer - PDP context identifier. To

know the range see
+CGDCONT command.

<abortAttemptEnable> integer 0 enables/disables abort

during context activation
attempt.

Values:

0 : old behavior: no abort possible while

attempting context activation

1 : abort during context activation attempt

is possible by sending a byte on the
serial port

<unused> mixed N/A unused parameter

Value:

0 : dummy value

<unused> mixed N/A unused parameter

Value:

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 630 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

0 : dummy value

<unused> mixed N/A unused parameter

Value:

0 : dummy value

<abortAttemptEnable>=1 takes effect on successive PDP context

activation attempt through #SGACT command. While waiting for
AT#SGACT=<cid>,1 response, it is possible to abort attempt by sending a
byte and get back AT interface control (NO CARRIER indication).

If we receive delayed CTXT ACTIVATION ACCEPT after abort, network will

be automatically informed of our aborted attempt through relative
protocol messages (SM STATUS) and will also close on its side.
Otherwise, if no ACCEPT is received after abort, network will be informed
later of our PDP state through other protocol messages (routing area
update for instance).

The command is not effective while the context is already open.

AT#SGACTCFGEXT?
Read command reports the state of all the five contexts, in the format:

#SGACTCFGEXT: <cid1>,< abortAttemptEnable1 >,0,0,0<CR><LF>

...
#SGACTCFGEXT: <cidn>,< abortAttemptEnablen >,0,0,0<CR><LF>

AT#SGACTCFGEXT=?
Test command reports supported range of values for all parameters.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 631 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

• See #SGACTCFG command

AT#SGACTCFG?
#SGACTCFG: 1,15,3600,0
OK

AT#SGACTCFGEXT?
#SGACTCFGEXT: 1,0,0,0,0
OK

AT#SGACTCFGEXT=1,1,0,0,0
OK

AT#SGACTCFGEXT?
#SGACTCFGEXT: 1,1,0,0,0
OK

Reboot the module

AT#SGACTCFGEXT?
#SGACTCFGEXT: 1,1,0,0,0
OK

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 632 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.15.5. AT#SCFG - Socket Configuration

The command sets the configuration for the socket.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Auto No - 2

AT#SCFG=<connId>,<cid>,<pktSz>,<maxTo>,<connTo>,<txTo>
Set command sets the socket configuration parameters.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<connId> integer N/A Socket connection identifier.

Value:

1÷6 : Socket connection identifier value

<cid> integer - PDP context identifier. To know the range

see +CGDCONT command.

<pktSz> integer 300 Packet size in bytes to be used by the

TCP/UDP/IP stack for data sending.

Values:

0 : select automatically default value

1÷1500 : packet size in bytes

<maxTo> integer 90 Exchange timeout in seconds (or socket

inactivity timeout); if there's no data
exchange within this timeout period the
connection is closed.

Values:

0 : no timeout

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 633 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

1÷65535 : timeout

<connTo> integer 600 Connection timeout in tenths of seconds.

If we cannot establish a connection to the
remote within this timeout period, an
error is raised.

Values:

0 : no timeout

10÷1200 : timeout value in hundreds of milliseconds

<txTo> integer 50 data sending timeout; data are sent even

if they are less than max packet size, after
this period. Used for online data mode
only.

Values:

0 : no timeout

1÷255 : timeout in tenths of seconds

256 : timeout value of 10 ms

257 : timeout value of 20 ms

258 : timeout value of 30 ms

259 : timeout value of 40 ms

260 : timeout value of 50 ms

261 : timeout value of 60 ms

262 : timeout value of 70 ms

263 : timeout value of 80 ms

264 : timeout value of 90 ms

AT#SCFG?

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 634 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

Read command returns the current socket configuration parameters

values for all the six sockets, in the format:

#SCFG:
<connId1>,<cid1>,<pktsz1>,<maxTo1>,<connTo1>,<txTo1><CR><LF>
#SCFG:
<connId2>,<cid2>,<pktsz2>,<maxTo2>,<connTo2>,<txTo2><CR><LF>
...
#SCFG: <connId6>,<cid6>,<pktsz6>,<maxTo6>,<connTo6>,<txTo6>

AT#SCFG=?
Test command returns the range of supported values for all the
parameters.

Example of test command.

• AT#SCFG?
#SCFG: 1,1,300,90,600,50
#SCFG: 2,2,300,90,600,50
#SCFG: 3,2,250,90,600,50
#SCFG: 4,1,300,90,600,50
#SCFG: 5,1,300,90,600,50
#SCFG: 6,1,300,90,600,50
OK

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 635 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.15.6. AT#SCFGEXT - Socket Configuration Extended

This command sets the socket configuration extended parameters.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Auto No - 2

AT#SCFGEXT=<connId>,<srMode>,<recvDataMode>,<keepalive>[,<ListenAutoRsp
> [,<sendDataMode>]]
Set command sets the socket configuration extended parameters.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<connId> integer 1 socket connection identifier

Value:

1÷conMax : socket connection identifier.

conMax value is returned by test
command

<srMode> integer 0 SRING unsolicited mode, see

Additional info section.

Values:

0 : Normal

1 : Data amount

2 : Data view

3 : Data view with UDP datagram information

<recvDataMode> integer 0 Data view mode for received

data in command mode
(#SRECV or <srMode> = 2)

Values:

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 636 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

0 : Text mode

1 : Hexadecimal mode

hexadecimal numbers (from 00 to FF). Each
octet of the data is given as two IRA
character long.

Additional info:

These are the SRING formats, depending on <srMode> setting:

if <srMode> = 0 (Normal):
SRING: <connId>

if <srMode> = 1 (Data amount):

SRING: <connId>,<recData>

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 637 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

if <srMode> = 2 (Data view):

SRING: <connId>,<recData>,<data>

if <srMode> = 3 (Data view with UDP datagram information):

SRING: <sourceIP>,<sourcePort>,<connId>,<recData>,<dataLeft>,<data>

Name Type Default Description

<recData> integer - amount of data received on the socket

connection number <connId>

<data> mixed - data received displayed following

<recvDataMode> value

<sourceIP> string - IP address of the source of data

<sourcePort> string - IP port of the source of data

<dataLeft> integer - number of bytes left in the UDP

datagram

Keepalive is available only on TCP connections.

For the behavior of #SL and #SLUDP in case of auto response mode or in
case of no auto response mode, see the description of the two commands.

AT#SCFGEXT?
Read command returns the current socket extended configuration parameters
values for all the six sockets, in the format:

#SCFGEXT: <connId1>,
<srMode>,<dataMode>,<keepalive>,<ListenAutoRsp>,0<CR><LF>
...
#SCFGEXT:<connIdconMax>,<srMode>,<dataMode>,<keepalive>,
<ListenAutoRsp>,0<CR><LF>

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 638 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

AT#SCFGEXT=?
Test command returns the range of supported values for all the sub parameters.

• Socket 1 set with data view sring, text data mode, a keepalive time of
30 minutes and listen auto-response set.
Socket 3 set with data amount sring, hex recv data mode, no
keepalive and listen auto-response not set.
Socket 4 set with hex recv and send data mode.

AT#SCFGEXT?
#SCFGEXT: 1,2,0,30,1,0
#SCFGEXT: 2,0,0,0,0,0
#SCFGEXT: 3,1,1,0,0,0
#SCFGEXT: 4,0,1,0,0,1
...
...
OK

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 639 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.15.7. AT#SCFGEXT2 - Socket Configuration Extended 2

Socket Configuration Extended.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Auto No - 2

AT#SCFGEXT2=<connId>,<bufferStart>[,<abortConnAttempt>[,<unused_B>[,<unu
sed_C> [,<noCarrierMode>]]]]
Set command sets the socket configuration extended parameters for features not
included in #SCFGEXT command.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<connId> integer N/A socket connection identifier

Value:

1÷max : socket connection identifier value

(max value is returned by the Test
command)

<bufferStart> integer 0 select one of the two data

sending timeout methods, the
first one defined "old" the
second one "new".
The "old" data sending timeout
method is set - by default - by
#SCFG command, which sets
also the <txTo> data sending
timeout value. With
#SCFGETXT2 command, you
can set either the "old" or the
"new" data sending timeout
method. If the "new" method is
selected, the "old" one is
automatically disabled.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 640 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

The checking if new data have

been received from serial port
is done with a granularity that
is directly related to #SCFG
<txTo> setting with a
maximum period of 1 sec.

Values:

0 : select "old" method: start transmission

timer only first time if new data are
received from the serial port

1 : select "new" method: restart

transmission timer when new data is
received from serial port

<abortConnAttempt> integer 0 enable the abort of an ongoing

connection attempt started by
#SD command and before the
reception of the CONNECT
message (in online mode) or
OK message (in command
mode).
Values automatically saved in
NVM.

Values:

0 : not possible to interrupt connection

attempt

1 : it is possible to interrupt the connection

attempt (<connTo> set by #SCFG or DNS
resolution running if required) and give
back control to AT interface by reception
of a character. As soon as the control
given to the AT interface, the ERROR
message will be received on the interface
itself.

<unused_B> integer - reserved for future use

<unused_C> integer - reserved for future use

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 641 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

<noCarrierMode> integer 0 select the NO CARRIER

message format received
when the socket is closed.

Values:

0 : no additional information is attached to

NO CARRIER message

1 : NO CARRIER: <connId> message

2 : NO CARRIER: <connId>, <cause>

message. Refer to Additional info section

Additional info:

<noCarrierMode>=2 selects the following NO CARRIER message format:

NO CARRIER: <connId>, <cause>

Name Type Default Description

<cause> integer - is the socket disconnection cause.

Refer to #SLASTCLOSURE command to
know its values and meanings.

Is necessary to avoid overlapping of the two methods. Enabling new

method, the old method for transmission timer (#SCFG) is automatically
disabled to avoid overlapping.

Check if new data have been received from serial port is done with a
granularity directly related to <txTo> parameter which is set by #SCFG
command. The maximum period is 1 sec.

Like #SLASTCLOSURE, in case of subsequent consecutive closure causes

received, the original disconnection cause indicated.

In the case of command mode connection and remote closure with

subsequent inactivity timeout closure without retrieval of all available data

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 642 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

(#SRECV or SRING mode 2), it is indicated cause 1 for both possible FIN
and RST from remote.

AT#SCFGEXT2?
Read command returns the current socket extended configuration of the six
sockets. The format is:

#SCFGEXT2:<connId1>,<bufferStart1>,<abortConnAttempt1>,0,0,<noCarrierMode1
><CR><LF>
...
#SCFGEXT2:<connId6>,<bufferStart6>,<abortConnAttempt6>0,0,<noCarrierMode6>
<CR><LF>

AT#SCFGEXT2=?
Test command returns the range of supported values for all parameters.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 643 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

• Set the new transmission timer behavior for <connId>=1 and

<connId>=2 sockets.
AT#SCFGEXT2=1,1
OK

AT#SCFGEXT2=2,1
OK

Check the current extended configuration of the six sockets

AT#SCFGEXT2?
#SCFGEXT2: 1,1,0,0,0,0
#SCFGEXT2: 2,1,0,0,0,0
#SCFGEXT2: 3,0,0,0,0,0
#SCFGEXT2: 4,0,0,0,0,0
#SCFGEXT2: 5,0,0,0,0,0
#SCFGEXT2: 6,0,0,0,0,0
OK

Check the current configuration of the six sockets

AT#SCFG?
#SCFG: 1,1,300,90,600,50
#SCFG: 2,1,300,90,600,50
#SCFG: 3,1,300,90,600,50
#SCFG: 4,2,300,90,600,50
#SCFG: 5,2,300,90,600,50
#SCFG: 6,2,300,90,600,50
OK

Change the <txTo> data sending timeout of the <connId>=1 socket.

AT#SCFG=1,1,300,90,600,30
OK

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 644 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.15.8. AT#SKTRST - Socket Parameters Reset

Socket Parameters Reset

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Auto No - 2

AT#SKTRST
Execution command resets the #SCFG socket parameters to the "factory
default" configuration and stores them in the NVM of the device.

AT#SKTRST=?
Test command returns the OK result code.

Reset of the socket parameters

AT#SKTRST
OK

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 645 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.15.9. AT#SD - Socket Dial

Execution command opens a remote connection via socket.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT#SD=<connId>,<txProt>,<rPort>,<IPaddr>[,<closureType>[,<lPort>[,<connMode>
[,<txTime>[,<userIpType>]]]]]
Execution command opens a remote connection via socket.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<connId> integer N/A Socket connection identifier.

Value:

1÷max : socket connection identifier value (max value

is returned by the Test command)

<txProt> integer N/A Transmission protocol.

Values:

0 : TCP

1 : UDP

<rPort> integer N/A Remote host port to contact.

Value:

1÷65535 : remote host port number

<IPaddr> string - IP address of the remote host:

- any valid IP address in the format:
"xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx"
- any host name to be solved with a DNS
query

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 646 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

- any valid IPv6 address in the format:

xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx
or
xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx.
xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx

<closureType> integer 0 Socket closure behavior only for TCP

when remote host has closed. The
parameter has no effects for UDP
connections.

Values:

0 : local host closes immediately when remote host

has closed

255 : local host closes after an escape sequence (+++)

<lPort> integer N/A UDP connections local port only for UDP
connections. The parameter has no
effects for TCP connections.

Value:

1÷65535 : UDP local port number

<connMode> integer 0 Connection mode.

Values:

0 : online mode connection

1 : command mode connection

<txTime> integer 0 adjusting a time interval for series of

UDP data packets will be uploaded.

Values:

0 : Time interval is not requested

1÷1000 : Time interval in milliseconds

<userIpType> integer 0 ip type for socket to open

Values:

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 647 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

0 : no ip type chosen

1 : ipv4

2 : ipv6

<userIpType> parameter is only valid when <IPaddr> is domain name and

dual stack connection is open by #SGACT.
When <userIpType> is "no ip type chosen" ipv6 will be requested firstly.
When ipv6 DNS server does not support so ipv4 will be requested.

<closureType> parameter is valid for TCP connections only and has no

effect (if used) for UDP connections.

<lPort> parameter is valid for UDP connections only and has no effect (if
used) for TCP connections

If we set <connMode> to online mode connection and the command is

successful we enter in online data mode and we see the intermediate
result code CONNECT. After the CONNECT we can suspend the direct
interface to the socket connection (N.B. the socket stays open) using the
escape sequence (+++): the module moves back to command mode and we
receive the final result code OK after the suspension.
After such a suspension, it is possible to resume it in every moment (unless
the socket inactivity timer timeouts, see #SCFG) by using the
#SO command with the corresponding <connId>.

If we set <connMode> to command mode connection and the command is

successful, the socket is opened, and we remain in command mode and we
see the result code OK.

If there are input data arrived through a connected socket and not yet read
because the module entered command mode before reading them (after an
escape sequence or after #SD has been issued with <connMode> set to
command mode connection), these data are buffered and we receive the
SRING URC (SRING presentation format depends on the last
#SCFGEXT setting); it is possible to read these data afterwards issuing
#SRECV. Under the same hypotheses it is possible to send data while in
command mode issuing #SSEND.

<txTime> parameter is valid for UDP connections only and has no effect (if
used) for TCP connections. For slow servers it is recommended to adjust

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 648 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

the time interval for uploading series of data packets in order to do not lose
data. The following data packet will be sent after the previous data packet's
time interval has been expired.

AT#SD=?
Test command reports the range of values for all the parameters.

Examples of socket dial in online and command mode.

• Open socket 1 in online mode

AT#SD=1,0,80,"www.google.com",0,0,0

CONNECT
...
...
Open socket 1 in command mode
AT#SD=1,0,80,"www.google.com",0,0,1
OK

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 649 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.15.10. AT#SO - Socket Restore

Execution command resumes the direct interface to a socket connection which has been
suspended by the escape sequence.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Auto No - 2

AT#SO=<connId>
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<connId> integer N/A socket connection identifier

Value:

1÷conMax : socket connection identifier. conMax value is

returned by test command

AT#SO=?
Test command reports the range of values for <connId> parameter

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 650 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.15.11. AT#SH - Socket Shutdown

The set command closes a socket.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT#SH=<connId>
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<connId> integer N/A socket connection identifier to be

closed

Value:

1÷conMax : socket connection identifier. conMax value is

returned by test command

Socket cannot be closed in states "resolving DNS" and

"connecting", see #SS command.

AT#SH=?
Test command reports the range for parameter <connId>

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 651 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.15.12. AT#SL - Socket Listen

The command opens/closes socket listening.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT#SL=<connId>,<listenState>,<listenPort>[,<lingerT>]
Set command opens/closes a socket listening for an incoming TCP
connection on a specified port.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<connId> integer N/A socket connection identifier

Value:

1÷6 : socket connection identifier

<listenState> integer N/A listening action

Values:

0 : close socket listening

1 : start socket listening

<listenPort> integer N/A local listening port

Value:

1÷65535 : local listening port value

<lingerT> integer N/A linger time

Values:

0 : immediate closure after remote closure

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 652 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

255 : local host closes only after an escape

sequence (+++)

If successful, command returns a final result code OK. If the

ListenAutoRsp flag has not been set through the command
#SCFGEXT (for the specific <connId>), then, when a TCP connection
request comes on the input port, if the sender is not filtered by
internal firewall (see #FRWL), an URC is received:

+SRING : <connId>
Afterwards we can use #SA to accept the connection or #SH to
refuse it.
If the ListenAutoRsp flag has been set, then, when a TCP
connection request comes on the input port, if the sender is not
filtered by the internal firewall (see #FRWL), the connection is
automatically accepted: the CONNECT indication is given and the
modem goes into online data mode.
If the socket is closed by the network the following URC is
received:

#SKTL: ABORTED

AT#SL?
Read command returns all the actual listening TCP sockets.

AT#SL=?
Test command returns the range of supported values of the parameters.

Open a socket listening for TCP on port 3500.

AT#SL=1,1,3500
OK

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 653 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.15.13. AT#SLUDP - Socket Listen UDP

This command opens/closes a socket listening for an incoming UDP connection on a
specified port.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Other No - 2

AT#SLUDP=<connId>,<listenState>,<listenPort>
Execution command opens/closes a socket listening for an incoming UDP
connection on a specified port.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<connId> integer N/A socket connection identifier

Value:

1÷conMax : socket connection identifier. conMax

value is returned by test command

<listenState> integer 0 indicates the action that will be

performed

Values:

0 : closes socket listening

1 : starts socket listening

<listenPort> integer 1 local listening port

Value:

1÷65535 : available port numbers

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 654 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

If the ListenAutoRsp flag has not been set through the command
#SCFGEXT (for the specific connId), then, when an UDP connection
request comes on the input port, if the sender is not filtered by
internal firewall (see #FRWL), an URC is received:

+SRING : <connId>

Afterwards we can use #SA to accept the connection or #SH to

refuse it.

If the ListenAutoRsp flag has been set, then, when an UDP

connection request comes on the input port, if the sender is not
filtered by the internal firewall (see command #FRWL), the
connection is automatically accepted: the CONNECT indication is
given and the modem goes into online data mode.

If the socket is closed by the network the following URC is

received:

#SLUDP: ABORTED

when closing the listening socket <listenPort> is a don't care

parameter

AT#SLUDP?
Read command returns all the actual listening UDP sockets.

AT#SLUDP=?
Test command returns the range of supported values for all the sub
parameters.

Next command opens a socket listening for UDP on port 3500.

AT#SLUDP=1,1,3500
OK

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 655 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 656 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.15.14. AT#SA - Socket Accept

Execution command accepts an incoming socket connection.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT#SA=<connId>[,<connMode>]
Execution command accepts an incoming socket connection after an URC

SRING: <connId>
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<connId> integer N/A Socket connection identifier.

Value:

1÷max : Socket connection identifier value (max is

returned by the Test command)

<connMode> integer 0 Connection mode, as for

command #SD.

Values:

0 : online mode connection

1 : command mode connection

The SRING URC has to be a consequence of a #SL issue.

Setting the command before to having received a SRING will result

in an ERROR indication, giving the information that a connection
request has not yet been received.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 657 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

AT#SA=?
Test command reports the range of values for all the parameters.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 658 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.15.15. AT#SSEND - Send Data in Command Mode

This command is used to send data through a connected socket.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#SSEND=<connId>[,<Rai>]
Execution command permits, while the module is in command mode, to
send data through a connected socket.
After entering AT#SSEND=... command, and terminated the command line
with <CR>, the module returns the following four characters sequence
prompt, and waits for data to send:

<CR><LF><greater_than><space> (see IRA character set: 13, 10, 62, 32)

To send the entered data, enter Ctrl-Z char (0x1A hex); to abort the
operation enter ESC char (0x1B hex).

If data are successfully sent, the command returns OK. If data sending
fails for some reason, an error code is reported.

Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<connId> integer N/A Selection on which Socket

connection identifier send data.

Value:

1÷10 : Socket connection identifier supported

<Rai> integer 1 RAI (Release Assistance

Indication) configuration

Values:

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 659 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

1 : Set RAI to: "No further uplink or downlink data

transmission subsequent to this transmission"

2 : Set RAI to: "Only a single downlink data transmission

and no further uplink data transmissions subsequent
to this transmission"

The maximum number of bytes to send is 1500 bytes; trying to send

more data will cause the surplus to be discarded and lost.

It is possible to use #SSEND only if the connection was opened by

#SD, else the ME is raising an error.

A byte corresponding to BS char (0x08) is treated with its

corresponding meaning; therefore previous byte will be cancelled
(and BS char itself will not be sent).

RAI (Release Assistance Indication) is supported in NB-IoT only,

otherwise is ignored.

AT#SSEND=?
Test command returns the range of supported values for parameter
<connId> and <Rai>.

Send data through socket number 2

AT#SSEND=2
>Test<CTRL-Z>
OK

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 660 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.15.16. AT#SSENDEXT - Send Data in Command Mode extended

This command allows to send data through a connected socket including all possible
octets (from 0x00 to 0xFF).

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#SSENDEXT=<connId>,<bytesToSend>[,<Rai>]
Execution command permits, while the module is in command mode, to
send data through a connected socket including all possible octets (from
0x00 to 0xFF).

After entering AT#SSENDEXT=... command, and terminated the command

line with <CR>, the module returns the following four characters sequence
prompt, and waits for data to send:

<CR><LF><greater_than><space> (see IRA character set: 13, 10, 62, 32)

When <bytesToSend> bytes have been sent, operation is automatically

completed.
If data are successfully sent, the command returns OK. If data sending
fails for some reason, an error code is reported.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<connId> integer N/A socket connection

identifier

Value:

1÷10 : socket connection identifier

<bytesToSend> integer N/A number of bytes to be

sent

Value:

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 661 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

1÷maxBytes : maxBytes is the maximum number

of bytes that can be sent and it is
reported by the test command

<Rai> integer N/A RAI (Release Assistance

Indication) configuration

Values:

1 : Set RAI to: "No further uplink or downlink data

transmission subsequent to this transmission"

2 : Set RAI to: "Only a single downlink data

transmission and no further uplink data
transmissions subsequent to this
transmission"

It's possible to use #SSENDEXT only if the connection was opened

by #SD, else the modem returns an error.

All special characters are sent like a generic byte. For example,
0x08 is not interpreted as a BS (BackSpace) but it is simply sent
through the socket.

RAI (Release Assistance Indication) is supported in NB-IoT only,

otherwise is ignored.

AT#SSENDEXT=?
Test command returns the range of supported values for parameters
<connId>, <bytesToSend> and <Rai>.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 662 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

Open the socket in command mode:

AT#SD=1,0,<port>,"IP address",0,0,1
OK

Enter the command specifying total number of bytes as second parameter:

AT#SSENDEXT=1,256
> .............................. ; Terminal echo of bytes sent is displayed here
OK

All possible bytes (from 0x00 to 0xFF) are sent on the socket as generic
bytes.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 663 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.15.17. AT#SRECV - Socket Receive Data in Command Mode

The command permits the user to read data arrived through a connected socket when
the module is in command mode.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT#SRECV=<connId>,<maxByte>[,<UDPInfo>]
Execution command permits the user to read data arrived through a
connected socket but buffered and not yet read because the module
entered command mode before reading them; the module is notified of
these data by a SRING: URC, whose presentation format depends on the
last #SCFGEXT setting.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<connId> integer NA socket connection identifier

Value:

1÷conMax : socket connection identifier. conMax value

is returned by test command

<maxByte> integer NA max number of bytes to read

Value:

1÷1500 : max number of bytes to read

<UDPInfo> integer 0 enables/disables the visualization of

UDP datagram information.

Values:

0 : UDP information disabled

1 : UDP information enabled, see Additional info

section.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 664 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

Additional info:

If <UDPInfo> is set to 1 (AT#SRECV=<connId>,<maxBytes>,1), the

command returns a message having the following format:

#SRECV: <remoteIP>,<remotePort><connId>,<recData>,<dataLeft>

Name Type Default Description

<remoteIP> string - remote ip address

<remotePort> string - remote port address

<recData> integer - received data

<dataLeft> integer - remaining bytes in the

datagram.

Issuing #SRECV when there is no buffered data raises an error.

AT#SRECV=?
Test command returns the range of supported values for parameters
<connId> <maxByte> and <UDPInfo>.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 665 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.15.18. AT#SSENDUDP - Send UDP Data to a Specific Remote Host

This command allows to send data over UDP to a specific remote host.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#SSENDUDP=<connId>,<remoteIP>,<remotePort>[,<Rai>]
This command allows, while the module is in command mode, to send
data over UDP to a specific remote host. UDP connection has to be
previously completed with a first remote host through #SLUDP / #SA.
Then, if module receives data from this or another host, it is able to send
data to it. Like command #SSEND, the device responds with ">" prompt
and waits for the data to send.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<connId> integer 1 socket connection identifier

Value:

1÷10 : identifier number

<remoteIP> string - IP address of the remote host in

dotted decimal notation, string
type: "xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx"

<remotePort> integer 1 remote host port

Value:

1÷65535 : host port number

<Rai> integer N/A RAI (Release Assistance

Indication) configuration

Values:

1 : Set RAI to: "No further uplink or downlink data

transmission subsequent to this transmission"

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 666 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

2 : Set RAI to: "Only a single downlink data

transmission and no further uplink data
transmissions subsequent to this transmission"

After SRING that indicates incoming UDP data and issuing #SRECV
to receive data itself, through #SS is possible to check last remote
host (IP/Port).

If successive resume of the socket to online mode is performed

(#SO), connection with first remote host is restored as it was
before.

RAI (Release Assistance Indication) is supported in NB-IoT only,

otherwise is ignored.

AT#SSENDUDP=?
Test command reports the supported range of values for parameters
<connId>,<remoteIP> and <remotePort> and <Rai>.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 667 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

• Starts listening on <LocPort> (previous setting of firewall through

#FRWL has to be done)
AT#SLUDP=1,1,<LocPort>
OK

SRING: 1 UDP data from a remote host available

AT#SA=1,1
OK

SRING: 1

AT#SI=1
#SI: 1,0,0,23,0 23 bytes to read
OK

AT#SRECV=1,23
#SRECV:1,23
message from first host
OK

AT#SS=1
#SS: 1,2,<LocIP>,<LocPort>,<RemIP1>,<RemPort1>
OK

AT#SSENDUDP=1,<RemIP1>,<RemPort1>
>response to first host
OK

SRING: 1 UDP data from a remote host available

AT#SI=1
#SI: 1,22,23,24,0 24 bytes to read
OK

AT#SRECV=1,24
#SRECV:1,24
message from second host
OK

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 668 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

AT#SS=1
#SS: 1,2,<LocIP>,<LocPort>,<RemIP2>,<RemPort2>
OK

Remote host has changed, we want to send a response:

AT#SSENDUDP=1,<RemIP2>,<RemPort2>
>response to second host
OK

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 669 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.15.19. AT#SSENDUDPEXT - Send UDP Data to a Specific Remote Host EXTENDED

This command permits, while the module is in command mode, to send data over UDP
to a specific remote host including all possible octets (from 0x00 to 0xFF)

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Other No - 2

AT#SSENDUDPEXT=<connId>,<bytestosend>,<remoteIP>,<remotePort>[,<Rai>]
Set command permits, while the module is in command mode, to send data
over UDP to a specific remote host including all possible octets (from 0x00 to
0xFF).
As indicated about #SSENDUDP, UDP socket has to be previously opened
through #SLUDP / #SA, then we are able to send data to different remote
hosts.
Like #SSENDEXT, the device responds with the prompt '> ' and waits for the
data to send, operation is automatically completed when <bytestosend> have
been sent.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<connId> integer N/A socket connection identifier

Value:

1÷10 : identifier number

<bytestosend> integer N/A bytes to be sent

Value:

1÷1500 : number of bytes to be sent

<remoteIP> string - IP address of the remote host in

dotted decimal notation
("xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx")

<remotePort> integer N/A remote host port

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 670 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

Value:

1÷65535 : host port number

<Rai> integer N/A RAI (Release Assistance

Indication) configuration

Values:

1 : Set RAI to: "No further uplink or downlink data

transmission subsequent to this transmission"

2 : Set RAI to: "Only a single downlink data

transmission and no further uplink data
transmissions subsequent to this transmission"

RAI (Release Assistance Indication) is supported in NB-IoT only,

otherwise is ignored.

AT#SSENDUDPEXT=?
Test command reports the supported range of values for parameters <connId>,
<bytestosend>, <remoteIP>, <remotePort> and <Rai>.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 671 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.15.20. AT#SLASTCLOSURE - Detect the Cause of a Socket Disconnection

The command detects the cause of a socket disconnection.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT#SLASTCLOSURE=<connId>
Execution command reports the socket disconnection cause.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<connId> integer N/A socket connection identifier

Value:

1÷conMax : socket connection identifier. conMax value is

returned by test command

Additional info:

The execution command reports the disconnection cause of the

selected socket. The format of the returned message is:

#SLASTCLOSURE: <connId>,<cause>

Name Type Default Description

<cause> hex 0 socket

disconnection
cause.

Values:

0 : not available (socket has not yet been closed)

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 672 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

1 : remote host TCP connection close due to

FIN/END: normal remote disconnection decided
by the remote application

2 : remote host TCP connection close due to RST,

all other cases in which the socket is aborted
without indication from peer (for instance
because peer doesn't send ack after maximum
number of retransmissions/peer is no more
alive). All these cases include all the "FATAL"
errors after recv or send on the TCP socket
(named as different from EWOULDBLOCK)

3 : socket inactivity timeout

4 : network deactivation (PDP context deactivation

from network)

5 : DNS Error

Any time socket is re-opened, last disconnection cause is reset.

Command report 0 (not available).

User closure cause (#SH) is not considered and if a user closure is

performed after remote disconnection, remote disconnection
cause remains saved and is not overwritten.

If more consecutive closure causes are received, the original

disconnection cause is saved.
(For instance: if a TCP FIN is received from remote and later a TCP
RST because we continue to send data, FIN cause is saved and not
overwritten)

Also in case of <closureType> (#SD) set to 255, if the socket has not
yet been closed by user after the escape sequence,
#SLASTCLOSURE indicates remote disconnection cause if it has
been received.

In case of UDP, cause 2 indicates abnormal (local) disconnection.

Cause 3 and 4 are still possible.
(Cause 1 is obviously never possible)

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 673 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

In case of command mode connection and remote closure with

subsequent inactivity timeout closure without retrieval of all
available data (#SRECV or SRING mode 2), it is indicated cause 1
for both possible FIN and RST from remote.

AT#SLASTCLOSURE=?
Test command reports the supported range for parameter <connId>

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 674 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.15.21. AT#SS - Socket Status

Execution command reports the current sockets status.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#SS
Execution command reports the current sockets status using the
following message format:

#SS: <connId>,<state>,<locIP>,<locPort>,<remIP>,<remPort><CR><LF>
[<connId>,<state>,<locIP>,<locPort>,<remIP>,<remPort><CR><LF>[...]]
Additional info:

Parameters meaning.

Name Type Default Description

<connId> integer - socket connection identifier

<state> integer 0 actual state of the socket

Values:

0 : socket closed

1 : socket with an active data transfer

connection

2 : socket suspended

3 : socket suspended with pending data

4 : socket listening

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 675 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

5 : socket with an incoming connection.

Waiting for the user accept or shutdown
command

6 : socket in opening process. The socket is

not in Closed state but still not in Active or
Suspended or Suspended with pending data
state

<IocIP> string - IP address associated by the

context activation to the
socket

<IocPort> integer - two meanings:

49. the listening port if we
put the socket in listen
mode
50. the local port for the
connection if we use
the socket to connect
to a remote machine
<remIP> string - when we are connected to a
remote machine this is the
remote IP address

<remPort> string - it is the port we are connected

to on the remote machine

AT#SS=?
Test command reports the range for <connId> parameter.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 676 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

• Get information about all sockets.

AT#SS
#SS: 1,3,91.80.90.162,61119,88.37.127.146,10510
#SS: 2,4,91.80.90.162,1000
#SS: 3,0
#SS: 4,0
#SS: 5,3,91.80.73.70,61120,88.37.127.146,10509
#SS: 6,0
OK

Socket 1: opened from local IP 91.80.90.162/local port 61119 to

remote IP 88.37.127.146/remote port 10510 is suspended with
pending data.

Socket 2: listening on local IP 91.80.90.162/local port 1000.

Socket 5: opened from local IP 91.80.73.70/local port 61120 to

remote IP 88.37.127.146/remote port 10509 is suspended with
pending data.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 677 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.15.22. AT#SI - Socket Info

This command is used to get socket information.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT#SI[=<connId>]
Execution command returns information about all sockets data traffic.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<connId> integer NA socket connection identifier. Refer to

Additional info sections to have
information about the use of the <connId>
parameter

Value:

1÷conMax : socket connection identifier. conMax value is

returned by test command

Additional info:

If the execution command is used with the <connId> socket

identifier, it returns data traffic information on the selected socket.
The format of the returned message is:
#SI: <connId>,<sent>,<received>,<buff_in>,<ack_waiting>

Name Type Default Description

<sent> integer - total amount (in bytes) of data

sent since the last time the
socket connection identified by
<connId> has been opened

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 678 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

<received> integer - total amount (in bytes) of

received data since the last
time the socket connection
identified by <connId> has been
opened

<buff_in> integer - total amount (in bytes) of data

just arrived through the socket
connection identified by
<connId> and currently
buffered, not yet read

<ack_waiting> integer - total amount (in bytes) of sent

and "not yet acknowledged
data" since the last time the
socket connection identified by
<connId> has been opened.
The data "not yet
acknowledged" are available
only for TCP connections.
For UDP connections
<ack_waiting> value is always
0.

If the AT#SI command is used without the <connId> socket

identifier, it returns data traffic information on all sockets. For each
socket, the format of the returned message is:

#SI: <connIdn>,<sentn>,<receivedn>,<buff_inn>,<ack_waitingn>

AT#SI=?
Test command reports the range of <connId> parameter.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 679 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

• Get information about data traffic of all sockets.

AT#SI
#SI: 1,123,400,10,50
#SI: 2,0,100,0,0
#SI: 3,589,100,10,100
#SI: 4,0,0,0,0
#SI: 5,0,0,0,0
...
OK

• Assume that sockets 1,2,3 are opened and having some data traffic.
To get traffic information only for the socket <connId>=1 enter the
following command:
AT#SI=1
#SI: 1,123,400,10,50
OK
Socket <connId>=1 has 123 bytes sent, 400 bytes received, 10 bytes
waiting to be read and 50 bytes waiting to be acknowledged from the
remote side.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 680 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.15.23. AT#ST - Socket Type

Socket Type

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Auto No - 2

AT#ST[=<connId>]
Set command reports the current type of the socket (TCP/UDP) and its
direction (Dialer/Listener)
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<connId> integer N/A socket connection identifier

Value:

1÷conMAX : socket connection identifier. conMax value

is returned by test command

Additional info:

The response format is:

#ST: <connId>,<type>,<direction>

Name Type Default Description

<type> integer N/A socket type

Values:

0 : No socket

1 : TCP socket

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 681 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

2 : UDP socket

<direction> integer N/A direction of the socket

Values:

0 : None

1 : Dialer

2 : Listener

Issuing #ST command without <connId> socket identifier, it returns

information about type of all sockets. For each socket, the format of
the returned message is:

#ST: <connIdn>,<typen>,<directionn><CR><LF>

AT#ST=?
Test command reports the range for parameter <connId>.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 682 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

Examples for single socket and for all sockets

• For single socket

AT#ST=3
#ST: 3,2,1

Socket 3 is an UDP dialer

• for all socket

AT#ST
#ST: 1,0,0
#ST: 2,0,0
#ST: 3,2,1
#ST: 4,2,2
#ST: 5,1,1
...
Socket 1 is closed.
Socket 2 is closed.
Socket 3 is an UDP dialer
Socket 4 is an UDP listener
Socket 5 is a TCP dialer

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 683 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.15.24. AT#PADCMD - PAD Command Features

This command sets features of the pending data flush to socket, opened with #SD
command.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Auto No - 2

AT#PADCMD=<mode>
Set command for features of the pending data flush to socket, opened with
#SD command.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<mode> integer N/A enable/disable forwarding

Values:

0 : Bit 1: disable forwarding

1 : Bit 1: enable forwarding

Forwarding depends on character defined by #PADFWD.

Other bits are reserved.

AT#PADCMD?
Read command reports the currently selected <mode> in the format:
#PADCMD: mode

AT#PADCMD=?

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 684 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

Test command reports the supported range of values for parameter

<mode>.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 685 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.15.25. AT#PADFWD - PAD Forward Character

PAD forward character

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Auto No - 2

AT#PADFWD=<char>[,<mode>]
Set command sets the char that immediately flushes pending data to
socket opened by AT#SD command
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<char> integer 13 specifies the ascii code of the char used to

flush data

Value:

0÷255 : ascii code of the char used to flush data

<mode> integer 0 flush mode

Values:

0 : normal mode

1 : reserved

Use AT#PADCMD to enable the socket char-flush activity

AT#PADFWD?
Read command reports the currently selected <char> and <mode> in the
format:
#PADFWD: <char>,<mode>

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 686 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

AT#PADFWD=?
Test command reports the supported range of values for parameters
<char> and <mode>

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 687 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.15.26. AT#BASE64 - Base64 Encoding/Decoding of Socket Sent/Received Data

This command is used to enable or disable base64 encoding and decoding data of a
socket.

RFC 2045 - MIME

RFC 3548

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Auto No - 2

AT#BASE64=<connId>,<enc>,<dec>[,<unused_B>[,<unused_C>]]
Set command enables base64 encoding and decoding of data
sent/received to/from the socket in online or in command mode.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<connId> integer N/A socket connection identifier

Value:

1÷max : socket connection identifier value (max

value is returned by the Test command)

<enc> integer 0 selects the encoding standard. The

data received from serial port are
base64 encoded according to the
<enc> parameter and forwarded to
the <connId> socket.

Values:

0 : no encoding of data received from serial port.

1 : base64 encoding compliant to RFC 2045 - MIME

standard. As indicated from RFC2045 the encoded
output stream is represented in lines of no more

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 688 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

than 76 characters each. Lines are defined as

sequences of octets separated by a CRLF
sequence.

2 : base64 encoding compliant to RFC 3548 standard.

As indicated from RFC3548 CRLF have not to be
added.

<dec> integer 0 selects the decoding standard. The

data received from the
<connId> socket, are decoded
according to the <dec> parameter
and forwarded to the serial port.

Values:

0 : no decoding of data received from socket

1 : base64 decoding compliant to RFC 2045 - MIME

standard. Decoding of data received from socket
<connId> and sent to serial port. Same rule as for
<enc> regarding line feeds in the received file that
has to be decoded.

2 : base64 decoding compliant to RFC 3548 standard.

Decoding of data received from socket <connId>
and sent to serial port. Same rule as for <enc>
regarding line feeds in the received file that has to
be decoded.

<unused_B> integer - reserved for future use

<unused_C> integer - reserved for future use

It is possible to use command to change current <enc>/<dec>

settings for a socket already opened in command mode or in
online mode after suspending it. In this last case it is necessary to
set AT#SKIPESC=1.

To use #BASE64 in command mode, if data to send exceed

maximum value for #SSENDEXT command, they must be divided in
multiple parts. These parts must be a multiple of 57 bytes, except

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 689 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

for the last one, to distinguish EOF condition (Base64 encoding

rules). For the same reason if #SRECV command is used by the
application to receive data, a multiple of 78 bytes must be
considered.

To use #SRECV to receive data with <dec> enabled, it is necessary

to consider that: reading <maxByte> bytes from socket, user will
get less due to decoding that is performed.

AT#BASE64?
Read command returns the current <enc>/<dec> settings for all the six
sockets. The format is:
#BASE64:<connId1><enc1>,<dec1>,0,0<CR><LF>
...
#BASE64:<connId6>,<enc6>,<dec6>,0,0<CR><LF>

AT#BASE64=?
Test command returns the range of supported values of all parameters.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 690 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

• Skip the escape sequence, its transmission is not enabled

AT#SKIPESC=1
OK

Open a remote connection in online mode

AT#SD=<connId>,<txProt>,<rPort>,<IPaddr>
CONNECT
data sent without modifications (default)
..........
+++ (suspension)
OK

Encode data coming from serial port.

AT#BASE64=<connId>,1,0
OK

Resume suspended socket

AT#SO=<connId>
CONNECT
data received from serial port are base64 encoded and sent to the
socket
..........
+++ (suspension)
OK

Decode data coming from socket.

AT#BASE64=<connId>,0,1
OK

Resume suspended socket

AT#SO=<connId>
CONNECT
data received from socket are base64 decoded and sent to the serial
port
..........
+++ (suspension)
OK

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 691 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.15.27. AT#FRWL - Firewall Setup

This command controls the internal firewall settings.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#FRWL=[<action>[,<ip_addr>[,<net_mask>]]]
Set command controls the internal firewall settings
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<action> integer 0 command action

Values:

0 : remove selected chain

1 : add an ACCEPT chain

2 : remove all chains (DROP everything); <ip_addr>

and <net_mask> have no meaning in this case.

<ip_addr> string - remote address to be added into the

ACCEPT chain; it can be any valid IP
address in the format: xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx

<net_mask> string - mask to be applied on the <ip_addr>; it

can be any valid IP address mask in the
format: xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx

Additional info:

Firewall criterion
The firewall applies for incoming (listening) connections only. Its
general policy is DROP, therefore all packets that are not included
into an ACCEPT chain rule will be silently discarded.
When a packet comes from the IP address incoming_IP, the firewall
chain rules will be scanned for matching with the following criteria:

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 692 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

incoming_IP & <net_mask> = <ip_addr> & <net_mask>

If criterion is matched, then the packet is accepted and the rule

scan is finished; if criteria are not matched for any chain the packet
is silently dropped

AT#FRWL?
Read command reports the list of all ACCEPT chain rules registered in the
Firewall settings in the format:

#FRWL: <ip_addr>,<net_mask>
#FRWL: <ip_addr>,<net_mask>
...
OK

AT#FRWL=?
Test command returns the allowed values for parameter <action>.

• Let assume we want to accept connections only from our devices

which are on the IP addresses ranging from

197.158.1.1 to 197.158.255.255

We need to add the following chain to the firewall:

AT#FRWL=1,"197.158.1.1","255.255.0.0"
OK

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 693 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.15.28. AT#E2SLRI - Socket Listen Ring Indicator

This command enables the Ring Indicator pin response to a Socket Listen connect.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Common
Required No - 2
profile

AT#E2SLRI=[<n>]
Set command enables/disables the Ring Indicator pin response to a
Socket Listen connect and, if enabled, the duration of the negative going
pulse generated on receipt of connect.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<n> integer 0 RI enabling

Values:

0 : RI disabled for Socket Listen connect

50÷1150 : RI enabled for Socket Listen connect; a negative

going pulse is generated on receipt of connect
and <n> is the duration in ms of this pulse

AT#E2SLRI?
Read command reports whether the Ring Indicator pin response to a
Socket Listen connect is currently enabled or not, in the format:

#E2SLRI: <n>

AT#E2SLRI=?
Test command returns the allowed values for parameter <n>.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 694 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

Name Type Default Description

<IPaddr> string - address of the remote host, string type.

Additional info:

<pdpId> default value.

The default value of this parameter depends on the software
customization as shown in the following table.

Software customization <pdpId> default value

Verizon 3
All other 1

Unsolicited fields:

Name Type Description

<replyId> integer Echo Reply number

<IpAddress> string IP address of the remote host

<replyTime> integer time, in 100 ms units, required to receive the

response

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 699 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

<ttl> integer time to live of the Echo Reply message

When the Echo Request timeout expires (no reply received on time)
the response will contain <replyTime> set to 600 and <ttl> set to
255.

To receive the corresponding Echo Reply is not required to enable

separately #ICMP

AT#PING=?
Test command reports the supported range of values for the #PING
command parameters.

AT#PING="www.telit.com"
#PING: 01,"81.201.117.177",6,50
#PING: 02,"81.201.117.177",5,50
#PING: 03,"81.201.117.177",6,50
#PING: 04,"81.201.117.177",5,50
OK

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 700 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.15.31. AT#QDNS - Query DNS

The command executes a DNS query

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT#QDNS[=<host name>]
Execution command executes a DNS query to solve the host name into an
IP address. If the DNS query is successful, then the IP address will be
reported in the result code as follows:

#QDNS: <host name>,<IP address>

Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<host name> string - Host name string

Additional info:

IP address in the result code

Name Type Default Description

<IP string - IP address in format

address> "xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx", or empty string if
DNS query was unsuccessful.

The command activates the PDP context if it was not

previously activated. In this case the context is deactivated after
the DNS query.

This command requires that the authentication parameters are

correctly set, and the PS network is present.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 701 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

AT#QDNS=?
Test command returns the OK result code.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 702 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.15.32. AT#NWDNS - DNS from Network

The command allows to get the primary and secondary DNS addresses for selected GSM
or PDP context identifiers

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Auto No - 2

AT#NWDNS=[<cid>[,...]]
Execution command returns either the primary and secondary DNS
addresses for the GSM context (if specified) and/or a list of primary and
secondary DNS addresses for the specified PDP context identifiers. The
command returns a row of information for every specified <cid> whose
context has been already defined. No row is returned for a <cid> whose
context has not been defined yet. The response is in the form:

#NWDNS: <cidn>,<PDNSaddressn>,<SDNSaddressn><CR><LF>
#NWDNS: <cidp>,<PDNSaddressp>,<SDNSaddressp><CR><LF>
...
#NWDNS: <cidq>,<PDNSaddressq>,<SDNSaddressq><CR><LF>

Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<cid> integer N/A Generic context identifier. The value of max is

returned by the test command

Value:

1÷max : specifies a particular PDP context definition (see

+CGDCONT command)

Additional info:

Parameters response description:

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 703 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

Name Type Default Description

<PDNSaddress> string - Generic primary DNS address,

or assigned during PDP (or
GSM) context activation.

<SDNSaddress> string - Generic secondary DNS

address, or assigned during
PDP (or GSM) context
activation.

Entering AT#NWDNS= (no <cid> specified), the DNS addresses for

all defined contexts are returned.

Issuing the command with more than 6 input parameters raises an

error.

The command returns only one row of information for every

specified <cid>, even if the same <cid> is present more than once.

AT#NWDNS=?
Test command returns a list of defined <cid>s.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 704 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.15.33. AT#NTP - Calculate and Update Date and Time with NTP
The command handles the date and time update using NTP protocol.

[1] Standard RFC2030

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No 10 s 2

AT#NTP=<NTPAddr>,<NTPPort>,<updModClock>,<timeout>[,<timeZone>]
Execution command permits to calculate and update date and time through NTP
protocol sending a request to a NTP server, see standard [1]. The command
returns an intermediate response having the following format:

#NTP: <time>
The <time> parameter is described in Additional info section.
Parameters:

Defaul
Name Type Description
t

<NTPAddr> string - address of the NTP server.

This parameter can be either:
51. any valid IP address in the format:
"xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx" or
"xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xx
xx"
52. any host name to be solved with a
DNS query

<NTPPort> intege N/A NTP server port to contact

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 705 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

Value:

1÷65535 : port

<updModClock intege N/A update mode

> r

Values:

0 : no update module clock

1 : update module clock

<timeout> intege N/A waiting timeout for server response in

r seconds

Value:

1÷10 : waiting timeout for server response in seconds

<timeZone> string 0 Time Zone: indicates the difference,

expressed in quarter of an hour, between the
local time and GMT.

Value:

-47÷48 : Time Zone

Additional info:

Intermediate response parameter.

Name Type Default Description

<time> string - current time as quoted string in the format:

"yy/MM/dd,hh:mm:ss±zz"

In case of error, the command returns the following error message:

+CME ERROR: <err>
Parameter <err> can be either numeric or verbose (see +CMEE). The
available values are reported in the table:

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 706 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

Numeric
Verbose Format
Format
30001 sntp - not enough resources
30002 sntp - net timeout
30003 sntp - socket error
30005 sntp - host name resolve error
30006 sntp - invalid parameter
30008 sntp - send timeout
30009 sntp - send error
30011 sntp - response timeout
30015 sntp - context not opened
30020 sntp - generic error
30030 sntp - server authentication fail
30031 sntp - server keys file missing
30200 sntp - cannot set time

The Time Zone is applied directly in the Date and Time received by the NTP
Server, that is, by definition, GMT+0.

#SGACT must be called to activate the PDP context before calling #NTP
command.

AT#NTP=?
Test command returns the maximum length for <NTPAddr> string, and supported
range of values of parameters: <NTPPort>, <updModClock>, <timeout> and
<timeZone>.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 707 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

Execution command with NTP server.

AT#NTP="0.it.pool.ntp.org",123,1,2,4
#NTP: 19/03/13, 13:16:33+04
OK

AT+CCLK?
+CCLK: "19/03/13, 13:16:34+04"
OK

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 708 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.15.34. AT#NTPCFG - Configure NTP Parameters

This set command allows to configure additional parameters to be used for NTP
operations.

[1] Standard RFC5905

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT#NTPCFG=<cid>[,<authType>,<KeyId>,<keysFilePath>]
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<cid> integer - context id used to perform NTP

operations. Refer to test command
to know the supported range of
values.

<authType> integer 0 authentication type to be used with

NTP server

Values:

0 : do not authenticate server

1 : use symmetric key to authenticate server (see

standard [1]), using <KeyId> and
<KeysFilePath> to retrieve the required
parameters

<KeyId> integer - if <authType> is 1, it provides the key

Id to authenticate the server

<keysFilePath> string - if <authType> is 1, it provides the

absolute path of the file where the

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 709 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

server keys can be found. Only MD5

keys are supported.

The file containing the keys can be loaded in the module filesystem
using #M2MWRITE command.

The key content is loaded from the file only when #NTP is issued.

AT#NTPCFG?
Read command reports the parameters current values in the format:

#NTPCFG:<cid>,<authType >

AT#NTPCFG=?
Test command reports the available range of <cid>, <authType> and
<KeyId> parameters values.

Set <cid>=3
AT#NTPCFG=3
OK

Set <cid>=1, symmetric key mode, <keyId>=1 and load the keys from the
provided file
AT#NTPCFG=1,1,1,"/mod/server_keys.txt"
OK

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 710 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.15.35. AT#SCFGEXT3 - Socket Configuration Extended 3

This command sets the socket configuration extended parameters for features not
included in #SCFGEXT command nor in #SCFGEXT2 command.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Auto No - 2

AT#SCFGEXT3=<connId>,<immRsp>[,<closureTypeCmdModeEnabling>[,<fastSRIN
G>[,<ssendTimeout>[,<unusedD>]]]]
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<connId> integer N/A socket

connection
identifier

Value:

1÷max : socket connection

identifier value (max
value is returned by the
test command)

<immRsp> integer 0 enables #SD

command
mode
immediate
response

Values:

0 : #SD in command mode (see

#SD) returns after the
socket is connected

1 : #SD in command mode

returns immediately; then
the state of the connection

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 711 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

can be read by the AT

command #SS

<closureTypeCmdModeEnabling> integer 0 it has no

effect and is
included only
for backward
compatibility

Value:

0 : factory default

<fastSRING> integer 0 it has no

effect and is
included only
for backward
compatibility

Value:

0 : factory default

<ssendTimeout> integer 0 timeout for

#SSEND

Values:

0 : no timeout

1 : immediate exit(error)
in case of stack
temporary suspended
internally

100÷600 : timeout in 100 msec

units

<unusedD> mixed 0 unused

parameter

Value:

0 : factory default

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 712 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

AT#SCFGEXT3?
Read command returns the current socket extended configuration parameters
values for all the max sockets, in the format:

#SCFGEXT3:<connId1>,<immRsp1>,<closureTypeCmdModeEnabling>,
<fastsring>,<ssendTimeout>,0<CR><LF>
...
#SCFGEXT3:<connIdmax>,<immRspmax>,<closureTypeCmdModeEnabling>,
<fastsring>,<ssendTimeout>,0<CR><LF>

AT#SCFGEXT3=?
Test command returns the range of supported values for all the parameters.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 713 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

FTPEasy

4.16.1. AT#FTPAPP - FTP Append

This command is used to append data to an already existing file via FTP during an FTP
session.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#FTPAPP=<fileName>[,<connMode>]
Set command, issued during an FTP connection, opens a data connection
and append data to existing <fileName> file.

If the data connection succeeds, a CONNECT indication is sent, afterward

a NO CARRIER indication is sent when the socket is closed.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<fileName> string - the file name

<connMode> integer 0 the connection mode

Values:

0 : online mode

1 : command mode

If <connMode> is set to 1, the data connection is opened, the device

remains in command mode and the OK result code is displayed
(instead of CONNECT).

Use the escape sequence +++ to close the data connection.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 714 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

The command causes an ERROR result code if no FTP connection

has been opened yet.

AT#FTPAPP=?
Test command reports the maximum length of <fileName> and the
supported range of values of <connMode>. The format is:

#FTPAPP: <length>, (list of supported <connMode>s)

Additional info:

Parameter meaning.

Name Type Default Description

<length> integer - is the maximum length of

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 715 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.16.2. AT#FTPAPPEXT - FTP Append Extended

The command sends data on a FTP data port while the module is in command mode.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT#FTPAPPEXT=<bytesToSend>[,<eof>]
Execution command sends data on a FTP data port while the module is in
command mode.
FTP data port must be previously opened by #FTPPUT (or #FTPAPP) with
<connMode> parameter set to command mode connection.

After command line is terminated with <CR>, the module responds

sending a four characters sequence prompt, and waits for the specified
number of bytes:

<CR><LF><greater_than><space> (IRA 13, 10, 62, 32)

When <bytesToSend> bytes have been sent, operation is automatically

completed. If (all or part of the) data are successfully sent, then the
response is:

#FTPAPPEXT: <sentBytes>
OK

If data sending fails for some reason, an error code is reported.

Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<bytesToSend> integer N/A number of bytes to be sent

Value:

1÷1500 : number of bytes

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 716 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

<eof> integer 0 data port closure

Values:

0 : normal sending of data chunk

1 : close data port after sending data chunk

Additional info:

Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<sentBytes> integer N/A the number of sent bytes

Value:

1÷1500 : number of bytes

<sentBytes> could be less than <bytesToSend>.

AT#FTPAPPEXT=?
Test command reports the supported values of parameters
<bytesToSend> and <eof>.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 717 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

AT#FTPOPEN="IP",username,password
OK

AT#FTPPUT=<filename>,1
OK

the second param (1) means that we open the connection in command mode
Here data socket will stay opened, but interface will be available (command
mode)

AT#FTPAPPEXT=Size
>binary data
#FTPAPPEXT: <sentBytes>
OK

write here the binary data. As soon Size bytes are written, data are sent and
OK is returned
Last #FTPAPPEXT will close the data socket, because second (optional)
parameter has this meaning:

AT#FTPAPPEXT=Size,1
>binary data
#FTPAPPEXT: <sentBytes>
OK
write here the binary data. As soon Size bytes are written, data are sent and
OK is returned and the data socket is closed.

If the user has to reopen the data port to send another (or append to the
same) file, they can restart with #FTPPUT (or #FTPAPP).
Then #FTPAPPEXT to send the data chunks on the reopened data port.
If, while sending the chunks, the data port is closed from remote, user will
be aware of it because #FTPAPPEXT will indicate ERROR and cause
(available if previously issued the command AT+CMEE=2) will indicate that
socket has been closed.
Also in this case obviously, data port will have to be reopened with #FTPPUT
and the related commands.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 718 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.16.3. AT#FTPCLOSE - FTP Close Command

The command purpose is to close the previously open FTP connection.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT#FTPCLOSE
Execution command closes an FTP connection.

AT#FTPCLOSE=?
Test command returns the OK result code.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 719 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.16.4. AT#FTPCMD - FTP Send Commands

This command sends an FTP command or a combination of two commands to an FTP
server.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Other No - 2

AT#FTPCMD=<command1>,<respCode1>[,<command2>,<respCode2>]
Execution command, issued during an FTP connection, sends
<command1> to an FTP server and expects <respCode1> reply. Optionally,
after the execution of the first command, a second command can be sent
(<command2> and <respCode2>).
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<command1> string - name of the 1st command (maximum

length 200 characters)

<respCode1> integer N/A Expected response code from FTP

server after <command1> execution

Values:

1 : Expected code 1XY

2 : Expected code 2XY

3 : Expected code 3XY

4 : Expected code 4XY

5 : Expected code 5XY

<command2> string - name of the 2nd command (maximum

length 200 characters)

<respCode2> integer N/A Expected response code from FTP

server after <command2> execution

Values:

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 720 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

1 : Expected code 1XY

2 : Expected code 2XY

3 : Expected code 3XY

4 : Expected code 4XY

5 : Expected code 5XY

The command causes an ERROR result code to be returned if no

FTP connection has been opened yet.

To read unexpected ERROR result codes returned from the FTP

server, use AT#FTPMSG command.

AT#FTPCMD=?
Test command reports the maximum length of <command1> and
<command2> and the supported range of values of <respCode1> and
<respCode2>.
Additional info:

The format is:

#FTPCMD: <length>, (list of supported <respCode1>s), <length>,
(list of supported <respCode2>s)

Name Type Default Description

<length> integer - maximum length of <command1> or

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 721 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

Examples of command executions.

• Rename file on remote server:

at#ftpcmd="RNFR test.txt",3,"RNTO test2.txt",2
350 File or directory exists, ready for destination name
250 Rename successful
OK
...
...
Create directory on remote server:
at#ftpcmd="MKD testDir",2
257 "/testDir" - Directory successfully created
OK
...
...
Remove Directory on remote server:
at#ftpcmd="RMD testDir",2
250 RMD command successful
OK
...
...

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 722 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.16.5. AT#FTPCWD - FTP Change Working Directory

Command to change the working directory on FTP server.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT#FTPCWD=[<dirname>]
Execution command, issued during an FTP connection, changes the
working directory on FTP server.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<dirname> string - Name of the new working directory.

The command causes an ERROR result code to be returned if no

FTP connection has been opened yet.

AT#FTPCWD=?
Test command returns the OK result code.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 723 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.16.6. AT#FTPDELE - FTP Delete

This command, issued during a FTP connection, allows to delete a file from the remote
working directory.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT#FTPDELE=[<filename>]
Execution command, issued during a FTP connection, deletes a file from
the remote working directory.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<filename> string - Name of the file that must be deleted

This command returns an ERROR result code if no FTP connection

has been opened yet.

This command returns an ERROR result code in case of delayed

server response.
If this is the case, the #FTPMSG response is temporarily empty; a
later check of the #FTPMSG response will show the server
response.

AT#FTPDELE=?
Test command returns OK result code.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 724 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.16.7. AT#FTPFSIZE - Get File Size from FTP Server

This command returns the size of a file located on a FTP server.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT#FTPFSIZE=<filename>
Execution command, issued during an FTP connection, permits to get the
size of a file located on a FTP server. The response format is:

#FTPFSIZE: <size>

avoid download stall situations a timeout should be implemented
by the application.

AT#FTPGET=?
Test command returns the OK result code.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 727 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.16.9. AT#FTPGETF - Receive and Store FTP Server Data

This command downloads a file from a FTP server.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No Yes - 2

AT#FTPGETF=<src_filename>,<dest_filename>[,<verbose>[,<overwrite_file>]]
Execution command, issued during a FTP connection, opens a data
connection and starts downloading a file from the FTP server.
The file is saved into module's file system.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<src_filename> string - name of the file to be downloaded

<dest_filename> string - name of the destination file to be

written into the module file system

<verbose> integer 0 enable/disable verbose mode

Values:

0 : disable verbose mode

1 : enable verbose mode

<overwrite_file> integer 0 file overwriting allowed/not

allowed

Values:

0 : overwrite NOT allowed (if file exists, the AT

command returns ERROR)

1 : overwrite allowed (if file exists, it will be

overwritten)

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 728 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

This command returns an ERROR result code if no FTP connection has

been opened yet.

Command closure should always be handled by application.

A timeout should be implemented by the application to avoid download
stall situations.

When verbose mode is enabled, i.e. <verbose> is set to 1, the '#'

character is printed on the AT command port for every 4096 bytes that
were written in FS

AT#FTPGETF=?
Test command returns the maximum length of <src_filename> and
<dest_filename> and the supported range of parameters <verbose> and
<overwrite_file>.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 729 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.16.10. AT#FTPGETPKT - FTP Get in Command Mode

FTP gets in command mode.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT#FTPGETPKT=<fileName>[,<viewMode>]
Execution command, issued during an FTP connection, opens a data
connection and starts getting a file from the FTP server while remaining in
command mode.
The data port is opened, we remain in command mode and we see the
result code OK.
Retrieval from FTP server of <fileName> is started, but data are only
buffered in the module.
It is possible to read data afterwards issuing #FTPRECV command.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<fileName> string - file name. Maximum length: 200

characters.

<viewMode> integer 0 choose the view mode

Values:

0 : text format

1 : hexadecimal format

The command causes an ERROR result code to be returned in case

no FTP connection has been opened yet.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 730 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

Command closure should always be handled by application. To

avoid download stall situations a timeout should be implemented
by the application.

AT#FTPGETPKT?
Read command reports current download state for <fileName> with
<viewMode> chosen, in the format:

#FTPGETPKT: <remotefile>,<viewMode>,<eof>
Additional info:

The following parameter signals the state of the file transmission.

Name Type Default Description

<eof> integer N/A End of file

Values:

0 : file currently being transferred

1 : complete file has been transferred to FTP client

AT#FTPGETPKT=?
Test command returns OK result code.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 731 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.16.11. AT#FTPLIST - FTP List

This command is used during a FTP connection.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#FTPLIST[=[<name]]
Execution command, issued during an FTP connection, opens a data
connection and starts getting from the server the list of contents of the
specified directory or the properties of the specified file
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<name> string - is the name of the directory or file

The command causes an ERROR result code to be returned if no

FTP connection has been opened yet.

Issuing AT#FTPLIST<CR> opens a data connection and starts

getting from the server the list of contents of the working directory.

AT#FTPLIST=?
Test command returns the OK result code.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 732 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.16.12. AT#FTPMSG - FTP Read Message

This command returns the last response received from the FTP server.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT#FTPMSG
Execution command returns the last response received from the server
during an FTP connection.

AT#FTPMSG=?
Test command returns the OK result code.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 733 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.16.13. AT#FTPOPEN - FTP Connection Opening

This execution command opens an FTP connection toward the FTP server.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT#FTPOPEN=[<server:port>,<username>,<password>,<mode>[,<cid>]]
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<server:port> string - address and port of FTP server

(factory default port 21), in the format:
53. "ipv4" / "ipv4:port"
54. "ipv6" / "[ipv6]" / "[ipv6]:port"
55. "dynamic_name" /
"dynamic_name:port"
<username> string - authentication user identification for
FTP

<password> string - authentication password for FTP

<mode> integer 0 active or passive mode

Values:

0 : active mode

1 : passive mode

<cid> string - PDP context identifier

In FTP Open case, the solution dependency limits the maximum

time out to 1200 (120 seconds). The FTPTO value that exceed 1200
is considered as 1200.

Before opening FTP connection the PDP context must been

activated with #SGACT.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 734 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

AT#FTPOPEN=?
Test command returns the OK result code

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 735 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.16.14. AT#FTPPUT - FTP Send File

This command sends a file to the FTP server.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Other No - 2

AT#FTPPUT=[<filename>[,<connMode>]]
Execution command, issued during an FTP connection, opens a data
connection and starts sending <filename> file to the FTP server.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<filename> string - name of the file (maximum length 200

characters)

<connMode> integer 0 select online or command mode:

If online mode is selected (default) and
the data connection succeeds, a
CONNECT indication is sent; afterward
a NO CARRIER indication is sent when
the socket is closed.

If command mode is selected and the

data connection succeeds, we remain
in command mode and we see the
result code OK (instead of CONNECT).

Values:

0 : online mode

1 : command mode

Use the escape sequence +++ to close the data connection.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 736 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

The command causes an ERROR result code to be returned if no

FTP connection has been opened yet.

AT#FTPPUT=?
Test command reports the maximum length of <filename> and the
supported range of values of <connMode>.
Additional info:

The format is:

#FTPPUT: <length>, (list of supported <connMode>s)

Name Type Default Description

<length> integer - maximum length of <filename>

#FTPRECV: <available>
Additional info:

Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<available> integer - number of transferred bytes and

available for reading

AT#FTPRECV=?
Test command returns the supported values for parameter <blocksize>.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 740 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

AT#FTPRECV?
#FTPRECV: 3000
OK
Read required part of the buffered data:
AT#FTPRECV=400
#FTPRECV:400
Text row number 1 * 11111111111111111111111111 *
Text row number 2 * 22222222222222222222222222 *
Text row number 3 * 33333333333333333333333333 *
Text row number 4 * 44444444444444444444444444 *
Text row number 5 * 55555555555555555555555555 *
Text row number 6 * 66666666666666666666666666 *
Text row number 7 * 77777777777777777777777777 *
Text row number 8 * 888888888888888888888
OK

AT#FTPRECV=200
#FTPRECV:200
88888 *
Text row number 9 * 99999999999999999999999999 *
Text row number 10 * AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA*
Text row number 11 * BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB *
Text row number 12 * CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC
OK

To check when you have received complete file it is possible to use

#FTPGETPKT read command:
AT#FTPGETPKT?
#FTPGETPKT:sample.txt,0,1
OK
(you will get <eof> set to 1)

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 741 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.16.17. AT#FTPREST - Set Restart Position for FTP GET

Set command sets the restart position for successive #FTPGET (or #FTPGETPKT)
command. It permits to restart a previously interrupted FTP download from the selected
position in byte.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Auto No - 2

AT#FTPREST=[<restartPosition>]
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<restartPosition> integer - position in byte of restarting for

successive #FTPGET (or
#FTPGETPKT)

It is necessary to issue #FTPTYPE=0 before successive #FTPGET

(or #FTPGETPKT command) to set binary file transfer type.

Setting <restartPosition> takes effect on successive FTP download.

After successive successfully initiated #FTPGET (or #FTPGETPKT)
command <restartPosition> is automatically reset.

Value set for <restartPosition> takes effect on next data transfer

(data port opened by #FTPGET or #FTPGETPKT). Then
<restartPosition> value is automatically assigned to 0 for next
download.

AT#FTPREST?
Read command returns the current <restartPosition>:

#FTPREST:<restartPosition>

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 742 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

AT#FTPREST=?
Test command returns the OK result code.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 743 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.16.18. AT#FTPTO - FTP Time Out

Set the FTP time out.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT#FTPTO=[<tout>]
Set command sets the time out used when opening either the FTP control
channel or the FTP traffic channel.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<tout> integer 100 time out in 100 milliseconds units

Value:

100÷5000 : hundreds of milliseconds

AT#FTPTO?
Read command returns the current FTP operations time out in the format:
#FTPTO: <tout>

AT#FTPTO=?
Test command returns the supported values of parameter <tout>.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 744 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.16.19. AT#FTPTYPE - FTP Type

This command sets the FTP file transfer type.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#FTPTYPE=[<type>]
Set command, issued during a FTP connection, sets the file transfer type.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<type> integer N/A file transfer type

Values:

0 : binary

1 : ASCII

The command causes an ERROR result code to be returned if no

FTP connection has been opened yet.

AT#FTPTYPE?
Read command returns the current file transfer type, in the format:

#FTPTYPE: <type>

AT#FTPTYPE=?
Test command returns the range of available values for parameter <type>:

#FTPTYPE: (0,1)

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 745 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 746 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.16.20. AT#FTPCFG - FTP Configuration

This command sets the time-out used when opening either the FTP control channel or
the FTP traffic channel.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT#FTPCFG=<tout>,<IPPignoring>[,<FTPSEn>[,<FTPext>]]
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<tout> integer 100 time out in 100 milliseconds units

Value:

100÷5000 : hundreds of ms

<IPPignoring> integer N/A enable or disable IP private

ignoring

Values:

0 : No IP Private ignoring. During a FTP passive

mode connection client uses the IP address
received from server, even if it is a private IPV4
address.

1 : IP Private ignoring enabled. During a FTP

passive mode connection if the server sends a
private IPV4 address the client doesn’t consider
this and connects with server using the IP
address used in #FTPOPEN.

<FTPSEn> integer 0 disable FTPS security

Values:

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 747 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

0 : disable FTPS security: all FTP commands will

perform plain FTP connections.

1 : enable FTPS security

<FTPext> integer 1 PORT/PASV and EPRT/EPSV

commands.
Option added to pass-through
firewall that is unaware of the
extended FTP commands for
#FTPPUT, #FTPLIST, #FTPAPP,
#FTPGET.

Values:

0 : always use EPRT and EPSV commands

1 : if both module and server ipv4 use PORT and

PASV commands

If parameter <tout> is omitted the behavior of set command is the

same as read command.

AT#FTPCFG?
Read command reports the currently selected parameters in the format:

#FTPCFG: <tout>,<IPPignoring>,<FTPSEn>,<FTPext>

AT#FTPCFG=?
Test command reports the supported range of values for parameter(s):
<tout>, <IPPignoring>, <FTPSEn>, and <FTPext>.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 748 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

SMTP

4.17.1. AT#ESMTP - E-mail SMTP Server

This command allows to set the SMTP server address for e-mail sending.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Auto No - 2

AT#ESMTP=<smtp>
Set command sets the SMTP server address, used for sending e-mails.
SMTP server can be specified as IP address or as nick name.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<smtp> string - SMTP server address. This parameter can be

either:
56. any valid IP address in the format:
"xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx"
57. any host name to be solved with a DNS
query in the format: <host name>
(factory default is the empty string "").

The SMTP server used shall be inside the APN space (the SMTP
server provided by the network operator) or it must allow the relay,
otherwise the command will refuse to send the e-mail.

AT#ESMTP?
Read Command reports the current SMTP server address, in the format:

#ESMTP: <smtp>

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 749 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

AT#ESMTP=?
Test command returns the max length for the parameter <smtp>.

Example of SMTP server format name:

AT#ESMTP="smtp.mydomain.com"
OK

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 750 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.17.2. AT#EMAILMSG - SMTP Read Message

The command returns the last response from SMTP server.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Other No - 2

AT#EMAILMSG
Execution command returns the last response from SMTP server.

AT#EMAILMSG=?
Test command returns the OK result code.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 751 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.17.3. AT#SMTPCFG - Configure SMTP Parameters

Configure SMTP parameters

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Auto No - 2

AT#SMTPCFG=<ssl_enabled>[,<port>[,<mode>[,<unused1>[,<unused2>[,<cid>]]]]]
Sets the parameters needed to the SMTP connection
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<ssl_enabled> integer 0 Numeric parameter indicating if the

SSL encryption is enabled

Value:

0 : SSL encryption disabled

<port> string 25 SMTP port to contact

Value:

1÷65535 : SMTP ports to contact

<mode> integer 0 SMTP start session command

1÷6 : available value

Additional info:

<cid> default value.

The default value of this parameter depends on the software customization
as shown in the following table.

Software customization <cid> default value

Verizon 3
All other 1

AT#SMTPCFG?
Returns the current settings in the format:

#SMTPCFG:<ssl_enabled>,<port>,<mode>,0,0,<cid><CR><LF>

AT#SMTPCFG=?
Returns the supported range of parameters <ssl_enabled>, <port>, <mode> in
the format:

#SMTPCFG:(list of supported<ssl_enabled>s),(list of supported <port>s), (list of

supported <mode>s), (0), (0), (0)

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 753 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 754 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.17.4. AT#ERST - E-mail Parameters Reset

This execution command resets the e-mail parameters to the "factory default"
configuration.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#ERST
The e-mail parameters to reset are:
58. E-mail User Name
59. E-mail Password
60. E-mail Sender Address
61. E-mail SMTP server

AT#ERST=?
Test command returns the OK result code.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 755 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.17.5. AT#EUSER - E-mail Authentication User Name

This command sets the user identification string to be used during the SMTP
authentication step.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Other No - 2

AT#EUSER=[<eUser>]
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<eUser> string "" string containing the e-mail authentication

User ID

Value:

"" : factory default

If no authentication is required then the <eUser> parameter must

be the empty string "".

AT#EUSER?
Read command returns the value of the current user identification string
<e-user>, in the format:
#EUSER: <eUser>

AT#EUSER=?
Test command returns the maximum allowed length of the string
parameter <eUser>

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 756 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

AT#EUSER="myE-Name"
OK

AT#EUSER?
#EUSER: "myE-Name"
OK

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 757 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.17.6. AT#ESAV - E-mail Parameters Save

This execution command stores the e-mail parameters in the NVM.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#ESAV

The e-mail parameters that are stored are:

62. E-mail User Name
63. E-mail Password
64. E-mail Sender Address
65. E-mail SMTP server

AT#ESAV=?
Test command returns the OK result code.

If a parameter value has not been previously specified using the e-

mail parameters setting commands, like #EADDR, then a default
value will be taken.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 758 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.17.7. AT#EPASSW - E-mail Authentication Password

This command sets the password string to be used during the authentication step of the
SMTP.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Auto No - 2

AT#EPASSW=[<ePwd>]
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<ePwd> string "" e-mail authentication password that can

have any string value up to max length
reported by test command

Value:

"" : factory default

If no authentication is required then the <ePwd> parameter shall

be empty "".

AT#EPASSW=?
Test command returns the maximum allowed length of the string
parameter <ePwd>.

AT#EPASSW="myPassword"
OK

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 759 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.17.8. AT#EMAILD - E-mail Sending

This command sends an e-mail message.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#EMAILD=[<da>,<subj>]

A PDP context shall have been activated through AT#SGACT=x,1. The

context "x" is the one used by SMTP, as specified by #SMTPCFG
command. After command line is terminated with <CR>, the device
responds sending a four character sequence prompt:

<CR><LF><greater_than><space> (see IRA character set: 13, 10, 62, 32)

To complete the operation, send Ctrl-Z char (0x1A hex). To exit without
completing the operation send ESC char (0x1B hex).
If the e-mail message is successfully sent, then the response is OK. If
message sending fails for some reason, an error code is reported.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<da> string - destination address (maximum length 100

characters).

<subj> string - subject of the message (maximum length 100

characters).

If the length of one of the string type parameters exceeds the

maximum length, then module returns an error indication.

Care must be taken to ensure that during the command execution,

no other commands are issued: to avoid malfunctions it is
suggested to wait for the OK or ERROR / +CMS ERROR:<err>
response before issuing further commands.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 760 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

Maximum length for message body is 1500: trying to send more

data will cause the surplus to be discarded and lost.

AT#EMAILD=?
Test command returns OK result code.

AT#EMAILD="[email protected]","subject of the mail"

>message body... . This is the text of the mail message
CTRL-Z
... wait...
OK
Message has been sent.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 761 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.17.9. AT#EADDR - E-mail Sender Address

This command sets the sender address string to be used for sending the e-mail.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Auto No - 2

AT#EADDR=[<eAddr>]
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<eAddr> string "" sender address. This parameter can be set

to any string with any length up to the one
reported by the test command.

Value:

"" : default value

AT#EADDR?
Read command reports the current sender address, in the format:

#EADDR: <eAddr>

AT#EADDR=?
Test command returns the maximum allowed length of the string
parameter <eAddr>.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 762 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

The examples describe how to set and get the sender e-mail address.

• Set the sender e-mail address.

AT#EADDR="[email protected]"
OK

• Get sender e-mail address.

AT#EADDR?
#EADDR: "[email protected]"
OK

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 763 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

HTTP

4.18.1. AT#HTTPCFG - Configure HTTP Parameters

This command sets the parameters needed to the HTTP connection.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Auto No - 2

AT#HTTPCFG=<prof_id>[,<server_address>[,<server_port>[,<auth_type>[,<usern
ame>
[,<password>[,<ssl_enabled>[,<timeout>[,<cid>[,<pkt_size>[,<unused1>[,<unused
2>]]]]]]]]]]]
Parameters:

Defaul
Name Type Description
t

<prof_id> intege N/A select the profile identifier.

Value:

0÷2 : Profile identifier

<server_addres string - IP address of the HTTP server. This

s> parameter can be either:
66. any valid IP address in the format:
"xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx"
67. any valid IPv6 address in one of the
following format:
"xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx.
xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx"
"xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:x
xxx"
68. any host name to be solved with a
DNS query. Default:
"" for first and second profile

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 764 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

"m2mlocate.telit.com" for third

profile
<server_port> intege N/A select TCP remote port.
r 69. for first and second profile 80, by
default
70. for third profile 9978, by default
Value:

1÷65535 : TCP remote port of the HTTP server to

connect to

<auth_type> intege 0 select HTTP authentication type.

Values:

0 : no authentication

1 : basic authentication

<username> string - configure authentication user identification

string for HTTP.

<password> string - configure authentication password string

for HTTP.

<ssl_enabled> intege 0 enable/disable SSL encryption.

Values:

0 : SSL encryption disabled

1 : SSL encryption enabled

<timeout> intege 120 timeout, data from HTTPS server.

Value:

1÷65535 : time interval in seconds to wait for receiving

data from HTTP server.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 765 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

<cid> intege - PDP context identifier. See +CGDCONT

r command.

<pkt_size> intege 0 size for data sending (#HTTPSND) or

r receiving (#HTTPRCV).

Values:

0 : select automatically value 300

1÷1500 : send or receive size in bytes

<unused1> intege - parameter for future use. Must be set to 0.

<unused2> intege - parameter for future use. Must be set to 0.

A special form of the set command, AT#HTTPCFG=<prof_id>, causes the

values for profile number <prof_id> to reset to default values.

Only one profile can use the SSL encryption.

AT#HTTPCFG?
Read command returns the current settings for each defined profile in the format:
#HTTPCFG:<prof_id>,<server_address>,<server_port>,<auth_type>,<username>,
<password>,<ssl_enabled>,<timeout>,<cid>,<pkt_size>,0,0<CR><LF>[<CR><LF>

#HTTPCFG:<prof_id>,<server_address>,<server_port>,<auth_type>,<username>,
<password>,<ssl_enabled>,<timeout>,<cid>,<pkt_size>,0,0]<CR><LF>[...]]

AT#HTTPCFG=?
Test command returns the supported range of parameters <prof_id>,
<server_port>, <auth_type>, <ssl_enabled>, <timeout>,
<cid>,<pkt_size>,<unused1>,<unused2>, and the maximum length of
<server_address>, <username> and <password> parameters in the format:

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 766 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

#HTTPCFG:(list of supported <prof_id>s),<s_length>,(list of

supported <server_port>s), (list of
supported <auth_type>s),<u_length>,<p_length>,(list of
supported <ssl_enabled>s),(list of supported <timeout>s),(list of
supported <cid>s),(list of supported <pkt_size>s),(0),(0)
Additional info:

Meaning of the <..._length> parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<s_length> integer - maximum length of parameter

<server_address>

<u_length> integer - maximum length of parameter

<username>.

<p_length> integer - maximum length of parameter

<password>.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 767 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.18.2. AT#HTTPQRY - Send HTTP GET, HEAD or DELETE Request

This command performs a GET, HEAD or DELETE request to HTTP server.

Standard RFC 2616

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Auto No - 2

AT#HTTPQRY=<prof_id>,<command>,<resource>[,<extra_header_line>]
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<prof_id> integer N/A profile identifier

Value:

0÷2 : identifier values

<command> integer 0 identifies command requested

to HTTP server

Values:

0 : GET

1 : HEAD

2 : DELETE

<resource> string - is the HTTP resource (URI),

object of the request. It must
always start with "/" (slash
character)

<extra_header_line> string - is the optional HTTP header

line

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 768 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

Additional info:

When the HTTP server answer is received, then the following URC is
put on the serial port:

#HTTPRING:
<prof_id>,<http_status_code>,<content_type>,<data_size>

If there are no data from server or the server does not answer
within the time interval specified in <timeout> parameter of
#HTTPCFG command, then the URC #HTTPRING
<http_status_code> parameter has value 0.

Name Type Default Description

<http_status_code> string - is the status code, as

received from the server,
see RFC 2616

<content_type> string - reports the "Content-

Type" header line, as
received from the server,
see RFC 2616

<data_size> string - is the byte amount of data

received from the server.
If the server does not
report the "Content-
Length:" header line, the
parameter value is 0.

To set more than one HTTP header line in parameter

<extra_header_line>, they have to be separated by ">>"

Example:
AT#HTTPQRY=0,0, "myURI","Content-Type: xyz>>Authorization:
something"
Where:
"myURI" must always start with "/" (slash).

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 769 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

Here an example where #HTTPQRY requests for the homepage of

www.myhost.com:

AT#HTTPCFG=0,"www.myhost.com",80
OK
AT#HTTPQRY=0,0,"/"
OK

If sending ends successfully, the response is OK; otherwise an

error code is reported.
The HTTP request header sent with #HTTPQRY always contains the
"Connection: close" line, and it cannot be removed.

AT#HTTPQRY=?
Test command reports the supported range of values for the parameters
<prof_id> and <command> and the maximum length of <resource>
parameter in the format:

#HTTPQRY:(list of supported <prof_id>s),(list of

supported <command>s),<r_length>, <m_length>
Additional info:

Meaning of <..._length> parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<r_length> integer - maximum length of parameter

<resource>.

<m_length> integer - maximum length of parameter

<extra_header_line>.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 770 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 771 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.18.3. AT#HTTPSND - Send HTTP POST or PUT request

This command performs a POST or PUT request to HTTP server and starts sending data
to the server.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT#HTTPSND=<profId>,<command>,<resource>,<dataLen>[,<postParam>
[,<extraHeaderLine>]]
After entering AT#HTTPSND=... command, and terminated the command
line with <CR>, the module returns the following three characters
sequence prompt, and waits for data to send:

<greater_than><greater_than><greater_than> (see IRA character set: 62,

62, 62)

Now, data can be entered from TE, sized <dataLen> bytes. If sending ends
successfully the response will be OK, otherwise an error code will be
reported.

When the HTTP server answer is received, the URC will be available on the
serial port with the following format:
#HTTPRING: <profId>,<httpStatusCode>,<contentType>,<dataSize>
The URC parameters are described in Unsolicited Field section.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<profId> integer N/A profile identifier

Value:

0÷2 : profile identifier

<command> integer N/A command requested to HTTP

server

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 772 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

Values:

0 : POST command

1 : PUT command

<resource> string - HTTP resource (uri), object of

the request

<dataLen> integer - data length to send in bytes

<postParam> string N/A HTTP Content-type identifier,

used only for POST command,
optionally followed by colon
character (:) and a string that
extends with sub-types the
identifier

Values:

0[:extension] : "application/x-www-form-
urlencoded " with optional
extension

1[:extension] : "text/plain" with optional

extension

2[:extension] : "application/octet-stream" with

optional extension

3[:extension] : "multipart/form-data" with

optional extension

other : free string corresponding to

other content type and possible
sub-types

<extraHeaderLine> string - optional HTTP header line

Unsolicited fields:

Name Type Description

<httpStatusCode> integer status code, as received from the server

(see RFC 2616)

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 773 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

<contentType> string "Content-Type" header line, as received

from the server (see RFC 2616)

<dataSize> integer byte amount of data received from the

server (if the server doesn't report the
"Content-Length:" header line, the
parameter value is 0)

The HTTP request header sent with #HTTPSND always contains

the "Connection: close" line, and it cannot be removed.

If there are no data from server or the server doesn't answer

within the time interval specified in <timeout> parameter of
#HTTPCFG command, then the URC #HTTPRING
<http_status_code> parameter will have value 0.

AT#HTTPSND=?
Test command returns the supported range of parameters <profId>,
<command> and <dataLen> and the maximum length of <resource>,
<postParam> and <extraHeaderLine> string parameters in the format:

# HTTPSND: (list of supported <profId>s),(list of supported <command>s),

<rLength>, (list of supported <dataLen>s),<pLength>,<mLength>
Additional info:

<...Length> parameters meaning:

Name Type Default Description

<rLength> integer - maximum length of parameter

<pLength> integer - maximum length of parameter

<mLength> integer - maximum length of parameter

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 774 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

POST commands examples.

• Post 100 byte without "Content-type" header

AT#HTTPSND=0,0,"/",100
>>>

• Post 100 byte with "application/x-www-form-urlencoded"

AT#HTTPSND=0,0,"/",100,0
>>>

• Post 100 byte with "multipart/form-data" and extension

AT#HTTPSND=0,0,"/",100,"3:boundary=----FormBoundary"
>>>

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 775 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.18.4. AT#HTTPRCV - Receive HTTP Server Data

This command permits the user to read data from HTTP server in response to a previous
HTTP module request.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT#HTTPRCV=<profId>[,<maxByte>]
The module is notified of these data by the #HTTPRING URC.
The device shall prompt a three-character sequence followed by the data:

<less_than><less_than><less_than> (see IRA character set: 60,60,60)

If reading ends successfully, the response is OK; otherwise an error code

is reported.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<profId> integer N/A profile identifier

Value:

0÷2 : profile identifier

<maxByte> integer 0 max number of bytes to read at a time

Value:

0, : 0 means infinite size.

64÷1500

If <maxByte> is unspecified, server data will be transferred all in

once.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 776 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

If the data are not present or the #HTTPRING <httpStatusCode>

parameter has value 0, an error code is reported.

AT#HTTPRCV=?
Test command reports the supported range of values for <profId> and
<maxByte> parameters in the format:

# HTTPRCV: (list of supported <profId>s,<maxByte>)

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 777 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

SSL

4.19.1. AT#SSLCFG - Configure General Parameters of a SSL Socket

This command configures SSL connection parameters.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Auto No - 2

AT#SSLCFG=<SSId>,<cid>,<pktSz>,<maxTo>,<defTo>,<txTo>[,<SSLSRingMode>
[,<noCarrierMode>[,<skipHostMismatch>[,<equalizeTX> [,<connTo
>[,<Unused1>]]]]]]
Set command allows configuring SSL connection parameters.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<SSId> integer 1 Secure Socket Identifier

Value:

1 : Until now SSL block manages only one

socket

<cid> integer - PDP context identifier, see

+CGDCONT command.

<pktSz> integer 0 packet size to be used by the

SSL/TCP/IP stack for data
sending

Values:

0 : select automatically default value

(300)

1÷1500 : number of bytes

<maxTo> integer 90 exchange timeout or socket

inactivity timeout. In online
mode, if there is no data

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 778 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

exchange within this timeout

period, the connection
is closed.

Values:

0 : no timeout

1÷65535 : timeout in seconds

<defTo> integer 100 timeout that will be used by

default whenever the
corresponding parameter of
each command is not set.

Value:

10÷5000 : timeout in tenth of seconds

<txTo> integer 50 data sending timeout. In

online mode, after this period
data are sent also if they're
less than max packet size.

Values:

0 : no timeout

1÷255 : timeout value in hundreds of

milliseconds

<SSLSRingMode> integer 0 SSLRING unsolicited mode

Values:

0 : disable

1 : enable decoded data format, see

Additional info section

2 : enable chunk of data format, see

Additional info section

<noCarrierMode> integer 0 selects the NO CARRIER

indication format when the
secure socket is closed.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 779 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

Values:

0 : NO CARRIER without additional

information

1 : NO CARRIER:SSL,<SSId> See Additional

info section

2 : NO CARRIER:SSL,<SSId>,<cause> See
Additional info section

<skipHostMismatch> integer 1 enables/disables Host

Mismatch alert

Values:

0 : do not ignore

1 : ignore

<equalizeTX> integer 0 enable/disable equalized data

transmission

Values:

0 : disable equalized data transmission

1 : enable equalized data transmission, i.e.:

after successful data write for sending on
SSL connection, next check for available
<pktSz> data is triggered after <txTo>

<connTo> integer 0 Connection timeout in tenths

of seconds.
If the SSL connection to the
remote cannot be established
within this timeout period, an
error is raised.

Values:

0 : the timeout is managed by TCP/IP

and SSL stack

10÷1200 : timeout value

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 780 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

<Unused1> integer - parameter for future use.

Must be set to 0.

Additional info:

When <SSLSRingMode>= 1 a new unsolicited is sent whenever the amount

of data ready to be read changes, the unsolicited format is:

SSLSRING: <SSId>,<recData>

<recData> is described in the Unsolicited fields section.

When <SSLSRingMode>= 2 the unsolicited format is:

SSLSRING: <SSId>,<dataLen>,<data>

<dataLen> and <data> are described in the Unsolicited fields section.

The NO CARRIER indication can be followed by additional information:

NO CARRIER:SSL,<SSId>
NO CARRIER:SSL,<SSId>,<cause>

The fixed "SSL" string distinguishes secure sockets from TCP sockets.

Name Type Default Description

<cause> integer N/A cause of the secure socket

closure

Values:

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 781 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

0 : not available (secure socket has not yet been closed)

1 : the remote TCP connection has been closed (RST, or

any fatal error in send/recv are all included within this
case)

2 : socket inactivity timeout

3 : network deactivation (PDP context deactivation from

network)

4 : SSL "Close Notify Alert" message has been received

5 : the remote TCP connection has been closed (FIN) after

all data have been retrieved from socket

6 : closure due to any other SSL alert different from the

previous ones

Unsolicited fields:

Name Type Description

<recData> integer number of bytes available to be read from the TLS/SSL

record that is currently being processed (obviously:
already decoded from TLS/SSL record) plus the number of
bytes available to be read in the TCP/IP stack.

<dataLen> integer length of the current chunk of data in bytes

<data> hex received data in ASCII format

If secure socket is not enabled using #SSLEN only test requests can be
made.

This version of command reordered the parameters of the command, so

this is not interchangeable with previous version

AT#SSLCFG?

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 782 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

Read command reports the parameters current values in the format:

#SSLCFG:<SSId>,<cid>,<pktSz>,<maxTo>,<defTo>,<txTo>,<SSLSRingMode>,<noCa
rrierMode>, <skipHostMismatch>,<equalizeTX>,0,0

AT#SSLCFG=?
Test command reports the ranges of all parameters values.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 783 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.19.2. AT#SSLSECCFG - Configure Security Parameters of a SSL Socket

This command allows configuring SSL connection parameters.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Auto No - 2

AT#SSLSECCFG=<SSId>,<CipherSuite>,<auth_mode>
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<SSId> integer 1 Secure Socket Identifier

Value:

1 : Until now only one SSL socket is available

<CipherSuite> integer 0 identify the cipher suite. The

<CipherSuite> parameter is
expressed in decimal and hex format
to identify different cipher suites.

The cipher suites identified by

<CipherSuite> parameters
expressed in decimal format are
listed in the Value section right
below.

The cipher suites identified by

<CipherSuite> (RCF) values
expressed in hex format are listed in
the Additional info section.

Values:

0 : cipher suite is chosen by remote server among

the following:
TLS_RSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA,

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 784 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

TLS_RSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA,
TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA,
TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA,
TLS_RSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA256,
TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA256,
TLS_RSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA256,
TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA256

1 : TLS_RSA_WITH_RC4_128_MD5, not available

because obsolete

2 : TLS_RSA_WITH_RC4_128_SHA, not available

because obsolete

3 : TLS_RSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA

4 : TLS_RSA_WITH_NULL_SHA, not available

because obsolete

5 : TLS_RSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA

6 : TLS_RSA_WITH_3DES_EDE_CBC_SHA, not
available because obsolete

7 : TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA

8 : TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_3DES_EDE_CBC_SHA,
not available because obsolete

9 : TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA

10 : TLS_RSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA256

11 : TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA256

12 : TLS_RSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA256

13 : TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA256

<auth_mode> integer 0 authentication mode

Values:

0 : SSL Verify None

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 785 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

1 : manage server authentication

2 : manage server and client authentication if

requested by the remote server

Additional info:

The first column shows the <CipherSuite> (RCF) values expressed in hex
format, the second column indicates the related cipher suite name.

0x002F : TLS_RSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA
0x0033 : TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA
0x0035 : TLS_RSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA
0x0039 : TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA
0x003C : TLS_RSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA256
0x003D : TLS_RSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA256
0x0067 : TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA256
0x006B : TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA256
0x008A : TLS_PSK_WITH_RC4_128_SHA
0x008B : TLS_PSK_WITH_3DES_EDE_CBC_SHA
0x008C : TLS_PSK_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA
0x008D : TLS_PSK_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA
0x009C : TLS_RSA_WITH_AES_128_GCM_SHA256
0x009D : TLS_RSA_WITH_AES_256_GCM_SHA384
0x009E : TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_AES_128_GCM_SHA256
0x009F : TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_AES_256_GCM_SHA384
0x00A8 : TLS_PSK_WITH_AES_128_GCM_SHA256
0x00A9 : TLS_PSK_WITH_AES_256_GCM_SHA384
0x00AE : TLS_PSK_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA256
0x00AF : TLS_PSK_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA384
0xC004 : TLS_ECDH_ECDSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA
0xC005 : TLS_ECDH_ECDSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA
0xC009 : TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA
0xC00A : TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA
0xC00E : TLS_ECDH_RSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA
0xC00F : TLS_ECDH_RSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA
0xC013 : TLS_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA
0xC014 : TLS_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA
0xC023 : TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA256
0xC024 : TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA384
0xC025 : TLS_ECDH_ECDSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA256

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 786 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

0xC026 : TLS_ECDH_ECDSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA384
0xC027 : TLS_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA256
0xC028 : TLS_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA384
0xC029 : TLS_ECDH_RSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA256
0xC02A : TLS_ECDH_RSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA384
0xC02B : TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_AES_128_GCM_SHA256
0xC02C : TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_AES_256_GCM_SHA384
0xC02D : TLS_ECDH_ECDSA_WITH_AES_128_GCM_SHA256
0xC02E : TLS_ECDH_ECDSA_WITH_AES_256_GCM_SHA384
0xC02F : TLS_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_AES_128_GCM_SHA256
0xC030 : TLS_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_AES_256_GCM_SHA384
0xC031 : TLS_ECDH_RSA_WITH_AES_128_GCM_SHA256
0xC032 : TLS_ECDH_RSA_WITH_AES_256_GCM_SHA384
0xC0A0 : TLS_RSA_WITH_AES_128_CCM_8
0xC0A1 : TLS_RSA_WITH_AES_256_CCM_8
0xC0A2 : TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_AES_128_CCM_8
0xC0A3 : TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_AES_256_CCM_8
0xCCA8 : TLS_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_CHACHA20_POLY1305_SHA256
0xCCA9 : TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_CHACHA20_POLY1305_SHA256
0xCCAA : TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_CHACHA20_POLY1305_SHA256

Server CA certificate must be stored through #SSLSECDATA.

Setting an obsolete cipher suite have the same effect as setting it

to 0.

If secure socket is not enabled using #SSLEN command, only test

command can be used.

AT#SSLSECCFG?
Read command reports the currently selected parameters in the format:

#SSLSECCFG: <SSId>,<CipherSuite>,<auth_mode>

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 787 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

Read command returns ERROR if secure socket has not been enabled
using #SSLEN command.

AT#SSLSECCFG=?
Test command returns the range of supported values for all the
parameters.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 788 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.19.3. AT#SSLSECCA - Manage the Security Data

This command stores, reads, and deletes CA Certificates in / from NVM.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Auto No - 2

AT#SSLSECCA=<CertId>,<action>,<dataType>[,<size>[,<Unused_A>[,<Unused_B>
]]]
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<CertId> integer 1 Secure Socket Identifier

Values:

1 : Certificate Identifier 1

2 : Certificate Identifier 2

3 : Certificate Identifier 3

<action> integer 0 required action

Values:

0 : delete data from NVM

1 : store data in NVM

2 : read data from NVM

<dataType> integer 1 security data type

Value:

1 : CA certificate

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 789 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

<size> integer N/A size of security data to be stored; the

parameter is mandatory if write action is
issued, it can be omitted for delete or
read actions.

Value:

1÷4095 : size of security data to be stored

Additional info:

Store security data in NVM

<action>=1 specifies the storing in NVM, <size> parameter is mandatory.
After command line is terminated with <CR>, the command returns the
following four-characters sequence prompt:
<CR><LF><greater_than><space> (see IRA 13, 10, 62, 32)
and waits for data to be stored. Security data must be in PEM format:
1. to end the secured data editing, enter Ctrl-Z char (0x1A hex)
2. to exit without writing the message, enter ESC char (0x1B hex)
If data are successfully stored, the command returns OK, otherwise an
error code is reported.

Read security data from NVM

<action>=2 specifies the reading from NVM, the <size> parameter is not
mandatory. The command returns the following message:
#SSLSECCA: <CertId>,<dataType>
<DATA>
OK

Select which CA certificate to use

With AT#SSLSECCFG2 it is possible to select which CA certificate of
<CertId> to use for the next SSL connection.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 790 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

Maximum 3 certificate between <preloadedCA> and <customCA> must be

selected.

If secure socket has not been enabled through #SSLEN command, only
test command can be used

If socket is connected an error code is reported

Only "rsa_sign" certificates are supported by the Telit Module in client

authentication.

CA certificate stored in NVM

CA certificates stored in NVM are shared among all secure sockets
<SSId>s

AT#SSLSECCA?
Read command reports what security data are stored for each <CertId>. The
returned message has the following format:
#SSLSECCA: <CertId>,0,<CACertIsSet>,0,,0
#SSLSECCA: <CertId>,0,<CACertIsSet>,0,,0

<CAcertIsSet> is 1 if related data are stored into NVM, 0 otherwise.

Additional info:

This Additional info section describes the parameters, if not described in

the previous sections, returned by the AT#SSLSECDATA? read command

Name Type Default Description

<CAcertIsSet> integer 0 identifies the CA certificate presence

in the NVM

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 791 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

Values:

0 : not present

1 : present

AT#SSLSECCA=?
Test command returns the supported values for the parameters <CertId>,
<action>, <dataType> and <size>.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 792 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

Store CA certificate 1 for www.site1.com for <CertId> 1

#SSLSECCA=1,1,1,<len>
>...

Store CA certificate 2 for www.site2.com for <CertId> 2

#SSLSECCA=2,1,1,<len>
>...

Set to use <CertId> 1 and 2

#SSLSECCFG2=1,4,0,3,0
>...

Connect
#SSLD=1,443,"www.site1.com",...
CONNECT
+++
OK

AT#SSLH=1
OK

Connect
#SSLD=2,443,"www.site2.com",...
CONNECT
+++
OK

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 793 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.19.4. AT#SSLEN - Enable a SSL Socket

This command activates/deactivates a socket secured by SSL.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Auto No - 2

AT#SSLEN=<SSId>,<Enable>
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<SSId> integer 1 Secure Socket Identifier

Value:

1 : only one socket is available

<Enable> integer 0 activate/deactivate secure socket

Values:

0 : deactivate

1 : activate

If the unique available secure socket is not activated, all the

commands - belonging to the SSL set (example: #SSLSECDATA,
#SSL..., etc.) and different from test commands - return an error
message. #SSLS command is an exception, it can be issued also if
the socket is deactivated.

If the unique available secure socket is connected, it cannot be

deactivated issuing AT#SSLEN=1,0.

AT#SSLEN?

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 794 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

Read command reports the current status of secure socket in the format:

#SSLEN: <SSId>,<Enable>
OK

AT#SSLEN=?
Test command returns the range of supported values for all the
parameters:

#SSLEN: (1),(0,1)

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 795 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.19.5. AT#SSLD - Open a SSL Socket to a Remote Server

This command opens a remote connection via socket secured through SSL.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Other No - 2

AT#SSLD=<SSId>,<rPort>,<IPAddress>,<ClosureType>[,<connMode>[,<Timeout>]
]
Execution command opens a remote connection via socket secured through SSL.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<SSId> integer 1 Secure Socket Identifier

Value:

1 : Until now only one SSL socket is available

<rPort> integer 1 Remote TCP port to contact

Value:

1÷65535 : TCP port number

<IPAddress> string - address of SSL server.

<ClosureType> integer 0 Closure type

Value:

0 : Until now only closure type 0 is supported. SSL

session id and keys are free.

<connMode> integer 1 connection mode

Values:

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 796 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

0 : online mode connection, see Additional info

section.

1 : command mode connection, see Additional

info section.

<Timeout> integer 100 It represents the maximum allowed

TCP inter-packet delay. It means
that, when more data is expected
during the handshake, the module
awaits <Timeout> * 100 msec for the
next packet. If no more data can be
read, the module gives up the
handshake and raises an
ERROR response.
<Timeout> is the total handshake
timeout or, in other words, it is not
the absolute maximum time between
the #SSLD issue and the
CONNECT/OK/ERROR response.
Though by changing this parameter
you can limit the handshake duration
(for example in case of congested
network or busy server), there is no
way to be sure to get the command
response within a certain amount of
time, because it depends on the TCP
connection time, the handshake time
and the computation time (which
depends on the authentication mode
and on the size of keys and
certificates).

Value:

1÷5000 : hundreds of ms

Additional info:

<connMode>=0: online mode connection

If <connMode> is set to online mode connection and the command is
successful, the module enters into online data mode and returns the

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 797 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

intermediate result code CONNECT. After the CONNECT, you can suspend
the direct interface to the socket connection (the socket stays open) using
the escape sequence (+++): the module moves back to command mode and
returns the final result code OK after the suspension.
After such a suspension, it is possible to resume it by using the
#SSLO command with the corresponding <connId>.

<connMode>=1: command mode connection

If <connMode> is set to command mode connection and the command is
successful, the socket is opened, the module remains in command
mode and returns result code OK.

If secure socket is not enabled using #SSLEN only test requests can be
made.

If timeout is not set for SSL connection the default timeout value, set by
#SSLCFG, is used.

In online mode the socket is closed after an inactivity period (configurable

with #SSLCFG, with a default value of 90 seconds), and the NO CARRIER
message is printed.

In online mode data are transmitted as soon as the data packet size is
reached or as after a transmission timeout. Both these parameters are
configurable by using #SSLCFG.

Before opening a SSL connection, the PDP context must have been
activated by #SGACT=x,1

Before opening a SSL connection, make sure to have stored the needed
secure data (CA certificate), using #SSLSECDATA, for the security level
set through AT#SSLSECCFG.

The PDP context definition that will be used, is set by AT#SSLCFG

command

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 798 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

AT#SSLD=?
Test command returns the range of supported values for all the parameters:

#SSLD: (1),(1-65535),,(0),(0,1),(1-5000)

See the following examples:

• Start online mode:

AT#SSLD =1,8500,"84.94.194.21",0,1
OK
CONNECT

• Start command mode:

AT#SSLD=1,8500,"84.94.194.21",1,1
OK

• Configure correct PDP context with AT#SSLCFG command:

AT#SGACT=3,1
#SGACT: XX.XXX.XXX.XXX
OK
Note the second parameter of #SSLCFG
AT#SSLCFG=1,3,300,90,100,50,0,0,0,0
OK
AT#SSLD=1,<port>,"IP or URL",0,1
OK
CONNECT

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 799 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.19.6. AT#SSLO - Restore a SSL Socket after a +++

This command restores a SSL connection (online mode) suspended by an escape
sequence (+++).

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#SSLO=<SSId>
This command restores a SSL connection (online mode) suspended by an
escape sequence (+++). After the connection restore, the CONNECT
message is printed. Please note that this is possible even if the connection
has been started in command mode (#SSLD with <connMode>=1).
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<SSId> integer 1 Secure Socket Identifier

Value:

1 : only one socket is available.

If secure socket has not be enabled through #SSLEN command,

only test command can be used.

Before opening a SSL connection, the PDP context must have been
activated by AT#SGACT=X,1.

If an error occurs during reconnection the socket cannot be

reconnected, then a new connection has to be done.

AT#SSLO=?
Test command returns the range of supported values for all the
parameters:

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 800 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

#SSLO: (1)

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 801 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.19.7. AT#SSLH - Close a SSL Socket

This command allows closing the SSL connection.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT#SSLH=<SSId>[,<ClosureType>]
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<SSId> integer 1 Secure Socket Identifier

Value:

1 : only one socket is available

<ClosureType> integer 0 type of socket closure.

Value:

0 : only value 0 is supported

If secure socket has not be enabled through #SSLEN command,

only test command can be used.

AT#SSLH=?
Test command returns the range of supported values for all the
parameters:
#SSLH: (1),(0)

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 802 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.19.8. AT#SSLSEND - Send Data through a SSL Socket

This command allows sending data through a secure socket.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT#SSLSEND=<SSId>[,<Timeout>]
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<SSId> integer 1 Secure Socket Identifier

Value:

1 : only one socket is available

<Timeout> integer 100 socket send timeout

Value:

1÷5000 : timeout in 100 ms units

Additional info:

After command line is terminated with <CR>, the command returns

the following four-character sequence prompt:

<CR><LF><greater_than><space> (IRA 13, 10, 62, 32)

and waits for the data to be send.

71. to end the data editing and start the sending, enter Ctrl-Z
char (0x1A hex). The maximum number of bytes to send is
1023, trying to send more data will cause the data excess to
be discarded and lost.
72. to exit without sending the message, enter ESC char (0x1B
hex).

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 803 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

If data are successfully sent, the command returns OK. If data

sending fails, an error code is reported.

If secure socket has not be enabled through #SSLEN command,

only test command can be used.

If timeout is not set for SSL connection, is used the timeout value
set by #SSLCFG.

Before sending data through the SSL connection, it must be

established using #SSLD.

AT#SSLSEND=?
Test command returns the range of supported values for all
the parameters.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 804 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.19.9. AT#SSLRECV - Read Data from a SSL Socket

This command reads data from a SSL socket.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT#SSLRECV=<SSId>,<MaxNumByte>[,<Timeout>]
Set command allows to receive data, arrived through a connected secure
socket. Data has been buffered and not read yet.

Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<SSId> integer 1 secure socket identifier

Value:

1 : until now only one SSL socket is supported

<MaxNumByte> integer N/A maximum number of bytes to read

Value:

1÷1000 : maximum number of bytes to read

<Timeout> integer 100 time-out in 100 ms units

Value:

1÷5000 : hundreds of ms

Additional info:

If data are received, the device responds:

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 805 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

#SSLRECV: NumByteRead
...(Data read)...
OK

If no data are received, the device responds:

#SSLRECV: 0
TIMEOUT
OK

If the remote host closes the connection, the device responds:

#SSLRECV: 0
DISCONNECTED
OK

If secure socket is not enabled using AT#SSLEN, only test requests

can be made.

If timeout is not set for SSL connection, the default timeout value,
set through AT#SSLCFG, is used.

Before receiving data from the SSL connection, it has to be

established using AT#SSLD.

AT#SSLRECV=?
The test command returns the ranges of the parameters values in the
form:
#SSLRECV: (1),(1-1000),(10-5000)

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 806 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.19.10. AT#SSLS - Report the Status of a SSL Socket

This command reports the status of secure sockets.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT#SSLS=<SSId>
The command reports the status of secure sockets. The response message of the
command can have the following formats:

if secure socket is connected, the format is:

#SSLS: <SSId>,<ConnectionStatus>,<CipherSuite>

otherwise:
#SSLS: <SSId>,<ConnectionStatus>

The response messages parameters are described in the Additional info section.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<SSId> integer 1 Secure Socket Identifier.

Value:

1 : only one SSL socket is supported

Additional info:

List of the meaning of the response message parameters.

Name Type Default Description

<CipherSuite> integer 0 identify the cipher suite. The

<CipherSuite> parameter is
expressed in decimal and hex

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 807 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

format to identify different cipher

suites.

The cipher suites identified by

<CipherSuite> parameters
expressed in decimal format are
listed in the Value section right
below.

The cipher suites identified by RCF

values expressed in hex format are
listed in the #SSLSECCFG
command.

Values:

0 : Chiper Suite is chosen by remote Server

1 : TLS_RSA_WITH_RC4_128_MD5, not available

because obsolete

2 : TLS_RSA_WITH_RC4_128_SHA, not available

because obsolete

3 : TLS_RSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA, not
available because obsolete

4 : TLS_RSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA, not
available because obsolete

5 : TLS_RSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA

6 : TLS_RSA_WITH_3DES_EDE_CBC_SHA, not
available because obsolete

7 : TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA

8 : TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_3DES_EDE_CBC_SHA,
not available because obsolete

9 : TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA

10 : TLS_RSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA256

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 808 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

11 : TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA256

12 : TLS_RSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA256

13 : TLS_DHE_RSA_WITH_AES_256_CBC_SHA256

<ConnectionStatus> integer N/A Connection Status identifier

Values:

0 : socket disabled

1 : connection closed

2 : connection open

This command can be issued even if the <SSId> is not enabled.

For <CipherSuite> values expressed in hex format, refer to #SSLSECCFG

command

AT#SSLS=?
Test command returns the ranges of the parameters values in format:
#SSLS: (1)

• AT#SSLS=1
#SSLS: 1,1
OK

• AT#SSLS=1
#SSLS: 1,2,0
OK

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 809 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.19.11. AT#SSLI - Secure Socket Info

This command is used to get information about secure socket data traffic.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Auto No - 2

AT#SSLI[=<SSId>]
Execution command is used to get information about secure socket data
traffic.
The response is in the format:

#SSLI:
<SSId>,<DataSent>,<DataRecv>,<PendingData>,<TCPConnWaitingAck>
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<SSId> integer 1 Secure Socket Identifier

Value:

1 : only one SSL socket is available

Additional info:

Parameters returned by the response message and not described in

the previous sections.

Name Type Default Description

<DataSent> integer - total amount (in bytes)

of data sent to the
TLS/SSL connection
since the beginning of
the connection itself
(obviously: not yet

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 810 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

encoded into TLS/SSL

record)

<DataRecv> integer - total number of bytes

received from the
TLS/SSL connection
since the beginning of
the connection itself
(obviously: already
decoded from
TLS/SSL record)

<PendingData> integer - number of bytes

available to be read
from the TLS/SSL
record that is
currently being
processed (obviously:
already decoded from
TLS/SSL record) plus
the number of bytes
available to be read in
the TCP/IP stack.

<TCPConnWaitingAck> integer N/A indication of the

underlying TCP socket
condition, if there are
TCP/IP packets sent
but not yet
acknowledged or not

Values:

0 : no TCP/IP packets sent waiting

for ack

1 : TCP/IP packets sent waiting for

ack

AT#SSLI=?

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 811 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

Test command returns the range of supported values for all the
parameters.

#SSLI: (1)

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 812 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.19.12. AT#SSLSENDEXT - Send Data through a SSL Socket in Command Mode

This command sends data through a secure socket.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#SSLSENDEXT=<SSId>,<bytestosend>[,<Timeout>]
Execution command sends data through a secure socket.
After command line is terminated with <CR>, the command returns the
following four-character sequence prompt:

<CR><LF><greater_than><space> (see IRA 13, 10, 62, 32)

and waits for the data to be send.

When <bytestosend> bytes have been sent, the sending is automatically

completed. If data are successfully sent, the command returns OK. If data
sending fails, an error code is reported.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<SSId> integer N/A Secure Socket Identifier

Value:

1 : only one SSL socket is available.

<bytestosend> string - number of bytes to be sent. Refer to

test command for range

<Timeout> integer 100 time-out in 100 ms units.

Value:

1÷1500 : hundreds of ms.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 813 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

If secure socket has not be enabled through #SSLEN command,

only test command can be used.

If timeout is not set for SSL connection, is used the timeout value
set by #SSLCFG.

Before sending data through the SSL connection, it must be

established using #SSLD.

All special characters are sent like a generic byte. For instance:
0x08 BS (Backspace) is sent through the socket, it does not delete
the previous character.

AT#SSLSENDEXT=?
Test command returns the range of supported values for parameters
<SSId>, <bytestosend> and <Timeout>.

Open the socket in command mode:

AT#SSLD=1,443,<port>,"IP address",0,1
OK

Send data specifying total number of bytes:

AT#SSLSENDEXT=1,256,100
>...

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 814 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.19.13. AT#SSLSECDATA - Manage the Security Data

The command stores, reads, and deletes security data (Certificate, CA certificate, private
key) in / from NVM.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Auto No - 2

AT#SSLSECDATA=<CertId>,<action>,<dataType>[,<size>[,<Password>[,<md5When
Reading>]]]
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<CertId> integer 1 Certificate Identifier.

Values:

1 : Certificate identifier number 1

2 : Certificate Identifier 2 (Only for CA

certificate)

3 : Certificate Identifier 3 (Only for CA

certificate)

4 : Certificate Identifier 4 (Only for CA

certificate)

<action> integer 0 required action

Values:

0 : delete data from NVM

1 : store data in NVM

2 : read data from NVM

3 : store data in RAM

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 815 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

<dataType> integer 0 security data type

Values:

0 : certificate

1 : CA certificate

2 : RSA Private key. Private keys with

password are not supported

<size> integer N/A size of security data to be

stored. The parameter is
mandatory if write action is
issued, can be omitted for
delete or read actions.

Value:

1÷4095 : size

<Password> string - dummy parameter, unused.

<md5WhenReading> string 0 handling of RSA Private key

reading when <action> is 2.

Values:

0 : RSA Private key is displayed in clear

1 : only RSA Private key MD5 is displayed

Additional info:

Store security data in NVM or in RAM

<action>=1 or 3 specifies the storing in NVM or in RAM, <size> parameter is

mandatory. After command line is terminated with <CR>, the command
returns the following four-character sequence prompt:

<CR><LF><greater_than><space> (see IRA 13, 10, 62, 32)

and waits for data to be store. Security data must be in PEM format:

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 816 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

73. to end the secured data editing, enter Ctrl-Z char (0x1A hex)
74. to exit without writing the message, enter ESC char (0x1B hex)

If data are successfully stored, the command returns OK, otherwise an

error code is reported.

Read security data from NVM

<action>=2 specifies the reading from NVM, the <size> parameter is not
mandatory. The command returns the following message:

#SSLSECDATA: <CertId>,<dataType>
<DATA>
OK

If the required security data has not been stored in NVM (or it has been
deleted) the response has the following format:
#SSLSECDATA: <CertId>,<dataType>
No data stored
OK

Select which Ca certificate to use

With AT#SSLSECCFG2 it is possible to select which CA certificate of
<CertId> use for the next SSL connection.
Maximum 3 certificates between <preloadedCA> and <customCA> must be
selected.

If secure socket has not be enabled through #SSLEN command, only test
command can be used.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 817 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

If socket is connected an error code is reported.

Only "rsa_sign" certificates are supported by the Telit Module in client

authentication. The remote server must support this certificate type,
otherwise the handshake will fail.

CA certificate stored in RAM

CA certificate is stored in RAM until the related secure socket is not
closed. Assume that a secure socket, that was using a CA certificate stored
in RAM, has been closed. If the secure socket must be reopened with the
same CA certificate, the certificate must be stored again in RAM through
the #SSLSECDATA command with <action>=3. The CA certificate storing
in RAM is also permitted when secure sockets are already connected. The
new CA certificate will take effect on next #SSLD=<SSId>... connection.

CA certificate stored in NVM

CA certificates stored in NVM are shared among all secure sockets
<SSId>s

AT#SSLSECDATA?
Read command reports what security data are stored for each <CertId>. The
returned message has the following format:

#SSLSECDATA:
<CertId>,<CertIsSet>,<CACertIsSet>,<PrivKeyIsSet>[,,<md5WhenReading>]
#SSLSECDATA: <CertId>,0,<CACertIsSet>,0[,,<md5WhenReading>]

<CertIsSet>, <CAcertIsSet>, <PrivKeIsset> are 1 if related data are stored into

NVM otherwise 0.

Additional info:

This Additional info section describes the parameters, if not described in

the previous sections, returned by the AT#SSLSECDATA? read command.

Name Type Default Description

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 818 of 970 2021-02-17

0 : not present

1 : present

AT#SSLSECDATA=?
Test command returns the supported values for the parameters <CertId>,
<action>, <dataType> and <size>.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 819 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

Examples
Store CA certificate 1 for www.site1.com in RAM
#SSLSECDATA=1,3,1,<len>
>...

Connect #SSLD=1,443,"www.site1.com",...
CONNECT
+++
OK

Store CA certificate 2 for www.site2.com in RAM

#SSLSECDATA=1,3,1,<len>
>...

Connect
#SSLD=2,443,"www.site2.com",...
CONNECT
+++
OK

Now, the socket 1 is closed by the remote side, or by the user (with #SSLH
command)

To reopen socket 1, enter again #SSLSECDATA command for

www.site1.com
#SSLSECDATA=1,3,1,<len>
>...

Connect
#SSLD=1,443,"www.site1.com",...
CONNECT
+++
OK

Now, the socket 2 is closed by the remote side, or by the user (with #SH
command)
To reopen socket 2, enter again #SSLSECDATA command for
www.site2.com
#SSLSECDATA=1,3,1,<len>
>...

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 820 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

Connect
#SSLD=2,443,"www.site2.com",...

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 821 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.19.14. AT#SSLSECCFG2 - Configure Additional Parameters of a SSL Socket

This command allows configuring additional SSL security parameters.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Auto No - 2

AT#SSLSECCFG2=<SSId>,<version>,<SNI>[,<CustomCA>[,<PreloadedCA>[,<unus
ed_D>]]]
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<SSId> integer N/A Secure Socket Identifier

Value:

1÷10 : SSL socket ID

<version> integer 4 select SSL/TLS protocol version

Values:

1,2 : SSL socket ID

3 : protocol version TLSv1.2

4 : protocol version TLSv1.3

<SNI> integer 0 enable/disable Service Name

Indication

Values:

0 : SNI disabled

1 : SNI enabled

<CustomCA> integer 1 mask indicating which CA certificate

is used from AT#SSLSECDATA

Values:

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 822 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

0 : No CA certificate

1 : Use the CA Certificate 1

2 : Use the CA Certificate 2

4 : Use the CA Certificate 3

8 : Use the CA Certificate 4

<PreloadedCA> integer 1 mask indicating which CA certificate

is used from AT#SSLSECCA

Values:

0 : No CA certificate

1 : Use the CA Certificate 1

2 : Use the CA Certificate 2

4 : Use the CA Certificate 3

<unused_D> mixed - reserved for future implementations

Additional info:

Select which CA certificate to use

Maximum 3 certificate between <PreloadedCA> and <CustomCA> must be
selected at the same time.

AT#SSLSECCFG2?
Read command reports the currently selected parameters in the format:

#SSLSECCFG2: <SSId>,<version>,<SNI>,< CustomCA >,< PreloadedCA >

AT#SSLSECCFG2=?

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 823 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

Test command reports the range of supported values for all the parameters.

See the following examples:

• Set 1st and 2nd certificates of AT#SSLSECDATA and 3rd certificate

from AT#SSLSECCA

AT#SSLSECCFG =1,4,0,3,4
OK

• Set 2nd, 3rd and 4th certificates of AT#SSLSECDATA and NO

cartificate from AT#SSLSECCA

AT#SSLSECCFG =1,4,0,14,0
OK

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 824 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

CIoT Optimization

4.20.1. AT+CCIOTOPT - CIoT Optimization Configuration

This command controls CIoT EPS (Cellular Internet of Things, Evolved Packet System)
optimizations.

3GPP TS 27.007

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Auto No - 2

AT+CCIOTOPT=[<n>[,<supportedUEopt>[,<preferredUEopt>]]]
The set command controls which CIoT EPS optimizations the UE indicates
as supported and preferred in the ATTACH REQUEST and TRACKING AREA
UPDATE REQUEST messages. The command also allows reporting of the
CIoT EPS optimizations that are supported by the network; an unsolicited
result code is used to indicate the supported CIoT EPS optimizations by the
network:

+CCIOTOPTI: <supportedNetworkopt>

For parameter meaning refer to Unsolicited code values.

Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<n> integer 0 enables or disables

reporting of unsolicited
result code +CCIOTOPTI:

Values:

0 : Disable reporting

1 : Enable reporting

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 825 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

3 : Disable reporting and reset the parameters

for CIoT EPS optimization to the default
values

<supportedUEopt> integer 3 indicates the UE's

support for CIoT EPS
optimizations.

Values:

0 : No support

1 : Support for control plane CIoT EPS

optimization

2 : Support for user plane CIoT EPS

optimization

3 : Support for both control plane CIoT EPS

optimization and user plane CIoT EPS
optimization (default value for modules
supporting NBIoT technology)

<preferredUEopt> integer 0 indicates the UE's

preference for CIoT EPS
optimizations.

Values:

0 : No preference

1 : Preference for control plane CIoT EPS

optimization

2 : Preference for user plane CIoT EPS

optimization

Unsolicited field:

Name Type Description

<supportedNetworkopt> integer indicates the Network support for

CIoT EPS optimizations.
Values:

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 826 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

0 : No support.

1 : Support for control plane

CIoT EPS optimization

2 : Support for user plane CIoT

EPS optimization

3 : Support for both control

plane CIoT EPS optimization
and user plane CIoT EPS
optimization

AT+CCIOTOPT?
Read command returns the current parameter values in the format:

+CCIOTOPT :<n>,<supportedUEopt>,<preferredUEopt>

AT+CCIOTOPT=?
Test command reports the range for the parameters in the format:

+CCIOTOPT: (list of supported <n>s),(list of

supported <supportedUEopt>s),(list of supported <preferredUEopt>s)

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 827 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.20.2. AT#CCIOTOPT - CIoT Optimization Configuration

This command controls CIoT EPS (Cellular Internet of Things, Evolved Packet System)
optimizations.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Auto No - 2

AT#CCIOTOPT=<bitmask>
The set command controls which CIoT EPS optimizations the UE indicates
as supported and preferred in the ATTACH REQUEST and TRACKING AREA
UPDATE REQUEST messages.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<bitmask> hex - is used to store the mask in NVM for

subsequent use by protocol stack.
The <bitmask> value - formed by four hex
digit - is contained in two bytes.
The first nine bits, starting from the right,
are associated to the nine functions
described in the table shown in Additional
info.
The default <bitmask> value is 0137

Additional info:

Bitmap description of the <bitmask> parameter

Last
Significant
Byte
of
<bitmask>
Bit 0 EMM_CP_CIOT Control Plane CIoT
optimizations

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 828 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

Bit 1 EMM_UP_CIOT User Plane CIoT

optimizations
Bit 2 EMM_S1_U S1-U data transfer
Bit 3 EMM_ER_WITHOUT_PDN EMM registered w/o
PDN connection
Bit 4 EMM_HC_CP_CIOT RoHC
Bit 5 EMM_SMS_ONLY

See the example.

AT#CCIOTOPT?
Read command returns the current bitmask value in the format:

#CCIOTOPT :<bitmask>

AT#CCIOTOPT=?
Test command reports the range for the parameter in the format:

#CCIOTOPT: (list of supported <bitmask> values)

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 829 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

Example of setting a value for <bitmask>.

• AT#CCIOTOPT=0137
OK
In this example, <bitmask>, expressed in four hex digit, is 0137=
0000 0001 0011 0111

The mapping is:

Last
Significant
Byte
of
<bitmask>
1 EMM_CP_CIOT Control Plane CIoT
optimizations
1 EMM_UP_CIOT User Plane CIoT
optimizations
1 EMM_S1_U S1-U data transfer
0 EMM_ER_WITHOUT_PDN EMM registered w/o
PDN connection
1 EMM_HC_CP_CIOT RoHC
1 EMM_SMS_ONLY

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 830 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

IoT Portal

4.21.1. AT+ODIS - Command for Saving and Retrieving the Odis Parameters
This command allows the end-user to handle the Host Odis parameters. In case of AT&T
LwM2M agent up and running, the command is executed internally to the LwM2M client,
updating this client about the values change (i.e.: the server will be notified about this
change if the observation on these items is active).

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Auto No - 2

AT+ODIS=<hostUniqueDevId>,<hostManufacturer>,<hostModel>,<hostSwVersion>
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<hostUniqueDevId> string HUID0 contains a string, between

double quotes, with the host
unique device identifier.

Value:

HUID0 : default value

<hostManufacturer> string HMAN0 contains a string, between

double quotes, with the host
manufacturer identifier.

Value:

HMAN0 : default value

<hostModel> string HMOD0 contains a string, between

double quotes, with the host
model identifier.

Value:

HMOD0 : default value

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 831 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

<hostSwVersion> string HSW0 contains a string, between

double quotes, with the host
software version identifier.

Value:

HSW0 : default value

The odis setting requires all the odis values to be set each time the
command is issued, therefore, to change only one odis parameters it is
recommended to read all the values first, and then compose the
command input string accordingly.

Since the odis items are 4, it is quite unlikely but possible that some the
storing of some of them fails. In this case, the new values, where
succeeded, are kept. An advice is that, in case of storing failure, the
+ODIS? command is used to verify what are the odis items changed, if any.

AT+ODIS?
Read command reports the current odis values in the format:

+ODIS: <hostManufacturer>,<hostModel>,<hostSwVersion>

As per AT&T specification, the <hostUniqueDevId> odis parameter could

be set but it cannot be read by AT commands.

AT+ODIS=?
Test command reports the maximum length for all the parameters strings.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 832 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.21.2. AT#FOTAURC - Sets FOTA Extended URCs

This command allows the end-user to enable/disable the FOTA extended URCs,
resulting in a verbosity FOTA operations. Those settings are generally neither related
nor manageable with other LwM2M agent commands.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Auto No - 2

AT#FOTAURC=<enable>
The settings are stored in the module and are not affected by module
power-cycle, TFI or FOTA flashing.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<enable> integer 0 enable/disable extended URCs

Values:

0 : disable extended URCs

1 : enable extended URCs

This command affects LwM2M, FA1 and OTAUP operations.

The command should add the following URCs:

75. #OTAEV: "FOTA REQUEST INIT" at the FOTA startup
beginning
76. #OTAEV: "DOWNLOAD STARTED" at the delta package
download beginning
77. #OTAEV: "DOWNLOAD COMPLETED" at the delta package
download end
78. #OTAEV: "DOWNLOAD FAILED" at the delta package
download failure
79. #OTAEV: "INTEGRITY CHECK PASS" in case of valid delta
package

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 833 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

80. #OTAEV: "INTEGRITY CHECK FAIL" in case of invalid delta

package

Please notice that following error URCs are issued always,

regardless the #FOTAURC
command setting:
#OTAEV: "DOWNLOAD FAILED"
#OTAEV: "INTEGRITY CHECK FAIL",<errorCode>

Please notice that the time to issue the URCs is strictly related to
the agent that is in charge of managing the FOTA operations and
may strongly vary between them.

Please notice that the #OTAEV: "INTEGRITY CHECK FAIL" URC

may appear more than once, according to the retry policy of the
delta validity check used by the FOTA entity, such as in LwM2M
client.

<errorCode> reported in #OTAEV: "INTEGRITY CHECK FAIL" URC

may assume the following values:
81. 10 in case of invalid delta file (i.e.: when the delta file has an
invalid or corrupted tag)
82. 21 in case of CRC calculated error (i.e.: when the delta file is
not applicable to the current software version)

AT#FOTAURC?
Returns the <enable> value

AT#FOTAURC=?
Test command reports the supported range of values.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 834 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

#FOTAURC command examples:

• LwM2M:
After writing resource /5/0/1 with a proper URI with a valid delta
package link:
#OTAEV: "FOTA REQUEST INIT"
#OTAEV: "DOWNLOAD STARTED"
#OTAEV: "DOWNLOAD COMPLETED"
#OTAEV: "INTEGRITY CHECK PASS"
#LWM2MINFO: "GEN","FOTA REBOOT"
#OTAEV: Module Upgraded To New Fw

After writing resource /5/0/1 with a proper URI with an invalid delta
package link:
#OTAEV: "FOTA REQUEST INIT"
#OTAEV: "DOWNLOAD STARTED"
#OTAEV: "DOWNLOAD COMPLETED"
#OTAEV: "INTEGRITY CHECK FAIL"

After writing resource /5/0/1 with a proper URI, with a download

failure:
#OTAEV: "FOTA REQUEST INIT"
#OTAEV: "DOWNLOAD STARTED"
#OTAEV: "DOWNLOAD FAILED"

• FA1:
After sending an FA1 message with a valid delta package link:
#OTAEV: "FOTA REQUEST INIT"
#OTAEV: "DOWNLOAD STARTED"
#OTAEV: "DOWNLOAD COMPLETED"
#OTAEV: "INTEGRITY CHECK PASS"
#OTAEV: "FOTA REBOOT"
#OTAEV: Module Upgraded To New Fw

• OTAUP:
Using a formerly loaded valid package:
AT#OTAUP=0,3
...

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 835 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

OTAEV: "INTEGRITY CHECK PASS"

...
#OTAEV: Module Upgraded To New Fw

Using a formerly loaded invalid package:

AT#OTAUP=0,3
...
OTAEV: "INTEGRITY CHECK FAIL"

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 836 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.21.3. AT#LWM2MSKIP - Disabling LwM2M Client

The set command enables/disables the LwM2M Client initialization and startup in the
module.

Warning: this AT Command is intended for customers planning to

deploy units with their own TAC in AT&T network. LWM2M agent
should be disabled in this specific case..

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#LWM2MSKIP=<enable>[,<agentMask>]
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<enable> integer 0 enables or disables the "skipping

client startup" modality

Values:

0 : skip is disable, thus the LwM2M clients shall

start

1 : skip is enabled, thus the LwM2M clients shall not

start

<agentMask> hex F enables or disables the "skipping

client startup" modality for a LwM2M
clients set.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 837 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

The command admits the parameter

in hexadecimal format without the
prefix 0x.

The following values are accepted but

they will result in an ERROR as far as
there is not a LwM2M client mapped
on:

4: AT&T client, bit mask 00000100

<agentMask>= 0 is not allowed since it

is useless: it means that the
skipping/not skipping required
operation should not affect any
clients.

Giving the command without

<agentMask> parameter will affect all
LwM2M clients.

Value:

1÷FF : bit mask length

The set command reboots the module to make the change

immediately effective.

The reboot is performed even if the skip is being applied on a

module already set to skip the LwM2M client starting, or, in
opposite way, if the skip is disabled on a module already set to this
value.

The command affects only the clients indicated in the

<agentMask>. If a client startup is already skipped, a successive
skip setting involving another agent will not impact on the former
one, see example.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 838 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

There is no relation between the LwM2M in the <agentMask> and

the module customization: it is possible to set the skip property for
a specific client even on a module not customized for it; it simply
returns OK but there will not be a real effect at the successive
startup.

AT#LWM2MSKIP?
Read command reports the current values of parameters in the format:
#LWM2MSKIP: <enable>,<maskStatus>

AT#LWM2MSKIP=?
Test command reports the supported range of values for all the
parameters.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 839 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

It sets the skip property for all agents available in the module’s file system:
AT#LWM2MSKIP=1
OK

It returns the answer after the first example command: all LwM2M
clients should be skipped. The mask could vary according to the agents
available in the module’s file system.
AT#LWM2MSKIP?
#LWM2MSKIP: 1,7
OK

It resets the skipping property for AT&T Client. Please notice as the other
LwM2M clients are not affected, since not indicated in the <agentMask>
AT#LWM2MSKIP=0,4
OK

AT#LWM2MSKIP?
#LWM2MSKIP: 1,3
OK

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 840 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

FOTA & OMA

4.22.1. FOTA Legacy

4.22.1.1. AT#OTAUPW - OTA Delta Write

Execution command starts injection of a delta file into the device.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#OTAUPW=<size>
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<size> integer - size in bytes of data to be injected

AT#OTAUPW=?
Test command returns OK result code.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 841 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.22.2. OMA-DM

4.22.2.1. AT#HOSTODIS - Host ODIS Parameters Management

The command manages the Host Odis parameters related to AT&T OMA-DM Client.

[1] <CDR-DVM-4532> of AT&T, revision 16.3

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Auto No - 2

AT#HOSTODIS=<Param>,<Action>[,<Value>[,<Instance>]]
The set command allows the end-user to handle the Host Odis parameters
for AT&T OMADM client

Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<Param> integer N/A selects the specific item on which work.

Values:

0 : Host Manufacturer name

1 : Host model Name

2 : Host Software application version

3 : Host Device Unique ID

<Action> integer N/A selects the action to be performed on the

item selected by <Param>

Values:

0 : "SET" action

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 842 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

1 : "GET" action

2 : "RESET" action

<Value> string - contains a string, between double

quotes, with data to be set. Maximum
string length is 64 characters.
It is valid only if <Action> = 0 ("SET"
action)

<Instance> integer 0 instance number

Value:

0,1 : allowed values

Host Manufacturer, Host Model and Host Software application

version do not change after an OTA firmware upgrade

"GET" action is not allowed on Host Device Unique ID.

Default values, according to specification [1], are:

83. HMAN1 (for Host Manufacturer)
84. HMOD1 (for Host Model)
85. HSW1 (for Host Software version)
86. HUID1 (for Host Device Unique ID)

AT#HOSTODIS=?
Test command returns the supported values ranges of the parameters.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 843 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

Get the currently set values (i.e.: Host Model)

AT#HOSTODIS=1,1
#HOSTODIS:"HMOD1"
OK

Set a new Host Model value

AT#HOSTODIS=1,0,"Model #4 - 2nd version"
OK

Get the currently set value

AT#HOSTODIS=1,1
#HOSTODIS: 0,"Model #4 - 2nd version"
OK

Reset the Model value

AT#HOSTODIS=1,2
OK

Get again the currently set value

AT#HOSTODIS=1,1
#HOSTODIS:"HMOD1"
OK

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 844 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

M2M

4.23.1. AT#M2MCHDIR - M2M File System Change Current Directory

This command manages the M2M File System.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#M2MCHDIR=<path>
Set command sets the current working directory in the M2M file system.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<path> string - can be:

87. full directory path name starting with
"/"
88. relative directory path name
89. directory name (in current directory)

Maximum full directory length is 128 chars, maximum folder name

is 64 chars.

If <path> is not present an error code is reported.

<path> is case sensitive.

<path> can be equivalently enclosed on quote or not.

Path separator must be "/".

The current directory in M2M file system at every power on is

"/mod".

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 845 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

AT#M2MCHDIR?
Read command reports the current working directory in the M2M file
system in the format:
#M2MCHDIR: "<path>"
Additional info:

Parameter description is:

Name Type Default Description

<path> string - Absolute path name, quoted string type

(max 128 chars, case sensitive)

AT#M2MCHDIR=?
Test command returns OK result code.

Check directory and move to dir1 directory.

• AT#M2MCHDIR?
#M2MCHDIR: "/mod"
OK
AT#M2MCHDIR="dir1"
OK
AT#M2MCHDIR?
#M2MCHDIR: "/mod/dir1"
OK

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 846 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.23.2. AT#M2MMKDIR - M2M File System Make Directory

This command manages the M2M File System.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#M2MMKDIR=<directory_name>
Set command makes a new directory in current directory (see
#M2MCHDIR) or on a specified path. The new directory must be created on
existing path, only one directory at time can be created.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<directory_name> string - can be:

90. full directory path name
starting with "/" (parent
directory must exist)
91. relative directory path name
(parent directory must
exist)
92. directory name (in current
directory)

Maximum full directory length is 128 chars, maximum folder name

is 64 chars.

<directory_name> is case sensitive.

<directory_name> can be equivalently enclosed on quote or not.

AT#M2MMKDIR=?
Test command returns OK result code

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 847 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

AT#M2MMKDIR="dir1"
OK
AT#M2MMKDIR=/myfolder
OK
AT#M2MMKDIR="/myfolder/mySubfolder"
OK
AT#M2MCHDIR="/myfolder/mySubfolder"
OK
AT#M2MMKDIR=newFolder
OK
AT#M2MCHDIR="/myfolder/mySubfolder/newFolder"
OK

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 848 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.23.3. AT#M2MBACKUP - M2M Set Backup Feature

This command manages the M2M File System and backup partition.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Auto No - 2

AT#M2MBACKUP=<enable>
Set command sets/resets the backup status of the executable binary file.
Only the first starting file will be saved in backup partition.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<enable> integer 0 set/reset the BACKUP permission

Values:

0 : resets BACKUP status and backup partition

1 : sets BACKUP status and backup will be performed

after reboot

AT#M2MBACKUP?
Read command reports the BACKUP status. The report has the following
format:

#M2MBACKUP: <enable>

AT#M2MBACKUP=?
Test command returns the allowed values for parameter <enable>.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 849 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

Set BACKUP status

AT#M2MBACKUP=1
OK

Check what is the BACKUP status value.

AT# M2MBACKUP?
# M2MBACKUP: 1
OK

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 850 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.23.4. AT#M2MRMDIR - M2M File System Remove Directory

This command removes a directory in the M2M file system.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#M2MRMDIR=<directory_name>
Set command deletes a specified directory in current directory (see
#M2MCHDIR) or a directory in a specified path.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<directory_name> string - can be:

93. full directory path name
starting with "/"
94. relative directory path name
95. directory name (in current
directory)

Maximum full directory length is 128 chars, maximum folder name

is 64 chars

If <directory_name> is not present an error code is reported

<directory_name> is case sensitive

<directory_name> can be equivalently enclosed on quote or not

To be removed, the <directory_name> must be empty otherwise

an error is returned.

AT#M2MRMDIR=?
Test command returns OK result code.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 851 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

AT#M2MRMDIR=dir1
OK
AT#M2MRMDIR="/myfolder/dir2"
OK
AT#M2MCHDIR="/myfolder"
OK
AT#M2MRMDIR="mySubfolder/dir3"
OK

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 852 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.23.5. AT+M2M - Enable/disable M2M Application execution

This command enable/disable the M2M Application execution start mode.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Auto No - 2

AT+M2M=<mode>[,<delay>]
Set command sets the M2M Application start mode. After issuing the AT
command, the module automatically restart.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<mode> integer 1 M2M application execution start mode

Values:

0 : AppZone engine does not start at the next reboot

1 : AppZone engine starts at the next reboot without

delay. Only apps with AT#M2MRUN=1 will start after
reboot, with their specific delay setting.

4 : AppZone engine starts at the next reboot using the

delay set by <delay> parameter, if missing is used the
default value 10.

<delay> integer 0 M2M application execution start time-out

expressed in seconds.
Parameter <delay> is used only if
parameter <mode> is set to 4.

Values:

0 : no delay for AppZone engine to start

10÷60 : delay for AppZone engine to start. During this

waiting time an AT command on the serial/USB

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 853 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

port can disable the AppZone engine, and it will

not start until the next reboot.

AT+M2M?
Read command reports the M2M application execution start mode, start
time-out and start shell in the format:

+M2M:<mode>,<delay>

AT+M2M=?
Test command returns the range of available values for parameters
<mode> and <delay>.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 854 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.23.6. AT#M2MRUN - M2M Set Run File Permission

Set command sets/resets the RUN file permission and the delay start of the executable
binary files with ".bin" extension, stored in the directory /mod. It supports the multi-app
feature.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Other No - 2

AT#M2MRUN=<mode>[,[<file_bin>][,<delay>]]
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<mode> integer N/A set/reset the RUN file permission

Values:

0÷2 : Boot mode: it takes effect after next reboot, see

Additional info section, see Additional info section

3÷5 : Immediate mode: it immediately takes effect

(start\stop), see Additional info section

<file_bin> string - executable file name for which you set

the RUN file permission, its format is a
quoted or unquoted string (max 64 chars,
case sensitive). File name extension must
be .bin.
If parameter <file_bin> is not present, the
setting is applied to all executable files.

<delay> integer 0 is the <file_bin> delay parameter if the

<file_bin> is present, otherwise it effects
all the executables present in the /mod
directory.
Delay is relative to AppZone engine start
which is in turn delayed by +M2M
command setting.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 855 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

Depending on selected <mode> two

different delays have effects, see
Additional info section

Value:

0÷60 : range of the delay expressed in seconds

Additional info:

The boot modes <mode>=0, <mode>=1 and <mode>=2 have effect

after next reboot.

96. AT#M2MRUN=0
NO RUN permission for all executables *.bin files in "/mod "

97. AT#M2MRUN=1
RUN permission for all executables *.bin files in "/mod "

98. AT#M2MRUN=2,"app2.bin"
Exclusive RUN permission: if file exist, set "/mod/app2.bin"
as executable and provides RUN permission only for it.
Current delay not changed or set to default 0 if not still an
executable.

99. AT#M2MRUN=1,,10
RUN permission with delay =10 sec for all executable *.bin

100. AT#M2MRUN=1,"app2.bin"
RUN permission for "/mod /app2.bin" if it exists, current
delay not changed or set to default 0 if not still an executable

101. AT#M2MRUN=1,"app3.bin",0
RUN permission for "/mod/app3.bin" if it exists, delay set to 0

102. AT#M2MRUN=0,"app2.bin",0
NO RUN permission for "/mod /app2.bin", delay set to 0. The
RUN permission of all other *.bin files are not changed

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 856 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

The immediate modes <mode>=3, <mode>=4 and <mode>=5 have

immediate effect. "in place" used hereafter means without reboot
needed.
After exclusive load (<mode>= 5) the other executables than the
selected one, are immediately stopped with 0 delay, but their own
previous immediate delay are preserved.

103. AT#M2MRUN=3
in place stop of all apps in running with their last set
immediate delay.
In case of error the command will try in any case to stop as
many executables as possible

104. AT#M2MRUN=3,,20
in place stop of all apps after 20 seconds of delay

105. AT#M2MRUN=3,"app2.bin"
in place stop of app2.bin, after its own last volatile delay

106. AT#M2MRUN=3,"app2.bin",0
immediate stop of app2.bin

107. AT#M2MRUN=3,"app2.bin",10
in place stop of app2.bin after 10 seconds

108. AT#M2MRUN=4in place start of all apps if not already in

running. The current immediate delays are used. In case of
error, will try to start in any case as many executables as
possible

109. AT#M2MRUN=4,,20in place start of all apps if not already in

running after 20 seconds for all

110. AT#M2MRUN=4,"app2.bin"in place start of app2.bin if not

already in running with the current immediate delay

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 857 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

111. AT#M2MRUN=4,"app2.bin",10in place start of app2.bin if not

already in running after10 seconds

112. AT#M2MRUN=5,"app2.bin"
immediate stop of all apps in running, and in place start of
app2.bin, if not already in running, after its own current
immediate delay

113. AT#M2MRUN=5,"app2.bin",0
immediate stop of all apps in running, and immediate start of
app2.bin with no delay, if not already in running

114. AT#M2MRUN=5,"app2.bin",10immediate stop of all apps in

running, and in place load of app2.bin, if not already in
running, after 10s delay

Depending on selected <mode> two different delays have effects.

1. Boot mode: in this mode both "boot" and "immediate" delays

are affected:
if <delay> not provided:
delays are not changed from their previous configured
values. Default values are 0.
if <delay> provided:
delays are set accordingly
2. Immediate mode: in this mode only "immediate" delay is set:
if <delay> not provided:
"immediate" delay is not changed from its previous
configured value.
if <delay> provided:
"Immediate" delay is set accordingly.

See special case for <mode>=5 in additional info.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 858 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

Parameters setting provided with <mode> in boot mode range is

saved on "/mod/appcfg.ini" file

Executables are binary files with ".bin" extension saved in "/mod"

directory which RUN permission has been set by #M2MRUN
command. The integrity check is performed internally.

AT#M2MRUN?
Read command reports the executables properties. The report has the
following format

#M2MRUN: <app1.bin,run1,delay1,state1,va1,ram1>
#M2MRUN: <app2,bin,run2,delay2,state2,va2,ram2>
...
#M2MRUN: <appN,bin,runN,delayN,stateN,vaN,ramN>
Additional info:

Here are the parameters meanings.

Name Type Default Description

<appN.bin> string - executable name

<runN> integer N/A executable run boot property

Values:

0 : do not start after reboot

1 : auto start after reboot

<delayN> integer - executable boot delay

<stateN> integer N/A executable run state

Values:

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 859 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

0 : ready

1 : starting (not yet in running)

2 : running

3 : stopping (still in running)

4 : stopped (has been stopped, can be

restarted)

<vaN> hex - load virtual address of executable

<ramN> integer - ram usage of executable if

running, or estimated ram
needed, 20KB bounded, if not
running

AT#M2MRUN? will reflect executable removal from file system:

3. Immediately if not in running
4. After stop of the executable if in running

AT#M2MRUN=?
Test command returns the values range of the <mode> parameter, the
maximum number of characters of the <file_bin> parameter and the
values range for the <delay> parameter. The format is:

#M2MRUN: (0-5),64,(0-60)

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 860 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.23.7. AT#M2MDEL - M2M Delete File

This command deletes specified file stored in the File System.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#M2MDEL=<file_name>
Set command removes the <file_name> in the file system.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<file_name> string - can be:

5. full file path name starting with
"/"
6. relative file path name
7. file name (in current directory)

Maximum full path length is 128 chars, maximum folder or file

name is 64 chars. Overall max full file path is 128 + 64 = 192 chars.

If the file <file_name> or its path is not present an error code is

reported.

<file_name> and its path are case sensitive.

<file_name> can be equivalently enclosed on quote or not.

AT#M2MDEL=?
Test command returns OK result code.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 861 of 970 2021-02-17

4.23.9. AT#M2MLIST - M2M File System List

This command lists the contents of a folder in the File System.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#M2MLIST[=<path>]
Execution command reports the list of directories and files stored in
current directory of the file system (see #M2MCHDIR for current path) or
in path specified by <path>. The report is shown in Additional info section.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<path> string - can be:

11. full directory path if starting with "/"
12. relative directory path name
13. directory name (in current directory)
Additional info:

Here is the report format:

[<CR><LF>#M2MLIST: <.>
<CR><LF>#M2MLIST: <..>]
[<CR><LF>#M2MLIST: <<dir_name1>>...
<CR><LF>#M2MLIST: <<dir_namen>>]
[<CR><LF>#M2MLIST: "<file_name1>",<size1>...
<CR><LF>#M2MLIST: "<file_namen>",<sizen>]

Name Type Default Description

<.> string - current directory

<..> string - upper directory

<dir_name> string - directory name, string type

delimited by characters '<' and '>'

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 865 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

(max 64 characters, case

sensitive).

<file_name> string - file name, quoted sting type (max

64 characters, case sensitive).

<size> string - size of file in bytes

Maximum full directory length is 128 chars, maximum folder name

is 64 chars.

If <path> is not present an error code is reported.

<path> is case sensitive.

<path> can be equivalently enclosed on quote or not.

Path separator must be "/".

The current directory in M2M file system at every power on is

"/mod".

AT#M2MLIST=?
Test command returns OK result code.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 866 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

AT#M2MLIST
#M2MLIST: <.>
#M2MLIST: <..>
#M2MLIST: <dir1>
#M2MLIST: "file_load.bin",58044

AT#M2MLIST=/mypath/myfolder
#M2MLIST: <.>
#M2MLIST: <..>
#M2MLIST: <mysubfolder>
#M2MLIST: "myfile.txt",512
#M2MLIST: "readm.txt",140

AT#M2MCHDIR=/mypath
OK

AT#M2MLIST=myfolder
#M2MLIST: <.>
#M2MLIST: <..>
#M2MLIST: <mysubfolder>
#M2MLIST: "myfile.txt",512
#M2MLIST: "readm.txt",140

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 867 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.23.10. AT#M2MREAD - M2M Read File

This command reports the content of a file stored in the File System.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#M2MREAD=<file_name>
Execution command reads the content of a generic file stored in the folder
specified by <file_name> parameter. After command line is terminated
with <CR>, the module prompts the following five-character sequence:

<CR><LF><less_than><less_than><less_than> (see IRA 13, 10, 60,

60, 60)

followed by the file content.

Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<file_name> string - can be:

14. full file name path starting with
"/"
15. relative file name path
16. file name (in current directory)

Maximum full path length is 128 chars, maximum folder or file

name is 64 chars. Overall max full file path is 128 + 64 = 192 chars.

If the file <file_name> or its path is not present in the file system,
an error code is reported.

<file_name> and its path are case sensitive

<file_name> can be equivalently enclosed on quote or not

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 868 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

AT#M2MREAD=?
Test command returns OK result code.

AT#M2MREAD="/xxfolder/config/config.txt"
<<< here receive the prompt; then the file is displayed, immediately after
the prompt
OK
AT#M2MCHDIR="/xxfolder"
OK
AT#M2MREAD=config/config.txt
<<<here receive the prompt; then the file is displayed, immediately after the
prompt
OK

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 869 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.23.11. AT#M2MREADEXT - M2M Read File Extended

This command reports the content of a file stored in the File System.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#M2MREADEXT=<file_name>[,<maxByte>[,<viewMode>[,<chunkPrint>]]]
Execution command reads the content of a generic file stored in the folder
specified by <file_name> parameter. After command line is terminated
with <CR>, the module prompts the following five-character sequence:
<CR><LF><less_than><less_than><less_than> (see IRA 13, 10, 60, 60,
60)
followed by the file content.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<file_name> string - can be:

17. full file name path starting
with "/"
18. relative file name path
19. file name (in current
directory)
<maxByte> integer 0 maximum number of bytes to read

Value:

0÷4096 : maximum number of bytes to read

<viewMode> integer 0 enable/disable verbose mode

Values:

0 : text format

1 : hexadecimal format

<chunkPrint> integer 0 chunk print mode

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 870 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

Values:

0 : print whole file content at once or one

<maxByte> and exit

1 : print one < maxByte > and wait for <CR> char to
continue

<maxByte>=0 and <chunkPrint>=1 combination is not allowed.

Maximum full path length is 128 chars, maximum folder or file

name is 64 chars. Overall max full file path is 128 + 64 = 192 chars.

If the file <file_name> or its path is not present in the file system,
an error code is reported.

<file_name> and its path are case sensitive.

<file_name> can be equivalently enclosed on quote or not.

When printing the file content in <maxByte> chunks, omit the

<file_name> on all subsequent AT command executions. Check
code examples for further details.

AT#M2MREADEXT=?
Test command returns OK result code.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 871 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

AT#M2MREADEXT="/xxfolder/config/config.txt"
<<< here receives the prompt and then the file content is displayed
immediately after the prompt
OK
AT#M2MCHDIR="/xxfolder"
OK
AT#M2MREADEXT=config/config.txt
<<< here receives the prompt and then the file content is displayed
immediately after the prompt
OK

Single chunk print mode:

AT#M2MREADEXT=config/config.txt,1000
<<< here receives the prompt; then the first 1000 bytes after the prompt
OK
AT#M2MREADEXT=,1000
<<< here receives the prompt and the subsequent 1000 bytes after the
prompt.
OK
AT#M2MREADEXT=,1000 continue until the end of the file
<<< here receives the prompt and the subsequent 1000 bytes after the
prompt.
OK

Continuous chunk print mode:

AT#M2MREADEXT=config/config.txt,1000,0,1
<<<
here receives the prompt (only once) and the subsequent 1000 bytes after
the prompt. The <CR> char triggers the next print of 1000 bytes.
The OK is printed once the whole file content has been printed.
OK

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 872 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.23.12. AT#M2MRAM - AppZone RAM Info

The execution command returns information on RAM memory for AppZone applications.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#M2MRAM
The execution command response is in the format:

#M2MRAM: <totRam>,<availRam>
Additional info:

Here are the parameters meanings.

Name Type Default Description

<totRam> integer - total RAM for AppZone

application space in bytes

<availRam> integer - current available RAM for

AppZone applications in bytes

AT#M2MRAM=?
Test command returns the OK result code.

Get information about AppZone applications RAM memory.

AT#M2MRAM
#M2MRAM: 2064376,1503216
OK

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 873 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.23.13. AT#M2MARG - M2M Set Arguments

Set command sets/resets the main arguments of the executable binary file (".bin"
extension) saved in "/mod" directory which RUN permission has been set by #M2MRUN
command. The arguments are used by M2MB_main( argc, argv ) function.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Other No - 2

AT#M2MARG=[<file_bin>],[<arg1>,<arg2>,…,<argn>,…,<argN>]
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<file_bin> string - executable file name selected for arguments

setting/resetting. If parameter <file_bin> is not
present, the arguments configuration is
applied to all executables.
The format of <file_bin> is a quoted or
unquoted string, max 64 chars, case sensitive.

<argn> mixed - arguments to be applied. Format is unquoted

string (max 32 chars, case sensitive) and
maximum number of arguments is N=10. The
empty space is seen as normal character.
Comma is not supported as char inside
arguments.
If none of <argn> is present, arguments are
deleted (reset).
If an empty arg is provided in between other
args, an ERROR is returned being the current
args remained unchanged. See the following
examples:

20. AT#M2MARG=app.bin,arg1,arg2,...,argN
set the arguments to "/mod/app.bin" if
it exists

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 874 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

21. AT#M2MARG=,arg,arg2,...,argN
set the arguments to all executables

22. AT#M2MARG=app.bin,
delete the arguments of "/mod/app.bin"
if it exists

23. AT#M2MARG=,
delete the arguments of all executable

24. AT#M2MARG=app.bin,arg1,,arg3
if an empty arg is provided in between
other args, an ERROR is returned being
the current args remained unchanged

The arguments entered by the command are saved on

"/mod/appcfg.ini" file.

AT#M2MARG?
Read command reports the available executables and their current
arguments. The report has the following format:

#M2MARG: <app1.bin,arg1,arg2,...,argN1>
#M2MARG: <app2.bin,arg1,arg2,...,argN2>
...
#M2MARG: <appQ.bin,arg1,arg2,...,argNQ>

AT#M2MARG=?
Test command returns the max characters number of <file_bin> binary file
name and of the <argn> parameters. The format is:

#M2MARG: 64,32,...,32

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 875 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

AT#M2MARG=app1.bin,one,two,12,34.5
OK

AT#M2MARG=app2.bin,first,"second and third"

AT#M2MARG=?
#M2MARG: <app1.bin, one,two,12,34.5>
#M2MARG: <app2.bin, first,"second and third">
OK

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 876 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

MQTT

4.24.1. AT#MQEN - Enable MQTT Feature

This command initializes a MQTT client and allocates the necessary resources.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Auto No - 2

AT#MQEN=<instanceNumber>,<enable>
Set command enables/disables the MQTT client for further configuration
and usage.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<instanceNumber> integer N/A selects the client instance to

activate or deactivate

Value:

1÷maxClients : client instance range. To know

maxClients value use test
command

<enable> integer N/A selects if client must be

activated or deactivated

Values:

0 : disable

1 : enable

AT#MQEN?
Read command returns the status of the MQTT stack in the format
#MQEN: <instanceNumber>,<enabled>

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 877 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

AT#MQEN=?
Test command reports the available range of values for parameters.

Read command
AT#MQEN?
#MQEN: 1,1
#MQEN: 2,0
OK

Test command
AT#MQEN=?
#MQEN: (1-maxClients),(0-1)
OK

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 878 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.24.2. AT#MQWCFG - Configure MQTT Last Will and Testament

This command sets Last Will and Testament for the selected MQTT client.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Auto No - 2

AT#MQWCFG=<instanceNumber>,<willFlag>[,<willRetain>,<willQos>,<willTopic>,
<willMsg>]
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<instanceNumber> integer N/A selects the client instance. The

list of available clients is
obtained with AT#MQEN? or the
read command.

Value:

1÷maxClients : client instance range. To know

maxClients value use test
command

<willFlag> integer 0 selects whether the client needs

to specify a Last Will and
Testament. If set to 0, this is the
last parameter to be set.

Values:

0 : the client does not need to specify a Last

Will and Testament

1 : the client needs to specify a Last Will and

Testament

<willRetain> integer 0 selects whether the Last Will

message needs to be retained by
the server

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 879 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

Values:

0 : the Last Will message does not need to be

retained by the server

1 : the Last Will message needs to be retained

by the server

<willQos> integer 0 Quality of Service of the Last Will

message

Value:

0÷2 : Quality of Service range

<willTopic> string - Topic to publish the Last Will

message to. Unused. Maximum
length of <willTopic> is 256.

<willMsg> string - Last Will message. Maximum

length of <willMsg> is 1024.

AT#MQWCFG?
Read command returns the Last Will and Testament (if any) of all active MQTT
clients in the format:
#MQWCFG:<instanceNumber>,<willFlag>[,<willRetain>,<willQos>,<willTopic>,
<willMsg>]

AT#MQWCFG=?
Test command reports the available range of values for parameters.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 880 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

AT#MQWCFG=1,0
OK

AT#MQWCFG=1,1,1,2,myLastWillTopic,myLastWillMessage
OK

Read command
AT#MQWCFG?
#MQWCFG: 1,0
#MQWCFG: 2,1,0,2,myTopic,myMessage
OK

Test command
AT#MQWCFG=?
#MQWCFG: (1-maxClients),(0-1),(0-1),(0-2),256,1024
OK

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 881 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.24.3. AT#MQTCFG - Configure Timeout Parameters for MQTT Transmission

This command writes the timeout options for the specified client.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Auto No - 2

AT#MQTCFG=<instanceNumber>,<pktTimeout>
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<instanceNumber> string N/A selects the client instance. The

list of available clients is
obtained with AT#MQEN? or the
read command.

Value:

1÷maxClients : client instance range. To know

maxClients value use test
command

<pktTimeout> integer 10 timeout of the packet delivery

Value:

1÷60 : timeout range. Value expressed in

seconds

AT#MQTCFG?
Read command returns the timeout configuration of all active MQTT
clients in the format
#MQTCFG: <instanceNumber>,<pktTimeout>

AT#MQTCFG=?

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 882 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

Test command reports the available range of values for parameters

AT#MQTCFG=1,10
OK

Read command
AT#MQTCFG?
#MQTCFG: 1,5
#MQTCFG: 1,4
OK

Test command
AT#MQTCFG=?
#MQTCFG: (1-maxClients),(1-60)
OK

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 883 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.24.4. AT#MQSUB - Subscribe to a Topic

This command performs the subscription to a MQTT topic

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Auto No - 2

AT#MQSUB=<instanceNumber>,<topic>
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<instanceNumber> integer N/A selects the client instance to

activate or deactivate

Value:

1÷maxClients : client instance range. To know

maxClients value use test
command

<topic> string - name of the topic.

Maximum length of <topic> is
256.

AT#MQSUB=?
Test command reports the available range of values for parameters.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 884 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

AT#MQSUB=1,topicToSubscribe
OK

Test command
AT#MQSUB=?
#MQSUB: (1-maxClients),256
OK

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 885 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.24.5. AT#MQPUBS - Publish ASCII String

This command publishes an ASCII string to the specified MQTT topic.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Auto No - 2

AT#MQPUBS=<instanceNumber>,<topic>,<retain>,<qos>,<message>
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<instanceNumber> string N/A selects the client instance to

activate or deactivate

Value:

1÷maxClients : client instance range. To know

maxClients value use test
command

<topic> string - name of the topic.

Maximum length of <topic> is
256.

<retain> integer N/A specifies if the broker must

retain this message or not

Values:

0 : retain

1 : no retain

<qos> integer N/A specifies the Quality of Service

of this message

Value:

0÷2 : Quality of Service range

<message> string - message to publish on the topic.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 886 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

Maximum length of <message>

can go up to 65536 depending on
system memory available.

AT#MQPUBS=?
Test command reports the available range of values for parameters.

AT#MQPUBS=1,myTopic,0,0,myMessage
OK

Test command
AT#MQPUBS=?
#MQPUBS: (1-maxClients),256,(0-1),(0-2),65536
OK

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 887 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.24.6. AT#MQUNS - Unsubscribe from a Topic

This command revokes the subscription to a MQTT topic.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Auto No - 2

AT#MQUNS=<instanceNumber>,<topic>
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<instanceNumber> string N/A selects the client instance to

activate or deactivate

Value:

1÷maxClients : client instance range. To know

maxClients value use test
command

<topic> string - name of the topic.

Maximum length of <topic> is
256.

AT#MQUNS=?
Test command reports the available range of values for parameters.

AT#MQUNS=1,topicToUnsubscribe
OK
Test command
AT#MQUNS=?
#MQUNS: (1-maxClients),
OK

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 888 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.24.7. AT#MQREAD - Read Messages Received from the MQTT Broker

This command reads the message payload from the queue slot provided.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Auto No - 2

AT#MQREAD=<instanceNumber>,<mId>

After command line is terminated with <CR>, the module responds

sending:
#MQREAD: <instanceNumber>,<topic>,<payload_len>,

then the module prompts the following characters sequence:

<less_than><less_than><less_than><carriage return><line feed> (IRA
60, 60, 60, 13, 10)

followed by the data

Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<instanceNumber> string N/A selects the client instance to

activate or deactivate

Value:

1÷maxClients : client instance range. To know

maxClients value use test
command

<mId> integer N/A message slot Id to be read. The

read operation will free the slot
resource.

Value:

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 889 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

1÷30 : message slot Id range

Additional info:

UNCOLICITED MESSAGE:

#MQRING - Received data on subscribed topic

When a message is received on the subscribed topic, an URC

message is sent to all AT commands interfaces. There are 30
messages slots available for incoming messages, and it is
responsibility of the user to keep them empty by reading them with
#MQREAD.

25. If the message queue is full, and a new message arrives, the
following URC #MQRING: 0 is received.

26. Otherwise, for normal messages, the URC format is:

#MQRING: <instanceNumber>,<mId>,<topic>,<len>

In the Unsolicited fields section are described the URC message

parameters not described in the previous sections.

Unsolicited fields:

Name Type Description

<topic> string name of the topic from where the message was
received

<len> integer length in bytes of the received payload

AT#MQREAD?
Read command returns the unread messages count for each instance
number for all active MQTT clients in the format:

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 890 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

#MQREAD: <instanceNumber>,<unread>

AT#MQREAD=?
Test command reports the available range of values for parameters.

AT#MQREAD=1,2
#MQREAD: 1,myTopic,10
<<<
0123456789

Read command
AT#MQREAD?
#MQREAD: 1,0
#MQREAD: 2,3
OK

Test command
AT#MQREAD=?
#MQREAD: (1-maxClients),(1-30)
OK

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 891 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.24.8. AT#MQCFG - Configure MQTT Parameters

This sets the connection parameters for the selected MQTT client.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Auto No - 2

AT#MQCFG=<instanceNumber>,<hostname>,<port>,<cid>[,<sslEn>]
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<instanceNumber> integer N/A selects the client instance. The

list of available clients is
obtained with AT#MQEN? or the
read command

Value:

1÷maxClients : client instance range. To know

maxClients value use test
command

<hostname> string - URL of the MQTT broker. Default

value: 0.
Maximum length of <hostname>
is 512 characters.

<port> integer 0 TCP port of the MQTT broker

Value:

1÷65535 : TCP port range

<cid> integer N/A PDP Context ID to be used for

the connection. Default value 0.

Value:

1÷6 : <cid> range

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 892 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

<sslEn> integer 0 enable/disable SSL

Values:

0 : disable

1 : enable

AT#MQCFG?
Read command returns the configuration of all active MQTT clients in the
format:
#MQCFG: <instanceNumber>,<hostname>,<port>,<cid>[,<sslEn>]

AT#MQCFG=?
Test command reports the available range of values for parameters.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 893 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

• SSL disabled (by default)

AT#MQCFG=1,api.mybroker.com,1883,3
OK

Read command
AT#MQCFG?
#MQCFG: 1,api.mybroker.com,1883,3,0
#MQCFG: 2,,1883,1
OK

Test command
AT#MQCFG=?
#MQCFG: (1-maxClients),512,(1-65535),(1-6),(0-1)
OK

• SSL enabled
AT#MQCFG=1,api.mybroker.com,8883,3,1
OK

Read command
AT#MQCFG?
#MQCFG: 1,api.mybroker.com,8883,3,1
#MQCFG: 2,,1883,1,0
OK

Test command
AT#MQCFG=?
#MQCFG: (1-maxClients),512,(1-65535),(1-6),(0-1)
OK

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 894 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.24.9. AT#MQCONN - Connect and Log in the MQTT Broker

This command performs the connection and login to the MQTT broker.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Auto No - 2

AT#MQCONN=<instanceNumber>,<clientID>,<userName>,<passWord>
Set command performs network connection (using parameters set with
#MQCFG) and sends the CONNECT packet to the MQTT broker.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<instanceNumber> integer N/A selects the client instance. The

list of available clients is
obtained with AT#MQEN? or the
read command.

Value:

1÷maxClients : client instance range. To know

maxClients value use test
command

<clientID> string - identifies each MQTT client that

connects to the MQTT broker.
Maximum length of <clientID> is
23.

<userName> string - authentication and

authorization.
Maximum length of <userName>
is 256.

<passWord> string - authentication and

authorization.
Maximum length of <passWord>
is 256.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 895 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

If connection status is other than init state or connected,

disconnect using #MQDISC before reconnecting using #MQCONN.

AT#MQCONN?
Read command reports the configuration of active MQTT connections in
the format:
#MQCONN=<instanceNumber>,<state>
Additional info:

The following tables shows the <state> values and meanings:

Client status: <state> Normal/ Failure Events Values

client is initialized but not
0
connected
client performed MQTT
1
authentication with broker
connection closed or reset by
2
the server
the answer to the ping request
3
packet was not received
the CONNACK packet was not
4
received
the CONNECT packet was not
5
delivered
6 failure in the m2mb APIs
7 socket timeout or read error

AT#MQCONN=?
Test command reports the available range of values for parameters.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 896 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

AT#MQCONN=1,myClientID,myUser,myPassword
OK

Scenario (1)
Read command
AT#MQCONN?
#MQCONN: 1,1
#MQCONN: 2,0
OK
Test command
AT#MQCONN=?
#MQCONN: (1-maxClient),23,256,256
OK

Scenario (2)
Read command
AT#MQCONN?
#MQCONN: 1,2
OK
Set command
AT#MQDISC=1
OK
Read command
AT#MQCONN?
#MQCONN: 1,0
OK

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 897 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.24.10. AT#MQCFG2 - Configure Additional MQTT Parameters

This command sets the optional connection parameters for the selected MQTT client.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Auto No - 2

AT#MQCFG2=<instanceNumber>,<keepAlive>,<cleanSession>
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<instanceNumber> integer N/A selects the client instance. The

list of available clients is
obtained with AT#MQEN? or the
read command.

Value:

1÷maxClients : client instance range. To know

maxClients value use test
command

<keepAlive> integer 20 timeout of periodic packet to

keep connection open

Value:

1÷3600 : timeout expressed in sec

<cleanSession> integer 1 Indicates whether a persistent

connection is required. Without
a persistent connection, when
the client is offline all
information and messages that
are queued from a previous
persistent session are lost.

Values:

1 : clean session

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 898 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

0 : persistent session

AT#MQCFG2?
Read command returns the configuration of all active MQTT clients in the
format:
#MQCFG2: <instanceNumber>,<keepAlive>,<cleanSession>

AT#MQCFG2=?
Test command reports the available range of values for parameters.

AT# MQCFG2=1,20,1
OK

Read command
AT#MQCFG2?
#MQCFG2: 1,20,1
#MQCFG2: 2,30,1
OK

Test command
AT#MQCFG2=?
#MQCFG2: (1-maxClients),(1-3600),(0-1)

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 899 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.24.11. AT#MQDISC - Log Out and Disconnect from the MQTT Broker
This command performs the logout and disconnection from to the MQTT broker.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Auto No - 2

AT#MQDISC=<instanceNumber>
Disconnects gracefully from the MQTT broker, then closes the network
connection
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<instanceNumber> integer N/A selects the client instance to

activate or deactivate

Value:

1÷maxClients : client instance range. To know

maxClients value use test
command

AT#MQDISC=?
Test command reports the available range of values for parameters.

AT#MQDISC=1
OK

Test command
AT#MQDISC=?
#MQDISC: (1-maxClients)
OK

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 900 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

GNSS

4.25.1. GNSS Configuration

4.25.1.1. AT$GPSCFG - Set GNSS Configuration Parameters

This command sets the following GNSS parameters: WWAN/GNSS startup priority, TBF
(Time Between Fix), constellation and WWAN/GNSS runtime priority and static pinning
operation.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Auto No - 2

AT$GPSCFG=<parameter>,<value>
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<parameter> integer N/A selects the configuration parameter to

be set

Values:

0 : set WWAN/GNSS startup priority

1 : set TBF

2 : set constellation

3 : set WWAN/GNSS runtime priority

4 : set static pinning operation

<value> integer - value depends on the first parameter.

See Additional info section.

Additional info:

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 901 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

<parameter>=0, in this case the <value> assumes the meaning of

<startup priority>.

Name Type Default Description

<startup integer 1 it selects the priority, stored in

priority> NVM and effective from module
startup

Values:

0 : priority GNSS

1 : priority WWAN

<parameter>=1, in this case the <value> assumes the meaning of

<TBF>.

Name Type Default Description

<TBF> integer 1 it defines the Time Between Fix

Value:

0÷4294967 : expressed in seconds

<parameter>=2, in this case the <value> assumes the meaning of

<constellation>.

Name Type Default Description

<constellation> integer 1 selects the

constellation

Values:

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 902 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

0 : the constellation is selected

automatically based on Mobile Country
Code (MCC) of camped network

1 : GPS+GLO

2 : GPS+GAL

3 : GPS+BDS

4 : GPS+QZSS

<parameter>=3, in this case the <value> assumes the meaning of

<runtime priority>.

Name Type Default Description

<runtime integer N/A it selects the priority

priority> runtime

Values:

0 : priority GNSS

1 : priority WWAN

<parameter>=4, in this case the <value> assumes the meaning of

<static pinning>.

Name Type Default Description

<static integer 1 Sets the static pinning

pinning> operation

Values:

0 : Disable static pinning

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 903 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

1 : Enable static pinning

WWAN/GNSS startup priority is stored in NVM. This is the priority

setting used from the module startup.
It is possible to change priority runtime using third parameter
WWAN/GNSS runtime priority.
At the startup, runtime priority is equal to startup priority (stored in
NVM).

For WWAN/GNSS startup priority, TBF (Time Between Fix),

constellation and static pinning a reboot is needed to make
effective the setting.

AT$GPSCFG?
Read command returns current values of <startup priority>, <TBF>,
<constellation>, <runtime priority> and <static pinning> in format:
$GPSCFG: <startup priority>,<TBF>,<constellation>,<runtime priority>,
<static pinning>

AT$GPSCFG=?
Test command returns supported values range of <priority>, <TBF>,
<constellation>, <runtime priority> and <static pinning>

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 904 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

• Set WWAN/GNSS Startup Priority, TBF (Time Between Fix) and

constellation. A reboot is needed to make effective the setting.

Get the current values

AT$GPSCFG?
$GPSCFG: 1,1,1,1
OK

Set new WWAN/GNSS Startup Priority value

AT$GPSCFG=0,0
OK

Set 4321s as new TBF value

AT$GPSCFG=1,4321
OK

Set new constellations GPS+GAL

AT$GPSCFG=2,2
OK

Until a reboot is done old values remain the current values

AT$GPSCFG?
$GPSCFG: 1,1,1,1
OK

A reboot is needed to make effective the setting

AT#REBOOT
OK

New values are the new current values

AT$GPSCFG?
$GPSCFG: 0,4321,2,0
OK

Enable GNSS with the new setting

AT$GPSP=1

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 905 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

• Set WWAN/GNSS runtime priority. It doesn't need a reboot to make

effective the setting.

Get the current values

AT$GPSCFG?
$GPSCFG: 1,1,1,1
OK

Set new WWAN/GNSS runtime priority value

AT$GPSCFG=3,0
OK

Get the current values

AT$GPSCFG?
$GPSCFG: 1,1,1,0
OK

Enable GNSS with the new setting

AT$GPSP=1
OK

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 906 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.25.2. GNSS Receiver

4.25.2.1. AT$GPSRST - Restore Default GPS Parameters

This command resets the GNSS parameters to "Factory Default" configuration

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Auto No - 2

AT$GPSRST
Set command resets the GNSS parameters to "Factory Default"
configuration and stores them in the NVM of the cellular modules

AT$GPSRST=?
Test command returns the OK result code

The module must be restarted to use the new configuration

Only GNSS parameters relative to the following AT commands can

be reset in NVM: $GPSP, $GPSNMUN and $GPSNMUNEX.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 907 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.25.2.2. AT$GPSSAV - Save GNSS Parameters Configuration

This command stores the current GNSS parameters in the NVM of the cellular module

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT$GPSSAV
Execution command stores the current GNSS parameters in the NVM of
the cellular module

AT$GPSSAV=?
Test command returns the OK result code

The module must be restarted to use the new configuration.

Only GNSS parameters relative to the following AT commands can

be saved in NVM: $GPSP, $GPSNMUN and $GPSNMUNEX

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 908 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.25.2.3. AT$GPSP - GNSS Controller Power Management

This command powers on/off GNSS controller .

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Other No - 2

AT$GPSP=<status>
The set command manages the power-up/power-down of the GNSS
controller.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<status> string 0 indicates the power status that has to be

set.

Values:

0 : GNSS controller is powered down

1 : GNSS controller is powered up

Power up clears GPS memory and then starts the GPS receiver.
GPS data cleaning is performed on the base of the current value of
the <reset_type> parameter (see $GPSR).

GPS operation mode is performed on the base of the current

values of $GPSSLSR configuration (see $GPSSLSR).

AT$GPSP?
The read command reports the current value of the <status> parameter, in
the format:

$GPSP: <status>

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 909 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

AT$GPSP=?
The test command reports the supported values range for parameter
<status>.

<status> value is stored through $GPSSAV command.

GNSS controller is powered down

AT$GPSP=0
OK

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 910 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.25.3. GNSS General Management

4.25.3.1. AT$GPSSW - GNSS Software Version

This command provides the GNSS module software version.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT$GPSSW
Execution command returns the GNSS module software version in the
format:

$GPSSW: <swVersion>

AT$GPSSW?
Read command has the same behavior as the execution command.

AT$GPSSW=?
Test command returns the OK result code

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 911 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.25.3.2. AT$GPSR - Reset the GPS Controller

This command resets the GNSS controller.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Other No - 2

AT$GPSR=<resetType>
Execution command allows to reset the GNSS controller.
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<resetType> integer N/A set the

type of
GNSS
controller
reset.

Values:

0 : Factory Reset: this option clears all the GNSS

memory including Clock Drift and Extended
Ephemeris files stored into flash memory.

1 : Coldstart (No Almanac, No Ephemeris): this

option clears all data that is currently stored in
the internal memory of the GNSS receiver,
including Last Position, Almanac, Ephemeris and
Time. All assistance data including XTRA
Ephemeris, almanac, SV health etc will be
deleted. However, the stored Clock Drift and
Extended Ephemeris are retained.

2 : Warmstart (No ephemeris): this option clears

Ephemeris and Last Position only. Almanac and
Extended Ephemeris are retained.

3 : Hotstart (with stored Almanac and Ephemeris):

the GNSS receiver restarts by using all data that

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 912 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

is currently stored in the internal memory: valid

Almanac, Ephemeris and Extended Ephemeris are
therefore retained and used.

At the moment a Cold Start is performed when Factory Reset is

selected.

At the moment Hot Start is not available

AT$GPSR=?
Test command reports the range of supported values for parameter
<resetType>.

Factory reset
AT$GPSR=0
OK

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 913 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.25.3.3. AT$GPSDPO - GNSS Set DPO

Set command sets the Dynamic Power Optimization (DPO) Control value in NV item
05596.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Auto No - 2

AT$GPSDPO=<DPO>
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<DPO> integer 2 enable/disable DPO

Values:

0 : DPO shall be disabled

1 : DPO shall be enabled with dynamic duty cycle

2 : DPO shall be enabled only if module is not connected to

an external power source (not running on battery)

Only GPS and GLONASS support DPO mode.

AT$GPSDPO?
Read command returns the current setting for DPO, in the format:
$GPSDPO: <DPO>

AT$GPSDPO=?
Test command reports the supported range of values for parameter
<DPO>.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 914 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 915 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.25.4. GNSS Positioning Information

4.25.4.1. AT$GPSNMUN - Unsolicited NMEA Data Configuration

Set command activates an unsolicited GNSS data stream built with NMEA sentences on
the standard serial port and defines which NMEA sentences will be available.
Refer to document [1] to have information on the NMEA sentences contents and
formats.

[1] NMEA 0183 Standard

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Specific profile No - 2

AT$GPSNMUN=<enable>[,<GGA>,<GLL>,<GSA>,<GSV>,<RMC>,<VTG>]
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<enable> integer 0 Enables unsolicited GNSS data stream and

selects one of the available GNSS data
stream format display. <enable>
parameter is also used to disable the
GNSS data stream.
Here is the list of the <enable> values. See
Additional info section to have information
on GNSS data stream formats.

Values:

0 : disable GNSS data stream

1 : enable the first GNSS data stream format

2 : enable the second GNSS data stream format

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 916 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

3 : enable the second GNSS data stream format, and

reserve the AT interface port only for the GNSS data
stream

<GGA> integer 0 enables/disables the presence of the

Global Positioning System Fix Data NMEA
sentence (GGA) in the GNSS data stream.

Values:

0 : disable

1 : enable

Additional info:

<enable>=1, GNSS data stream format:

$GPSNMUN: <NMEA SENTENCE 1><CR><LF>
...
$GPSNMUN: <NMEA SENTENCE N><CR><LF>
...

<enable>=2, GNSS data stream format:

<NMEA SENTENCE 1><CR><LF>
...
<NMEA SENTENCE N><CR><LF>
...

<enable>=3, in this case, the AT interface port is dedicated to NMEA

sentences, it is not possible to send AT commands. Use the escape
sequence "+++" to return in command mode. GNSS data stream
format:

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 918 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

<NMEA SENTENCE 1><CR><LF>

...
<NMEA SENTENCE N><CR><LF>
...
The NMEA data stream format is the same as the one selected by
<enable>=2.

GLL NMEA sentence is not supported.

AT$GPSNMUN?
Read command returns whether the unsolicited GNSS data stream is
currently enabled or not, along with the current NMEA mask
configuration, in the format:
$GPSNMUN:<enable>,<GGA>,<GLL>,<GSA>,<GSV>,<RMC>,<VTG >

AT$GPSNMUN=?
Test command returns the supported range of values for parameters:
<enable>, <GGA>, <GLL>, <GSA>, <GSV>, <RMC>, <VTG>.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 919 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

Set the GSA as available sentence in the unsolicited message

AT$GPSNMUN=1,0,0,1,0,0,0
OK

Turn-off the unsolicited mode

AT$GPSNMUN=0
OK

Read the current NMEA mask configuration:

AT$GPSNMUN?
$GPSNMUN: 1,0,0,1,0,0,0
OK

The unsolicited message will be:

$GPSNMUN:
$GPGSA,A,3,23,20,24,07,13,04,02,,,,,,2.4,1.6,1.8*3C

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 920 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.25.4.2. AT$GPSACP - Get Acquired Position

This command returns information about the last GPS position.

[1] NMEA 0183 Standard

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT$GPSACP
Execution command returns information about the last GPS position in the
format:

$GPSACP:
<UTC>,<latitude>,<longitude>,<hdop>,<altitude>,<fix>,<cog>,<spkm>,<spkn>,
<date>,<nsat>
Additional info:

Meanings of the parameters returned by the command.

Name Type Default Description

<UTC> string - UTC time (hhmmss.sss) referred to

GGA sentence

<latitude> string - latitude in the format

ddmm.mmmm N/S (referred to
GGA sentence)
where:
dd: 00..90, degrees
mm.mmmm: 00.0000..59.9999,
minutes
N/S: North/South

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 921 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

<longitude> string - longitude in the format

dddmm.mmmm E/W (referred to
GGA sentence)
where:
ddd: 000..180, degrees
mm.mmmm: 00.0000..59.9999,
minutes
E/W: East/West

<hdop> string - Horizontal Dilution of Precision

(referred to GGA sentence)

<altitude> string - altitude - mean-sea-level (geoid) in

meters (referred to GGA sentence)

<fix> integer N/A fix type

Values:

0 : invalid fix

1 : invalid fix

2 : 2D fix

3 : 3D fix

<cog> string - Course over Ground (degrees, True)

(referred to RMC sentence)

<spkm> string - speed over ground (Km/hr)

(referred to VTG sentence)

<spkn> string - speed over ground (knots) (referred

to VTG sentence)

<date> string - date of fix (referred to RMC

sentence) in the format ddmmyy
where:
dd: 01..31, day
mm: 01..12, month
yy: 00..99, year 2000 to 2099

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 922 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

<nsat> integer N/A total number of satellites in use

(referred to GGA sentence)

Value:

0÷12 : total number of satellites in use

AT$GPSACP?
Read command has the same behavior as the Execution command.

AT$GPSACP=?
Test command returns the OK result code.

AT$GPSP?
$GPSP: 0
When the module is down there is no acquired position:
AT$GPSACP
$GPSACP: ,,,,,0,,,,,
OK
AT$GPSP=1
OK
Until first fix is received the command will display this:
AT$GPSACP
$GPSACP: ,,,,,1,,,,,
Once fix has been received the command will display actual GPS time and
position:
OK
AT$GPSACP
$GPSACP:
091635.000,3913.6952N,00904.1505E,0.7,17.9,3,0.0,0.0,0.0,290920,10
OK

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 923 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.25.4.3. AT$GPSNMUNEX - Unsolicited NMEA Extended Data Configuration

Set command activates specific GNSS NMEA sentences (related to GALILEO, GLONASS,
BEIDOU and QZSS constellation) in the GNSS data stream and defines which NMEA
extended sentences will be available.
GNSS data stream must be activated with AT$GPSNMUN command.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Auto No - 2

AT$GPSNMUNEX=[<GNGNS>[,<GNGSA>[,<GLGSV>[,<GPGRS>[,<GAGSV>[,<GAGSA
>
[,<GAVTG>[,<GPGGA>[,<PQGSA>[,<PQGSV>[,<GNVTG>[,<GNRMC>[,<GNGGA>]]]]]]]]
]]]]]
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<GNGNS> integer 0 Fix data of GNSS (or GLONASS) receivers.

Values:

0 : disable

1 : enable

<GNGSA> integer 0 DOP and active satellites of GNSS (or

GLONASS).

Values:

0 : disable

1 : enable

<GLGSV> integer 0 GLONASS satellites in view

NMEA extended data is displayed on NMEA port depending on $GPSNMUN

<enable> parameter setting.

GNGGA, GPGRS and GNGNS NMEA sentences are not supported

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 926 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

AT$GPSNMUNEX?
Read command returns the NMEA extended sentences availability status, in the
format:

$GPSNMUNEX:<GNGNS>,<GNGSA>,<GLGSV>,<GPGRS>,<GAGSV>,<GAGSA>,<GAV
TG>, <GPGGA>,<PQGSA>,<PQGSV>,<GNVTG>,<GNRMC>,<GNGGA>

AT$GPSNMUNEX=?
Test command returns the supported range of values for parameters:
<GNGNS>,<GNGSA>,<GLGSV>,<GPGRS>,<GAGSV>,<GAGSA>,<GAVTG>,<GPGGA>,
<PQGSA>,<PQGSV>,<GNVTG>,<GNRMC>,<GNGGA>

AT$GPSP=1
OK

Enable only the GNRMC sentence

AT$GPSNMUNEX=0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,1,0
OK

AT$GPSNMUN=1,0,0,0,0,0,0
OK

$GPSNMUN:
$GNRMC,133511.00,A,3917.27051,N,00900.13895,E,0.0,,120520,
0.1,W,A,V*6E
$GPSNMUN:
$GNRMC,133512.00,A,3917.27052,N,00900.13897,E,0.0,,120520,
0.1,W,A,V*6C
$GPSNMUN:
$GNRMC,133513.00,A,3917.27052,N,00900.13898,E,0.0,,120520,
0.1,W,A,V*62

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 927 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.25.4.4. AT$GNSSNMEA - Unsolicited NMEA Data Configuration

Set command activates an unsolicited GNSS data stream, in the form of NMEA
sentences, on the standard serial port and defines which NMEA sentences will be
available.
Refer to document [1] to have information on the NMEA sentences contents and
formats.

[1] NMEA 0183 Standard

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Specific profile No - 2

AT$GNSSNMEA=<enable>[,<nmea_mask>]
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<enable> integer 0 Enables unsolicited GNSS data

stream and selects one of the
available GNSS data stream format
display; <enable> parameter is also
used to disable the GNSS data
stream.
See Additional info section to have
information on GNSS data stream
formats.

Values:

0 : disable GNSS data stream

1 : enable the GNSS data stream format

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 928 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

2 : enable the GNSS data stream format and

reserve the AT interface port only for the GNSS
data stream

<nmea_mask> hex - The <nmea_mask> value defines

which NMEA sentences will be
available (see Additional info). The
default <nmea_mask> value is 0 (No
sentences available). The
hexadecimal format of the bit mask
does not require the prefix 0x;
example : 0, 1F, 3F

Additional info:

Bitmap description of the <nmea_mask> parameter

<nmea_mask> Sentences
Bit 0 RMC
Bit 1 GGA
Bit 2 GSA
Bit 3 GSV
Bit 4 GLL
Bit 5 VTG
Bit 6 ZDA
Bit 7 GNS
Bit 8 GRS
Bit 9 - 31 Not Used

<enable>=1, GNSS data stream format:

<NMEA SENTENCE 1><CR><LF>
...
<NMEA SENTENCE N><CR><LF>
...

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 929 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

<enable>=2, in this case the AT interface port is dedicated to NMEA

sentences; it is not possible to send AT commands. Use the escape
sequence "+++" to return in command mode. GNSS data stream
format:
<NMEA SENTENCE 1><CR><LF>
...
<NMEA SENTENCE N><CR><LF>
...
The NMEA data stream format is the same as the one selected by
<enable>=1.

AT$GNSSNMEA?
Read command returns whether the unsolicited GNSS data stream is
currently enabled or not, along with the current NMEA mask
configuration, in the format:
$GNSSNMEA:<enable>,<nmea_mask>

AT$GNSSNMEA=?
Test command returns the supported range of values for parameters:
<enable>, (list of supported <nmea_mask> values).

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 930 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

Set the GSA as available sentence in the unsolicited message

AT$GNSSNMEA=1,4
OK

Read the current NMEA mask configuration:

AT$GNSSNMEA?
$GNSSNMEA: 1,4
OK

The unsolicited message will be:

$GNSSNMEA:
$GNGSA,A,3,23,20,24,07,13,04,02,,,,,,2.4,1.6,1.8°3C

Turn-off the unsolicited mode

AT$GNSSNMEA=0
OK

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 931 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.25.4.5. AT#GTP - Get Position from GTP WWAN Service

Execute command returns a position based on cellular database from GTP (Global
Terrestrial Positioning) WWAN service.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT#GTP
Execute command returns the following message:
#GTP: <latitude>,<longitude>,<altitude>,<accuracy>
Additional info:

Meanings of the parameters returned by the command.

Name Type Default Description

<latitude> integer N/A latitude specified in WGS84

datum

Value:

-90÷90.0 : expressed in degrees, (+/-: North /

South)

<longitude> integer N/A longitude specified in WGS84

datum

Value:

-180÷180.0 : expressed in degrees, (+/-: East /

West)

<altitude> integer N/A altitude with respect to the

WGS84 ellipsoid

Value:

-500÷15883 : expressed in meters

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 932 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

<accuracy> integer - horizontal position uncertainty

(circular) expressed in meters

AT#GTP=?
Test command returns the OK result code.

Consider the scenario where a client invokes GTP service to fetch the
coordinates. Below is the sequence of commands to be followed

AT#SGACT=1,1
#SGACT: <IP address>

AT#GTP
#GTP: 12.905499, 77.648928,0, 5082.77

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 933 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.25.4.6. AT#GTPENA - Enable the GTP WWAN Service

This command enables/disables GTP (Global Terrestrial Positioning) feature.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT#GTPENA=<enable>
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<enable> integer 0 enables/disables GTP

Values:

0 : disable

1 : enable

The command performs the module reboot.

AT#GTPENA=?
Test command returns the OK result code.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 934 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

Enable
AT#GTPENA=1
OK
Disable
AT#GTPENA=0
OK

Test
AT#GTPENA=?
#GTPENA: (0-1)
OK

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 935 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.25.5. Assisted GNSS

4.25.5.1. AT$AGNSS - Set AGNSS Enable

This command set the AGNSS providers enable or disable. It needs a reboot to make
effective the setting.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Auto No - 2

AT$AGNSS=<provider>,<status>
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<provider> integer N/A selects the AGNSS provider to be set

Value:

0 : use XTRA AGNSS provider

<status> integer N/A set the AGNSS provider enable status

Values:

0 : set selected AGNSS provider disabled

1 : set selected AGNSS provider enabled

Before enabling XTRA, the module must have received a valid

GNSS fix. If XTRA is enabled before, the GNSS could not start.

AT$AGNSS?
Read command returns the requested and the active status for each
AGNSS provider.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 936 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

$GPSAGNSS: <provider>,<active>,<requested>
Additional info:

Here are the meanigs of <active> and <requested> parameters.

Name Type Default Description

<acive> integer - value showing the actual status.

<requested> integer - value showing the requested

status that will be activated on
the next power ON.

AT$AGNSS=?
Test command returns supported values range of < provider >, <status >.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 937 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

Get the active value and requested value

AT$AGNSS?
$AGNSS: 0,0,0
OK

Set AGNSS enable status

AT$AGNSS=0,1
OK

Until a reboot is done active value remain and requested value change
AT$AGNSS?
$AGNSS: 0,0,1
OK

It needs a reboot to make effective the setting

AT#REBOOT
OK

Active value is now the requested value

AT$AGNSS?
$AGNSS: 0,1,1
OK

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 938 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

Mobile Broadband

4.26.1. Ethernet Control Mode (ECM)

4.26.1.1. AT#ECM - Ethernet Control Model Setup

This command sets up an Ethernet Control Model (ECM) session.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required Auto No - 2

AT#ECM=<Cid>,<Did>
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<Cid> integer - context id that will be used by ECM. Refer to

test command to know the supported range
of values.

<Did> integer - device id, currently limited to 0 (only one

device)

To enable the ECM session configuration the module must be

rebooted.

To activate an ECM session a compatible USB configuration has to

be set; for details refer to the description of #USBCFG.

AT#ECM?
Read command returns the session state in the following format:
# ECM: <Did>,<State>
OK
Additional info:

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 939 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

Here are the parameters meaning returned by the read command

and not described in the previous sections.

Name Type Default Description

<State> integer 0 ECM session status.

Values:

0 : disabled

1 : enabled

AT#ECM=?
Test command returns the range of supported values for all the
parameters.

Modules supporting the command

ME310G1 -WW
ME910G1 -WW
ML865G1 -WW

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 940 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.26.1.2. AT#ECMD - ECM Shutdown

This command is used to shutdown an Ethernet Control Model (ECM) session.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#ECMD=<Did>
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<Did> integer N/A Device id, currently limited to 0 (only one

device)

Value:

0 : Device id (currently limited to only one device)

To make active the command the module must be rebooted.

AT#ECMD?
Read command returns the session state in the following format:

#ECM: <Did>,<State>
OK
Additional info:

Parameter returned by the read command and not described in the

previous sections.

Name Type Default Description

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 941 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

<State> integer 0 State of Ethernet Control Model

(ECM) session

Values:

0 : disabled

1 : enable

AT#ECMD=?
Test command returns the range of supported values for <Did>.

Modules supporting the commands

ME310G1 -WW
ME910G1 -WW
ML865G1 -WW

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 942 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

Non-IP Data Delivery (NIDD)

4.27.1. AT#NIPDCFG - Define NIDD Parameters

This set command allows the TE to specify the parameters for a NIDD connection. It is
supported by modules with NBIoT technology.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#NIPDCFG=<type>,<cid>[,<userName>,<passWord>[,<unused>[,<unused>]]]
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<type> integer 0 Non-IP outgoing data type

Values:

0 : MO Non-IP data type

1 : MO Exception Non-IP data type

<cid> integer - specifies a PDP context definition, see

+CGDCONT command

<userName> string - user name for NIDD connection

<passWord> string - password for NIDD connection

<unused> integer N/A unused parameter

Value:

0 : dummy value

<unused> integer 0 unused parameter

Value:

0 : dummy value

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 943 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

AT#NIPDCFG?
Read command returns the NIDD parameters, excluding <password>, for
every defined PDP context, in the format:
#NIPDCFG: <type>,<cid>,<username>,0,0

AT#NIPDCFG=?
Test command reports the supported range of values for parameters <type>,
<cid> and the maximum length for parameters <userName> and <passWord>.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 944 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.27.2. AT#NIPDCONN - Open and Close a NIDD Connection

This command allows the TE to open and close a NIDD connection. It is supported by
modules with NBIoT technology.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT#NIPDCONN=<mode>
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<mode> integer 0 open/close the NIDD connection

Values:

0 : close the NIDD connection

1 : open the NIDD connection

AT#NIPDCONN?
Read command reports the status of the NIDD connection, in the format:

#NIPDCONN: <status>
<status> has the same meaning and values of <mode> parameter.

AT#NIPDCONN=?
Test command reports the supported range of values for parameter
<mode>.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 945 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.27.3. AT#NIPDSEND - Send MO Non-IP Data

This command allows the TE to send MO Non-IP data. It is supported by modules with
NBIoT technology.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT#NIPDSEND=<mode>,<data>
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<mode> integer 0 data format

Values:

0 : ASCII format string

1 : HEX format string

<data> string - data to be send

AT#NIPDSEND?
Test command reports the supported range of values for parameter
<mode> and the maximum length of the string for parameter <data>.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 946 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.27.4. AT#NIPDRECV - Retrieve Non-IP Data

This command allows the TE to retrieve the received MT Non-IP data. It is supported by
modules with NBIoT technology.

When MT Non-IP data are received, an unsolicited message is reported in the format:

#NIPDSRING: <recvdLen>
To get the data use #NIPDRECV command.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT#NIPDRECV=<readLen>[,<mode>]
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<readLen> integer - data length to be retrieved, see test

command to get the available data length
range.
If <readLen>=0 the information about
received data are queried, see Additional
info section.

<mode> integer 0 data format

Values:

0 : ASCII format string

1 : HEX format string

Additional info:

<read_len>=0
The response reports the length of received data, read data and
unread data, in the format:

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 947 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

#NIPDRECV: <totalRecvdLen>,<totalReadLen>,<unreadLen>

Name Type Default Description

<totalRecvdLen> integer - total length of received data

<totalReadLen> integer - length of read data

<unreadLen> integer - length of unread data

Unsolicited field:

Name Type Description

<recvdLen> integer length of received data

AT#NIPDRECV=?
Test command reports the supported range of values for parameter
<readLen>.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 948 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

IMS

4.28.1. AT+CIREG - IMS registration state

The command controls the presentation of an unsolicited result code when there is a
change in the MT's IMS registration information.

3GPP TS 24.229
3GPP TS 24.173
3GPP TS 24.341

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT+CIREG=<mode>

Unsolicited result code has the following format:

+CIREGU: <reg_info>[,<ext_info>]
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<mode> integer 0 enables or disables reporting of changes in

the MT's IMS registration information.

Values:

0 : disable reporting

1 : enable reporting (parameter <reg_info>).

2 : enable extended reporting (parameters <reg_info>

and <ext_info>).

Unsolicited fields:

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 949 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

Name Type Description

<reg_info> integer Indicates the IMS registration status. The UE is

seen as registered if one or more of its public user
identities are registered with any of its contact
addresses.
Values:

0 : not registered.

1 : registered.

<ext_info> integer the value could be either 1 or 5. It is a sum of

values, each representing an IMS capability of the
MT. This parameter is not present if the IMS
registration status is "not registered".
Values:

1 : RTP-based transfer of voice according to

MMTEL.

4 : SMS using IMS functionality.

AT+CIREG?
Read command reports the current state of IMS registration in the format:

+CIREG: <mode>,<reg_info>[,<ext_info>]

AT+CIREG=?
Test command returns the supported range of values for parameter
<mode>.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 950 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

PSM (Power Saving Mode)

4.29.1. AT+CPSMS - Power Saving Mode Setting

This command enables/disables Power Saving Mode (PSM) mode.

[1] 3GPP TS 27 007

[2] 3GPP TS 24.008

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required Auto No - 2

AT+CPSMS=[<mode>[,<ReqPeriodicRAU>[,<ReqGPRSreadyTimer>[,<ReqPeriodicT
AU>[,<ReqActiveTime>]]]]]
The set command controls the setting of the UEs power saving mode (PSM)
parameters. The command controls whether the UE wants to apply PSM or not, as
well as the requested extended periodic RAU value and the requested GPRS
READY timer value in GERAN, the requested extended periodic TAU value in E-
UTRAN and the requested Active Time value.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<mode> integer 0 disables or enables the use

of PSM in the UE.

Values:

0 : Disable

1 : Enable

<ReqPeriodicRAU> string - one byte in an 8 bit format.

Requested extended
periodic RAU value (T3312)
to be allocated to the UE in

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 951 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

GERAN. The requested

extended periodic RAU
value is coded as one byte
(octet 3) of the GPRS Timer
3 information element
coded as bit format (e.g.
"01000111" equals 70
hours). For the coding and
the value range, see the
GPRS Timer3 IE in 3GPP TS
24.008

<ReqGPRSreadyTimer> string - one byte in an 8 bit format.

Requested GPRS READY
timer value (T3314) to be
allocated to the UE in
GERAN. The requested
GPRS READY timer value is
coded as one byte (octet 2)
of the GPRS Timer
information element coded
as bit format (e.g.
"01000011" equals 3
decihours or 18 minutes).
For the coding and the value
range, see the GPRS Timer
IE in 3GPP TS 24.008.

<ReqPeriodicTAU> string - one byte in an 8 bit format.

Requested extended
periodic TAU value (T3412)
to be allocated to the UE in
E-UTRAN. The requested
extended periodic TAU value
is coded as one byte (octet
3) of the GPRS Timer 3
information element coded
as bit format (e.g.
"01000111" equals 70
hours). For the coding and
the value range, see the
GPRS Timer 3 IE in 3GPP TS
24.008.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 952 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

<ReqActiveTime> string - one byte in an 8 bit format.

Requested Active Time
value (T3324) to be allocated
to the UE. The requested
Active Time value is coded
as one byte (octet 3) of the
GPRS Timer 2 information
element coded as bit format
(e.g. "00100100" equals 4
minutes). For the coding
and the value range, see the
GPRS Timer 2 IE in 3GPP TS
24.008.

A special form of the command can be given as AT+CPSMS= (with all

parameters omitted). In this form, the parameter <mode> will be set to 0,
the use of PSM will be disabled and data for all parameters in command
+CPSMS will be removed or, if available, set to the manufacturer specific
default values.

CPSMS configuration is saved in the file system

AT+CPSMS?
Read command returns the current CPSMS configuration, in the format:

+CPSMS:<mode>,[<ReqPeriodicRAU>],[<ReqGPRSreadyTimer>],[<ReqPeriodicTAU
>], [<ReqActiveTime>]

AT+CPSMS=?
Test command reports the range for the parameters in the format:

+CPSMS:(list of supported <mode>s),(list of supported <ReqPeriodicRAU>s),(list of

supported <ReqGPRSreadyTimer>s),(list of supported <ReqPeriodicTAU>s),(list of
supported <ReqActiveTime>s)

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 953 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

How to manage timer values octet.

T3412ext value:
Bits 5 to 1 represent the binary coded timer value.
Bits 6 to 8 defines the timer value unit as follows:
Bits
876
0 0 0 value is incremented in multiples of 10 minutes
0 0 1 value is incremented in multiples of 1 hour
0 1 0 value is incremented in multiples of 10 hours
0 1 1 value is incremented in multiples of 2 seconds
1 0 0 value is incremented in multiples of 30 seconds
1 0 1 value is incremented in multiples of 1 minute
1 1 0 value is incremented in multiples of 320 hours
1 1 1 value indicates that the timer is deactivated.
Example: 10101100 -> 101 means values is incremented in multiples of 1
minute, 01100 means 12 -> the obtained value is 12 minutes

T3324 value:
Bits 5 to 1 represent the binary coded timer value.
Bits 6 to 8 defines the timer value unit for the GPRS timer as follows:
Bits
876
0 0 0 value is incremented in multiples of 2 seconds
0 0 1 value is incremented in multiples of 1 minute
0 1 0 value is incremented in multiples of decihours
1 1 1 value indicates that the timer is deactivated.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 954 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

AT+CPSMS=1,,,"10101100","00100010"
OK

AT+CPSMS?
+CPSMS: 1,,,"10101100","00100010"
OK

It means that module requires to adopt the PSM for reducing its power
consumption. If the network supports PSM and accepts that the UE uses
PSM with requested timers value, module enters in PSM when the active
timer expires (T3324=2 minutes) and stay in this mode for ten minutes
(T3412=12 minutes).

AT+CPSMS=0
OK

It means that PSM is set to disable, the module does not go to Power Saving
Mode in any case.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 955 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.29.2. AT#CPSMS - Power Saving Mode Setting

This command enables/disables Power Saving Mode (PSM) mode.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Required No No - 2

AT#CPSMS=[<mode>[,<ReqPeriodicRAU>[,<ReqGPRSreadyTimer>[,<ReqPeriodicT
AU>[,<ReqActiveTime>[,<psmVersion>[,<psmThreshold>]]]]]]]
The set command controls the setting of the UEs power saving mode (PSM)
parameters. The command controls whether the UE wants to apply PSM or not, as
well as the requested extended periodic RAU value and the requested GPRS READY
timer value in GERAN, the requested extended periodic TAU value in E-UTRAN and
the requested Active Time value.

This command, unlike the +CPSMS command, accepts the parameters in integer
format.
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<mode> integer 0 disables or enables the use

of PSM in the UE.

Values:

0 : disable

1 : enable

<ReqPeriodicRAU> integer - requested extended periodic

RAU value (T3312) to be
allocated to the UE in
GERAN. Parameter
expressed in sec.

<ReqGPRSreadyTimer> integer - requested GPRS READY

timer value (T3314) to be
allocated to the UE in

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 956 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

GERAN. Parameter
expressed in sec.

<ReqPeriodicTAU> integer - requested extended periodic

TAU value (T3412) to be
allocated to the UE in E-
UTRAN. Parameter
expressed in sec.

<ReqActiveTime> integer - requested Active Time value

(T3324) to be allocated to
the UE. Parameter
expressed in sec.

<psmVersion> integer N/A bitmask to indicate PSM

modes. Each bit is
configured independently.
Default value:
<psmValue>=4

Values:

0 : PSM without network coordination

1 : Rel 12 PSM without context retention

2 : Rel 12 PSM with context retention

3 : PSM in between eDRX cycles

<psmThreshold> integer 60 Minimum duration

threshold (in sec) to enter
PSM. Minimum value is 60
seconds.

Value:

60 : Minimum value of duration threshold

A special form of the command can be given as AT#CPSMS= (with all

parameters omitted). In this form, the parameter <mode> will be set to 0,
the use of PSM will be disabled and data for all parameters in command
#CPSMS will be removed or, if available, set to the manufacturer specific
default values.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 957 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

CPSMS configuration is saved in the file system.

AT#CPSMS?
Read command presents the current CPSMS configuration returned by the
network, in the format:

#CPSMS: <status>[,<T3324>,<T3412 or T3412EXT>]

Additional info:

Meaning of the returned parameters.

Name Type Default Description

<status> integer 0 PSM status in the network

Values:

0 : PSM disabled

1 : PSM enabled

<T3324> integer - T3324 timer value in the network,

in seconds (could be different from
the requested one)

<T3412/T3412EXT> integer - T3412 or T3412Ext timer value in

the network, in seconds (could be
different from the requested one).

AT#CPSMS=?
Test command returns OK result code.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 958 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

4.29.3. AT#PSMURC - Power Saving Mode URC

Set command enables/disables the URC that informs when modem entering in power
saving mode.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Common
Required No - 2
profile

AT#PSMURC=<en>

The URC format is:

#PSMURC=<ActiveTime>,<PSMTime>
Parameter:

Name Type Default Description

<en> integer 0 enable/disable URC message

Values:

0 : disable URC message

1 : enable URC message

Unsolicited fields:

Name Type Description

<ActiveTime> integer requested Active Time value, in seconds (T3324)

<PSMTime> integer low power phase duration in seconds

(difference between T3412 and T3324 including
boot time).

AT#PSMURC?

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 959 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

Read command reports the status (enable/disable):

#PSMURC: <en>

AT#PSMURC=?
Test command reports the supported range of value for parameter:

#PSMURC: (0,1)

The setting is saved using the &W command.

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 960 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

Debugging

4.30.1. AT#TRACE - Enable/Disable Trace

The command selects which trace outputs you want to display through the debugging
tool.

SIM Presence Setting saved Can be aborted MAX timeout SELINT

Not required No No - 2

AT#TRACE=[<mode>],[<configurationString>]
Parameters:

Name Type Default Description

<mode> integer N/A switches all trace outputs ON

or OFF.
If parameter <mode> is no
entered in the command, the
following
<configurationString> will be
used.

Values:

0 : sets all trace outputs OFF,

<configuration String> will be ignored

1 : sets all trace outputs ON,

<configurationString> will be ignored

<configurationString> string - enables/disables a set of

trace outputs, its syntax is
shown in the Additional info
section.

Additional info:

The syntax of the <configurationString> is:

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 961 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

["<unit>=<umode>[,<unit>=<umode>[,...]]"]

Here are the meanings and values of the string parameters.

Name Type Default Description

<unit> string N/A trace class name available to the

user to select the trace output.
On the right side of each name, in
lower case characters, there is the
TC_XXX... string (Trace Class name)
shown by the debugging tool.

Values:

generic : TC_GENERIC

socket : TC_SOCKET

clock : TC_CLOCK

pdp : TC_PDP

gnss : TC_GNSS

m2m_user : TC_M2M_USER

fota : TC_FOTA

fs : TC_FS

qmi : TC_QMI

sms : TC_SMS

info : TC_INFO

lwm2m : TC_LWM2M

net : TC_NET

sim : TC_SIM

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 962 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

spi : TC_SPI

usb : TC_USB,

nv : TC_NV

rtc : TC_RTC

m2m_uart : TC_UART

power : TC_POWER

ftpc : TC_FTPC

ati : TC_ATI

backup : TC_BACKUP

nipd : TC_NIPD

sys : TC_SYS

psm : TC_PSM

ssl : TC_SSL

<umode> integer N/A enables/disables the trace output

selected

Values:

0 : disables

1 : enables

AT#TRACE?
Read command reports the currently selected parameter values in the
format:

#TRACE: "<unit>=<umode>,...,<unit>=<umode>"

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 963 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

AT#TRACE=?
Test command returns OK.

Here are some examples:

• Set all trace outputs OFF

AT#TRACE=0
OK

• Set all trace outputs ON

AT#TRACE=1
OK

• Enable/disable trace outputs selected

AT#TRACE=,"generic=1,clock=0,lwm2m=1,pdp=0,gnss=0,ati=0"
OK

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 964 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

5. GLOSSARY

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 965 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 966 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

VDOP Vertical dilution of precision

VTG Course over ground and ground speed
WAAS Wide Area Augmentation System

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 967 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

6. DOCUMENT HISTORY

Revision Date Changes

9 2021-02-17 Updated Commands: #SIMINCFG, #SWPKGV

8 2021-02-04 New document template

Updated Commands: #AUTOATT, #CEDRXS, #CPSMS, #CSURV,
#DGEN, #FWSWITCH, #GTP, #GTPENA, #HTTPQRY, #IRATTIMER,
#MQCFG, #MQCFG2, #MQCONN, #MQDISC, #MQEN, #MQPUBS,
#MQREAD, #MQSUB, #MQTCFG, #MQUNS, #MQWCFG, #NTP,
#SCFGEXT3, #SLASTCLOSURE, #SSEND, #SSENDEXT, #SSENDUDP,
#SSENDUDPEXT, #SSLCFG, #SSLSECCFG2, #SSLSECDATA,
#TESTMODE, $GPSCFG, +CCLK, +CGDCONT, +M2M
New Commands: #ACDB, #ATDCECHECK, #BSRCFG, #CODECINFO,
#CPSMSCFG, #DTR, #FIRSTNET, #FPLMN, #FTPCMD, #FTPGETF,
#LWM2MSKIP, #M2MREADEXT, #SIMSELGPIOCFG, #SSLSECCA,
#TEMPCFG, #TEMPMON, $GNSSNMEA, $GPSDPO, +CRSL

7 2020-11-05 Updated Commands: +CLIR, +CPWD, #CEDRXS, #IOTBND, #LTESFN,

#SSLCFG, #SSLSECCFG2, #SSLSECDATA, #CSURVF, $GPSCFG,
$GPSNMUNEX
New Commands: $GPSR, #NB2ENA, #BNDPRIEXT

6 2020-09-23 Updated Commands: +CMUX, #PORTCFG, #WS46, #IOTBND,

#JDR4GCFG, #SIMDET, #SIMPR, #SIMINCFG, #STIA, #DGEN, #GPIO,
#TESTMODE, #HTTPCFG, #HTTPSND, #SSLCFG, #SSLSECCFG2,
#SSLSECCFG, #MQPUBS, $GPSNMUN, $GPSNMUNEX, ATD,
#SSLSECDATA
New Commands: ATA, +CHUP, #DIALMODE, +VTS, +VTD, +CLIP, +CLIR,
+CCWA, +CLCC, #LTESFN, +CMUT, #OAP, #DVI, #CSURVC, #M2MARG,
$GPSSAV, $GPSRST, $GPSACP, #GTP, #GTPENA, #BCCHLOCK,
+CRCES, #SNRSET, #IRATTIMER, #FWAUTOSIM, #FOTAURC,
$AGNSS, #PSMURC, +CIREG, #TRACE, #HWVER

5 2020-06-01 Updated Commands: #USBCFG, #FWSWITCH, +IPR, #STIA, #V24CFG,

#V24, #ECM, #ECMD, #NWDNS, #SSLCFG, +ODIS, #M2MRUN,
#MQCFG, $GPSCFG, $GPSNMUN, $GPSNMUNEX
New Commands: #IOTBND

4 2020-04-15 Updated Commands: +IPR, #NWDNS, #SSLSECCFG, #SSLS, +ODIS,

#M2MDEL, #M2MRAM
New Commands: #USBCFG, #SIMINCFG, #ECM, #ECMD, #SSLI,
$GPSCFG

3 2020-03-02 Updated Commands: #FWSWITCH, #WS46, +CGEREP, +CGDCONT,

#SLED, #TESTMODE, #SMTPCFG, #CSURV, #CCIOTOPT, +CCIOTOPT,
#M2MDEL, #M2MLIST, #M2MMKDIR, #M2MREAD, #M2MRMDIR,
#M2MRUN, #M2MWRITE
New Commands: +CMSS, +CSODCP, +CRTDCP, #SYSHALT, #ESMTP,
#EADDR, #EUSER, #EPASSW, #ESAV, #ERST, #EMAILD, #EMAILMSG,
#SSLCFG, #SSLSECCFG2, #SSLSECCFG, #SSLSECDATA, #SSLEN,

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 968 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

ME310G1/ME910G1/ML865G1 AT Commands Reference Guide

#SSLD, #SSLO, #SSLH, #SSLSEND, #SSLSENDEXT, #SSLRECV,

#SSLS, +ODIS, #OTAUPW, #M2MCHDIR, #M2MRAM, #MQEN,
#MQCFG, #MQCFG2, #MQWCFG, #MQTCFG, #MQCONN, #MQDISC,
#MQSUB, #MQUNS, #MQPUBS, #MQREAD
Removed Commands: #DNS

2 2019-12-18 Updated Commands: #PSNT, #BND, #WS46, +CGAUTH, #QSS,

#PADFWD, #QDNS, #FTPCFG, #HTTPCFG, +CCIOTOPT
New Commands: A/, #/, &W, +IMEISV, +CMUX, #PORTCFG,
#FWSWITCH, #IMSPDPSET, #TID, #CEERNETEXT, +CEREG, +CESQ,
#JDRENH2, #JDR4GCFG, #SIMDET, #TESTMODE, #SGACTCFG,
#SGACTCFGEXT, #SKTRST, #NTP, #NTPCFG, #DNS, #NWDNS,
#SMTPCFG, #CCIOTOPT, #M2MDEL, #M2MLIST, #M2MMKDIR,
#M2MREAD, #M2MRMDIR, #M2MRUN, #M2MWRITE, #M2MBACKUP,
+M2M, $GPSP, $GPSSW, $GPSNMUN, $GPSNMUNEX

1 2019-09-10 The document title has been updated: "ME310G1/ME910G1/ ML865G1

AT Commands Reference Guide"
A long list of commands has been added, refer to the Contents table.

0 2019-05-27 First issue

80617ST10991A Rev. 9 Page 969 of 970 2021-02-17

Not Subject to NDA

3GPP Overall Architecture and Specifications
No ratings yet
3GPP Overall Architecture and Specifications
1 page
Telit LN940 SERIES AT Command User Guide REV1.4
No ratings yet
Telit LN940 SERIES AT Command User Guide REV1.4
202 pages
Telit SIM Integration Design Guide Application Note r10
No ratings yet
Telit SIM Integration Design Guide Application Note r10
24 pages
Telit GE865-QUAD Hardware User Guide r15
No ratings yet
Telit GE865-QUAD Hardware User Guide r15
77 pages
Telit SIM USIM Toolkit Application Note r1
No ratings yet
Telit SIM USIM Toolkit Application Note r1
41 pages
Telit GL865-DUAL-QUAD Hardware User Guide r7
No ratings yet
Telit GL865-DUAL-QUAD Hardware User Guide r7
76 pages
Telit UC864-E G WD E-DUAL Hardware User Guide r11
No ratings yet
Telit UC864-E G WD E-DUAL Hardware User Guide r11
81 pages
Telit Jupiter JF2 Hardware User Guide r0
No ratings yet
Telit Jupiter JF2 Hardware User Guide r0
38 pages
Telit Lm940 at Command Reference r7
No ratings yet
Telit Lm940 at Command Reference r7
372 pages
Telit m2mLOCATE
No ratings yet
Telit m2mLOCATE
12 pages
Telit LN940 Module Linux Software User Guide v1.2
No ratings yet
Telit LN940 Module Linux Software User Guide v1.2
24 pages
Telit Modules Software User Guide r14
No ratings yet
Telit Modules Software User Guide r14
150 pages
Telit LM940 QMI Command Reference Guide r1
No ratings yet
Telit LM940 QMI Command Reference Guide r1
563 pages
Telit GPS User Guide r1
No ratings yet
Telit GPS User Guide r1
38 pages
Using-ModemManager-with-Telit-Modems-Application-Note (1)
No ratings yet
Using-ModemManager-with-Telit-Modems-Application-Note (1)
18 pages
Telit_EVB_Hardware_User_Guide_r3
No ratings yet
Telit_EVB_Hardware_User_Guide_r3
60 pages
Telit Modules Software User Guide r13
No ratings yet
Telit Modules Software User Guide r13
152 pages
GL865 V3/V3.1 HW User Guide: 1vv0301018 Rev. 15 - 2019-01-07
No ratings yet
GL865 V3/V3.1 HW User Guide: 1vv0301018 Rev. 15 - 2019-01-07
72 pages
GS2011M Low Power Wi-Fi Module Hardware Guide Rev 5.0
No ratings yet
GS2011M Low Power Wi-Fi Module Hardware Guide Rev 5.0
69 pages
Telit SSL TLS User Guide r6
No ratings yet
Telit SSL TLS User Guide r6
42 pages
Telit UE866 Hardware User Guide r8
No ratings yet
Telit UE866 Hardware User Guide r8
68 pages
Telit at Commands Reference Guide r12
No ratings yet
Telit at Commands Reference Guide r12
559 pages
Telit GE-GC864-QUAD V2 and GE864-GPS Product Description r6
No ratings yet
Telit GE-GC864-QUAD V2 and GE864-GPS Product Description r6
54 pages
Telit_SIM_Integration_Design_Guide_Application_Note_r13
No ratings yet
Telit_SIM_Integration_Design_Guide_Application_Note_r13
20 pages
Telit LE910Cx Hardware Design Guide r22
No ratings yet
Telit LE910Cx Hardware Design Guide r22
125 pages
GS2200M IP2WiFi Adapter Command Reference Rev 1.0b
No ratings yet
GS2200M IP2WiFi Adapter Command Reference Rev 1.0b
203 pages
Telit ML865C1 Hardware User Guide r4
No ratings yet
Telit ML865C1 Hardware User Guide r4
89 pages
Hardware User Guide
No ratings yet
Hardware User Guide
52 pages
IoT AppZone Release Note 4.3.1
No ratings yet
IoT AppZone Release Note 4.3.1
28 pages
Telit LE70-868
No ratings yet
Telit LE70-868
41 pages
Telit Jupiter SE868V2 Hardware User Guide r2
No ratings yet
Telit Jupiter SE868V2 Hardware User Guide r2
41 pages
Telit lm940 Hardware User Guide r4
No ratings yet
Telit lm940 Hardware User Guide r4
69 pages
Telit Easy Script Python 2.7 r5
No ratings yet
Telit Easy Script Python 2.7 r5
97 pages
Telit Gg863 Firmware Upgrade User Guide r020120315113229
No ratings yet
Telit Gg863 Firmware Upgrade User Guide r020120315113229
31 pages
Telit K3 Firmware Upgrade Application Note r0
No ratings yet
Telit K3 Firmware Upgrade Application Note r0
21 pages
Tiva™ C Series Tm4C123G Launchpad Readme First: Additional Resources at
No ratings yet
Tiva™ C Series Tm4C123G Launchpad Readme First: Additional Resources at
2 pages
TMS320DM6467 DVEVM v2.0 Getting Started Guide: Literature Number: SPRUF88E April 2009
No ratings yet
TMS320DM6467 DVEVM v2.0 Getting Started Guide: Literature Number: SPRUF88E April 2009
72 pages
GS2K Module Programming and Protocol Reference Rev 1
No ratings yet
GS2K Module Programming and Protocol Reference Rev 1
77 pages
Motorola PTP 800 Series 03-10 User Guide
No ratings yet
Motorola PTP 800 Series 03-10 User Guide
456 pages
Safety Information: Multifunctional Digital Systems
No ratings yet
Safety Information: Multifunctional Digital Systems
26 pages
Motorola PTP 800 Series 02-04 User Guide
No ratings yet
Motorola PTP 800 Series 02-04 User Guide
391 pages
FC-2050C_SAFETY_EN_0004
No ratings yet
FC-2050C_SAFETY_EN_0004
40 pages
Telit UL865 Hardware User Guide r11
No ratings yet
Telit UL865 Hardware User Guide r11
74 pages
Motorola PTP 800 Series 03-00 User Guide
No ratings yet
Motorola PTP 800 Series 03-00 User Guide
469 pages
Telit Easy Script Python 2.7 r6
No ratings yet
Telit Easy Script Python 2.7 r6
93 pages
Toshiba e-STUDIO Safety Information Guide
No ratings yet
Toshiba e-STUDIO Safety Information Guide
26 pages
Telit SIM Integration Design Guide Application Note r9
100% (1)
Telit SIM Integration Design Guide Application Note r9
22 pages
Telit 3g Modules at Commands Reference Guide r9
No ratings yet
Telit 3g Modules at Commands Reference Guide r9
537 pages
DT8x Users Manual
100% (1)
DT8x Users Manual
399 pages
T336CxNxNDx TC V1.7 PN 07006-00014
No ratings yet
T336CxNxNDx TC V1.7 PN 07006-00014
108 pages
5971-5027 WCDMA Test Software
No ratings yet
5971-5027 WCDMA Test Software
56 pages
OperatorManual AS - 400 E-Studio V2.2
No ratings yet
OperatorManual AS - 400 E-Studio V2.2
30 pages
Slur995 AC Adapter With PSR Control 12V1A
No ratings yet
Slur995 AC Adapter With PSR Control 12V1A
2 pages
EV2300 Texas Instruments
No ratings yet
EV2300 Texas Instruments
27 pages
TMC420 Operation Manual
No ratings yet
TMC420 Operation Manual
46 pages
Nji 124B (X)
No ratings yet
Nji 124B (X)
74 pages
Manual h252 Hard en
No ratings yet
Manual h252 Hard en
237 pages
Safe Use of Smart Devices in Systems Important to Safety in Nuclear Power Plants
From Everand
Safe Use of Smart Devices in Systems Important to Safety in Nuclear Power Plants
IAEA
No ratings yet
Modern Intelligent Instruments - Theory and Application
From Everand
Modern Intelligent Instruments - Theory and Application
Changjian Deng
No ratings yet
Smart Home and Industrial IoT Devices: Critical Perspectives on Cyberthreats, Frameworks and Protocols
From Everand
Smart Home and Industrial IoT Devices: Critical Perspectives on Cyberthreats, Frameworks and Protocols
Akashdeep Bhardwaj
No ratings yet
Electrician''s Guide to Control and Monitoring Systems: Installation, Troubleshooting, and Maintenance
From Everand
Electrician''s Guide to Control and Monitoring Systems: Installation, Troubleshooting, and Maintenance
Albert F. Cutter
No ratings yet
Network Cause
No ratings yet
Network Cause
10 pages
Mobility and Handoff Management in Wireless Networks: Chapter Manuscript
No ratings yet
Mobility and Handoff Management in Wireless Networks: Chapter Manuscript
26 pages
What Is Immediate Assignment in GSM
50% (2)
What Is Immediate Assignment in GSM
9 pages
Pan Os 8.0 RN
No ratings yet
Pan Os 8.0 RN
180 pages
Fast Data Use Cases For Telco
No ratings yet
Fast Data Use Cases For Telco
29 pages
Telecom Network Sharing MORAN and MOCN F 231213 090445
100% (1)
Telecom Network Sharing MORAN and MOCN F 231213 090445
27 pages
Reseaux Mobiles
No ratings yet
Reseaux Mobiles
48 pages
Acoustics, An Introduction To Its Physical Principles and Applications
No ratings yet
Acoustics, An Introduction To Its Physical Principles and Applications
34 pages
Chapter6-Wireless and Mobile Networks PDF
No ratings yet
Chapter6-Wireless and Mobile Networks PDF
36 pages
p0028d004 3-15 3 0 PDF
No ratings yet
p0028d004 3-15 3 0 PDF
170 pages
QoS Issues and Evolved 3G and Next Generation Network - v.1.010 TOC
No ratings yet
QoS Issues and Evolved 3G and Next Generation Network - v.1.010 TOC
7 pages
Agilent E6474 UMTS
No ratings yet
Agilent E6474 UMTS
50 pages
GSM (4 Lectures)
No ratings yet
GSM (4 Lectures)
51 pages
Pr1502009149en 9471 WMM Mme SGSN Wm9 Datasheet
No ratings yet
Pr1502009149en 9471 WMM Mme SGSN Wm9 Datasheet
4 pages
GSM-R - Railway Communication Solutions From The Market Leader
No ratings yet
GSM-R - Railway Communication Solutions From The Market Leader
12 pages
004-Acceptance procedure for wireless network(V2)
No ratings yet
004-Acceptance procedure for wireless network(V2)
5 pages
SGSN Admin Chapter
No ratings yet
SGSN Admin Chapter
94 pages
PTCRB Process
100% (2)
PTCRB Process
60 pages
CCC C: VLR HLR AUC EIR MSC BTS BSC SCP SDP SSF SMSC MMSC Ussd Gprs Edge SGSN GGSN HSCSD IVR
No ratings yet
CCC C: VLR HLR AUC EIR MSC BTS BSC SCP SDP SSF SMSC MMSC Ussd Gprs Edge SGSN GGSN HSCSD IVR
4 pages
Base Station Subsystem
No ratings yet
Base Station Subsystem
65 pages
Huawei GGSN Commands
0% (1)
Huawei GGSN Commands
19 pages
ChatPDF-WMN QUESTION BANK
No ratings yet
ChatPDF-WMN QUESTION BANK
7 pages
GPRS PDF
No ratings yet
GPRS PDF
6 pages
FS.31 Baseline Security Controls v3.0
No ratings yet
FS.31 Baseline Security Controls v3.0
82 pages
WTR IMA2A at Command Guide v1.2
No ratings yet
WTR IMA2A at Command Guide v1.2
174 pages
SMS Roaming Service and SMS Interworking Service
No ratings yet
SMS Roaming Service and SMS Interworking Service
7 pages
Structure of A Mobile Network: Main Content Starts
No ratings yet
Structure of A Mobile Network: Main Content Starts
34 pages
Basic Theory Wcdma v2
No ratings yet
Basic Theory Wcdma v2
76 pages
Moshell Command
0% (1)
Moshell Command
76 pages